본 ê°ìë í¸ë¦½í민 íí©ë¬¼ ë° ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼, ê·¸ë¦¬ê³ ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ê´í ê²ì´ë©°, ì¼ë¶ 구íìììë, ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ ìì©ì ë° 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ì ì°ê´ë ì§íê³¼ ê°ì ì§íì ì¹ë£ì ìì´ìì ì´ì ì©ëì ê´í ê²ì´ë¤.The present disclosure relates to tryptamine compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, tautomers, solvates, polymorphs, or prodrugs thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions, and in some embodiments, to their use in the treatment of diseases, such as serotonin 5-HT 2 receptor agonists and diseases associated with the 5-HT 2 receptor.
Description Translated from Korean í¸ë¦½í민 íí©ë¬¼, ì¡°ì±ë¬¼, ë° ì¬ì© ë°©ë²Tryptamine compounds, compositions, and methods of useìí¸ ì°¸ì¡°Cross-reference
본 ì¶ìì, ê·¸ ì ì²´ê° ì°¸ì¡°ë¡ì 본ìì íµí©ëë, 2022ë 8ì 31ì¼ìë¡ ì¶ìë ë¯¸êµ í¹í ê°ì¶ì ì 63/402,650í¸ì ì°ì ê¶ì 주ì¥íë¤.This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/402,650, filed August 31, 2022, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
기ì ë¶ì¼Technical field
본 ê°ìë ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡ í¸ë¦½í민 íí©ë¬¼ ë° ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ê´í ê²ì¼ë¡ì, ì¼ë¶ 구íìììë, ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ ìì©ì ë° 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ì ì°ê´ë ì§íì ì¹ë£ì ìì´ìì ì´ì ì©ëì ê´í ê²ì´ë¤.The present disclosure generally relates to tryptamine compounds and compositions, and in some embodiments, to serotonin 5-HT 2 receptor agonists and their use in the treatment of diseases associated with the 5-HT 2 receptor.
본ìì ì ê³µë "배경기ì "ì ëí ì¤ëª ì 본 ê°ìì ë§¥ë½ì ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡ ì ìí기 ìí ê²ì´ë¤. 본 배경기ì ì¹ì ìì 기ì ë ì ëê¹ì§, 본 ë°ëª ì ëª ëª ë ë°ëª ìì ìì 물ì 본 ë°ëª ì ëí ì¢ ë 기ì ì ëª ìì ì¼ë¡ ëë ì묵ì ì¼ë¡ ì¸ì íë ê²ì´ ìëë©°, 본 ë°ëª ì ì¶ì ìì ê¹ì§ ë¬ë¦¬ ì¢ ë 기ì ë¡ì ì¸ì ëì§ ìì ì ìë ì´ë¤ ë°ëª ì ì¤ìí기 ìí 구체ì ì¸ ë´ì© ì¤ì ìí ëí, 본 ê°ìì ëí ì¢ ë 기ì ì ëª ìì ì¼ë¡ ëë ì묵ì ì¼ë¡ ì¸ì íë ê²ì ìëë¤.The description of the "Background" provided herein is intended to generally present the context of the present disclosure. To the extent described in this Background section, it is not an admission, either express or implied, that the work of the inventors named in the present disclosure is prior art to the present disclosure, nor is it an admission, either express or implied, that the specific details of practicing these inventions, which may not otherwise have been recognized as prior art as of the filing date of the present disclosure, are prior art to the present disclosure.
ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´(5-HT2R)ìë 3ê°ì ë°ì í ê´ë ¨ ìí, ì¦ 5-HT2A, 5-HT2B, ë° 5-HT2Cì´ ìì¼ë©°, ì´ë¤ì 리ì¸ë¥´ê¸°ì° ëìí¸ì미ë(LSD), 2,5-ëë©í¡ì-4-ë¸ë¡ëª¨ìíí민(DOB), N,N-ëë©í¸í¸ë¦½í민(DMT), 5-ë©í¡ì-N,N-ëë©í¸í¸ë¦½í민(5-MeO-DMT), ì¤ë¡ìë¹ ë° ì´ì íì± íì¸ì°í ííì¸ ì¤ë¡ì ê³¼ ê°ì ê³ ì ì ì¸ ì¸ë¡í ëì± ì ì ìê·¹ì ì 주ì íì ì´ë¤. ê°ê°ì ìíì í¬ì ë물ìì (ë§ì´ ì¡°ì§ ë° ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³ ëª¨ëìì) ê³ ì í í¨í´ì¼ë¡ ë°íëê³ ìê·¹ë ë, ê³ ì í ìííì , ì리íì , ë° ê±°ëì í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ìì±íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, 5-HT2ARì íì±íë ì£¼ë¡ ì ì ìê·¹ í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ 매ê°íê³ íì¼ì¦ í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ì ëíë ë°ë©´, 5-HT2CRì íì±íë ìì ê±°ëì ê°ììí¨ë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, 5-HT2BRì ë§ì±ì íì±íë ìëª ì ìííë ì´ìë°ì(AE)ì¸ íë§ ì¬ì¥ ì§í(VHD)ê³¼ ì°ê²°ë곤 íë¤.There are three closely related subtypes of the serotonin 5-HT 2 receptor (5-HT 2 R), 5-HT 2A , 5-HT 2B , and 5-HT 2C , which are the primary targets of classical serotonergic psychostimulants such as lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), 2,5-dimethoxy-4-bromoamphetamine (DOB), N,N-dimethyltryptamine (DMT), 5-methoxy- N , N -dimethyltryptamine (5-MeO-DMT), psilocybin, and its active dephosphorylated form, psilocin. Each subtype is expressed in a unique pattern in mammals (both in the peripheral tissues and the central nervous system) and produces unique biochemical, physiological, and behavioral effects when stimulated. For example, activation of 5-HT 2A R primarily mediates psychoactive effects and induces anti-inflammatory effects, whereas activation of 5-HT 2C R decreases feeding behavior. However, chronic activation of 5-HT 2B R has been linked to life-threatening adverse events (AEs), such as valvular heart disease (VHD).
ê³ ì ì ì¸ ì¸ë¡í ëì± ì ì ìê·¹ì ë° ìíí ê²ì ì°êµ¬ ë° ìë£ê³ìì ë¤ìê³¼ ê°ì ë¤ìí ì¤ì¶ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì 를 ìíìí¤ê¸° ìí´ íë°í ì°êµ¬ëì´ ìë¤(Reiff, C. M., Richman, E. E., Nemeroff, C. B., Carpenter, L. L., Widge, A. S., Rodriguez, C. I., Kalin, N. H., ë° McDonald, W. M.ì 문í(2020)[Psychedelics and Psychedelic-Assisted Psychotherapy, Am J Psychiatry 177, 391-410]): (i) ì¸ì í ì¤í¸ë ì¤ ì¥ì (PTSD)(Jerome, L., Feduccia, A. A., Wang, J. B., Hamilton, S., Yazar-Klosinski, B., Emerson, A., Mithoefer, M. C., ë° Doblin, R.ì 문í(2020)[Long-term follow-up outcomes of MDMA-assisted psychotherapy for treatment of PTSD: a longitudinal pooled analysis of six phase 2 trials, Psychopharmacology (Berl) 237, 2485-2497]), (ii) 주ì ì°ì¸ ì¥ì (MDD), (iii) ì¹ë£ ì íì± ì°ì¸ì¦(TRD)(Goldberg, S. B., Pace, B. T., Nicholas, C. R., Raison, C. L., ë° Hutson, P. R.ì 문í(2020)[The experimental effects of psilocybin on symptoms of anxiety and depression: A meta-analysis, Psychiatry Res 284, 112749]), (iv) ê°ë° ì¥ì (OCD)(Moreno, F. A., Wiegand, C. B., Taitano, E. K., ë° Delgado, P. L.ì 문í(2006)[Safety, tolerability, and efficacy of psilocybin in 9 patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder, J Clin Psychiatry 67, 1735-1740]), (v) ì¬í ë¶ì ì¥ì (ClinicalTrials.gov, ë²í¸ NCT02008396), (vi) ë¬¼ì§ ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ì컨ë ìì½ì¬ ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ì¤í¼ì¤ì´ë(ìí¸ì ì¬ì ) ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ìíí민 ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ëì½í´ ì¬ì© ì¥ì ë° ì½ì¹´ì¸ ì¬ì© ì¥ì , (vii) ì ê²½ì± ìì ë¶ì§ì¦, (viii) ì ê²½ì± ê³¼ìì¦(ClinicalTrials.gov, ë²í¸ NCT04454684 ë° NCT04052568), (ix) ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³(ClinicalTrials.gov, ë²í¸ NCT04123314), ë° (x) êµ°ë°ì± ëíµ ë° í¸ëíµ(Nichols, D. E.ì 문í(2016)[Psychedelics, Pharmacol Rev 68, 264-355]; Johnson, M. W., Hendricks, P. S., Barrett, F. S., ë° Griffiths, R. R.ì 문í(2019)[Classic psychedelics: An integrative review of epidemiology, therapeutics, mystical experience, and brain network function, Pharmacol Ther 197, 83-102]; Sewell, R. A., Halpern, J. H., ë° Pope, H. G., Jr.ì 문í(2006)[Response of cluster headache to psilocybin and LSD, Neurology 66, 1920-1922; ClinicalTrials.gov, number NCT04218539]).Classical serotonergic psychostimulants and entactogens have been actively studied in research and medicine to alleviate a variety of central nervous system (CNS) disorders (Reiff, CM, Richman, EE, Nemeroff, CB, Carpenter, LL, Widge, AS, Rodriguez, CI, Kalin, NH, and McDonald, WM (2020) [Psychedelics and Psychedelic-Assisted Psychotherapy, Am J Psychiatry 177 , 391-410]): (i) posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) (Jerome, L., Feduccia, AA, Wang, JB, Hamilton, S., Yazar-Klosinski, B., Emerson, A., Mithoefer, MC, and Doblin, R. (2020) [Long-term follow-up outcomes of MDMA-assisted psychotherapy for treatment of PTSD: a longitudinal pooled analysis of six phase 2 trials, Psychopharmacology (Berl) 237 , 2485-2497]), (ii) major depressive disorder (MDD), (iii) treatment-resistant depression (TRD) (Goldberg, SB, Pace, BT, Nicholas, CR, Raison, CL, and Hutson, PR (2020) [The experimental effects of psilocybin on symptoms of anxiety and depression: A meta-analysis, Psychiatry Res 284 , 112749]), (iv) obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) (Moreno, FA, Wiegand, CB, Taitano, EK, and Delgado, PL (2006) [Safety, tolerability, and efficacy of psilocybin in 9 patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder, J Clin Psychiatry 67 , 1735-1740]), (v) social (vi) substance use disorders, such as alcohol use disorder, opioid use disorder, amphetamine use disorder, nicotine use disorder, and cocaine use disorder, (vii) anorexia nervosa, (viii) bulimia nervosa (ClinicalTrials.gov, nos. NCT04454684 and NCT04052568), (ix) Alzheimer's disease (ClinicalTrials.gov, no. NCT04123314), and (x) cluster headache and migraine (Nichols, DE (2016) [Psychedelics, Pharmacol Rev 68 , 264-355]; Johnson, MW, Hendricks, PS, Barrett, FS, and Griffiths, RR (2019) [Classic psychedelics: An integrative review of epidemiology, therapeutics, mystical experience, and brain network function, Pharmacol Ther 197 , 83-102]; Sewell, RA, Halpern, JH, and Pope, HG, Jr. (2006) [Response of cluster headache to psilocybin and LSD, Neurology 66 , 1920-1922; ClinicalTrials.gov, number NCT04218539]).
ì´ë¬í ì½ë¬¼ì ëí, ë¤ë¥¸ ê²ë¤ ì¤ììë, í ì§í(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì²ì ë° ë§ì± íìì± í ì§í(COPD) ë° ì¬íê´ ì§í(ì를 ë¤ì´, 죽ìê²½íì¦)ì í¬í¨íë, ìì¨ì ê²½ê³(ANS)ì ë³í ìíì ëí´ ì°êµ¬ëì´ ìë¤((Nichols, D. E., Johnson, M. W., ë° Nichols, C. D.ì 문í(2017)[Psychedelics as Medicines: An Emerging New Paradigm, Clin Pharmacol Ther 101, 209-219]; Flanagan, T. W., Sebastian, M. N., Battaglia, D. M., Foster, T. P., Cormier, S. A., ë° Nichols, C. D.ì 문í(2019)[5-HT2 receptor activation alleviates airway inflammation and structural remodeling in a chronic mouse asthma model, Life Sci 236, 116790]; Flanagan, T. W., Sebastian, M. N., Battaglia, D. M., Foster, T. P., Maillet, E. L., ë° Nichols, C. D.ì 문í(2019)[Activation of 5-HT2 Receptors Reduces Inflammation in Vascular Tissue and Cholesterol Levels in High-Fat Diet-Fed Apolipoprotein E Knockout Mice, Sci Rep 9, 13444]; Sexton, J. D., Nichols, C. D., ë° Hendricks, P. S.ì 문í(2019)[Population Survey Data Informing the Therapeutic Potential of Classic and Novel Phenethylamine, Tryptamine, and Lysergamide Psychedelics, Front Psychiatry 10, 896]).These drugs have also been studied for the amelioration of pathologies of the autonomic nervous system (ANS), including, among others, pulmonary diseases (e.g., asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)) and cardiovascular diseases (e.g., atherosclerosis) (Nichols, DE, Johnson, MW, and Nichols, CD (2017) [Psychedelics as Medicines: An Emerging New Paradigm, Clin Pharmacol Ther 101 , 209-219]; Flanagan, TW, Sebastian, MN, Battaglia, DM, Foster, TP, Cormier, SA, and Nichols, CD (2019) [5-HT2 receptor activation alleviates airway inflammation and structural remodeling in a chronic mouse asthma model, Life Sci 236 , 116790]; Flanagan, TW, Sebastian, MN, Battaglia, DM, Foster, TP, Maillet, EL, and Nichols, CD (2019) [Activation of 5-HT2 Receptors Reduces Inflammation in Vascular Tissue and Cholesterol Levels in High-Fat Diet-Fed Apolipoprotein E Knockout Mice, Sci Rep 9 , 13444]; Sexton, JD, Nichols, CD, and Hendricks, PS (2019) [Population Survey Data Informing the Therapeutic Potential of Classic and Novel Phenethylamine, Tryptamine, and Lysergamide Psychedelics, Front Psychiatry 10 , 896].
(ì¼ë¶ ê²½ì°, ëë ¸ëª° ì´íì ì¹íë를 ê°ë) ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2Rììì ëì í¨ë¥ìë ë¶êµ¬íê³ , í¹ì í¸ë¦½í민 ì ì ìê·¹ì ì ì¹ë£ì ê°ì¹ë ê°ì¥ ëëë¬ì§ê²ë ëª¨ë ¸ì민 ì°íí¨ì(MAO) í¨ìì ìí, ê° ë° ìì¥ê´ììì ëì¬ ê°ìíì ìí´ ì íëì´ ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, DMTë 경구 íì±ì´ ìëë©°, ì´ë ì¶©ë¶í ë 침í¬ê° ë°ìë ì ì기 ì ë¹íì± ëì¬ì°ë¬¼ë¡ ì íëë¤. ë§ì°¬ê°ì§ë¡, 5-MeO-DMTë 경구 ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ì´ ë¶ì¡±íë©°, ê·¸ ëì ì íµìì ì¼ë¡ 기íëê³ í¡ì ëë ë°©ìì¼ë¡ ì ì ìê·¹ í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ìì±íë¤. ì¤ë¡ìë¹ ë° ì¤ë¡ì ì ëí ìì²´ ë´ MAO ë§¤ê° ëì¬ë¥¼ ê±°ì¹ë©°, ì´ë íì-ë-íì ì½ëíì ë³ëì±ì ì ìíê² ê¸°ì¬íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ì¬ê²¨ì§ë¤. ì¶ê°ì ì¼ë¡, í¹ì í¸ë¦½í민 ì ì ìê·¹ì ì ìì© ì§ì ìê°ì DMT ë° 5-MeO-DMTì ê²½ì° 5~15ë¶ì¼ë¡ ë§¤ì° ì§§ì¼ë©°, ì´ë í¨ê³¼ì ì¸ ìë²ììì ì´ë¤ì ì©ë를 ì ííë¤. Despite their high potency at serotonin 5-HT 2 R (in some cases with subnanomolar affinities), the therapeutic value of certain tryptamine psychostimulants has been limited by their accelerated metabolism in the liver and gastrointestinal tract, most notably by the enzyme monoamine oxidase (MAO). For example, DMT is not orally active and is converted to inactive metabolites before sufficient brain penetration can occur. Likewise, 5-MeO-DMT has poor oral bioavailability and instead produces its psychostimulant effects by being vaporized and inhaled. Psilocybin and psilocin also undergo MAO-mediated metabolism in vivo, which is thought to contribute significantly to their patient-to-patient pharmacokinetic variability. Additionally, the duration of action of certain tryptamine psychostimulants is very short, 5-15 minutes for DMT and 5-MeO-DMT, limiting their use in effective therapy.
ì ì í ë´ì©ì ê³ ë ¤ ì, 경구 ìì²´ì´ì©ì´ ê°ë¥íê³ , ë 침í¬ê° ê°ë¥íë©°, ììì ì¼ë¡ ì í¨í ìì© ì§ììê°ì ê°ë ì ê· í¸ë¦½í민 ì ì ìê·¹ì , ì컨ë 5-HT ìì©ì²´ì ìì´í íí ëë ì§ë¨ì ëí ê°ì ë ì¹íë ë° ê°ì ë ì½ëíì í¹ì±ì ê°ë ì ê· í¸ë¦½í민 ì ì ìê·¹ì ì ëí íìì±ì´ ì¡´ì¬íë¤. ì¡°ì ë ì½ë¬¼ ë ¸ì¶ì ì ê³µíê³ ì½ë¬¼ ëë를 ìì íê³ í¨ê³¼ì ì¸ ë²ìë¡ ì ì§íë, í¨ì¨ì ì´ê³ , ë³´ë¤ í¸ë¦¬íê³ , ì¡°ì ê°ë¥í í¸ë¦½í민 ì íì ëí ì¶ê°ì ì¸ íìì±ì´ ì¡´ì¬íë¤.In view of the foregoing, there is a need for novel tryptamine psychostimulants that are orally bioavailable, have brain penetration, and have a clinically effective duration of action, e.g., novel tryptamine psychostimulants having improved affinities for different types or populations of 5-HT receptors and improved pharmacokinetic properties. There is a further need for efficient, more convenient, and controllable tryptamine formulations that provide controlled drug exposure and maintain drug concentrations in a safe and effective range.
본 ê°ìì 목ì ì¤ íëë ì´ë¬í 기ì¤ì 충족ìí¤ë ì ê· í¸ë¦½í민 íí©ë¬¼ë¿ë§ ìëë¼ ì´ì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼, ë° ì´ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íì¬ ì§í, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ì ì°ê´ë ì§íì ì¹ë£íë ë°©ë²ì ì ê³µíë ê²ì´ë¤. ë³´ë¤ êµ¬ì²´ì ì¼ë¡, 본 ê°ìë ì ê²½ì ì ì¥ì , ì¤ì¶ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì , ì ê²½í´íì± ì§í, ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ì¥ì , ì컨ë ì¼ì¦ê³¼ ì°ê´ë ì¥ì ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë, ì ê· ë¶ìí í¸ë¦½í민 ì ì¬ì²´ ë° ì´ì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì ê³µíë¤.One of the objects of the present disclosure is to provide novel tryptamine compounds meeting these criteria, as well as compositions thereof, and methods for using the same to treat diseases, e.g., diseases associated with serotonin 5-HT 2 receptors. More specifically, the present disclosure provides novel fluorinated tryptamine analogues and compositions thereof, which can be used to treat neuropsychiatric disorders, central nervous system (CNS) disorders, neurodegenerative diseases, and other disorders, e.g., disorders associated with inflammation.
ë°ë¼ì, 본 ê°ìë ë¤ìì ì ê³µíë¤:Accordingly, the present disclosure provides:
(1) ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ë¡ì,(1) A compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R4ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì½ì, ë° -OPO3H2ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkoxy, and -OPO 3 H 2 ;
R5ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬í°ì¤, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬í°ì¤, -ORf, ë° -SRfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxy substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkylthio, alkylthio substituted with one or more deuterium, -OR f , and -SR f ;
R6 ë° R7ì ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê³ /íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë; wherein at least one of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , and/or R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
ë¨, (i) X1, X2, Y1, Y2, R2, R4, R5, R6, ë° R7ì´ ììì´ê³ R8ì´ ìì ëë ë©í¸ì¸ ê²½ì°, R9ë -CH2CF3ì´ ìëê³ , (ii) X1, X2, Y1, Y2, R2, R4, R5, R6, ë° R7ì´ ììì¸ ê²½ì°, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìê³ 4,4-ëí루ì¤ë¡í¼í리ëë기를 íì±íì§ ìë, íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, wherein (i) when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , Y 2 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen and R 8 is hydrogen or methyl, then R 9 is not -CH 2 CF 3 , and (ii) when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , Y 2 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen, then R 8 and R 9 are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a 4,4-difluoropiperidinyl group.
(2) (1)ì ìì´ì, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ë ììì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(2) A compound in (1), wherein X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen.
(3) (1) ëë (2)ì ìì´ì, R2ë ììì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(3) A compound according to (1) or (2), wherein R 2 is hydrogen.
(4) (1) ë´ì§ (3) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R4ë ììì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(4) A compound according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein R 4 is hydrogen.
(5) (1) ë´ì§ (3) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R4ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(5) A compound according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein R 4 is hydroxyl.
(6) (1) ë´ì§ (5) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R5ë ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬í°ì¤, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬í°ì¤, -ORf, ë° -SRfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë, íí©ë¬¼.(6) A compound in any one of (1) to (5), wherein R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxy substituted with one or more deuteriums, unsubstituted alkylthio, alkylthio substituted with one or more deuteriums, -OR f , and -SR f .
(7) (1) ë´ì§ (6) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R5ë ììì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(7) A compound according to any one of (1) to (6), wherein R 5 is hydrogen.
(8) (1) ë´ì§ (6) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R5ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì, ë° -ORfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë, íí©ë¬¼.(8) A compound according to any one of (1) to (6), wherein R 5 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxy substituted with one or more deuteriums, and -OR f .
(9) (1) ë´ì§ (6) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R5ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬í°ì¤, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬í°ì¤, ë° -SRfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë, íí©ë¬¼.(9) A compound according to any one of (1) to (6), wherein R 5 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkylthio, alkylthio substituted with one or more deuterium atoms, and -SR f .
(10) (1) ë´ì§ (6) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R5ë -ORf ëë -SRfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(10) A compound according to any one of (1) to (6), wherein R 5 is -OR f or -SR f .
(11) (10)ì ìì´ì, nì 0ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(11) A compound in (10) where n is 0.
(12) (1) ë´ì§ (11) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R6 ë° R7ì ììì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(12) A compound according to any one of (1) to (11), wherein R 6 and R 7 are hydrogen.
(13) (1) ë´ì§ (12) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R8ì ìì ëë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(13) A compound according to any one of (1) to (12), wherein R 8 is hydrogen or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
(14) (1) ë´ì§ (12) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R8ì Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(14) A compound according to any one of (1) to (12), wherein R 8 is R f .
(15) (14)ì ìì´ì, Hxë ììì´ê³ nì 2ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(15) A compound in (14) wherein H x is hydrogen and n is 2.
(16) (1) ë´ì§ (15) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(16) A compound according to any one of (1) to (15), wherein R 9 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
(17) (1) ë´ì§ (15) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(17) A compound according to any one of (1) to (15), wherein R 9 is R f .
(18) (17)ì ìì´ì, Hxë ììì´ê³ nì 2ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(18) A compound in (17) wherein H x is hydrogen and n is 2.
(19) (1) ë´ì§ (15) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë -S(O)Rf ëë -S(O)2Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(19) A compound according to any one of (1) to (15), wherein R 9 is -S(O)R f or -S(O) 2 R f .
(20) (19)ì ìì´ì, nì 0ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(20) In (19), n is 0, a compound.
(21) (1) ë´ì§ (20) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì. ë¤ìì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë, íí©ë¬¼:(21) In any one of (1) to (20), a compound selected from the following:
ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof.
(22) (1)ì ìì´ì, ííì (II)ì 구조를 ê°ë íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ë¡ì,(22) (1), a compound having a structure of chemical formula (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R8 ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë; wherein at least one of R 8 and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , or R 8 and R 9 are combined with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
ë¨, (i) X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ê° ììì´ê³ R8ì´ ìì ëë ë©í¸ì¸ ê²½ì°, R9ë -CH2CF3ì´ ìëê³ , (ii) X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ê° ììì¸ ê²½ì°, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìê³ 4,4-ëí루ì¤ë¡í¼í리ëë기를 íì±íì§ ìë, íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, wherein (i) when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen and R 8 is hydrogen or methyl, then R 9 is not -CH 2 CF 3 , and (ii) when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen, then R 8 and R 9 are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a 4,4-difluoropiperidinyl group.
(23) (22)ì ìì´ì, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ë ììì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(23) A compound in (22), wherein X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen.
(24) (22) ëë (23)ì ìì´ì, R8ì ìì ëë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(24) A compound according to (22) or (23), wherein R 8 is hydrogen or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
(25) (22) ëë (23)ì ìì´ì, R8ì Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(25) A compound according to (22) or (23), wherein R 8 is R f .
(26) (25)ì ìì´ì, Hxë ììì´ê³ nì 2ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(26) A compound in (25) wherein H x is hydrogen and n is 2.
(27) (22) ë´ì§ (26) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(27) A compound according to any one of (22) to (26), wherein R 9 is R f .
(28) (27)ì ìì´ì, Hxë ììì´ê³ nì 2ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(28) A compound in (27) wherein H x is hydrogen and n is 2.
(29) (22) ë´ì§ (26) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë -S(O)Rf ëë -S(O)2Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(29) A compound according to any one of (22) to (26), wherein R 9 is -S(O)R f or -S(O) 2 R f .
(30) (29)ì ìì´ì, nì 0ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(30) In (29), n is 0, the compound.
(31) (22) ë´ì§ (30) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, ë¤ìì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë, íí©ë¬¼:(31) In any one of (22) to (30), a compound selected from the group consisting of:
ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof.
(32) (1)ì ìì´ì, ííì (III)ì 구조를 ê°ë íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ë¡ì,(32) (1), a compound having a structure of chemical formula (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R8 ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë, íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, wherein at least one of R 8 and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , or R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
(33) (32)ì ìì´ì, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ë ììì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(33) A compound in (32), wherein X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen.
(34) (32) ëë (33)ì ìì´ì, R8ì ìì ëë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(34) A compound according to (32) or (33), wherein R 8 is hydrogen or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
(35) (32) ëë (33)ì ìì´ì, R8ì Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(35) A compound according to (32) or (33), wherein R 8 is R f .
(36) (35)ì ìì´ì, Hxë ììì´ê³ nì 2ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(36) A compound in (35) wherein H x is hydrogen and n is 2.
(37) (32) ë´ì§ (36) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(37) A compound according to any one of (32) to (36), wherein R 9 is R f .
(38) (37)ì ìì´ì, Hxë ììì´ê³ nì 2ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(38) A compound in (37) wherein H x is hydrogen and n is 2.
(39) (32) ë´ì§ (36) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë -S(O)Rf ëë -S(O)2Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(39) A compound according to any one of (32) to (36), wherein R 9 is -S(O)R f or -S(O) 2 R f .
(40) (39)ì ìì´ì, nì 0ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(40) In (39), n is 0, the compound.
(41) (32) ë´ì§ (40) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, ë¤ìì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë, íí©ë¬¼:(41) In any one of (32) to (40), a compound selected from the group consisting of:
ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof.
(42) (1)ì ìì´ì, ííì (IV)ì 구조를 ê°ë íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ë¡ì,(42) (1), a compound having a structure of chemical formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R5ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì, ë° -ORfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 5 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxy substituted with one or more deuterium, and -OR f ;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê³ /íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë, íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, wherein at least one of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , and/or R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
(43) (42)ì ìì´ì, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ë ììì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(43) A compound in (42), wherein X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen.
(44) (42) ëë (43)ì ìì´ì, R5ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìì½ì기ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(44) A compound according to (42) or (43), wherein R 5 is an unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group.
(45) (42) ëë (43)ì ìì´ì, R5ë -ORfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(45) A compound according to (42) or (43), wherein R 5 is -OR f .
(46) (45)ì ìì´ì, nì 0ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(46) In (45), n is 0, the compound.
(47) (42) ë´ì§ (46) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R8ì ìì ëë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(47) A compound according to any one of (42) to (46), wherein R 8 is hydrogen or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
(48) (42) ë´ì§ (46) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R8ì Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(48) A compound according to any one of (42) to (46), wherein R 8 is R f .
(49) (48)ì ìì´ì, Hxë ììì´ê³ nì 2ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(49) A compound in (48) wherein H x is hydrogen and n is 2.
(50) (42) ë´ì§ (49) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(50) A compound according to any one of (42) to (49), wherein R 9 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
(51) (42) ë´ì§ (49) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(51) A compound according to any one of (42) to (49), wherein R 9 is R f .
(52) (51)ì ìì´ì, Hxë ììì´ê³ nì 2ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(52) A compound in (51) wherein H x is hydrogen and n is 2.
(53) (42) ë´ì§ (49) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë -S(O)Rf ëë -S(O)2Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(53) A compound according to any one of (42) to (49), wherein R 9 is -S(O)R f or -S(O) 2 R f .
(54) (53)ì ìì´ì, nì 0ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(54) In (53), n is 0, the compound.
(55) (42) ë´ì§ (54) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, ë¤ìì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë, íí©ë¬¼: (55) In any one of (42) to (54), a compound selected from the group consisting of:
ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof.
(56) (1)ì ìì´ì, ííì (V)ì 구조를 ê°ë íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ë¡ì,(56) (1), a compound having a structure of chemical formula (V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R8 ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë, íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, wherein at least one of R 8 and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , or R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
(57) (56)ì ìì´ì, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ë ììì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(57) A compound in (56), wherein X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen.
(58) (56) ëë (57)ì ìì´ì, R8ì ìì ëë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(58) A compound according to (56) or (57), wherein R 8 is hydrogen or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
(59) (56) ëë (57)ì ìì´ì, R8ì Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(59) A compound according to (56) or (57), wherein R 8 is R f .
(60) (59)ì ìì´ì, Hxë ììì´ê³ nì 2ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(60) A compound in (59) wherein H x is hydrogen and n is 2.
(61) (56) ë´ì§ (60) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(61) A compound according to any one of (56) to (60), wherein R 9 is R f .
(62) (61)ì ìì´ì, Hxë ììì´ê³ nì 2ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(62) A compound in (61) wherein H x is hydrogen and n is 2.
(63) (56) ë´ì§ (60) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, R9ë -S(O)Rf ëë -S(O)2Rfì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(63) A compound according to any one of (56) to (60), wherein R 9 is -S(O)R f or -S(O) 2 R f .
(64) (63)ì ìì´ì, nì 0ì¸, íí©ë¬¼.(64) (63), a compound in which n is 0.
(65) (56) ë´ì§ (64) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, ë¤ìì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë, íí©ë¬¼:(65) In any one of (56) to (64), a compound selected from the group consisting of:
ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof.
(66) ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ë¡ì: (66) As a pharmaceutical composition:
ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼; ë° A compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof; and
ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´ì í¬í¨íë,Including a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R4ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì½ì, ë° -OPO3H2ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkoxy, and -OPO 3 H 2 ;
R5ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬í°ì¤, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬í°ì¤, -ORf, ë° -SRfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxy substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkylthio, alkylthio substituted with one or more deuterium, -OR f , and -SR f ;
R6 ë° R7ì ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê³ /íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼.A pharmaceutical composition wherein at least one of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , and/or R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
(67) (66)ì ìì´ì, 경구 í¬ì¬ì ì í©í, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼.(67) (66) A pharmaceutical composition suitable for oral administration.
(68) ì§í ëë ì¥ì 를 ê°ì§ ëì체를 ì¹ë£íë ë°©ë²ì¼ë¡ì, ì기 ë°©ë²ì: (68) A method for treating a subject having a disease or disorder, the method comprising:
ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì기 ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë,Comprising the step of administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R4ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì½ì, ë° -OPO3H2ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkoxy, and -OPO 3 H 2 ;
R5ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬í°ì¤, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬í°ì¤, -ORf, ë° -SRfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxy substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkylthio, alkylthio substituted with one or more deuterium, -OR f , and -SR f ;
R6 ë° R7ì ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê³ /íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë, ë°©ë².A method wherein at least one of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , and/or R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
(69) ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ì ì°ê´ë ì§í ëë ì¥ì 를 ê°ì§ ëì체를 ì¹ë£íë ë°©ë²ì¼ë¡ì, ì기 ë°©ë²ì: (69) A method for treating a subject having a disease or disorder associated with a serotonin 5-HT 2 receptor, said method comprising:
ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì기 ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë,Comprising the step of administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R4ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì½ì, ë° -OPO3H2ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkoxy, and -OPO 3 H 2 ;
R5ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬í°ì¤, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬í°ì¤, -ORf, ë° -SRfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxy substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkylthio, alkylthio substituted with one or more deuterium, -OR f , and -SR f ;
R6 ë° R7ì ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê³ /íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë, ë°©ë².A method wherein at least one of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , and/or R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
(70) (69)ì ìì´ì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì ê²½ì ì ì§í ëë ì¥ì ì´ê±°ë ì¼ì¦ì± ì§í ëë ì¥ì ì¸, ë°©ë².(70) In (69), the disease or disorder is a neuropsychiatric disease or disorder or an inflammatory disease or disorder, method.
(71) (69)ì ìì´ì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì ì¸, ë°©ë².(71) In (69), the disease or disorder is a central nervous system (CNS) disorder, method.
(72) (71)ì ìì´ì, ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì ë, 주ì ì°ì¸ ì¥ì (MDD), ì¹ë£ ì íì± ì°ì¸ì¦(TRD), ì¸ì í ì¤í¸ë ì¤ ì¥ì (PTSD), ìê·¹ì± ë° ê´ë ¨ ì¥ì , ê°ë° ì¥ì (OCD), ë²ë¶ìì¥ì (GAD), ì¬í ë¶ì ì¥ì , ë¬¼ì§ ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ìì ì¥ì , ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³, êµ°ë°ì± ëíµ ë° í¸ëíµ, 주ìë ¥ ê²°í ê³¼ì íëì¥ì (ADHD), íµì¦ ë° ì ê²½ë³ì± íµì¦, íìë¶ë¥ì¦, ìì기 ë°ë³ ì ì°½ì± ì¥ì , 주ì ì ê²½ì¸ì§ ì¥ì , ê²½ì¦ ì ê²½ì¸ì§ ì¥ì , ìì´ ìë, ìì´ íë, ìì´ ìë ëë ìì´ íëì ëë°í 주ì ì°ì¸ ì¥ì , ì íì ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¹ì í ì°ì¸ì¦, ê¸°ë¶ ë¶ì ì¦, ë¹-ìì´ ìí´ ì¥ì (NSSID), ë§ì± í¼ë¡ ì¦íêµ°, ë¼ì(Lyme)ë³, ëë° ì¥ì , ì±ëì°© ì¥ì , ì±ê¸°ë¥ ì¥ì , ë§ì´ ì ê²½ì¦, ë° ë¹ë§ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë ì ì´ë íëì ì¥ì ì¸, ë°©ë².(72) In (71), the central nervous system (CNS) disorder is at least one disorder selected from the group consisting of major depressive disorder (MDD), treatment-resistant depression (TRD), post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), bipolar and related disorders, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), social anxiety disorder, substance use disorders, eating disorders, Alzheimer's disease, cluster headache and migraine, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain and neuropathic pain, alexithymia, childhood-onset fluency disorder, major neurocognitive disorder, mild neurocognitive disorder, suicidal intent, suicidal behavior, major depressive disorder with suicidal intent or behavior, typical depression, atypical depression, dysthymia, non-suicidal self-injurious disorder (NSSID), chronic fatigue syndrome, Lyme disease, gambling disorder, paraphilic disorders, sexual dysfunction, peripheral neuropathy, and obesity.
(73) (71)ì ìì´ì, ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì ë 주ì ì°ì¸ ì¥ì (MDD)ì¸, ë°©ë².(73) (71) A method, wherein the central nervous system (CNS) disorder is major depressive disorder (MDD).
(74) (71)ì ìì´ì, ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì ë ì¹ë£ ì íì± ì°ì¸ì¦(TRD)ì¸, ë°©ë².(74) (71) A method wherein the central nervous system (CNS) disorder is treatment-resistant depression (TRD).
(75) (71)ì ìì´ì, ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì ë ë²ë¶ìì¥ì (GAD)ì¸, ë°©ë².(75) (71) A method wherein the central nervous system (CNS) disorder is generalized anxiety disorder (GAD).
(76) (71)ì ìì´ì, ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì ë ì¬í ë¶ì ì¥ì ì¸, ë°©ë².(76) In (71), the central nervous system (CNS) disorder is social anxiety disorder, method.
(77) (71)ì ìì´ì, ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì ë ê°ë° ì¥ì (OCD)ì¸, ë°©ë².(77) (71) A method wherein the central nervous system (CNS) disorder is obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD).
(78) (71)ì ìì´ì, ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì ë êµ°ë°ì± ëíµ ëë í¸ëíµì¸, ë°©ë².(78) (71) A method wherein the central nervous system (CNS) disorder is cluster headache or migraine.
(79) (71)ì ìì´ì, ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì ë ë¬¼ì§ ì¬ì© ì¥ì ì¸, ë°©ë².(79) (71), wherein the central nervous system (CNS) disorder is a substance use disorder, method.
(80) (79)ì ìì´ì, ë¬¼ì§ ì¬ì© ì¥ì ë ìì½ì¬ ì¬ì© ì¥ì ì¸, ë°©ë².(80) In (79), the substance use disorder is an alcohol use disorder, method.
(81) (79)ì ìì´ì, ë¬¼ì§ ì¬ì© ì¥ì ë ëì½í´ ì¬ì© ì¥ì ì¸, ë°©ë².(81) In (79), the substance use disorder is a nicotine use disorder, method.
(82) (69)ì ìì´ì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ìì¨ì ê²½ê³(ANS) ë³íì¸, ë°©ë².(82) (69) A method wherein the disease or disorder is an autonomic nervous system (ANS) pathology.
(83) (69)ì ìì´ì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë í ì¥ì ì¸, ë°©ë².(83) In (69), the disease or disorder is a lung disorder, method.
(84) (69)ì ìì´ì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì¬íê´ ì¥ì ì¸, ë°©ë².(84) In (69), the disease or disorder is a cardiovascular disorder, method.
(85) (69) ë´ì§ (84) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, íí©ë¬¼ì ëìì²´ìê² ê²½êµ¬ í¬ì¬ëë, ë°©ë².(85) A method according to any one of (69) to (84), wherein the compound is orally administered to the subject.
(86) (69) ë´ì§ (85) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, íí©ë¬¼ì ëìì²´ìê² êµ¬ê°ë´ í¬ì¬ëë, ë°©ë².(86) A method according to any one of (69) to (85), wherein the compound is administered orally to the subject.
(87) (69) ë´ì§ (86) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, íí©ë¬¼ì ì½ 0.083 mg/kg ë´ì§ ì½ 5 mg/kgì ì ì ìê·¹ í¬ì¬ëì¼ë¡ ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬ëë, ë°©ë².(87) A method according to any one of (69) to (86), wherein the compound is administered to the subject at a psychostimulant dosage of about 0.083 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg.
(88) (87)ì ìì´ì, íí©ë¬¼ì ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì ì ê±¸ì³ ì£¼ 1í ì´íì ì ì ìê·¹ í¬ì¬ëì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬ëë, ë°©ë².(88) (87) A method wherein the compound is administered in a psychostimulant dosage no more than once a week over the course of treatment.
(89) (69) ë´ì§ (86) ì¤ ì´ë íëì ìì´ì, íí©ë¬¼ì ì½ 0.00001 mg/kg ë´ì§ ì½ 0.083 mg/kg 미ë§ì ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ëì¼ë¡ ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬ëë, ë°©ë².(89) A method according to any one of (69) to (86), wherein the compound is administered to the subject at a sub-psychoactive dosage of less than about 0.00001 mg/kg to about 0.083 mg/kg.
(90) (89)ì ìì´ì, íí©ë¬¼ì ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì ì ê±¸ì³ ì¼ 1í ì´ìì ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ëì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬ëë, ë°©ë².(90) (89) A method wherein the compound is administered in a sub-psychoactive dose at least once daily over the course of treatment.
(91) ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ì ì°ê´ë ì§í ëë ì¥ì 를 ê°ì§ ëì체를 ì¹ë£í기 ìí, ííì (II) ë´ì§ (V) ì¤ ì´ë íë를 í¬í¨íë, ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ì©ëë¡ì,(91) Use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer , solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, comprising any one of formulas (II) to (V), for treating a subject having a disease or disorder associated with a serotonin 5-HT 2 receptor,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R4ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì½ì, ë° -OPO3H2ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkoxy, and -OPO 3 H 2 ;
R5ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬í°ì¤, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬í°ì¤, -ORf, ë° -SRfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxy substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkylthio, alkylthio substituted with one or more deuterium, -OR f , and -SR f ;
R6 ë° R7ì ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê³ /íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë, ì©ë.Wherein at least one of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , and/or R 8 and R 9 are combined with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
ìëì ë¨ë½ì ëì²´ì ì¸ ìê°ë¥¼ ìí´ ì ê³µëë ê²ì´ë©°, ì´ì ì´ì´ì§ë 본 ì²êµ¬ë²ìì ë²ì를 ì ííê³ ì íë ê²ì ìëë¤. 기ì ë 구íìë, ì¶ê°ì ì´ì ê³¼ í¨ê», ì²¨ë¶ ëë©´ê³¼ í¨ê» ê³ ë ¤ë ë ë¤ìì ìì¸í ì¤ëª
ì 참조íì¬ ê°ì¥ ì ì´í´ë ê²ì´ë¤.
ë 1ì 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ëí ì ê·¼ì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë ì¼ë° í©ì± ê²½ë¡ì ì를 ëìíë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì, LG = ì´í기, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¼í물, ë¸ë¡¬í물, í ì¤ë ì´í¸ ë±ì´ë¤.
ë 2ë íí©ë¬¼ I-3ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 3ì íí©ë¬¼ II-2ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 4ë íí©ë¬¼ II-3ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 5ë íí©ë¬¼ II-6ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 6ì íí©ë¬¼ II-10ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 7ì íí©ë¬¼ II-12ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 8ì íí©ë¬¼ II-15ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 9ë íí©ë¬¼ II-19ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 10ì íí©ë¬¼ II-20ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 11ì íí©ë¬¼ II-21ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 12ë íí©ë¬¼ III-2ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 13ì íí©ë¬¼ III-3ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 14ë íí©ë¬¼ III-6ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 15ë íí©ë¬¼ III-10ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 16ì íí©ë¬¼ III-12ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 17ì íí©ë¬¼ III-13ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 18ì íí©ë¬¼ III-14ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 19ë íí©ë¬¼ IV-3ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 20ì íí©ë¬¼ IV-21ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 21ì íí©ë¬¼ IV-40ì ëí í©ì± ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ ëìíë¤.
ë 22ë íí©ë¬¼ II-19 ë° ì¸ë¡í ë(5-HT)ì ì¬ì©íë, ìì©ì -íì§ ì¸ê° ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ë°©ì¬ì±ë¦¬ê°ë([3H]LSD) ê²½ì ê²°í©ì ê·¸ëíì´ê³ ; í´ë¹ ê²°ê³¼ë 5-HTì ëí 2í ìí(N=8í ë³µì ë¨) ë° II-19ì ëí 3í ìí(N=12í ë³µì ë¨) ê°ê°ì 4íì ë
립ì ì¸ ì¤íì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì ëë ê²ì´ë©°; í´ë¹ ë°ì´í°ë ë¨ì¼-ë¶ì í¼í
Ki 모ë¸ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ë¶ìë ë°ì´í°ì´ë¤.
ë 23ì íí©ë¬¼ II-10ê³¼ II-20 ë° ì¸ë¡í ë(5-HT)ì ì¬ì©íë, ìì©ì -íì§ ì¸ê° ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ë°©ì¬ì±ë¦¬ê°ë([3H]LSD) ê²½ì ê²°í©ì ê·¸ëíì´ê³ ; í´ë¹ ê²°ê³¼ë 5-HTì ëí 2í ìí(N=08í ë³µì ë¨) ë° II-10ê³¼ II-20ì ëí 3í ìí(N=12í ë³µì ë¨) ê°ê°ì 4íì ë
립ì ì¸ ì¤íì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì ëë ê²ì´ë©°; í´ë¹ ë°ì´í°ë ë¨ì¼-ë¶ì í¼í
Ki 모ë¸ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ë¶ìë ë°ì´í°ì´ë¤.
ë 24ë íí©ë¬¼ II-6ê³¼ III-6 ë° ì¸ë¡í ë(5-HT)ì ì¬ì©íë, ìì©ì -íì§ ì¸ê° ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ë°©ì¬ì±ë¦¬ê°ë([3H]LSD) ê²½ì ê²°í©ì ê·¸ëíì´ê³ ; í´ë¹ ê²°ê³¼ë 5-HTì ëí 2í ìí(N=06í ë³µì ë¨) ë° II-6ê³¼ III-6ì ëí 3í ìí(N=09í ë³µì ë¨) ê°ê°ì 3íì ë
립ì ì¸ ì¤íì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì ëë ê²ì´ë©°; í´ë¹ ë°ì´í°ë ë¨ì¼-ë¶ì í¼í
Ki 모ë¸ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ë¶ìë ë°ì´í°ì´ë¤.
ë 25ë ìì± ëì¡°êµ° (±)2,5-ëë©í¡ì-4-ìì¤ëìíí민(DOI, 10 mg/kg PO)ê³¼ ë¹êµë, íí©ë¬¼ II-6 ë° III-6(10 mg/kg PO)ì´ ì±ì²´, ìì»· C57Bl/6J ë§ì°ì¤ìì ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´-ìì¡´ì± í¤ë-ê²½ë ¨ ë°ì(HTR)ì 미ì¹ë í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ëìíë ê·¸ëíì´ë¤.
ë 26ì ë² ì´ì¤ë¼ì¸ ëë¹ ìµë 5-HT ë³í ë°±ë¶ì¨ë¡ìì, 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ê¸°ë¥ ê²ì 결과를 ëíë´ë ê·¸ëíì´ë©°; ì¬ê¸°ìì í´ë¹ íí©ë¬¼ì 500 nM ë° 50 μM ëëìì 3í ìíëìë¤.
ë 27ì íí©ë¬¼ II-2ì ëí ëì¡°êµ° ìì©ì ë°ìì ë°±ë¶ì¨ë¡ìì í¬ì¬ë ë°ì 5-HT2A ê¸°ë¥ ê²ì 결과를 ëíë´ë ëíì´ë©°; ì´ë íìë ëëìì 2í ìíëê³ , Hill ë°©ì ì 곡ì í¼í
ì ì¬ì©íì¬ íê· ë³µì ê°ì¼ë¡ ìì±ë ëë-ë°ì 곡ì ì ë¹ì í íê· ë¶ìì¼ë¡ EC50 ê°ì´ ê²°ì ëìë¤.
ë 28ì íí©ë¬¼ III-2 ë° IV-21ì ëí ëì¡°êµ° ìì©ì ë°ìì ë°±ë¶ì¨ë¡ìì í¬ì¬ë ë°ì 5-HT2A ê¸°ë¥ ê²ì 결과를 ëíë´ë ëíì´ë©°; ì´ë íìë ëëìì 2í ìíëê³ , Hill ë°©ì ì 곡ì í¼í
ì ì¬ì©íì¬ íê· ë³µì ê°ì¼ë¡ ìì±ë ëë-ë°ì 곡ì ì ë¹ì í íê· ë¶ìì¼ë¡ EC50 ê°ì´ ê²°ì ëìë¤.
ë 29ë íí©ë¬¼ III-2 ë° IV-21ì ëí ëì¡°êµ° ìì©ì ë°ìì ë°±ë¶ì¨ë¡ìì í¬ì¬ë ë°ì 5-HT2B ê¸°ë¥ ê²ì 결과를 ëíë´ë ëíì´ë©°; ì´ë íìë ëëìì 2í ìíëê³ , Hill ë°©ì ì 곡ì í¼í
ì ì¬ì©íì¬ íê· ë³µì ê°ì¼ë¡ ìì±ë ëë-ë°ì 곡ì ì ë¹ì í íê· ë¶ìì¼ë¡ EC50 ê°ì´ ê²°ì ëìë¤.The following paragraphs are provided for general introduction only and are not intended to limit the scope of the claims that follow. The described embodiments, together with their additional advantages, will be best understood by reference to the following detailed description when considered in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
Figure 1 illustrates an example of a general synthetic route that may be used to access compounds of the present disclosure, where LG = leaving group, e.g., chloride, bromide, tosylate, etc.
Figure 2 illustrates the synthetic route for compound I-3.
Figure 3 illustrates the synthetic route for compound II-2.
Figure 4 illustrates the synthetic route for compound II-3.
Figure 5 illustrates the synthetic route for compound II-6.
Figure 6 illustrates the synthetic route for compound II-10.
Figure 7 illustrates the synthetic route for compound II-12.
Figure 8 illustrates the synthetic route for compound II-15.
Figure 9 illustrates the synthetic route for compound II-19.
Figure 10 illustrates the synthetic route for compound II-20.
Figure 11 illustrates the synthetic route for compound II-21.
Figure 12 illustrates the synthetic route for compound III-2.
Figure 13 illustrates the synthetic route for compound III-3.
Figure 14 illustrates the synthetic route for compound III-6.
Figure 15 illustrates the synthetic route for compound III-10.
Figure 16 illustrates the synthetic route for compound III-12.
Figure 17 illustrates the synthetic route for compound III-13.
Figure 18 illustrates the synthetic route for compound III-14.
Figure 19 illustrates the synthetic route for compound IV-3.
Figure 20 illustrates the synthetic route for compound IV-21.
Figure 21 illustrates the synthetic route for compound IV-40.
Figure 22 is a graph of agonist-labeled human serotonin 5-HT 2A receptor radioligand ([ 3 H]LSD) competitive binding using compound II-19 and serotonin (5-HT); the results are from four independent experiments, each with 2 replicates for 5-HT (N=8 replicates) and 3 replicates for II-19 (N=12 replicates); the data were analyzed using a single-site fitting K i model.
Figure 23 is a graph of agonist-labeled human serotonin 5-HT 2A receptor radioligand ([ 3 H]LSD) competitive binding using compounds II-10 and II-20 and serotonin (5-HT); the results are from four independent experiments, with 2 tests (N=08 replicates) for 5-HT and 3 tests (N=12 replicates) for II-10 and II-20; the data were analyzed using a single-site fitting K i model.
Figure 24 is a graph of agonist-labeled human serotonin 5-HT 2A receptor radioligand ([ 3 H]LSD) competitive binding using compounds II-6 and III-6 and serotonin (5-HT); the results are from three independent experiments, with 2 tests (N=06 replicates) for 5-HT and 3 tests (N=09 replicates) for II-6 and III-6 respectively; the data were analyzed using a single-site fitting K i model.
Figure 25 is a graph depicting the effects of compounds II-6 and III-6 (10 mg/kg PO) compared to the positive control (±)2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine (DOI, 10 mg/kg PO) on the serotonin 5-HT 2A receptor-dependent head-twitch response (HTR) in adult, male C57Bl/6J mice.
Figure 26 is a graph showing the results of a 5-HT 2A receptor function assay as a percentage of maximum 5-HT change from baseline; wherein the compound was tested in triplicate at concentrations of 500 nM and 50 μM.
Figure 27 is a plot showing the results of a dose-response 5-HT 2A functional assay as a percentage of the control agonist response for compound II-2; the concentrations indicated were tested in duplicate and EC 50 values were determined by nonlinear regression analysis of the concentration-response curves generated as the average replicate values using Hill's equation curve fitting.
Figure 28 is a plot showing the results of dose response 5-HT 2A function assays as a percentage of control agonist response for compounds III-2 and IV-21; these were tested in duplicate at the indicated concentrations, and EC 50 values were determined by nonlinear regression analysis of the concentration-response curves generated as mean replicate values using Hill equation curve fitting.
Figure 29 is a plot showing the results of dose response 5-HT 2B function assays as a percentage of control agonist response for compounds III-2 and IV-21; these were tested in duplicate at the indicated concentrations, and EC 50 values were determined by nonlinear regression analysis of the concentration-response curves generated as mean replicate values using Hill equation curve fitting.
본 ê°ìì 구íìì ëí ë¤ìì ìì¸í ì¤ëª ìì, ê°ìë 구íìì ìì í ì´í´ë¥¼ ì ê³µí기 ìí´ ë¤ìì í¹ì ì¸ë¶ ì¬íì´ ì ìëë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, 본 ê°ìì 구íìê° ì´ë¤ í¹ì ì¸ë¶ ì¬í ìì´ë ì¤ìë ì ìë¤ë ê²ì ë¹ì ììê² ëª ë°±í ê²ì´ë¤. ë¤ë¥¸ ê²½ì°, 본 ê°ìì 구íìì ìí를 ë¶íìíê² ëª¨í¸íê² íì§ ìëë¡, ê³µì§ë ë°©ë², ì ì°¨, 구ì±ìì, ë° íë¡ ë±ì ìì¸í 기ì íì§ ììë¤.ãIn the following detailed description of embodiments of the present disclosure, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the disclosed embodiments. However, it will be apparent to one skilled in the art that the embodiments of the present disclosure may be practiced without these specific details. In other instances, well-known methods, procedures, components, and circuits have not been described in detail so as not to unnecessarily obscure aspects of the embodiments of the present disclosure.
ì ìdefinition
ë¬ë¦¬ ì ìëì§ ìë í, 본ìì ì¬ì©ë 모ë 기ì ì ë° ê³¼íì ì©ì´ë 본 ê°ìê° ìíë ë¹ì ìê° ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡ ì´í´ëë ê²ê³¼ ëì¼í ì미를 ê°ëë¤.Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs.
"ìí¬"ì 1 ë´ì§ 10ê°ì íì ìì, ì컨ë 1 ë´ì§ 6ê°ì íì ìì, ëë 1 ë´ì§ 5ê°, ëë 1 ë´ì§ 4ê°, ëë 1 ë´ì§ 3ê°, ëë 1 ë´ì§ 2ê°ì íì ìì를 ê°ë 1ê° í¬í ì§ë°©ì¡± íì´ëë¡ì¹´ë¥´ë¹ 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤. ì´ ì©ì´ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, ë©í¸ (CH3-), ìí¸ (CH3CH2-), n-íë¡í (CH3CH2CH2-), ì´ìíë¡í ((CH3)2CH-), n-ë¶í¸ (CH3CH2CH2CH2-), ì´ìë¶í¸ ((CH3)2CHCH2-), ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸ ((CH3)(CH3CH2)CH-), t-ë¶í¸ (t-Bu)((CH3)3C-), n-íí¸ (CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2-), ë° ë¤ì¤íí¸ ((CH3)3CCH2-)ê³¼ ê°ì ì í ë° ë¶ì§í íì´ëë¡ì¹´ë¥´ë¹ 기를 í¬í¨íë¤.âAlkylâ refers to a monovalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5, or 1 to 4, or 1 to 3, or 1 to 2 carbon atoms. The term includes linear and branched hydrocarbyl groups such as, for example, methyl (CH 3 -), ethyl (CH 3 CH 2 -), n-propyl (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 -), isopropyl ((CH 3 ) 2 CH-), n-butyl (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), isobutyl ((CH 3 ) 2 CHCH 2 -), t-butyl ((CH 3 )(CH 3 CH 2 )CH-), t-butyl (t-Bu)((CH 3 ) 3 C-), n-pentyl (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), and neopentyl ((CH 3 ) 3 CCH 2 -).
ì©ì´ "ì¹íë ìí¬"ì ìí¬ ì¬ì¬ ì¤ íë ì´ìì íì ììê° -O-, -N-, -S-, -S(O)n-(ì ì¤ nì 0 ë´ì§ 2ì), -NR-(ì ì¤ Rì ìì ëë ìí¬ì)ê³¼ ê°ì í¤í ë¡ ììë¡ ìì ì¹íëê³ , ì¤ìì, ìì½ì, ì¹íë ìì½ì, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ìë, ìì¤ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìì¤ì¥ì, ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤ì¥ì, ì¥ììë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìì§ë, ììë ¸, í ë¡ê², íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¥ì, í°ì¤ì¼í , 카르복ì¤, 카르복ì¤ìí¬, í°ì¤ì릴ì¥ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í ì¤í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, í°ì¬, í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì¹íë í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì릴, ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, íì´ëë¡ììë¯¸ë ¸, ìì½ììë¯¸ë ¸, ëí¸ë¡, -SO-ìí¬, -SO-ì릴, -SO-í¤í ë¡ì릴, -SO2-ìí¬, -SO2-ì릴, -SO2-í¤í ë¡ì릴, ë° -NR'R"ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íë 1 ë´ì§ 10ê°ì ì¹í기를 ê°ë 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ R' ë° R"ì ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìê³ ìì, ìì ì¹íë ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ë° í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë¤.The term "substituted alkyl" means a group in which one or more carbon atoms of the alkyl chain are optionally substituted with a heteroatom such as -O-, -N-, -S-, -S(O) n - (wherein n is 0 to 2), -NR- (wherein R is hydrogen or alkyl), and is selected from the group consisting of deuterium, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, anil, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, teoheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, Refers to an alkyl group as defined herein having 1 to 10 substituents selected from the group consisting of heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO -alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO 2 -alkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, -SO 2 -heteroaryl, and -NR ' R " , wherein R' and R" may be the same or different and are selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclic.
"ìí¬ë "ì ì§ìí ëë ë¶ì§ìíì¸ 1 ë´ì§ 6ê°(ì를 ë¤ì´ 1 ë´ì§ 3ê°)ì íì ìì를 ê°ë, ì´ë¤ íì ììë -O-, -NR10-, -NR10C(O)-, -C(O)NR10- ë±ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íë íë ì´ìì ê¸°ë¡ ììë¡ ì¤ë¨ëë, 2ê° ì§ë°©ì¡± íì´ëë¡ì¹´ë¥´ë¹ 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤. ì´ ì©ì´ë ì를 ë¤ì´ ë©í¸ë (-CH2-), ìí¸ë (-CH2CH2-), n-íë¡íë (-CH2CH2CH2-), ì´ì-íë¡íë (-CH2CH(CH3)-), (-C(CH3)2CH2CH2-), (-C(CH3)2CH2C(O)-), (-C(CH3)2CH2C(O)NH-), (-CH(CH3)CH2-), ë±ì í¬í¨íë¤."Alkylene" refers to a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 6 (e.g., 1 to 3) carbon atoms which are straight or branched, which carbon atoms are optionally interrupted by one or more groups selected from -O-, -NR 10 -, -NR 10 C(O)-, -C(O)NR 10 -, etc. The term includes, for example, methylene (-CH 2 -), ethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 -), n-propylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), iso-propylene (-CH 2 CH(CH 3 )-), (-C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), (-C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 C(O)-), (-C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 C(O)NH-), (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -), and the like.
"ì¹íë ìí¬ë "ì ìëì "ì¹íë"ì ì ììì íìì ëí´ ê¸°ì í ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ì¹íê¸°ë¡ ì¹íë 1 ë´ì§ 3ê°ì ìì를 ê°ë ìí¬ë 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤."Substituted alkylene" refers to an alkylene group having 1 to 3 hydrogens substituted with substituents as described for carbon in the definition of "substituted" below.
ì©ì´ "ì칸"ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ìí¬ê¸° ë° ìí¬ë 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤.The term âalkaneâ refers to alkyl groups and alkylene groups as defined herein.
ì©ì´ "ìí¬ìë¯¸ë ¸ìí¬", "ìí¬ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¼ë", ë° "ìí¬ìë¯¸ë ¸ìí¤ë"ì 기 R'NHR"ì ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ R'ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ìí¬ê¸°ì´ê³ , R"ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ìí¬ë , ìì¼ëë , ëë ìí¤ëë 기ì´ë¤.The terms "alkylaminoalkyl", "alkylaminoalkenyl", and "alkylaminoalkynyl" refer to the group R'NHR", wherein R' is an alkyl group as defined herein, and R" is an alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group as defined herein.
ì©ì´ "ì카릴" ëë "ìëí¬"ì -ìí¬ë -ì릴 ë° -ì¹íë ìí¬ë -ì릴 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬ë , ì¹íë ìí¬ë , ë° ì릴ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ì´ë¤.The term "alkaryl" or "aralkyl" refers to -alkylene-aryl and -substituted alkylene-aryl groups, wherein alkylene, substituted alkylene, and aryl are defined herein.
"ìì½ì"ë -O-ìí¬ ê¸°ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤. ìì½ìë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ë©í¡ì, ìí¡ì, n-íë¡íì, ì´ìíë¡íì, n-ë¶í¡ì, t-ë¶í¡ì, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¡ì, n-íí¡ì ë±ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì©ì´ "ìì½ì"ë ëí ìì¼ë-O-, ìí´ë¡ìí¬-O-, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë-O-, ë° ìí¤ë-O- 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìì¼ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ë° ìí¤ëì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤."Alkoxy" refers to the group -O-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined herein. Alkoxy includes, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, t-butoxy, di-butoxy, n-pentoxy, and the like. The term "alkoxy" also refers to the groups alkenyl-O-, cycloalkyl-O-, cycloalkenyl-O-, and alkynyl-O-, wherein alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and alkynyl are as defined herein.
ì©ì´ "ì¹íë ìì½ì"ë ì¹íë ìí¬-O-, ì¹íë ìì¼ë-O-, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬-O-, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë-O-, ë° ì¹íë ìí¤ë-O-를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ë° ì¹íë ìí¤ëì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤.The term âsubstituted alkoxyâ refers to substituted alkyl-O-, substituted alkenyl-O-, substituted cycloalkyl-O-, substituted cycloalkenyl-O-, and substituted alkynyl-O-, wherein substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, and substituted alkynyl are as defined herein.
ì©ì´ "ìì½ììë¯¸ë ¸"ë -NH-ìì½ì 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìì½ìë 본ììì ì ìë ê²ì´ë¤.The term "alkoxyamino" refers to a -NH-alkoxy group, where alkoxy is as defined herein.
ì©ì´ "í ë¡ìì½ì"ë ìí¬-O- 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬ê¸° ìì íë ì´ìì ìì ììë í ë¡ê¸°ë¡ ì¹íëìê³ , ì를 ë¤ì´ í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ë©í¡ì ë±ê³¼ ê°ì 기를 í¬í¨íë¤.The term "haloalkoxy" refers to an alkyl-O- group, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl group are replaced by a halo group, including groups such as trifluoromethoxy.
ì©ì´ "í ë¡ìí¬"ì ì ì í ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ì¹íë ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬ê¸° ìì íë ì´ìì ìì ììë í ë¡ê¸°ë¡ ì¹íë ê²ì´ë¤. ì´ë¬í 기ì ìë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì컨ë í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ë©í¸, ëí루ì¤ë¡ë©í¸, í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸ ë±ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.The term "haloalkyl" refers to a substituted alkyl group as defined above, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl group are replaced with a halo group. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, fluoroalkyl groups, such as trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl, and the like.
ì©ì´ "ìí¬ìì½ì"ë -ìí¬ë -O-ìí¬, ìí¬ë -O-ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬ë -O-ìí¬, ë° ì¹íë ìí¬ë -O-ì¹íë ìí¬ì ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìí¬ë , ë° ì¹íë ìí¬ë ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤.The term âalkylalkoxyâ refers to -alkylene-O-alkyl, alkylene-O-substituted alkyl, substituted alkylene-O-alkyl, and substituted alkylene-O-substituted alkyl, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene, and substituted alkylene are as defined herein.
ì©ì´ "ìí¬í°ì¤ìì½ì"ë -ìí¬ë -S-ìí¬, ìí¬ë -S-ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬ë -S-ìí¬, ë° ì¹íë ìí¬ë -S-ì¹íë ìí¬ì ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìí¬ë , ë° ì¹íë ìí¬ë ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤.The term âalkylthioalkoxyâ refers to -alkylene-S-alkyl, alkylene-S-substituted alkyl, substituted alkylene-S-alkyl, and substituted alkylene-S-substituted alkyl, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene, and substituted alkylene are as defined herein.
"ìì¼ë"ì 2ê° ë´ì§ 6ê°ì íì ìì, ì를 ë¤ì´ 2ê° ë´ì§ 4ê°ì íì ìì를 ê°ê³ ì ì´ë 1ê°, ì를 ë¤ì´ 1ê° ë´ì§ 2ê°ì ì´ì¤ ê²°í© ë¶í¬í ë¶ì를 ê°ë ì§ì ëë ë¶ì§í íì´ëë¡ì¹´ë¥´ë¹ 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤. ì´ ì©ì´ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ë°ì´-ë¹ë, ì릴, ë° ë¶í¸-3-ì-1-ì¼ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì´ ì©ì´ ë´ìë ìì¤ ë° í¸ëì¤ ì´ì±ì§ì²´ ëë ì´ë¤ ì´ì±ì§ì²´ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì´ í¬í¨ëë¤."Alkenyl" refers to a straight chain or branched hydrocarbyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, for example 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and having at least 1, for example 1 to 2, double bond unsaturation sites. This term includes, for example, bi-vinyl, allyl, and but-3-en-1-yl. Included within this term are the cis and trans isomers or mixtures of these isomers.
ì©ì´ "ì¹íë ìì¼ë"ì ë¤ìì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íë 1 ë´ì§ 5ê°ì ì¹í기, ëë 1 ë´ì§ 3ê°ì ì¹í기를 ê°ë 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ìì¼ë기를 ì§ì¹íë¤: ìì½ì, ì¹íë ìì½ì, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ìì¤, ìì¤ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìì¤ì¥ì, ìë¯¸ë ¸, ì¹íë ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤ì¥ì, ì¥ììë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìì§ë, ììë ¸, í ë¡ê², íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¥ì, í°ì¤ì¼í , 카르복ì¤, 카르복ì¤ìí¬, í°ì¤ì릴ì¥ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, í°ì¬, í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì¹íë í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì릴, ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, íì´ëë¡ììë¯¸ë ¸, ìì½ììë¯¸ë ¸, ëí¸ë¡, -SO-ìí¬, -SO-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO-ì릴, -SO-í¤í ë¡ì릴, -SO2-ìí¬, -SO2-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO2-ì릴, ë° -SO2-í¤í ë¡ì릴.The term "substituted alkenyl" refers to an alkenyl group as defined herein having 1 to 5 substituents, or 1 to 3 substituents, selected from: alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO 2 -alkyl, -SO 2 -substituted alkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, and -SO 2 -heteroaryl.
"ìí¤ë"ì 2ê° ë´ì§ 6ê°ì íì ìì, ì를 ë¤ì´ 2ê° ë´ì§ 3ê°ì íì ìì를 ê°ê³ ì ì´ë 1ê°ì, ì를 ë¤ì´ 1ê° ë´ì§ 2ê°ì ì¼ì¤ ê²°í© ë¶í¬í ë¶ì를 ê°ë ì§ì ëë ë¶ì§í 1ê° íì´ëë¡ì¹´ë¥´ë¹ 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤. ì´ë¬í ìí¤ë기ì ìë ìì¸í¸ë ë(-Câ¡CH) ë° íë¡í르길(-CH2Câ¡CH)ì í¬í¨íë¤."Alkynyl" refers to a straight-chain or branched monovalent hydrocarbyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, for example 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and having at least one, for example 1 to 2, triple bond unsaturation site. Examples of such alkynyl groups include acetylenyl (-Câ¡CH) and propargyl (-CH 2 Câ¡CH).
ì©ì´ "ì¹íë ìí¤ë"ì ë¤ìì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íë 1 ë´ì§ 5ê°ì ì¹í기 ëë 1 ë´ì§ 3ê°ì ì¹í기를 ê°ë 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ìí¤ë 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤: ì¤ìì, ìì½ì, ì¹íë ìì½ì, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ìì¤, ìì¤ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìì¤ì¥ì, ìë¯¸ë ¸, ì¹íë ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤ì¥ì, ì¥ììë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìì§ë, ììë ¸, í ë¡ê², íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¥ì, í°ì¤ì¼í , 카르복ì¤, 카르복ì¤ìí¬, í°ì¤ì릴ì¥ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, í°ì¬, í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì¹íë í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì릴, ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, íì´ëë¡ììë¯¸ë ¸, ìì½ììë¯¸ë ¸, ëí¸ë¡, -SO-ìí¬, -SO-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO-ì릴, -SO-í¤í ë¡ì릴, -SO2-ìí¬, -SO2-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO2-ì릴, ë° -SO2-í¤í ë¡ì릴.The term "substituted alkynyl" refers to an alkynyl group as defined herein having 1 to 5 substituents or 1 to 3 substituents selected from deuterium, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO 2 -alkyl, -SO 2 -substituted alkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, and -SO 2 -heteroaryl.
"ìí¤ëì¥ì"ë -O-ìí¤ë기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¤ëì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤. ìí¤ëì¥ìë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìí°ëì¥ì, íë¡í¼ëì¥ì ë±ì í¬í¨íë¤."Alkynyloxy" refers to a -O-alkynyl group, wherein alkynyl is as defined herein. Alkynyloxy includes, for example, ethynyloxy, propynyloxy, and the like.
"ìì¤"ì H-C(O)-, ìí¬-C(O)-, ì¹íë ìí¬-C(O)-, ìì¼ë-C(O)-, ì¹íë ìì¼ë-C(O)-, ìí¤ë-C(O)-, ì¹íë ìí¤ë-C(O)-, ìí´ë¡ìí¬-C(O)-, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬-C(O)-, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë-C(O)-, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë-C(O)-, ì릴-C(O)-, ì¹íë ì릴-C(O)-, í¤í ë¡ì릴-C(O)-, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴-C(O)-, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´-C(O)-, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´-C(O)- 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì¤ì "ìì¸í¸"기 CH3C(O)를 í¬í¨íë¤."Acyl" refers to the groups HC(O)-, alkyl-C(O)-, substituted alkyl-C(O)-, alkenyl-C(O)-, substituted alkenyl-C(O)-, alkynyl-C(O)-, substituted alkynyl-C(O)-, cycloalkyl-C(O)-, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)-, cycloalkenyl-C(O)-, substituted cycloalkenyl-C(O)-, aryl-C(O)-, substituted aryl-C(O)-, heteroaryl-C(O)-, substituted heteroaryl-C(O)-, heterocyclyl-C(O)-, and substituted heterocyclyl-C(O)-, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, Cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. For example, acyl includes the "acetyl" group CH 3 C(O).
"ìì¤ìë¯¸ë ¸"ë -NR20C(O)ìí¬, -NR20C(O)ì¹íë ìí¬, N R20C(O)ìí´ë¡ìí¬, -NR20C(O)ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, -NR20C(O)ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, -NR20C(O)ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, -NR20C(O)ìì¼ë, -NR20C(O)ì¹íë ìì¼ë, -NR20C(O)ìí¤ë, -NR20C(O)ì¹íë ìí¤ë, -NR20C(O)ì릴, -NR20C(O)ì¹íë ì릴, -NR20C(O)í¤í ë¡ì릴, -NR20C(O)ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, -NR20C(O)í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° -NR20C(O)ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ R20ì ìì ëë ìí¬ì´ê³ , ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤."Acylamino" is -NR 20 C(O)alkyl, -NR 20 C(O)substituted alkyl, NR 20 C(O)cycloalkyl, -NR 20 C(O)substituted cycloalkyl, -NR 20 C(O)cycloalkenyl, -NR 20 C(O)substituted cycloalkenyl, -NR 20 C(O)alkenyl, -NR 20 C(O)substituted alkenyl, -NR 20 C(O)alkynyl, -NR 20 C (O)substituted alkynyl, -NR 20 C(O)aryl, -NR 20 C(O)substituted aryl, -NR 20 C(O)heteroaryl, -NR 20 C(O)substituted heteroaryl, -NR 20 C(O)heterocyclic, and -NR 20 C(O)substituted Refers to a heterocyclic group, wherein R 20 is hydrogen or alkyl, and alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
"ìë¯¸ë ¸ì¹´ë¥´ë³´ë" ëë ì©ì´ "ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤"ì -C(O)NR21R22 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ R21 ë° R22ë ìì, ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ , R21 ë° R22ë ì´ë¤ìê² ê²°í©ë ì§ìì ììë¡ í©ì³ì ¸ í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ ëë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ 기를 íì±íê³ , ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤."Aminocarbonyl" or the term "aminoacyl" refers to the group -C(O)NR 21 R 22 , wherein R 21 and R 22 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic, and R 21 and R 22 are optionally combined with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, Heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
"ìë¯¸ë ¸ì¹´ë¥´ë³´ëìë¯¸ë ¸"ë -NR21C(O)NR22R23 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ R21, R22, ë° R23ì ìì, ìí¬, ì릴, ëë ìí´ë¡ìí¬ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê±°ë, 2ê°ì R ê¸°ê° í©ì³ì ¸ í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´ê¸°ë¥¼ íì±íë¤.âAminocarbonylaminoâ refers to the group âNR 21 C(O)NR 22 R 23 , wherein R 21 , R 22 , and R 23 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or cycloalkyl, or two R groups taken together form a heterocyclyl group.
ì©ì´ "ìì½ì카르보ëìë¯¸ë ¸"ë -NRC(O)OR 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ê°ê°ì Rì ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì, ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ëë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´ì´ê³ , ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ë° í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤.The term âalkoxycarbonylaminoâ refers to the group âNRC(O)OR, wherein each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are as defined herein.
ì©ì´ "ìì¤ì¥ì"ë ìí¬-C(O)O-, ì¹íë ìí¬-C(O)O-, ìí´ë¡ìí¬-C(O)O-, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬-C(O)O-, ì릴-C(O)O-, í¤í ë¡ì릴-C(O)O-, ë° í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´-C(O)O- 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ë° í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤.The term âacyloxyâ refers to the groups alkyl-C(O)O-, substituted alkyl-C(O)O-, cycloalkyl-C(O)O-, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)O-, aryl-C(O)O-, heteroaryl-C(O)O-, and heterocyclyl-C(O)O-, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are as defined herein.
"ìë¯¸ë ¸ì¤í¬ë"ì -SO2NR21R22 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ R21 ë° R22ë ìì, ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ , R21 ë° R22ë ì´ë¤ìê² ê²°í©ë ì§ìì ììë¡ í©ì³ì ¸ í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ ëë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ 기를 íì±íê³ , ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤."Aminosulfonyl" refers to the group -SO 2 NR 21 R 22 , wherein R 21 and R 22 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, and R 21 and R 22 are optionally combined with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted Heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
"ì¤í¬ëìë¯¸ë ¸"ë -NR21SO2R22 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ R21 ë° R22ë ìì, ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ , R21 ë° R22ë ì´ë¤ìê² ê²°í©ë ììì ììë¡ í©ì³ì ¸ í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ ëë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ 기를 íì±íê³ , ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤."Sulphonylamino" refers to the group -NR 21 SO 2 R 22 , wherein R 21 and R 22 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic, and R 21 and R 22 are optionally combined with the atoms to which they are attached to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted Heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
"ì릴" ëë "Ar"ì 6 ë´ì§ 18ê°ì íì ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ê³ ë¤ìì ì¶í©ë ê³ ë¦¬ë¥¼ ê°ë (íë기ì ì¡´ì¬íë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì) ë¨ì¼ ê³ ë¦¬ ëë ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í ì ê°ë 1ê° ë°©í¥ì¡± 카르보ìí´ë¦ 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°(ì´ë¬í ë°©í¥ì¡± ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í ì ìë ëíí¸, ìí¸ë¦´, ë° ì¸ë¤ëì í¬í¨í¨), ë¶ì°© ì§ì ì´ ë°©í¥ì¡± ê³ ë¦¬ì ìì를 íµê³¼íë ê²½ì° ì¶í©ë ê³ ë¦¬ë ë°©í¥ì¡±ì´ê±°ë ë°©í¥ì¡±ì´ ìë ì ìë¤. ì´ ì©ì´ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ íë ë° ëíí¸ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì릴 ì¹í기ì ëí ì ì ìí´ ë¬ë¦¬ 구ìëì§ ìë í, ì´ë¬í ì릴 기ë ë¤ìì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íë 1 ë´ì§ 5ê°ì ì¹í기 ëë 1 ë´ì§ 3ê°ì ì¹íê¸°ë¡ ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì¹íë ì ìë¤: ìì¤ì¥ì, íì´ëë¡ì, í°ì¬, ìì¤, ìí¬, ìì½ì, ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íë ìì½ì, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ìë¯¸ë ¸, ì¹íë ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìì¤ìë¯¸ë ¸, ì카릴, ì릴, ì릴ì¥ì, ìì§ë, 카르복ì¤, 카르복ì¤ìí¬, ììë ¸, í ë¡ê², ëí¸ë¡, í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤ì¥ì, ì¥ììì¤ìë¯¸ë ¸, í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì¹íë í°ì¤ìì½ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, -SO-ìí¬, -SO-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO-ì릴, -SO-í¤í ë¡ì릴, -SO2-ìí¬, -SO2-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO2-ì릴, -SO2-í¤í ë¡ì릴, ë° í¸ë¦¬í ë¡ë©í¸."Aryl" or "Ar" refers to a monovalent aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring or ring system (such as present in a phenyl group) of from 6 to 18 carbon atoms and having multiple fused rings (examples of such aromatic ring systems include naphthyl, anthryl, and indanyl), wherein if the point of attachment is through an atom of the aromatic ring, the fused rings may or may not be aromatic. The term includes, for example, phenyl and naphthyl. Unless otherwise constrained by the definition of an aryl substituent, such aryl group may be optionally substituted with 1 to 5 substituents or 1 to 3 substituents selected from: acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halogen, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioheteroaryloxy, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO 2 -alkyl, -SO 2 -substituted alkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, -SO 2 -heteroaryl, and trihalomethyl.
"ì릴ì¥ì"ë -O-ì릴 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ì릴ì, ì를 ë¤ì´ 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì¹íë ì릴ì í¬í¨íì¬ íë ¹ì, ëíí¡ì ë±ì í¬í¨íë¤."Aryloxy" refers to the group -O-aryl, wherein aryl includes, for example, phenoxy, naphthoxy, and the like, including optionally substituted aryl as defined herein.
"ìë¯¸ë ¸"ë -NH2 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤."Amino" refers to the group -NH 2 .
ì©ì´ "ì¹íë ìë¯¸ë ¸"ë -NRR 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ê°ê°ì Rì, ì ì´ë íëì Rì´ ììê° ìë ê²½ì°, ìì, ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ë° ì ì´ë íëì Rì´ ììê° ìë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë¤.The term "substituted amino" refers to a -NRR group, wherein each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, wherein at least one R is not hydrogen.
ì©ì´ "ìì§ë"ë êµ° -N3 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤.The term "Ajido" refers to the group -N 3 .
"카르복ì¤", "카르복ì", ëë "카르복ì¤ë ì´í¸"ë -CO2H ëë ì´ì ì¼ì ì§ì¹íë¤.âCarboxylâ, âcarboxyâ, or âcarboxylateâ refers to -CO 2 H or a salt thereof.
"ì¹´ë¥´ë³µì¤ ìì¤í 르" ëë "카르복ì ìì¤í 르" ëë ì©ì´ "카르복ììí¬" ëë "카르복ì¤ìí¬"ì -C(O)O-ìí¬, -C(O)O-ì¹íë ìí¬, -C(O)O-ìì¼ë, -C(O)O-ì¹í ìì¼ë, -C(O)O-ìí¤ë, -C(O)O-ì¹íë ìí¤ë, -C(O)O-ì릴, -C(O)O-ì¹íë ì릴, -C(O)O-ìí´ë¡ìí¬, -C(O)O-ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, -C(O)O-ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, -C(O)O-ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, -C(O)O-í¤í ë¡ì릴, -C(O)O-ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, -C(O)O-í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° -C(O)O-ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤."Carboxyl ester" or "carboxy ester" or the term "carboxyalkyl" or "carboxylalkyl" refers to -C(O)O-alkyl, -C(O)O-substituted alkyl, -C(O)O-alkenyl, -C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, -C(O)O-alkynyl, -C(O)O-substituted alkynyl, -C(O)O-aryl, -C(O)O-substituted aryl, -C(O)O-cycloalkyl, -C(O)O-substituted cycloalkyl, -C(O)O-cycloalkenyl, -C(O)O-substituted cycloalkenyl, -C(O)O-heteroaryl, -C(O)O-substituted heteroaryl, -C(O)O-heterocyclic, and -C(O)O-substituted heterocyclic groups, wherein Alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
"(ì¹´ë¥´ë³µì¤ ìì¤í 르)ì¥ì" ëë "카르보ë¤ì´í¸"ë -O-C(O)O-ìí¬, -O-C(O)O-ì¹íë ìí¬, -O-C(O)O-ìì¼ë, -O-C(O)O-ì¹íë ìì¼ë, -O-C(O)O-ìí¤ë, -O-C(O)O-ì¹íë ìí¤ë, -O-C(O)O-ì릴, -O-C(O)O-ì¹íë ì릴, -O-C(O)O-ìí´ë¡ìí¬, -O-C(O)O-ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, -O-C(O)O-ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, -O-C(O)O-ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, -O-C(O)O-í¤í ë¡ì릴, -O-C(O)O-ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, -O-C(O)O-í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° -O-C(O)O-ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤."(Carboxyl ester)oxy" or "carbonate" means -O-C(O)O-alkyl, -O-C(O)O-substituted alkyl, -O-C(O)O-alkenyl, -O-C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, -O-C(O)O-alkynyl, -O-C(O)O-substituted alkynyl, -O-C(O)O-aryl, -O-C(O)O-substituted aryl, -O-C(O)O-cycloalkyl, -O-C(O)O-substituted cycloalkyl, -O-C(O)O-cycloalkenyl, -O-C(O)O-substituted cycloalkenyl, -O-C(O)O-heteroaryl, -O-C(O)O-substituted heteroaryl, -O-C(O)O-heterocyclic, and -O-C(O)O- refers to a substituted heterocyclic group, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
"ììë ¸" ëë "ëí¸ë¦´"ì -CN 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤."Cyano" or "nitrile" refers to the group -CN.
"ìí´ë¡ìí¬"ì 3 ë´ì§ 10ê°ì íì ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ê³ ì¶í©ë ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í , ê°êµë ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í , ë° ì¤í¼ë¡ ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í ì í¬í¨íì¬ 1ê° ëë ì¬ë¬ ê°ì íí ê³ ë¦¬ë¥¼ ê°ë íí ìí¬ ê¸°ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë¤. ì ì í ìí´ë¡ìí¬ ê¸°ì ìë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìë¤ë§í¸, ìí´ë¡íë¡í, ìí´ë¡ë¶í¸, ìí´ë¡íí¸, ìí´ë¡í¥ì¤, ìí´ë¡ì¥í¸ ë±ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì´ë¬í ìí´ë¡ìí¬ ê¸°ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìí´ë¡íë¡í, ìí´ë¡ë¶í¸, ìí´ë¡íí¸, ìí´ë¡ì¥í¸ ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ë¨ì¼ ê³ ë¦¬ 구조, ëë ìë¤ë§íë ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ë¤ìì ê³ ë¦¬ 구조를 í¬í¨íë¤."Cycloalkyl" refers to a cyclic alkyl group having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and having one or more cyclic rings, including fused ring systems, bridged ring systems, and spiro ring systems. Examples of suitable cycloalkyl groups include, for example, adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, and the like. Such cycloalkyl groups include single ring structures, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multiple ring structures, such as adamantanyl.
ì©ì´ "ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬"ì ë¤ìì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íë 1 ë´ì§ 5ê°ì ì¹í기 ëë 1 ë´ì§ 3ê°ì ì¹í기를 ê°ë ìí´ë¡ìí¬ ê¸°ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë¤: ì¤ìì, ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì½ì, ì¹íë ìì½ì, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ìì¤, ìì¤ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìì¤ì¥ì, ìë¯¸ë ¸, ì¹íë ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤ì¥ì, ì¥ììë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìì§ë, ììë ¸, í ë¡ê², íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¥ì, í°ì¤ì¼í , 카르복ì¤, 카르복ì¤ìí¬, í°ì¤ì릴ì¥ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, í°ì¬, í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì¹íë í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì릴, ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, íì´ëë¡ììë¯¸ë ¸, ìì½ììë¯¸ë ¸, ëí¸ë¡, -SO-ìí¬, -SO-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO-ì릴, -SO-í¤í ë¡ì릴, -SO2-ìí¬, -SO2-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO2-ì릴, ë° -SO2-í¤í ë¡ì릴.The term "substituted cycloalkyl" refers to a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 5 substituents or 1 to 3 substituents selected from deuterium, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO 2 -alkyl, -SO 2 -substituted alkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, and -SO 2 -heteroaryl.
"ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë"ì 3 ë´ì§ 10ê°ì íì ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ê³ 1ê° ëë ì¬ë¬ ê°ì ê³ ë¦¬ë¥¼ ê°ì§ë©° ì ì´ë íëì ì´ì¤ ê²°í©, ì를 ë¤ì´ 1 ë´ì§ 2ê°ì ì´ì¤ ê²°í©ì ê°ë ë¹-ë°©í¥ì¡± íí ìí¬ ê¸°ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë¤."Cycloalkenyl" refers to a non-aromatic cyclic alkyl group of 3 to 10 carbon atoms, having one or more rings and at least one double bond, for example, 1 to 2 double bonds.
ì©ì´ "ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë"ì ë¤ìì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íë 1 ë´ì§ 5ê°ì ì¹í기 ëë 1 ë´ì§ 3ê°ì ì¹í기를 ê°ë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤: ì¤ìì, ìì½ì, ì¹íë ìì½ì, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ìì¤, ìì¤ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìì¤ì¥ì, ìë¯¸ë ¸, ì¹íë ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤ì¥ì, ì¥ììë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìì§ë, ììë ¸, í ë¡ê², íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¼í , í°ì¤ì¼í , 카르복ì¤, 카르복ì¤ìí¬, í°ì¤ì릴ì¥ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, í°ì¬, í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì¹íë í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì릴, ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, íì´ëë¡ììë¯¸ë ¸, ìì½ììë¯¸ë ¸, ëí¸ë¡, -SO-ìí¬, -SO-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO-ì릴, -SO-í¤í ë¡ì릴, -SO2-ìí¬, -SO2-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO2-ì릴, ë° -SO2-í¤í ë¡ì릴.The term "substituted cycloalkenyl" refers to a cycloalkenyl group having 1 to 5 substituents or 1 to 3 substituents selected from deuterium, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO 2 -alkyl, -SO 2 -substituted alkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, and -SO 2 -heteroaryl.
"ìí´ë¡ìí¤ë"ì 5 ë´ì§ 10ê°ì íì ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ê³ 1ê° ëë ì¬ë¬ ê°ì ê³ ë¦¬ë¥¼ ê°ê³ ì ì´ë íëì ì¼ì¤ ê²°í©ì ê°ë ë¹-ë°©í¥ì¡± ìí´ë¡ìí¬ ê¸°ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë¤."Cycloalkynyl" refers to a non-aromatic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, one or more rings, and at least one triple bond.
"ìí´ë¡ìì½ì"ë -O-ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì ì§ì¹íë¤."Cycloalkoxy" refers to -O-cycloalkyl.
"ìí´ë¡ìì¼ëì¥ì"ë -O-ìí´ë¡ìì¼ëì ì§ì¹íë¤."Cycloalkenyloxy" refers to -O-cycloalkenyl.
"í ë¡" ëë "í ë¡ê²"ì í루ì¤ë¡, í´ë¡ë¡, ë¸ë¡ëª¨, ë° ìì¤ë를 ì§ì¹íë¤."Halo" or "halogen" refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodine.
"íì´ëë¡ì" ëë "íì´ëë¡ì¤"ì -OH 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤."Hydroxy" or "hydroxyl" refers to the -OH group.
"í¤í ë¡ì릴"ì 1 ë´ì§ 15ê°ì íì ìì(ì를 ë¤ì´ 1 ë´ì§ 10ê°ì íì ìì); ë° ê³ ë¦¬ ë´ì ì°ì, ì§ì, ë° í©ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íë 1 ë´ì§ 10ê°ì í¤í ë¡ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ ë°©í¥ì¡± 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤. ì´ë¬í í¤í ë¡ì릴 기ë (ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¸ë리ì§ë, í´ë리ë, 벤조í¸ë, 벤조ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦´, ëë 벤조í°ìëê³¼ ê°ì 기ì ê²½ì°ììì²ë¼) íëì ê³ ë¦¬(ì를 ë¤ì´ í¼ë¦¬ëë, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦´, ëë í¸ë¦´) ëë ì¬ë¬ ê°ì ì¶í©ë ê³ ë¦¬ë¥¼ ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í ì ê°ì§ ì ìì¼ë©°, ë¶ì°© ë¶ìê° ë°©í¥ì¡± ê³ ë¦¬ì ìì를 íµê³¼íë ê²½ì°, ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í ë´ì ì ì´ë íëì ê³ ë¦¬ë ë°©í¥ì¡±ì´ê³ ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í ì ì ì´ë íëì ê³ ë¦¬ë ë°©í¥ì¡±ì´ë¤. ìì ì 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ì릴기ì ì§ì ë°/ëë í© ê³ ë¦¬ ìì(ë¤)ë ììë¡ ì°íëì´ N-ì°í물(NâO), ì¤í¼ë, ëë ì¤í¬ë 모ì´ì´í°ë¥¼ ì ê³µíë¤. ì´ ì©ì´ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ í¼ë¦¬ëë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦´, ì¸ë릴, í°ì¤íë, ë° í¸ë¼ëì í¬í¨íë¤. í¤í ë¡ì릴 ì¹í기ì ëí ì ì ìí´ ë¬ë¦¬ 구ìëì§ ìë í, ì´ë¬í í¤í ë¡ì릴 기ë ë¤ìì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íë 1 ë´ì§ 5ê°ì ì¹í기 ëë 1 ë´ì§ 3ê°ì ì¹íê¸°ë¡ ìì ì¹íë ì ìë¤: ìì¤ì¥ì, íì´ëë¡ì, í°ì¬, ìì¤, ìí¬, ìì½ì, ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íë ìì½ì, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ìë¯¸ë ¸, ì¹íë ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìì¤ìë¯¸ë ¸, ì카릴, ì릴, ì릴ì¥ì, ìì§ë, 카르복ì¤, 카르복ì¤ìí¬, ììë ¸, í ë¡ê², ëí¸ë¡, í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤ì¥ì, ì¥ììì¤ìë¯¸ë ¸, í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì¹íë í°ì¤ìì½ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, -SO-ìí¬, -SO-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO-ì릴, -SO-í¤í ë¡ì릴, -SO2-ìí¬, -SO2-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO2-ì릴, ë° -SO2-í¤í ë¡ì릴, ë° í¸ë¦¬í ë¡ë©í¸."Heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic group consisting of 1 to 15 carbon atoms (e.g., 1 to 10 carbon atoms); and 1 to 10 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur within the ring. Such heteroaryl groups can have one ring (e.g., pyridinyl, imidazolyl, or furyl) or multiple fused rings in the ring system (e.g., as in groups such as indolizinyl, quinolinyl, benzofuran, benzoimidazolyl, or benzothienyl), wherein when the point of attachment is through an atom of the aromatic ring, at least one ring within the ring system is aromatic and at least one ring of the ring system is aromatic. In certain embodiments, the nitrogen and/or sulfur ring atom(s) of the heteroaryl group are optionally oxidized to provide an N-oxide (NâO), sulfinyl, or sulfonyl moiety. This term includes, for example, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, thiophenyl, and furanyl. Unless otherwise constrained by the definition of a heteroaryl substituent, such heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted with 1 to 5 substituents or 1 to 3 substituents selected from: acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halogen, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioheteroaryloxy, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO 2 -alkyl, -SO 2 -substituted alkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, and -SO 2 -heteroaryl, and trihalomethyl.
ì©ì´ "í¤í ë¡ìëí¬"ì -ìí¬ë -í¤í ë¡ì릴 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬ë ë° í¤í ë¡ì릴ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ì´ë¤. ì´ ì©ì´ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ í¼ë¦¬ëë©í¸, í¼ë¦¬ëìí¸, ì¸ë릴ë©í¸ ë±ì í¬í¨íë¤.The term "heteroaralkyl" refers to an -alkylene-heteroaryl group, wherein alkylene and heteroaryl are as defined herein. This term includes, for example, pyridylmethyl, pyridylethyl, indolylmethyl, and the like.
"í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì"ë -O-í¤í ë¡ì릴ì ì§ì¹íë¤.âHeteroaryloxyâ refers to -O-heteroaryl.
"í¤í ë¡ê³ 리", "í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦", "í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬", ë° "í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´"ì ìµí©ë ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í , ê°êµë ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í , ë° ì¤í¼ë¡ ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í ì í¬í¨íì¬ íëì ê³ ë¦¬ ëë ì¬ë¬ ê°ì ì¶í©ë ê³ ë¦¬ë¥¼ ê°ê³ , 1 ë´ì§ 10ê°ì í¤í ë¡-ê³ ë¦¬ ìì를 í¬í¨íì¬ 3 ë´ì§ 20ê°ì ê³ ë¦¬ ìì를 ê°ë í¬í ëë ë¶í¬í 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤. ì´ë¤ ê³ ë¦¬ ììë ì§ì, í©, ëë ì°ìë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ , ìµí©ë ê³ ë¦¬ ìì¤í ìì, ë¶ì°© ë¶ìê° ë¹-ë°©í¥ì¡± ê³ ë¦¬ë¥¼ íµê³¼íë ê²½ì°, ê³ ë¦¬ ì¤ íë ì´ìì ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì릴, ëë í¤í ë¡ìë¦´ì¼ ì ìë¤. ìì ì 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ 기ì ì§ì ë°/ëë í© ìì(ë¤)ë ììë¡ ì°íëì´ N-ì°í물, -S(O)-, ëë -SO2- 모ì´ì´í°ë¥¼ ì ê³µíë¤."Heterocycle", "heterocyclic", "heterocycloalkyl", and "heterocyclyl" refer to saturated or unsaturated groups having one ring or multiple fused rings, including fused ring systems, bridged ring systems, and spiro ring systems, and having 3 to 20 ring atoms, including 1 to 10 hetero-ring atoms. The ring atoms are selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen, and in a fused ring system, where the site of attachment is through a non-aromatic ring, one or more of the rings can be cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, the nitrogen and/or sulfur atom(s) of the heterocyclic group are optionally oxidized to provide an N-oxide, -S(O)-, or -SO 2 - moiety.
í¤í ë¡ê³ 리 ë° í¤í ë¡ì릴ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: ìì§ë¦¬ë, ìì í°ë, í¼ë¡¤, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸, í¼ë¼ì¡¸, í¼ë¦¬ë, í¼ë¼ì§, í¼ë¦¬ë¯¸ë, í¼ë¦¬ë¤ì§, ì¸ë리ì§, ì´ìì¸ë, ì¸ë, ëíì´ëë¡ì¸ë, ì¸ë¤ì¡¸, í¸ë¦°, í´ë리ì§, ì´ìí´ë린, í´ë린, ííë¼ì§, ëíí¸í¼ë¦¬ë, í´ë ¹ì´ë¦°, í´ë졸린, ì ë린, íí 리ë, 카르ë°ì¡¸, 카르볼린, íëí¸ë¦¬ë, ìí¬ë¦¬ë, íëí¸ë¡¤ë¦°, ì´ìí°ì졸, íëì§, ì´ìì¥ì¬ì¡¸, íë ¹ì¬ì§, íë ¸í°ìì§, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦¬ë, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦°, í¼í리ë, í¼íë¼ì§, ì¸ë린, ííì´ë¯¸ë, 1,2,3,4-í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡ì´ìí´ë린, 4,5,6,7-í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡ë²¤ì¡°[b]í°ì¤í, í°ì졸, í°ì졸리ë, í°ì¤í, 벤조[b]í°ì¤í, 모르í´ë¦¬ë, í°ì¤ëª¨ë¥´í´ë¦¬ë(í°ì모르í´ë¦¬ëë¡ë ì§ì¹ë¨), 1,1-ëì¥ìí°ì¤ëª¨ë¥´í´ë¦¬ë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡í¸ë, 벤조[d][1,3]ì¥ì¬í°ì¬, 벤조[d][1,3]ëì¥ì, ë±.Examples of heterocycles and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to: aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, 4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene, thiazole, thiazolidine, thiophene, benzo[b]thiophene, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl (also referred to as thiamorpholinyl), 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, benzo[d][1,3]oxathiol, benzo[d][1,3]dioxole, etc.
í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ ì¹í기ì ëí ì ìì ìí´ ë¬ë¦¬ 구ìëì§ ìë í, ì´ë¬í í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ 기ë ë¤ìì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íë 1 ë´ì§ 5ê°ì ì¹í기 ëë 1 ë´ì§ 3ê°ì ì¹íê¸°ë¡ ìì ì¹íë ì ìë¤: ì¤ìì, ìì½ì, ì¹íë ìì½ì, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ìì¤, ìì¤ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìì¤ì¥ì, ìë¯¸ë ¸, ì¹íë ìë¯¸ë ¸, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤ì¥ì, ì¥ììë¯¸ë ¸ìì¤, ìì§ë, ììë ¸, í ë¡ê², íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¥ì, í°ì¤ì¼í , 카르복ì¤, 카르복ì¤ìí¬, í°ì¤ì릴ì¥ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, í°ì¬, í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì¹íë í°ì¤ìì½ì, ì릴, ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì, íì´ëë¡ììë¯¸ë ¸, ìì½ììë¯¸ë ¸, ëí¸ë¡, -SO-ìí¬, -SO-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO-ì릴, -SO-í¤í ë¡ì릴, -SO2-ìí¬, -SO2-ì¹íë ìí¬, -SO2-ì릴, -SO2-í¤í ë¡ì릴, ë° ìµí©ë í¤í ë¡ì¬ì´í´.Unless otherwise constrained by the definition of a heterocyclic substituent, such heterocyclic group may be optionally substituted with 1 to 5 substituents or 1 to 3 substituents selected from deuterium, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, Alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO 2 -alkyl, -SO 2 -substituted alkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, -SO 2 -heteroaryl, and fused heterocycle.
"í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´ì¥ì"ë -O-í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´ 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤.âHeterocyclyloxyâ refers to the group -O-heterocyclyl.
ì©ì´ "í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´í°ì¤"ë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦-S- 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤.The term "heterocyclylthio" refers to a heterocyclic-S- group.
ì©ì´ "í¤í ë¡ìí´ë "ì 본ììì ì ìë ë°ì ê°ì´, í¤í ë¡ê³ ë¦¬ë¡ íì±ë ëë¼ëì¹¼ 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤.The term "heterocyclene" refers to a diradical group formed by a heterocycle, as defined herein.
ì©ì´ "íì´ëë¡ììë¯¸ë ¸"ë -NHOH 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤.The term "hydroxyamino" refers to the group -NHOH.
"ëí¸ë¡"ë -NO2 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤."Nitro" refers to the group -NO 2 .
"ì¥ì"ë ìì(=O)를 ì§ì¹íë¤."Oxo" refers to the atom (=O).
"ì¤í¬ë"ì SO2-ìí¬, SO2-ì¹íë ìí¬, SO2-ìì¼ë, SO2-ì¹íë ìì¼ë, SO2-ìí´ë¡ìí¬, SO2-ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, SO2-ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, SO2-ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, SO2-ì릴, SO2-ì¹íë ì릴, SO2-í¤í ë¡ì릴, SO2-ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, SO2-í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° SO2-ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤. ì¤í¬ëì, ì를 ë¤ì´ ë©í¸-SO2-, íë-SO2-, ë° 4-ë©í¡ìíë-SO2-를 í¬í¨íë¤."Sulphonyl" refers to SO 2 -alkyl, SO 2 -substituted alkyl, SO 2 -alkenyl, SO 2 -substituted alkenyl, SO 2 -cycloalkyl, SO 2 -substituted cycloalkyl, SO 2 -cycloalkenyl, SO 2 -substituted cycloalkenyl, SO 2 -aryl, SO 2 -substituted aryl, SO 2 -heteroaryl, SO 2 -substituted heteroaryl, SO 2 -heterocyclic, and SO 2 -substituted heterocyclic groups, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are As defined herein. Sulfonyl includes, for example, methyl-SO 2 -, phenyl-SO 2 -, and 4-methoxyphenyl-SO 2 -.
"ì¤í¬ëì¥ì"ë -OSO2-ìí¬, OSO2-ì¹íë ìí¬, OSO2-ìì¼ë, OSO2- ì¹í ìì¼ë, OSO2-ìí´ë¡ìí¬, OSO2-ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, OSO2-ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, OSO2-ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, OSO2-ì릴, OSO2-ì¹íë ì릴, OSO2-í¤í ë¡ì릴, OSO2-ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, OSO2-í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° OSO2 ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ìí¤ë, ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìì¼ë, ì릴, ì¹íë ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦, ë° ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤."Sulphonyloxy" refers to the groups -OSO 2 -alkyl, OSO 2 -substituted alkyl, OSO 2 -alkenyl, OSO 2 -substituted alkenyl, OSO 2 -cycloalkyl, OSO 2 -substituted cycloalkyl, OSO 2 -cycloalkenyl, OSO 2 -substituted cycloalkenyl, OSO 2 -aryl, OSO 2 -substituted aryl, OSO 2 -heteroaryl, OSO 2 -substituted heteroaryl, OSO 2 -heterocyclic, and OSO 2 substituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, Heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
ì©ì´ "ìë¯¸ë ¸ì¹´ë¥´ë³´ëì¥ì"ë -OC(O)NRR 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ê°ê°ì Rì ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì, ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ëë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì´ê³ , ìí¬, ì¹íë ìí¬, ì릴, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ë° í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤.The term âaminocarbonyloxyâ refers to the group âOC(O)NRR, wherein each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
"í°ì¬"ì -SH 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤."Thiol" refers to the -SH group.
"í°ì¥ì" ëë ì©ì´ "í°ì¤ì¼í "ë ìì(=S)를 ì§ì¹íë¤.The term "thioxo" or "thioketo" refers to the atom (=S).
"ìí¬í°ì¤" ëë ì©ì´ "í°ì¤ìì½ì"ë -S-ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ìí¬ì 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤. ìì ì 구íììì, í©ì -S(O)-ë¡ ì°íë ì ìë¤. ì¤íìëë íë ì´ìì ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ë¡ì ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë¤.The term "alkylthio" or "thioalkoxy" refers to the group -S-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, the sulfur can be oxidized to -S(O)-. The sulfoxide can exist as one or more stereoisomers.
ì©ì´ "ì¹íë í°ì¤ìì½ì"ë -S-ì¹íë ìí¬ ê¸°ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë¤.The term "substituted thioalkoxy" refers to an -S-substituted alkyl group.
ì©ì´ "í°ì¤ì릴ì¥ì"ë ì릴-S- 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ ì릴기ë 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ê³ , 본ììì ì ìë ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì¹íë ì릴 기를 í¬í¨íë¤.The term "thioaryloxy" refers to an aryl-S- group, wherein the aryl group is as defined herein, including optionally substituted aryl groups as defined herein.
ì©ì´ "í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ì릴ì¥ì"ë í¤í ë¡ì릴-S- 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ í¤í ë¡ì릴기ë 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ê³ , 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì¹íë ì릴 기를 í¬í¨íë¤.The term "thioheteroaryloxy" refers to a heteroaryl-S- group, wherein the heteroaryl group is as defined herein, including optionally substituted aryl groups as defined herein.
ì©ì´ "í°ì¤í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ì¥ì"ë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´-S- 기를 ì§ì¹íë©°, ì ì¤ í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´ê¸°ë 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ê³ , 본ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¦´ 기를 í¬í¨íë¤.The term "thioheterocyclooxy" refers to a heterocyclyl-S- group, wherein the heterocyclyl group is as defined herein, including optionally substituted heterocyclyl groups as defined herein.
본ìì ê°ìì ì¶ê°íì¬, í¹ì 기 ëë ë¼ëì¹¼ì ììíë ë° ì¬ì©ë ëì ì©ì´ "ì¹íë"ì í¹ì 기 ëë ë¼ëì¹¼ì íë ì´ìì ìì ììê° ê°ê° ìë¡ ë 립ì ì¼ë¡, ìëì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì¹íê¸°ë¡ ì¹íëë ê²ì ì미í ìë ìë¤.In addition to the disclosure herein, the term "substituted" when used to modify a particular group or radical may also mean that one or more hydrogen atoms of the particular group or radical are each, independently, replaced with the same or different substituents as defined below.
본ìì ê°ë³ ì©ì´ì ê´ë ¨íì¬ ê°ìë 기ì ì¶ê°íì¬, ëª ìë 기 ëë ë¼ëì¹¼ ë´ì í¬íë íì ìì ìì íë ì´ìì ìì를 ì¹íí기 ìí ì¹í기(íëì íì ìì ììì 2ê°ì ììê° =O, =NR70, =N-OR70, =N2, ëë =Së¡ ì¹íë ì ìì)ë ë¬ë¦¬ ëª ìëì§ ìë í ì¤ìì, -R60, í ë¡, =O, -OR70, -SR70, -NR80R80, í¸ë¦¬í ë¡ë©í¸, -CN, -OCN, -SCN, -NO, -NO2, =N2, -N3, -SO2R70, -SO2O-M+, -SO2OR70, -OSO2R70, -OSO2O-M+, -OSO2OR70, -P(O)(O-)2(M+)2, -P(O)(OR70)O-M+, -P(O)(OR70)2, -C(O)R70, -C(S)R70, -C(NR70)R70, -C(O)O-M+, -C(O)OR70, -C(S)OR70, -C(O)NR80R80, -C(NR70)NR80R80, -OC(O)R70, -OC(S)R70, -OC(O)O-M+, -OC(O)OR70, -OC(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)R70, -NR70C(S)R70, -NR70CO2 -M+, -NR70CO2R70, -NR70C(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)NR80R80, -NR70C(NR70)R70, ë° -NR70C(NR70)NR80R80ì´ë©°, ì ì¤ R60ì ìì ì¹íë ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìí¬, í¤í ë¡ìí¬, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ìí¬, ìí´ë¡ìí¬ìí¬, ì릴, ì릴ìí¬, í¤í ë¡ì릴, ë° í¤í ë¡ì릴ìí¬ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ , ê°ê°ì R70ì ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë R60ì´ê³ ; ê°ê°ì R80ì ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ R70ì´ê±°ë, ëìì ì¼ë¡, 2ê°ì R80ì´ ì´ë¤ì´ ê²°í©ëë ì§ì ììì í©ì³ì ¸, O, N, ë° S(ì´ ì¤ Nì -H ëë C1-C3 ìí¬ ì¹í기를 ê°ì§ ì ìì)ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íë 1 ë´ì§ 4ê°ì ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì¶ê° í¤í ë¡ìì를 ììë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë 5ì, 6ì, ëë 7ì í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; ê°ê°ì M+ë ì ë¨ì¼ ìì í를 ê°ë ë°ë ì´ì¨ì´ë¤. ê°ê°ì M+ë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡, ì를 ë¤ì´ K+, Na+, Li+ì ê°ì ì칼리 ì´ì¨; +N(R60)4ì ê°ì ì모ë ì´ì¨; [Ca2+]0.5, [Mg2+]0.5, ëë [Ba2+]0.5ì ê°ì ì칼리 í ë¥ ì´ì¨ì¼ ì ìë¤("ìë 첨ì 0.5ë ì´ë¬í 2ê° ì칼리 í ë¥ ì´ì¨ì ëí ë°ë ì´ì¨ ì¤ íëê° ë³¸ ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ì´ì¨íë ííì´ê³ ë¤ë¥¸ íëë ì¼í물과 ê°ì ì¼ë°ì ì¸ ë°ë ì´ì¨ì´ê±°ë; 2ê°ì ì´ì¨íë 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì´ ì´ë¬í 2ì¹´ ì칼리 í ë¥ ì´ì¨ì ëí ë°ë ì´ì¨ì ìí ì íê±°ë; ì´ì¤ì¼ë¡ ì´ì¨íë 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì´ ì´ë¬í 2ê° ì칼리 í ë¥ ì´ì¨ì ëí ë°ë ì´ì¨ì ìí ì í ì ììì ì미íë¤). í¹ì´ì ìë¡ì, -NR80R80ì -NH2, -NH-ìí¬, N-í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ëë, N-í¼íë¼ì§ë, 4N-ë©í¸-í¼íë¼ì§-1-ì¼, ë° N-모르í´ë¦¬ëì í¬í¨íë ê²ì ì미íë¤.In addition to the groups disclosed in connection with the individual terms of the present application, substituents for replacing one or more hydrogens on a saturated carbon atom in the specified group or radical (wherein any two hydrogens on a single carbon may be replaced by =O, =NR 70 , =N-OR 70 , =N 2 , or =S) are, unless otherwise specified, deuterium, -R 60 , halo, =O, -OR 70 , -SR 70 , -NR 80 R 80 , trihalomethyl, -CN, -OCN, -SCN, -NO, -NO 2 , =N 2 , -N 3 , -SO 2 R 70 , -SO 2 O - M + , -SO 2 OR 70 , -OSO 2 R 70 , -OSO 2 O - M + , -OSO 2 OR 70 , -P(O)(O - ) 2 (M + ) 2 , -P(O)(OR 70 )O - M + , -P(O)(OR 70 ) 2 , -C(O)R 70 , -C(S)R 70 , -C(NR 70 )R 70 , -C(O)O - M + , -C(O)OR 70 , -C(S)OR 70 , -C(O)NR 80 R 80 , -C(NR 70 )NR 80 R 80 , -OC(O)R 70 , -OC(S)R 70 , -OC(O)OM + , -OC(O)OR 70 , -OC(S)OR 70 , -NR 70 C(O)R 70 , -NR 70 C(S)R 70 , -NR 70 CO 2 - M + , -NR 70 CO 2 R 70 , -NR 70 C(S)OR 70 , -NR 70 C(O)NR 80 R 80 , -NR 70 C(NR 70 )R 70 , and -NR 70 C(NR 70 )NR 80 R 80 , wherein R 60 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, and each R 70 is independently hydrogen or R 60 ; Each R 80 is independently R 70 , or alternatively, two R 80 are combined with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded to form a 5-, 6-, or 7- membered heterocycloalkyl which may optionally include 1 to 4 additional same or different heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S (wherein N may have a -H or a C 1 -C 3 alkyl substituent); and each M + is a counter ion having a net single positive charge. Each M + is independently an alkali ion, such as, for example, K + , Na + , Li + ; an ammonium ion, such as + N(R 60 ) 4 ; [Ca2 + ] 0.5 , [Mg2 + ] 0.5 , or [Ba2 + ] 0.5 (the "subscript 0.5" means that one of the counter ions to such divalent alkaline earth ion is an ionized form of the compound of the present disclosure and the other is a common counter ion such as chloride; or that two ionized compounds of the present disclosure can serve as counter ions to such divalent alkaline earth ion; or that a doubly ionized compound of the present disclosure can serve as counter ion to such divalent alkaline earth ion ) . As specific examples, -NR80R80 is meant to include -NH2 , -NH-alkyl, N -pyrrolidinyl, N -piperazinyl, 4N -methyl-piperazin-1-yl, and N -morpholinyl.
본ìì ê°ìì ì¶ê°íì¬, "ì¹íë" ìì¼, ìí¨, ì릴, ë° í¤í ë¡ì릴 ë´ ë¶í¬í íì ìì ìì ììì ëí ì¹í기ë ë¬ë¦¬ ëª ìëì§ ìë í ì¤ìì, -R60, í ë¡, -O-M+, -OR70, -SR70, -S-M+, -NR80R80, í¸ë¦¬í ë¡ë©í¸, -CF3, -CN, -OCN, -SCN, -NO, -NO2, -N3, -SO2R70, -SO3 -M+, -SO3R70, -OSO2R70, -OSO3 -M+, -OSO3R70, -PO3 -2(M+)2, -P(O)(OR70)O-M+, -P(O)(OR70)2, -C(O)R70, -C(S)R70, -C(NR70)R70, -CO2 -M+, -CO2R70, -C(S)OR70, -C(O)NR80R80, -C(NR70)NR80R80, -OC(O)R70, -OC(S)R70, -OCO2 -M+, -OCO2R70, -OC(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)R70, -NR70C(S)R70, -NR70CO2 -M+, -NR70CO2R70, -NR70C(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)NR80R80, -NR70C(NR70)R70, ë° -NR70C(NR70)NR80R80ì´ë©°, ì¹íë ìì¼ ëë ìí¨ì ê²½ì°, ì¹íê¸°ê° -O-M+, -OR70, -SR70, ëë -S-M+ì´ ìëë©´, ì ì¤ R60, R70, R80, ë° M+ë ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤.In addition to the disclosure herein, substituents for hydrogen on an unsaturated carbon atom in a "substituted" alkene, alkyne, aryl, and heteroaryl, unless otherwise specified, include deuterium, -R 60 , halo, -O - M + , -OR 70 , -SR 70 , -S - M + , -NR 80 R 80 , trihalomethyl, -CF 3 , -CN, -OCN, -SCN, -NO, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -SO 2 R 70 , -SO 3 - M + , -SO 3 R 70 , -OSO 2 R 70 , -OSO 3 - M + , -OSO 3 R 70 , -PO 3 -2 (M + ) 2 , -P(O)(OR 70 )O - M + , -P(O)(OR 70 ) 2 , -C(O)R 70 , -C(S)R 70 , -C(NR 70 )R 70 , -CO 2 - M + , -CO 2 R 70 , -C(S)OR 70 , -C(O)NR 80 R 80 , -C(NR 70 )NR 80 R 80 , -OC(O)R 70 , -OC(S)R 70 , -OCO 2 - M + , -OCO 2 R 70 , -OC(S)OR 70 , -NR 70 C(O)R 70 , -NR 70 C(S)R 70 , -NR 70 CO 2 - M + , -NR 70 CO 2 R 70 , -NR 70 C(S)OR 70 , -NR 70 C(O)NR 80 R 80 , -NR 70 C(NR 70 )R 70 , and -NR 70 C(NR 70 )NR 80 R 80 , and in the case of a substituted alkene or alkyne, if the substituent is not -O - M + , -OR 70 , -SR 70 , or -S - M + , then R 60 , R 70 , R 80 , and M + in the formulas are as defined above.
본ììì ê°ë³ ì©ì´ì ê´ë ¨íì¬ ê°ìë 기ì ì¶ê°íì¬, "ì¹íë" í¤í ë¡ìí¬ ë° ìí´ë¡í¤í ë¡ìí¬ ê¸° ë´ ì§ì ìì ìì ììì ëí ì¹í기ë ë¬ë¦¬ ëª ìëì§ ìë í -R60, -O-M+, -OR70, -SR70, -S-M+, -NR80R80, í¸ë¦¬í ë¡ë©í¸, -CF3, -CN, -NO, -NO2, -S(O)2R70, -S(O)2O-M+, -S(O)2OR70, -OS(O)2R70, -OS(O)2O-M+, -OS(O)2OR70, -P(O)(O-)2(M+)2, -P(O)(OR70)O-M+, -P(O)(OR70)(OR70), -C(O)R70, -C(S)R70, -C(NR70)R70, -C(O)OR70, -C(S)OR70, -C(O)NR80R80, -C(NR70)NR80R80, -OC(O)R70, -OC(S)R70, -OC(O)OR70, -OC(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)R70, -NR70C(S)R70, -NR70C(O)OR70, -NR70C(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)NR80R80, -NR70C(NR70)R70, ë° -NR70C(NR70)NR80R80ì´ë©° ì ì¤ R60, R70, R80, ë° M+ì ììì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ë¤.In addition to the groups disclosed herein with respect to individual terms, substituents for hydrogen on a nitrogen atom in "substituted" heteroalkyl and cycloheteroalkyl groups, unless otherwise specified, include -R 60 , -OM + , -OR 70 , -SR 70 , -SM + , -NR 80 R 80 , trihalomethyl, -CF 3 , -CN, -NO, -NO 2 , -S(O) 2 R 70 , -S(O) 2 OM + , -S(O) 2 OR 70 , -OS(O) 2 R 70 , -OS(O) 2 OM + , -OS(O) 2 OR 70 , -P(O)(O-) 2 (M + ) 2 , -P(O)(OR 70 )OM + , -P(O)(OR 70 )(OR 70 ), -C(O)R 70 , -C(S)R 70 , -C(NR 70 )R 70 , -C(O)OR 70 , -C(S)OR 70 , -C(O)NR 80 R 80 , -C(NR 70 )NR 80 R 80 , -OC(O)R 70 , -OC(S)R 70 , -OC(O)OR 70 , -OC(S)OR 70 , -NR 70 C(O)R 70 , -NR 70 C(S)R 70 , -NR 70 C(O)OR 70 , -NR 70 C(S)OR 70 , -NR 70 C(O)NR 80 R 80 , -NR 70 C(NR 70 )R 70 , and -NR 70 C (NR 70 )NR 80 R 80 , and in the formula, R 60 , R 70 , R 80 , and M + are as defined above.
본ìì ê°ìì ì¶ê°íì¬, ìì ì 구íììì, ì¹íëë 기ë 1, 2, 3, ëë 4ê°ì ì¹í기, 1, 2, ëë 3ê°ì ì¹í기, 1 ëë 2ê°ì ì¹í기, ëë 1ê°ì ì¹í기를 ê°ëë¤.In addition to the disclosure herein, in certain embodiments, the substituted group has 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents, 1, 2, or 3 substituents, 1 or 2 substituents, or 1 substituent.
ììì ì ìë 모ë ì¹í기ìì, ì¹í기를 ìì ì ëí ì¶ê°ì ì¹í기를 ì´ì©í´ ì ìí¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ëë¬í ì¤í©ì²´ë(ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¹íë ìë¦´ì´ ì¹íë ì릴기를 ì¹í기ë¡ì ê°ê³ , ì기 ì¹í기 ìì²´ê° ì¹íë ìë¦´ê¸°ë¡ ì¹íë ê²ì´ê³ , ì기 ì¹íë ìë¦´ê¸°ê° ì¹íë ìë¦´ê¸°ë¡ ì¶ê°ë¡ ì¹íëë ê²½ì° ë±), ë¬ë¦¬ ëª ìëì§ ìë í, 본ìì í¬í¨ëëë¡ ìëëì§ë ìëë¤. ì´ë¬í ê²½ì°, ì´ë¬í ì¹íì ìµë ìë 3ì´ë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, 본ììì í¹ì´ì ì¼ë¡ ê³ ë ¤ëë ì¹íë ì릴기ì ì°ì ì¹íì ì¹íë ì릴-(ì¹íë ì릴)-ì¹íë ìë¦´ë¡ ì íëë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, í´ë¦¬ìí 르ë¡ì ì ìë ì¹í 기ë 3ê°ë¥¼ ì´ê³¼íë ì°ì ì¹í, ì를 ë¤ì´, -O-(CH2CH2O)n -H를 í¨ì í ì ìì¼ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ì nì 1, 2, 3 ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì¼ ì ìë¤.In all the substituents defined above, polymers arrived at by defining a substituent by means of an additional substituent for itself (e.g., a substituted aryl having a substituted aryl group as a substituent, which substituent itself is substituted with a substituted aryl group, which substituted aryl group is further substituted with a substituted aryl group, etc.) are not intended to be encompassed by the present invention, unless otherwise specified. In such a case, the maximum number of such substitutions is 3. For example, the consecutive substitutions of a substituted aryl group specifically contemplated herein are limited to substituted aryl-(substituted aryl)-substituted aryl. However, for example, a substituent defined as a polyether may contain more than 3 consecutive substitutions, for example, -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n -H, where n may be 1, 2, 3 or more.
ë¬ë¦¬ ëª ìëì§ ìë í, 본ììì ëª ìì ì¼ë¡ ì ìëì§ ìì ì¹í기ì ëª ëª ë²ì ìì©ê¸°ì ë§ë¨ ë¶ë¶ì ëª ëª íê³ , ì´ì´ì ë¶ì°© ì§ì ë°©í¥ì ì¸ì ìì©ê¸°ë¥¼ ëª ëª í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ëë¬ëë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹í기 "ì릴ìí¬ì¥ì카르보ë"ì (ì릴)-(ìí¬)-O-C(O)- 기를 ì§ì¹íë¤.Unless otherwise specified, the nomenclature of substituents not explicitly defined herein is arrived at by naming the terminal portion of the functional group, followed by the adjacent functional group toward the point of attachment. For example, the substituent "arylalkyloxycarbonyl" refers to the group (aryl)-(alkyl)-O-C(O)-.
íë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì íë 본ìì ê°ìë ììì 기ì ê´ë ¨íì¬, ë¹ì°í ì´ë¬í 기ë ì ì²´ì ì¼ë¡ ë¹íì¤ì ì¸ ë°/ëë í©ì±ì ì¼ë¡ 구í ë¶ê°ë¥í ììì ì¹í ëë ì¹í í¨í´ì í¨ì íì§ ìë ê²ì¼ë¡ ì´í´ëë¤. ëí, ëì íí©ë¬¼ì ì´ë¤ íí©ë¬¼ì ì¹íì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë°ìíë 모ë ì ì²´ííì ì´ì±ì§ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤.With respect to any group disclosed herein containing one or more substituents, it is to be understood that such group does not contain any substitution or substitution pattern that is sterically impractical and/or synthetically impracticable. Furthermore, the subject compounds include all stereochemically isomers resulting from substitution of these compounds.
ì¹í기 ëë ê¸°ê° "í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°(본ììì ëëë¡ Rfë¡ íìë¨)(ë¤)를 í¬í¨í¨"ì¼ë¡ ì¸ê¸ëë ê²½ì°, í´ë¹ ì¹í기 ëë 기ë ê·¸ ìì²´ê° í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì¼ ì ìê±°ë, í´ë© ì¹í기 ëë 기ë, í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì ì¡´ì¬ê° ë ¼ìëë ì¹í기 ëë 기ì ëí´ ì ìë ë¤ë¥¸ ìê±´ê³¼ ì¼ì¹íë í, í´ë¹ ííì 구조 ë´ì í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ í¨ì í ì ììì ì´í´í´ì¼ íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹í기 "-R"ì´ í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ì ìë ê²½ì°, -Rì ê·¸ ìì²´ê° í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°(ì를 ë¤ì´, -CF3), ëë -Rë¡ ì ìë ë¤ë¥¸ ìê±´ê³¼ ì¼ì¹íë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ í¨ì íë 기(ì를 ë¤ì´, -SCF3)ì¼ ì ììì ì´í´í´ì¼ íë¤.When a substituent or group is referred to as "comprising a fluoroalkyl group (sometimes represented herein as R f )", it should be understood that the substituent or group may itself be a fluoroalkyl group, or that the heading substituent or group may contain a fluoroalkyl group within its chemical structure, so long as the presence of a fluoroalkyl group is consistent with the other requirements set forth for the substituent or group being discussed. For example, when a substituent "-R" is defined as comprising a fluoroalkyl group, it should be understood that -R may itself be a fluoroalkyl group (e.g., -CF 3 ), or a group containing a fluoroalkyl group consistent with the other requirements set forth for -R (e.g., -SCF 3 ).
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, ì©ì´ "ì§ë°©"ì ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ ì¥ì(ì í) ììì± ë¶ë¶ì ê°ë íí©ë¬¼ ë° ìì í í¬íëê±°ë ë¶ë¶ì ì¼ë¡ ë¶í¬íë ì ìë 4 ë´ì§ 26ê°ì íì ìì ì¤ ì´ë ê²ì í¬í¨íë íí©ë¬¼ì 기ì íë¤.As used herein, the term "fat" describes a compound having a long chain (linear) hydrophobic portion consisting of hydrogen and containing from 4 to 26 carbon atoms which may be fully saturated or partially unsaturated.
"ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í", "ì리íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í" ë±ê³¼ ê°ì 문구ë, íë¹í ìíì íë¨ì ë²ì ë´ìì, í©ë¦¬ì ì¸ ì´ìµ/ìí ë¹ì¨ì ììíì¬, ê³¼ëí ë ì±, ìê·¹, ìë 르기 ë°ì, ëë ë¤ë¥¸ 문ì ëë í©ë³ì¦ì´ ìë ì¸ê°ì ì¡°ì§ì ì ì´íë ì©ëì ì í©í íí©ë¬¼, 물ì§, ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ë°/ëë í¬ì¬ íí를 ì§ì¹í기 ìí´ ë³¸ììì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ì ì§ì¹í ê²½ì°, 문구 "ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼", "ì리íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼" ë±ì í¬ì ë물과 ê°ì, íììê² í¬ì¬í기 ìí íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼(주ì´ì§ í¬ì¬ ìë²ì ëí´ íì©ê°ë¥í í¬ì ë¥ ìì ì±ì ê°ë ë°ë ì´ì¨ì ê°ë ì¼)ì ì미íë¤. ë¹ì ê³ì ê³µì§ë ë°ì ê°ì´, ì´ë¬í ì¼ì, ìë¡ì, ëí¸ë¥¨, 칼륨, ì¹¼ì, ë§ê·¸ë¤ì, ì모ë, ë° í í¸ë¼ìí¬ì모ë ì¼ ë±, ê·¸ë¦¬ê³ í´ë¹ ë¶ìê° ì¼ê¸°ì± ìì©ê¸°ë¥¼ í¨ì íë ê²½ì°, 무기ì°ì ê°ë ë¶ê°ì¼, ì컨ë, ì¼ì°ì¼, ë¸ë¡¬íììì°ì¼, ì¤íì´í¸, ì¤íë©ì´í¸, í¬ì¤íì´í¸, ëí¸ë ì´í¸, í¼í´ë¡ë ì´í¸ ì¼, ë±, ì 기ì°ì ê°ë ë¶ê°ì¼, ì컨ë, í¬ë¥´ë©ì´í¸, í르í¸ë ì´í¸, ë² ì¤ë ì´í¸, ë©ì¤ë ì´í¸, ìì¸í ì´í¸, ë§ë ìì´í¸, ë§ë¡ë¤ì´í¸, ì¥ì´ë ì´í¸, í¸ë§ë ì´í¸, 벤조ìì´í¸, ì´ë¦¬ì¤ë ì´í¸, ììë¤ì´í¸, ì¥ì´ë ì´í¸, ê¸ë¦¬ì½ë ì´í¸, í¤ë¯¸-ì¥ì´ë ì´í¸, í¤ë¯¸-í¸ë§ë ì´í¸, íë¡í¼ì¤ë¤ì´í¸, ì¤í ìë ì´í¸, ë½í ì´í¸, ìí¸ë ì´í¸, ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë² ì´í¸, í모ìì´í¸, íì´ëë¡ìë§ë ì´í¸, íëìì¸í ì´í¸, ê¸ë£¨íë©ì´í¸, 2-ìì¸í¡ì벤조ìì´í¸, í ì¤ë ì´í¸, ìíëì¤í¬ë¤ì´í¸, ì´ì¸í°ì¤ë¤ì´í¸ ì¼, ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í 무기 ì¼ê¸° ëë ì 기 ì¼ê¸°ë¡ë¶í° ì ëë ì ìë¤. ì©ì´ "ì´ì ì¼"ì ì°ì ìì±ìê° ê¸ì ìì´ì¨ ëë ì 기 ìì´ì¨ ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ìì´ì¨ì¼ë¡ ì¹íë ë íì±ëë íí©ë¬¼ì ì미íë¤. ì¬ì©ëë ê²½ì°, íììê² í¬ì¬íëë¡ ìëë ê²ì´ ìë ì¤ê°ì²´ íí©ë¬¼ì ì¼ì ê²½ì°ìë ì구ëì§ ììì§ë¼ë, í´ë¹ ì¼ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ì´ë¤. ìë¡ì, 본 íí©ë¬¼ì ì¼ì, íí©ë¬¼ì´ 무기 ëë ì 기ì°ì ìí´ ìì±ìíëì´ ì¼ì ìì´ì¨ì± ì±ë¶ì¼ë¡ìì ë¬´ê¸°ì° ëë ì 기ì°ì ì í©ì²´ ì¼ê¸°ì ìì´ì¨ì íì±íë ê²ë¤ì í¬í¨íë¤.The phrases "pharmaceutically acceptable," "physiologically acceptable," and the like are used herein to refer to compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms that are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contacting human tissue without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. When referring to a salt, the phrases "pharmaceutically acceptable salt," "physiologically acceptable salt," and the like mean an acceptable salt for administration to a patient, such as a mammal (a salt having a counter ion which has acceptable mammalian safety for a given dosing regimen). As is known in the art, such salts include, for example, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, and tetraalkylammonium salts, and the like, and addition salts with inorganic acids, such as the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, sulfamate, phosphate, nitrate, perchlorate salts, and the like, when the molecule contains a basic functional group, addition salts with organic acids, such as the formate, tartrate, besylate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, malonate, oxalate, fumarate, benzoate, salicylate, succinate, oxalate, glycolate, hemi-oxalate, hemi-fumarate, propionate, stearate, lactate, citrate, ascorbate, pamoate, hydroxymalate, phenylacetate, glutamate, 2-acetoxybenzoate, tosylate, It can be derived from a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic base or organic base such as ethanedisulfonate, isethionate salts, etc. The term "salt thereof" means a compound formed when a proton of an acid is replaced by a cation such as a metal cation or an organic cation. When used, the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, although this is not required in the case of a salt of an intermediate compound which is not intended to be administered to a patient. By way of example, salts of the present compounds include those in which the compound is protonated by an inorganic or organic acid to form a cation with a conjugate base of the inorganic or organic acid as the anionic component of the salt.
"ì©ë§¤í물"ì 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ ëë ì¼ê³¼ íë ì´ìì ì©ë§¤ ë¶ìì 물리ì ì°ê´ì ì§ì¹íë©°, ì 기, 무기, ëë ë 모ëì í¼í©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì´ë¬í 물리ì ì°ê´ì ìì ê²°í©ì í¬í¨íë¤. ìì ì ê²½ì°, ì©ë§¤í물ì, ì를 ë¤ì´ íë ì´ìì ì©ë§¤ ë¶ìê° ê²°ì ì§ ê³ íë¶ì ê²°ì 격ìì í¼ì ë ë, ë¨ë¦¬ë ì ìì ê²ì´ë¤. ì©ë§¤í물 ë´ì ì©ë§¤ ë¶ìë ê·ì¹ì ì¸ ë°°ì´ ë°/ëë ë¹-ê·ì¹ì ì¸ ë°°ì´ë¡ ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë¤. ì©ë§¤í물ì ì©ë§¤ ë¶ìì ííëë¡ ì ëë ë¹ííëë¡ ì ì ì¤ íë를 í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. "ì©ë§¤í물"ì ì©ì¡-ì ì©ë§¤í물 ë° ë¨ë¦¬ê°ë¥í ì©ë§¤í물 ë 모ë를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì©ë§¤ì ì¼ë¶ ìë ë©íì¬, ìíì¬, ì´ìíë¡íì¬, N,N-ëë©í¸í¬ë¦ì미ë, í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡í¨ë, ëë©í¸ì¤íìë, ë° ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì©ë§¤ê° ë¬¼ì¸ ê²½ì°, íì±ë ì©ë§¤í물ì ìí물(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¨ìí물, ì´ìí물 ë±)ì´ë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ììì ì¸ ì©ë§¤í물ì ìí물, ë©íì¬ë ì´í¸, ìíì¬ë ì´í¸, ì´ìíë¡íì¬ë ì´í¸ ë±ì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì©ë§¤í ë°©ë²ì ëì²´ë¡ ë¹ì ê³ì ê³µì§ëì´ ìë¤."Solvate" refers to a physical association of a compound or salt of the present disclosure with one or more solvent molecules, including organic, inorganic, or mixtures of both. Such physical association includes hydrogen bonding. In some cases, the solvate may be isolated, for example, when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated into the crystal lattice of a crystalline solid. The solvent molecules in the solvate may be present in a regular arrangement and/or a non-regular arrangement. The solvate may include either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of solvent molecules. "Solvate" includes both solution-phase solvates and isolable solvates. Some examples of solvents include, but are not limited to, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide, and water. When the solvent is water, the solvate formed is a hydrate (e.g., a monohydrate, a dihydrate, etc.). Thus, exemplary solvates include, but are not limited to, hydrates, methanolates, ethanolates, isopropanolates, etc. Solvation methods are generally known in the art.
"ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´(ë¤)"ë ëì¼í ìì ì°ê²°ì±ì ê°ì§ë§ ê³µê°ìì ìì´í ìì ë°°ì´ì ê°ë íí©ë¬¼ì ì§ì¹íë¤. ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ë ìì¤-í¸ëì¤ ì´ì±ì§ì²´, E ë° Z ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì²´, ë° ë¶ë¶ ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤."Stereoisomer(s)" refers to compounds that have the same atomic connectivity but different arrangements of atoms in space. Stereoisomers include cis-trans isomers, E and Z isomers, enantiomers, and diastereomers.
"í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´"ë ìë-ì¼í , ì´ë¯¼-ìì민, ë° ì¤ì±/ìì±ì´ì¨ì± í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´ì ê°ì´ ììì ì ìì ê²°í© ë°/ëë ìì±ì ìì¹ë§ì´ ìì´í ëìì ì¸ ë¶ì íí를 ì§ì¹íê±°ë, í¼ë¼ì¡¸, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸, 벤ì¦ì미ë¤ì¡¸, í¸ë¦¬ì졸, ë° í í¸ë¼ì¡¸ê³¼ ê°ì´ -N=C(H)-NH- ê³ ë¦¬ ìì ë°°ì´ì í¨ì íë í¤í ë¡ì릴 기ì í¸ë³ì´ì± íí를 ì§ì¹íë¤. ë¤ë¥¸ í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´ ê³ ë¦¬ ìì ë°°ì´ ëí ê°ë¥íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¤ì± ííë¡ ëìë ëì¼í ë¶ì ë´ì ì° ë° ì¼ê¸°ê¸°ë¥¼ í¨ì íë íí©ë¬¼ì ëí, ìë¯¸ë ¸ì°/ì모ë 카르복ì¤ë ì´í¸ í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´ì ê²½ì°ì ê°ì´, ìì±ì´ì¨ ííë¡ ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë¤. ë°ë¼ì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¤ì± ííì ìë¯¸ë ¸ ë° ì´ììí ì¸ì°ì¼(-OPO3H2) ìì©ê¸° ë 모ë를 í¨ì íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ëìë ííì (I), ííì (V) ë±ì íí©ë¬¼ì ëí ì모ë ì¼ììí ì¸ì°ì¼ ìì±ì´ì¨ì¼ë¡ì ìì±ì´ì¨ ííë¡ ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë¤. 주ì´ì§ ì ëë ëª ì¹ì ì¡´ì¬íë í, ì´ì 모ë í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´ íí를 í¬í¨í´ì¼ íë¤."Tautomer" refers to alternative molecular forms which differ only in the electronic bonding and/or proton positions of the atoms, such as enol-keto, imine-enamine, and neutral/zwitterionic tautomers, or to tautomeric forms of heteroaryl groups containing the -N=C(H)-NH- ring atom arrangement, such as pyrazole, imidazole, benzamidazole, triazole, and tetrazole. Other tautomeric ring atom arrangements are also possible. For example, compounds containing acid and base groups within the same molecule depicted in the neutral form may also exist in the zwitterionic form, such as amino acid/ammonium carboxylate tautomers. Thus, compounds of the present disclosure, such as compounds of Formula (I), Formula (V), etc., which are depicted as containing both amino and dihydrogen phosphate (-OPO 3 H 2 ) functionalities in neutral form, may also exist in the zwitterionic form as an ammonium monohydrogen phosphate zwitterion. A given formula or name is intended to include all tautomeric forms thereof, to the extent they exist.
"ì 구ì½ë¬¼"ì ì리íì ì¡°ê±´ íìì ëë ì©ë§¤ ì©í´ì ìí´ ë³¸ìì 기ì ë ì물íì íì± íí©ë¬¼ë¡ ì íë ì ìë íí©ë¬¼ì ëíë´ë ê²ì¼ë¡ ìëëë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ì©ì´ "ì 구ì½ë¬¼"ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì물íì íì± íí©ë¬¼ì ì 구체를 ì§ì¹íë¤. ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬ë ë ë¹íì±ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì¤í 르, ì¸ì°ì¼ ìì¤í 르 ë±ì¼ ì ìì§ë§, ì를 ë¤ì´, ê°ìë¶í´ì ìí´ ìì²´ ë´ìì íì± íí©ë¬¼ë¡ ì íëì´ ì 리 카르복ìì° ëë ì 리 íì´ëë¡ì¤ê¸°ë¡ ì íëë¤. ì 구ì½ë¬¼ íí©ë¬¼ì ì¢ ì¢ í¬ì ë¥ ì 기체ìì ì©í´ë, ì¡°ì§ í¸íì± ëë ì§ì° ë°©ì¶ì ì´ì ì ì ê³µíë¤(ì를 ë¤ì´, Bundgard, H.ì 문í[Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam)] 참조). ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ëí ë ¼ìë Higuchi, T. ë±ì 문í["Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14], ë° Edward B(í¸ì§)ì 문í[Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987]ì ì ê³µëì´ ìì¼ë©°, ì´ë¤ ë 모ëë 본ìì 참조ë¡ì íµí©ëë¤. ì©ì´ "ì 구ì½ë¬¼"ì ëí í´ë¹ ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì´ í¬ì ë물 ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬ë ë ìì²´ ë´ìì íì± íí©ë¬¼ì ë°©ì¶íë ììì ê³µì ê²°í©ë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë ê²ì ì미íë¤. 본ìì 기ì ë íì± íí©ë¬¼ì ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì, íµìì ì¸ ì¡°ìì¼ë¡ ëë ìì²´ ë´ìì íì± íí©ë¬¼ ì¤ ì¡´ì¬íë ìì©ê¸°ê° ë¶ëª¨ íì± íí©ë¬¼ë¡ ì ë¨ëë ë³í ë°©ìì¼ë¡, íì± íí©ë¬¼ ì¤ ì¡´ì¬íë ìì©ê¸°ë¥¼ ë³íìí´ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì, íì± íí©ë¬¼ì ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì´ í¬ì ë¥ ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬ë ë, ì 리 íì´ëë¡ì¤ê¸°, ì 리 ìë¯¸ë ¸ê¸° ëë ì 리 ë©ë¥´ìº í 기를 ê°ê° íì±ëë¡ ì ë¨ëë, ììì 기ì íì´ëë¡ì기, ìë¯¸ë ¸ê¸° ëë ë©ë¥´ìº í ê¸°ê° ê²°í©ë íí©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ìë, ìì¸í ì´í¸, í¬ë¦ì°ì¼, 벤조ìì´í¸, ë° ìì½ì¬ì ì´ììí ì¸ì°ì¼ ì ëì²´, ëë íì± íí©ë¬¼ ì¤ ì민 ìì©ê¸°ì ìì¸í¸ì미ë, í¬ë¦ì미ë, ë° ë²¤ì¦ì미ë ì ëì²´ ë±ì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ ìëë¤."Prodrug" is intended to refer to a compound which can be converted to a biologically active compound as described herein under physiological conditions or by solvent dissolution. Thus, the term "prodrug" refers to a pharmaceutically acceptable precursor of a biologically active compound. A prodrug may be inactive when administered to a subject, e.g., an ester, a phosphate ester, etc., but is converted in vivo to the active compound, e.g., by hydrolysis to a free carboxylic acid or a free hydroxyl group. Prodrug compounds often offer the advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility, or delayed release in mammalian organisms (see, e.g., Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam)). For a discussion of prodrugs, see Higuchi, T., et al., "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14], and Edward B (ed.), Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. The term "prodrug" also includes any covalently bonded carrier that releases the active compound in vivo when the prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of the active compounds described herein can be prepared by modifying a functional group present in the active compound, either by conventional manipulation or in a manner that allows the functional group present in the active compound to be cleaved to the parent active compound. Prodrugs include compounds having a hydroxyl group, an amino group or a mercapto group attached to any group that is cleaved to form a free hydroxyl group, a free amino group or a free mercapto group, respectively, when the prodrug of the active compound is administered to a mammalian subject. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, benzoate, and dihydrogen phosphate derivatives of alcohols, or acetamide, formamide, and benzamide derivatives of the amine functional group in the active compound.
"ê²°ì ì§" ê³ ì²´ë, ì´ì 기본ì ì¸ 3ì°¨ì êµ¬ì¡°ê° ê²°ì 격ì를 íì±íë ìì ëë ë¶ìì ë§¤ì° ê·ì¹ì ì¸ í¨í´(ì¥ê±°ë¦¬ ì§ì(long range order)를 ê°ì§)ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ê³ , ì´ì ë°ë¼ ì´ì X-ì ë¶ë§ íì (XRPD) í¨í´ìì ì ëª í í¹ì§ì ì¸ ê²°ì ì§ í¼í¬(ë¤)를 ëíë´ë ê³ ì²´ ì íì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ ê²½ì°, ê²°ì ì§ ê³ ì²´ë ëì¼í ííì ì¡°ì±ì ê°ì§ë§, í´ë¹ ê²°ì ì§ ê³ ì²´ ìíì í¨í¹, 기ííì ë°°ì´, ë° ë¤ë¥¸ 기ì ì í¹ì±ì´ ìì´í, "ë¤íì²´"ë¡ ìë ¤ì§ ìì´í ê²°ì ì§ ííë¡ ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë¤. ì´ì ê°ì´, ë¤íì²´ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ íí©ë¬¼ì ì©í´ë, ì©í´ ìë, ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ , ííì ë° ë¬¼ë¦¬ì ìì ì±, ì ëì±, ë° ìì¶ì± ë± ë¿ë§ ìëë¼ í´ë¹ íí©ë¬¼ì 기ì´í ìì½ ì íì ìì ì± ë° í¨ë¥ì ìí¥ì 미ì¹ë ìì´í ê³ ì 물리ì í¹ì±ì ê°ì§ ì ìë¤. ë¤í체를 ì ì¡°íë íë¡ì¸ì¤ìì, ì´ ë¬¼ë¦¬ì ìë ëë ê´íì ìëì ê´ì ìì, ì¶ê°ì ì¸ ì ì ê° ëí ë¬ì±ë ì ìë¤. 본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, ì©ì´ "ë¹ì ì§"ì ì´ì ë¶ìì ìì¹ìì ì¤ì§ì ì¼ë¡ ì¥ê±°ë¦¬ ì§ì(no long range order)를 ê°ì§ ìë ê³ ì²´ 물ì§ì ì§ì¹íë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ë¶ìë í¨ê³¼ì ì¼ë¡ ì ì ìë ë°°ì´, ì를 ë¤ì´ ë¶ì í¨í¹ì´ ìê³ ì¥ê±°ë¦¬ ì§ìê° ìëë¡ ë¬´ìì ë°©ìì¼ë¡ ë°°ì´ëë¤. ë¹ì ì§ ê³ ì²´ë ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡ ë±ë°©ì±ì´ë¤; ì¦, 모ë ë°©í¥ì¼ë¡ ì ì¬í í¹ì±ì ëíë´ë©°, ëª íí ìµì ì ê°ì§ ìëë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¹ì ì§ ë¬¼ì§ì ì´ì X-ì íì (XRPD) í¨í´ìì ì¤ì§ì ì¼ë¡ ì리í í¹ì§ì ì¸ ê²°ì ì§ í¼í¬(ë¤)를 ê°ì§ ìë(ì¦, ì´ë XRPDë¡ ê²°ì ì ê²°ì ì§ì´ ìë) ê³ í 물ì§ì´ë¤. ê·¸ ëì , íë ëë ì¬ë¬ ê°ì ëì í¼í¬(ì를 ë¤ì´, í ë¡)ê° ì´ì XRPD í¨í´ì¼ë¡ ëíëë¤. ëì í¼í¬ë ë¹ì ì§ ê³ ì²´ì í¹ì§ì´ë¤. ë°ë¼ì, "ë¹ì ì§" ëì íí©ë¬¼/물ì§ì, ì¤ì§ì ì¼ë¡ ê²°ì íë를 ê°ì§ ìë ê², ì¦ 10% ê²°ì íë 미ë§, 8% ê²°ì íë 미ë§, 6% ê²°ì íë 미ë§, 4% ê²°ì íë 미ë§, 2% ê²°ì íë 미ë§, 1% ê²°ì íë 미ë§, ëë 0% ê²°ì íë를 ê°ë ê², ì를 ë¤ì´ XRPDë¡ ê²°ì ì, ì ì´ë 90%, ì ì´ë 92%, ì ì´ë 94%, ì ì´ë 96%, ì ì´ë 98%, ëë 100%ì ë¹ì ì§ì¸ ê²ì í¹ì§ì¼ë¡ íë ê²ì´ë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê²°ì íë(%)ë ë´ë¶ íì¤ì 참조 í¼í¬ì¼ ì ìë 참조 í¼í¬ì ë¹êµíì¬ XRPD íì ëìì íë ì´ìì í¼í¬ì ê°ë를 측ì í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ê²°ì ë ì ìë¤. ì ì í ë°±ë¶ì¨ì ì¤ë%ë¡ ì ê³µíë ì ëì ë°©ë²ì í¬í¨íì¬, ì¡°ì ë ìì°¨ ì£¼ì¬ ì´ë 측ì ê³(mDSC) ë¶ì, í¸ë¦¬ì ë³í ì ì¸ì ë¶ê´ë²(FTIR), ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ì ëì ë°©ë²ê³¼ ê°ì, ë¤ë¥¸ í¹ì±í 기ì ëí ëì íí©ë¬¼/물ì§ì ë¹ì ì§ ëë ê²°ì ì§ ë°±ë¶ì¨ì ê²°ì íë ë° ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.A "crystalline" solid is a type of solid whose basic three-dimensional structure consists of a very regular pattern (having long range order) of atoms or molecules forming a crystal lattice, and which therefore exhibits distinct, characteristic crystalline peak(s) in its X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern. In some cases, a crystalline solid may exist in different crystalline forms, known as "polymorphs", which have the same chemical composition, but differ in the packing, geometric arrangement, and other technical properties of the crystalline solid state. As such, polymorphs may have different solid-state physical properties that affect, for example, the solubility, dissolution rate, bioavailability, chemical and physical stability, flowability, and compressibility of the compound, as well as the safety and efficacy of pharmaceutical products based on the compound. In the process of preparing a polymorph, additional purification may also be achieved, in terms of overall physical purity or optical purity. As used herein, the term "amorphous" refers to a solid material that has substantially no long range order in the positions of its molecules, wherein the molecules are arranged in a random manner such that there is effectively no well-defined arrangement, e.g., molecular packing, and no long range order. Amorphous solids are generally isotropic; that is, they exhibit similar properties in all directions, and they do not have a distinct melting point. For example, an amorphous material is a solid material that does not have substantially sharp characteristic crystalline peak(s) in its X-ray diffraction (XRPD) pattern (i.e., it is not crystalline when determined by XRPD). Instead, one or more broad peaks (e.g., halos) appear in its XRPD pattern. Broad peaks are characteristic of an amorphous solid. Thus, an "amorphous" subject compound/material is characterized as having substantially no crystallinity, i.e., less than 10% crystallinity, less than 8% crystallinity, less than 6% crystallinity, less than 4% crystallinity, less than 2% crystallinity, less than 1% crystallinity, or 0% crystallinity, for example, being at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 94%, at least 96%, at least 98%, or 100% amorphous as determined by XRPD. For example, in some embodiments, the % crystallinity can be determined by measuring the intensity of one or more peaks in an XRPD diffractogram compared to a reference peak, which can be a reference peak of an internal standard. Other characterization techniques, such as modulated differential scanning calorimetry (mDSC) analysis, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR), and other quantitative methods, including quantitative methods that provide the aforementioned percentages in weight percent, can also be used to determine the amorphous or crystalline percentage of the target compound/material.
본ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ìì´í ì¼, ì©ë§¤í물, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ê²°ì ì§/ë¹ì ì§(ëë ë¤íì²´) ííë¡ ì¡´ì¬í ì ìì¼ë©°, 본 ê°ìë ëì íí©ë¬¼ì ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ì ì©ë§¤í물과 ê°ì, ì´ì 모ë ì¡°í©ì í¬í¨íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ìëëë¤ë ê²ì ì´í´í ê²ì´ë¤.It will be appreciated that the compounds of the present invention may exist in different salts, solvates, stereoisomers, tautomers, crystalline/amorphous (or polymorphic) forms and that the present disclosure is intended to include all combinations thereof, such as solvates of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of stereoisomers of the subject compounds.
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, ì©ì´ "ìì ì ì¸", "ìì ì±" ë±ì ííì ìì ì± ë° ê³ ì(물리ì ) ìì ì±ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì©ì´ "ííì ìì ì±"ì í´ë¹ íí©ë¬¼ì´, ííì ë¶í´ ëë ë¶í´ê° ê±°ì ëë ì í ìì´, ì ìì ì¸ ë³´ê´ ì¡°ê±´ íìì, ì를 ë¤ì´, 본ìì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë´ì²´, í¬ìì ëë ì 쥬ë²í¸ì í¼í©ëì´ ì ê³µëë, ë¨ë¦¬ë íí, ëë ì íì ííë¡ ë³´ê´ë ì ììì ì미íë¤. "ê³ ì ìì ì±"ì, í´ë¹ íí©ë¬¼ì´ ë¨ë¦¬ë ê³ íë¶ ííë¡ ë³´ê´ëê±°ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, 본ìì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë´ì²´, í¬ìì ëë ì 쥬ë²í¸ì í¼í©ëì´ ì ê³µëë ê³ íë¶ ì íì ííë¡, ê³ íë¶ ìí ë³í(ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí, íì, ì©ë§¤í, íì©ë§¤í, ê²°ì í, ì¬ê²°ì í ëë ê³ ì²´ ìí ì í)ì´ ê±°ì ìê±°ë ì í ìì´, ì ìì ì¸ ë³´ê´ ì¡°ê±´ íìì ë³´ê´ë ì ììì ì미íë¤.As used herein, the terms "stable," "stability," and the like encompass chemical stability and solid-state (physical) stability. The term "chemical stability" means that the compound can be stored, in isolated form, or in the form of a dosage form, for example, provided mixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or adjuvant as described herein, under normal storage conditions, with little or no chemical degradation or decomposition. "Solid-state stability" means that the compound can be stored, in isolated solid form, or in the form of a solid dosage form, for example, provided mixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or adjuvant as described herein, with little or no solid state transformation (e.g., hydration, dehydration, solvation, desolvation, crystallization, recrystallization, or solid state conversion) under normal storage conditions.
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, ì©ì´ "ì¡°ì±ë¬¼"ì ì©ì´ "ì í"ê³¼ ëë±íë¤.As used herein, the term âcompositionâ is equivalent to the term âformulationâ.
"ì¦ê¸°"ë ìê³ ì¨ëë³´ë¤ ë®ì ì¨ëìì 기체 ìíì ìë ê³ ì²´ 물ì§ì´ë©°, ì´ë í´ë¹ ì¦ê¸°ê° ì¨ë를 ê°ììí¤ì§ ìê³ ê·¸ì ëí ìë ¥ì ì¦ê°ìí´ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì¡ì²´ë¡ ìì¶ë ì ììì ì미íë¤."Vapor" is a solid substance in the gaseous state at a temperature below its critical temperature, which means that the vapor can be condensed into a liquid by increasing the pressure on it without decreasing the temperature.
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë "ìì´ë¡ì¡¸"ì 기ì(ì를 ë¤ì´, 공기, ì°ì, í¬ë¥¨, ìì°íì§ì, ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ë¿ë§ ìëë¼ ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼)ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ 미ì¸í ê³ í ì ì ëë ì¡ì ì ííì¡ì´ë¤. 본ììì ì¬ì©ëë "미ì¤í¸"ë ì¦ê¸°ì ìì´í ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì ìíì´ë©°, 기ì(ì를 ë¤ì´, 공기, ì°ì, í¬ë¥¨, ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼)ì ííë ì¡ì²´ ì¡ì (ì¡ì)ì ë¶ì°ì¡ì´ë¤. ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ ëë 미ì¤í¸ì ì¡ì ì ìì± ì¡ì²´, ì 기 ì©ë§¤, ëë ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì©í´ë ì½ë¬¼ 모ì´ì´í°ë¥¼ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ ëë 미ì¤í¸ì 기ìì 공기, ì°ì, í¬ë¥¨, ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨í ì ìì¼ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìë ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì´ í¬í¨ëë¤. 미ì¤í¸ë ê³ íë¶ ë¯¸ë¦½ì를 í¬í¨íì§ ìëë¤. 본 ê°ìì ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ ë° ë¯¸ì¤í¸ë ììì ì ì í ë°©ë² ë° ì¥ì¹ì ìí´ ìì±ë ì ìì¼ë©°, ì´ì ìë 본ìì ì ìëì´ ìë¤(ì를 ë¤ì´, í¡ì 기 ëë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì ì¬ì©ì íµí´ ìì±ë¨).As used herein, an "aerosol" is a suspension of fine solid particles or droplets in a gaseous phase (e.g., air, oxygen, helium, nitrous oxide, and other gases, as well as mixtures thereof). As used herein, a "mist" is a subtype of aerosol, different from a vapor, and is a dispersion of liquid droplets (liquid phase) suspended in a gaseous phase (e.g., air, oxygen, helium, and mixtures thereof). The droplets of an aerosol or mist may comprise drug moieties dissolved in an aqueous liquid, an organic solvent, or mixtures thereof. The gaseous phase of an aerosol or mist may comprise air, oxygen, helium, or other gases, including mixtures thereof. A mist does not comprise solid particulates. The aerosols and mists of the present disclosure may be generated by any suitable method and device, examples of which are provided herein (e.g., generated through the use of an inhaler or nebulizer).
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, ì©ì´ "í¡ì ì¸ì "ì, 주ì´ì§ í¬ì¬ëì í¡ì íë ë° íìí í¸í¡ ìì ê´ê³ìì´, ëìì²´ê° ì£¼ì´ì§ ì½ë¬¼ í¬ì¬ëì í¡ì íë í¬ì¬ ì´ë²¤í¸ë¥¼ 기ì íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, 10 mgì ì½ë¬¼ì 1ì¼ 2í ë³µì©íëë¡ ì²ë°©ë ëìì²´ë 2íì í¡ì ì¸ì ì ìííê² ëë©°, ê°ê°ì í¡ì ì¸ì ì íµí´ 10 mgì ì½ë¬¼ì ì ê³µë°ëë¤. ê° í¡ì ì¸ì ì ë§ë ìê°ì ê¸¸ì´ ë° í¸í¡ ìë ì¬ì©ë í¡ì ì¥ì¹, í¸í¡ ë¹ í¡ì¸ëë ì½ë¬¼ì ì, í¬ì¬ íí ì¤ ì½ë¬¼ì ëë, ëìì²´ì í¸í¡ í¨í´ ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ì¸ìì ë°ë¼ ë¬ë¼ì§ ê²ì´ë¤.As used herein, the term "inhalation session" describes an administration event in which a subject inhales a given dose of drug, regardless of the number of breaths required to inhale the given dose. For example, a subject prescribed to take 10 mg of a drug twice daily would perform two inhalation sessions, each of which would deliver 10 mg of the drug. The length of time and number of breaths for each inhalation session will vary depending on factors such as the inhalation device used, the amount of drug inhaled per breath, the concentration of the drug in the dosage form, the breathing pattern of the subject, and the like.
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ì©ì´ "ì¹ë£(treating ëë treatment)"ë í¬ì ë물(í¹í ì¸ê°)ê³¼ ê°ì íììì ì§í ëë ìíì ë³í를 ì¹ë£íë ê²ì ì미íë©°, ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë¤: íììì ì§í ëë ìíì ë³í를 ê°ì íë ê², ì컨ë ì§í ëë ìíì ë³í를 ì ê±°íê±°ë í´íì ì ëíë ê²; ì를 ë¤ì´ íìì ì§í ëë ìíì ë³íì ë°ìì ì§ì° ëë ì ì§ì ìí, ì§í ëë ìíì ë³íì ìµì ; ëë íìììì ì§í ëë ìíì ë³íì íë ì´ìì ì¦ì ìí. ì¼ êµ¬íììì, ìë°©ì ì¹ë£ë ëìì²´ììì ì§í ëë ìíì ë³íì ë°ìì ìë°©í ì ìë¤.The term "treating" or "treatment" as used herein means treating a disease or medical condition in a patient, such as a mammal (particularly a human), and includes: ameliorating the disease or medical condition in the patient, such as eliminating or inducing regression of the disease or medical condition; inhibiting the disease or medical condition, for example by delaying or arresting the onset of the disease or medical condition in the patient; or alleviating one or more symptoms of the disease or medical condition in the patient. In one embodiment, a prophylactic treatment can prevent the onset of the disease or medical condition in the subject.
본ììì ìí¸ êµíì ì¼ë¡ ì¬ì©ëë "íì" ëë "ëìì²´"ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¸ê° ëë ë¹ì¸ê° ëì체를 í¬í¨íë ììì í¬ì ëë¬¼ì¼ ì ìë¤. íì ëë ëìì²´ë ì¹ë£ë ë³í를 ê°ì§ ì ìê±°ë ì¹ë£ë ë³íì 민ê°í ì ìë¤.âPatientâ or âsubject,â as used interchangeably herein, can be any mammal, including, for example, a human or non-human subject. The patient or subject can have a condition to be treated or can be susceptible to a condition to be treated.
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, ê·¸ë¦¬ê³ ë¬ë¦¬ ëª ìëì§ ìë í, ì©ì´ "ìë°©íë¤", "ìë°©íë" ë° "ìë°©"ì ì§í, ì¥ì , ëë ë³í, ëë ì´ì íë ì´ìì ì¦ìì ë°ë³, ì¬ë°, ëë íì°ì ìë°©ì ì§ì¹íë¤. í´ë¹ ì©ì´ë í¹ì ì§í, ì¥ì , ëë ë³íì ì¦ìì ìµì ëë ê°ì를 í¬í¨íë¤. í¹í ì§í, ì¥ì , ëë ë³íì ê°ì¡±ë ¥ì´ ìë ëìì²´ë ìì ì 구íììì ìë°© ìë²ì íë³´ì´ë¤. ëí, ì¦ìì´ ì¬ë°í ì´ë ¥ì´ ìë ëìì²´ë ìë°©ì ì ì¬ íë³´ì´ë¤. ì´ì ê´ë ¨íì¬, ì©ì´ "ìë°©"ì ì©ì´ "ìë°©ì ì¹ë£"ì ìí¸ êµíì ì¼ë¡ ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms "prevent," "preventing," and "prevention" refer to the prevention of the onset, recurrence, or spread of a disease, disorder, or condition, or one or more symptoms thereof. The terms include the inhibition or reduction of symptoms of a particular disease, disorder, or condition. In particular, subjects with a family history of the disease, disorder, or condition are candidates for prophylactic therapy in certain embodiments. Additionally, subjects with a history of recurrence of symptoms are also potential candidates for prophylaxis. In this regard, the term "prevention" may be used interchangeably with the term "prophylactic treatment."
"ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ë"ì í¹ì ì¥ì ëë ì§í ëë ì´ì ì¦ì ì¤ íë ì´ìì ì¹ë£íê³ /íê±°ë ì§í ëë ì¥ì ì ë°ìì ìë°©í기ì ì¶©ë¶í íí©ë¬¼(ë¤)ì ì(ìë°©ì ì í¨ë)ì ì§ì¹íë¤.A âtherapeutically effective amountâ refers to an amount of a compound(s) sufficient to treat a particular disorder or condition or one or more of its symptoms and/or prevent the occurrence of the disease or condition (a prophylactic amount).
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, ê·¸ë¦¬ê³ ë¬ë¦¬ ëª ìëì§ ìë í, íì±ì ì "ìë°©ì ì í¨ë"ì ì§í, ì¥ì , ëë ë³í를 ìë°©íê±°ë ì´ì ì¬ë°ì ìë°©í기ì ì¶©ë¶í ìì´ë¤. ì©ì´ "ìë°©ì ì í¨ë"ì ì ë°ì ì¼ë¡ ìë°©ì ê°ì íê±°ë ë ë¤ë¥¸ ìë°©ì ì ì ì ìë°©ì í¨ë¥ì ê°ííë ìì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a "prophylactically effective amount" of an active agent is an amount sufficient to prevent or prevent the recurrence of a disease, disorder, or condition. The term "prophylactically effective amount" may include an amount that improves prevention overall or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of another prophylactic agent.
ì©ì´ "í¬ì¬ ì¼ì "ì ì½ë¬¼ ì¹ë£ì ìì´ì í´ë¹ ì½ë¬¼ì ì í, ì, 기ê°,·ì ì°¨ ë±ì ìê° íë ìì¼ë¡ íìíë ê³íì¼ë¡ì, ê°ê°ì ì½ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë, í¬ì ë°©ë²,·í¬ì¬ ìì,·í¬ì¬ ì¼ì, ë±ì´ íìëë¤. í¬ì¬ëëë¡ ì§ì ë ë ì§ë ì½ë¬¼ í¬ì¬ì ìì ì ì ê²°ì ëë¤. í¬ì¬ë ì¼ë ¨ì í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ì "ê³¼ì "ì¼ë¡ íì¬, í´ë¹ ê³¼ì ì ë°ë³µí¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì§ìëë¤. "ì§ìì ì¸" í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ì ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì ëì ì¤ë¨ ìì´ ë§¤ì¼ í¬ì¬íë ê²ì ì미íë¤. í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ì´ "ê°íì " í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ì ë°ë¥´ë ê²½ì°, í´ë¹ ê³¼ì ë´ìì, í¬ì¬ ì¼ìì ì´ì´ì "í´ì½ ì¼ì" ëë ì½ë¬¼ì ë¹í¬ì¬ ì¼ìê° ì´ì´ì§ ì ìë¤. "ì½ë¬¼ í´ì½ê¸°"ë í´ë¹ ì½ë¬¼ì´ ì¬ì ì ê²°ì ë í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬ëì§ ììì ëíë¸ë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ë¬ ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì ì ê±°ì¹ í, ëìì²´ë í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ì ì¼ë¶ë¡ì, ì를 ë¤ì´, íì± ì¹ë£ë¥¼ ì¬-ì¬ê°í기 ì , ì¡°ì ë ì½ë¬¼ í´ì½ê¸°ë¥¼ ì²ë°©ë°ì ì ìë¤.The term "dosage schedule" is a plan for drug therapy that indicates the type, amount, duration, procedure, etc. of the drug in a time frame, and indicates the dosage, method of administration, order of administration, date of administration, etc. of each drug. The date designated for administration is determined prior to the start of drug administration. Administration is continued by repeating the course of administration as a series of "courses." A "continuous" dosing schedule means that the administration is given daily without interruption during the course of treatment. If the dosing schedule follows an "intermittent" dosing schedule, within the course, the dosing days may be followed by "off days" or days when the drug is not administered. A "drug holiday" indicates that the drug is not administered on a pre-determined dosing schedule. For example, after several courses of treatment, the subject may be prescribed a modified drug holiday as part of the dosing schedule, for example, before re-initiating active treatment.
"ë ì± ì¤íì´í¬(toxic spikes)"ë¼ë ì©ì´ë 본ìì 기ì ë ììì íí©ë¬¼ì´ ì§ì ì í¬ì¬ í¨ê³¼ ëë ì ì ë³ ëª¨ì¬ í¨ê³¼(ì를 ë¤ì´ íê°, ì´ì§ë¬ì, ë° ë©ì¤êº¼ì)ì ë¶ìì©ì ìì±íê² ëë ëëììì ì ê²½íì ì¤íì´í¬ë¥¼ 기ì íëë¡ ë³¸ììì ì¬ì©ëë©°; ì´ë ì¦ê°ì ì¸ ìí¥ì ë¯¸ì¹ ì ìì ë¿ ìëë¼ ì¹ë£ ììëìë ìí¥ì ë¯¸ì¹ ì ìë¤. í¹í, ë¶ìì©ì ì½ 250, 300, 400, 500 ng/L ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì íì¤ ëë ë 벨ìì ë ëëë¬ì§ ì ìë¤.The term "toxic spikes" is used herein to describe neurological spikes at concentrations at which any of the compounds described herein produces adverse effects of sedative or psychotic mimicry (e.g., hallucinations, dizziness, and nausea); which can have immediate effects as well as affect treatment compliance. In particular, adverse effects can be more pronounced at blood concentration levels of about 250, 300, 400, 500 ng/L or higher.
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, ê·¸ë¦¬ê³ ë¬ë¦¬ ëª ìëì§ ìë í, "ì ê²½ì ì ì§í ëë ì¥ì "ë ìë ¤ì§ ì ê²½íì ì¡°ê±´ê³¼ ì°ê´ë íë ëë ì¬ë¦¬íì 문ì ì´ë©°, ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡ 공존íë ì¦ìêµ°(cluster of symptoms)ì¼ë¡ì ì ìëë¤. ì ê²½ì ì ì¥ì ì ìë 주ìë ¥ ê²°í ì¥ì , 주ìë ¥ ê²°í ê³¼ìíë ì¥ì , ìê·¹ì± ë° ì¡°ì¦ ì¥ì , ì°ì¸ì¦, ëë ì´ë¤ì ììì ì¡°í©ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a "neuropsychiatric disease or disorder" is a behavioral or psychological problem associated with a known neurological condition, typically defined as a cluster of coexisting symptoms. Examples of neuropsychiatric disorders include, but are not limited to, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, bipolar and manic disorders, depression, or any combination thereof.
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì "ì¼ì¦ì± ë³í", ëë "ì¼ì¦ì± ì§í"ì ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìë, ê´ë²ìí ë§ì± ëë ê¸ì± ì¼ì¦ì± ì§íì ì§ì¹íë¤: ë¥ë§í°ì¤ì± ì§í(ì를 ë¤ì´ ë¥ë§í°ì¤ ê´ì ì¼, 골ê´ì ì¼, ê±´ì ì± ê´ì ì¼), ì²ì¶ê´ì ë³(ì를 ë¤ì´ ê°ì§ì± ì²ì¶ì¼, ë°ìì± ê´ì ì¼, ë¼ì´í°(Reiter) ì¦íêµ°), ê²°ì ê´ì ë³(ì를 ë¤ì´ íµí, ì ì¬íµí, ì¹¼ì í¼ë¡í¬ì¤íì´í¸ 침착 ì§í), ë¤ë°ì± ê²½íì¦, ë¼ì(Lyme)ë³, ë¥ë§í°ì¤ì± ë¤ë°ê·¼íµ; ê²°í© ì¡°ì§ ì§í(ì를 ë¤ì´ ì ì íë°ì± 루í¸ì¤, ì ì ê²½íì¦, ë¤ë°ê·¼ì¡ì¼, í¼ë¶ê·¼ì¡ì¼, ì¼ê·¸ë (Sjogren) ì¦íêµ°); íê´ì¼(ì를 ë¤ì´ ê²°ì ì± ë¤ë°ëë§¥ì¼, ë² ê²ë(Wegener) ì¡ìì¢ ì¦, ì²ê·¸-ì¤í¸ë¼ì°ì¤(Churg-Strauss) ì¦íêµ°); ì¸ìì´ë íí, ì ì¡ì¢ ì¦ì 결과를 í¬í¨íë ì¼ì¦ì± ë³í; 죽ìê²½íì± íê´ ì§í, ë맥경íì¦, ë° íê´ íìì± ì§í(ì를 ë¤ì´ ë맥경íì¦, ííì± ì¬ì¥ ì§í, ì¬ê·¼ê²½ì, ë졸ì¤, ë§ì´ íê´ ì§í), ë° íê´ ì¤í í¸ ì¬íì°©ì í¬í¨íë íê´ ì§í; í¬ëë§ì¼, ê°ë§ ì§í, íì±ì¼, íì±ì¬ëª¨ì²´ì¼, ë ¹ë´ì¥, ë° ë°±ë´ì¥ì í¬í¨íë ì구 ì§í.As used herein, "inflammatory condition", or "inflammatory disease" refers to a wide range of chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including but not limited to: rheumatic diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis), spondyloarthropathies (e.g., ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome), crystal arthropathy (e.g., gout, gout pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), multiple sclerosis, Lyme disease, polymyalgia rheumatica; connective tissue diseases (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sjogren's syndrome); vasculitides (e.g., polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg-Strauss syndrome); inflammatory conditions including those resulting from trauma, ischemia, or sarcoidosis; Vascular diseases including atherosclerotic vascular disease, arteriosclerosis, and vascular occlusive diseases (e.g., arteriosclerosis, ischemic heart disease, myocardial infarction, stroke, peripheral vascular disease), and vascular stent restenosis; ocular diseases including uveitis, corneal diseases, iritis, iridocyclitis, glaucoma, and cataracts.
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, ì©ì´ "ë°/ëë"ì ì°ê´ë ì´ê±°ë í목 ì¤ íë ì´ìì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ ììì 모ë ì¡°í©ì í¬í¨íë¤. 본ìì ì¤ëª ìì ë° ì´ì´ì§ë ì²êµ¬ë²ì ì ì²´ì ê±¸ì³ ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, "ë¨ì íí"ì ì미ë ë¬¸ë§¥ì´ ë¬ë¦¬ ëª ííê² ì¸ê¸íì§ ìë í ë¨ìì ì§ì ëìì ë¹ë¡¯íì¬ ë³µìì ì§ì ëìì ëí í¬í¨íë¤. ì«ì ê°ê³¼ ì°ê´ë ì©ì´ "ì½"ì í´ë¹ ê°ì´ 5%ë§í¼ ì ëë ìëë¡ ë³íë¤ë ê²ì ì미íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì½ 100ì ê°ì ê²½ì°, 95 ë´ì§ 105(ëë 95ì 105 ì¬ì´ì ììì ê°)를 ì미íë¤.As used herein, the term "and/or" includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. As used herein and throughout the claims that follow, the singular form "a" includes the singular referent as well as the plural referent unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. The term "about" in connection with a numerical value means that the value varies up or down by 5%. For example, for a value of about 100, it means between 95 and 105 (or any value between 95 and 105).
íí©ë¬¼compound
ííì (I)Chemical formula (I)
ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼ ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë©°,Disclosed herein are compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, tautomers, solvates, polymorphs, or prodrugs thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R4ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì½ì, ë° -OPO3H2ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkoxy, and -OPO 3 H 2 ;
R5ë ìì, ì¤ìì, íì´ëë¡ì¤, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬í°ì¤, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬í°ì¤, -ORf, ë° -SRfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, hydroxyl, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxy substituted with one or more deuterium, unsubstituted alkylthio, alkylthio substituted with one or more deuterium, -OR f , and -SR f ;
R6 ë° R7ì ìì, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê², ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê³ /íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë¤.wherein at least one of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , and/or R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
X1 ê³¼ X2ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ê³¼ X2ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ê³¼ X2ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ì ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ , X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, ë° n-íë¡íì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, ë°ëì§íê²ë ë©í¸ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X2ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, -CD3, -CFH2, -CF2H, -CF3 ë±ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2 ì¤ íëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ë¤ë¥¸ íëë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ìë¤ë§í¸, ìí´ë¡íë¡í, ìí´ë¡ë¶í¸, ìí´ë¡íí¸, ìí´ë¡í¥ì¤, ë° ìí´ë¡ì¥í¸ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ìí¬, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤.X 1 and X 2 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are the same. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are hydrogen. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are deuterium. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are different. In some embodiments, X 1 is hydrogen or deuterium and X 2 is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl). In some embodiments, X 2 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, and n-propyl, and preferably methyl. In some embodiments, X 2 is substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. The alkyl group may contain one or more substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, -CD 3 , -CFH 2 , -CF 2 H, -CF 3 , and the like. In some embodiments, one of X 1 and X 2 is deuterium and the other is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, for example, unsubstituted or substituted allyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. Preferred substituents include but are not limited to alkyl, deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. The cycloalkyl group can contain one or more substituents.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted aryl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
Y1 ë° Y2ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1ê³¼ Y2ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1ê³¼ Y2ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2 ì¤ íëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ë¤ë¥¸ íëë ììì´ë¤.Y 1 and Y 2 can be the same or different. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are the same. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are hydrogen. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are deuterium. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are different. In some implementations, one of Y 1 and Y 2 is deuterium and the other is hydrogen.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë í ë¡ê², ì를 ë¤ì´ í루ì¤ë¡, í´ë¡ë¡, ë¸ë¡ëª¨, ë° ìì¤ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¹íë ìí¬(ì를 ë¤ì´, C1-C6 ìí¬)ì´ë¤. R2ê° ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ì¸ ê²½ì°, ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, -CD3, -CFH2, -CF2H, -CF3 ë±ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ìë¤ë§í¸, ìí´ë¡íë¡í, ìí´ë¡ë¶í¸, ìí´ë¡íí¸, ìí´ë¡í¥ì¤, ë° ìí´ë¡ì¥í¸ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ìí¬, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, R 2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 2 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R 2 is halogen, such as fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodine. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl). In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is substituted alkyl (e.g., C 1 -C 6 alkyl). When R 2 is a substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, preferred substituents include, but are not limited to, deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. The alkyl group can contain one or more substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, -CD 3 , -CFH 2 , -CF 2 H, -CF 3 , and the like. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, for example, unsubstituted or substituted allyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl. In some embodiments , R 2 is unsubstituted or substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. Preferred substituents include but are not limited to alkyl, deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. The cycloalkyl group can contain one or more substituents. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted or substituted aryl. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R4ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R4ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R4ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R4ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì기ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¡ì, ìí¡ì, n-íë¡íì, ì´ìíë¡íì, n-ë¶í¡ì, ì´ìë¶í¡ì, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¡ì, t-ë¶í¡ì, n-íí¡ì, ë¤ì¤íí¡ì, ë° í¥ì¤ì¥ì를 í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R4ë ì¹íë ìì½ìì´ë¤. R4ê° ì¹íë ìì½ìì¸ ê²½ì°, ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìì½ì기ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì½ìê¸°ê° C1 ìì½ì기(ì¦, ë©í¡ì기)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¹íë C1 ìì½ì기ë -OCDH2, -OCD2H, -OCD3, -OCFH2, -OCF2H, -OCF3 ë±ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R4ë -OPO3H2ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, R 4 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 4 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R 4 is hydroxyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is an unsubstituted alkoxy group, examples of which include but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, di-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentoxy, neopentoxy, and hexoxy. In some embodiments, R 4 is a substituted alkoxy. When R 4 is a substituted alkoxy, preferred substituents include but are not limited to deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. The alkoxy group may contain one or more substituents. For example, when the alkoxy group is a C 1 alkoxy group (i.e., a methoxy group), the substituted C 1 alkoxy group can be -OCDH 2 , -OCD 2 H, -OCD 3 , -OCFH 2 , -OCF 2 H, -OCF 3 , etc. In some embodiments, R 4 is -OPO 3 H 2 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹íëì§ ìë C1-C6 ìí¬()ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë ë©í¸ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, ë° -CD3ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CD3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì기, ì컨ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìì½ì기ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¡ì, ìí¡ì, n-íë¡íì, ì´ìíë¡íì, n-ë¶í¡ì, ì´ìë¶í¡ì, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¡ì, t-ë¶í¡ì, n-íí¡ì, ë¤ì¤íí¡ì, ë° í¥ì¤ì¥ì를 í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì기ì´ë¤. ìì½ì기ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì½ìê¸°ê° C1 ìì½ì기(ì¦, ë©í¡ì기)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìì½ì기ë -OCDH2, -OCD2H, ë° -OCD3ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬í°ì¤ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸í°ì¤, ìí¸í°ì¤, n-íë¡íí°ì¤, ì´ìíë¡íí°ì¤, n-ë¶í¸í°ì¤, ì´ìë¶í¸í°ì¤, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸í°ì¤, t-ë¶í¸í°ì¤, n-íí¸í°ì¤, ë¤ì¤íí¸í°ì¤, ë° í¥ì¤í°ì¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬í°ì¤ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬í°ì¤ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬í°ì¤ê° C1 ìí¬í°ì¤ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸í°ì¤ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬í°ì¤ê¸°ë -SCDH2, -SCD2H, ë° -SCD3ì¼ ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, R 5 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 5 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R 5 is hydroxyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is an unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., an unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl (), examples of which include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is an alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium atoms, for example, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with one or more deuterium atoms. The alkyl group can contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, and -CD 3 , with particular reference to -CD 3 being made. In some embodiments, R 5 is an unsubstituted alkoxy group, such as an unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, examples of which include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, di-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentoxy, neopentoxy, and hexoxy. In some embodiments, R 5 is an alkoxy group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkoxy group can contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkoxy group is a C 1 alkoxy group (i.e., a methoxy group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkoxy group can be -OCDH 2 , -OCD 2 H, and -OCD 3 . In some embodiments, R 5 is an unsubstituted alkylthio group, examples of which include, but are not limited to, methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, Include, but are not limited to, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, isobutylthio, sec-butylthio, t-butylthio, n-pentylthio, neopentylthio, and hexylthio. In some embodiments, R 5 is an alkylthio group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkylthio can contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkylthio is a C 1 alkylthio group (i.e., a methylthio group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkylthio groups can be -SCDH 2 , -SCD 2 H, and -SCD 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë -ORfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -OCH2F, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH2CH2F, -OCH2CHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCH2CH2CH2F, -OCH2CH2CHF2, -OCH2CH2CF3, -OCH2CH2CH2CH2F, -OCH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -OCH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -OCH2F, -OCHF2, ë° -OCF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë -SRfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -SCH2F, -SCHF2, -SCF3, -SCH2CH2F, -SCH2CHF2, -SCH2CF3, -SCH2CH2CH2F, -SCH2CH2CHF2, -SCH2CH2CF3, -SCH2CH2CH2CH2F, -SCH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -SCH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -SCH2F, -SCHF2, -SCF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 5 is -OR f , examples of which include but are not limited to -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 F, -OCH 2 CHF 2 , -OCH 2 CF 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -OCH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , particularly mentioning -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , and -OCF 3 . In some embodiments, R 5 is -SR f , examples of which include but are not limited to -SCH 2 F, -SCHF 2 , -SCF 3 , -SCH 2 CH 2 F, -SCH 2 CHF 2 , -SCH 2 CF 3 , -SCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -SCH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -SCH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -SCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -SCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -SCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , particularly mention is made of -SCH 2 F, -SCHF 2 , -SCF 3 .
R6 ë° R7ì ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ê³¼ R7ì ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ê³¼ R7ì ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì í ë¡ê², ì를 ë¤ì´ í루ì¤ë¡, í´ë¡ë¡, ë¸ë¡ëª¨, ë° ìì¤ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë¤. R6ì´ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ì¸ ê²½ì°, ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, -CD3, -CFH2, -CF2H, -CF3 ë±ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¹íëì§ ìì C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ìë¤ë§í¸, ìí´ë¡íë¡í, ìí´ë¡ë¶í¸, ìí´ë¡íí¸, ìí´ë¡í¥ì¤, ë° ìí´ë¡ì¥í¸ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ìí¬, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R6ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ì´ë¤.R 6 and R 7 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R 6 and R 7 are the same. In some embodiments, R 6 and R 7 are different. In some embodiments, R 6 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 6 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R 6 is halogen, such as fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodine. In some embodiments, R 6 is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl). In some embodiments, R 6 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is a substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. When R 6 is a substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, preferred substituents include, but are not limited to, deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. The alkyl group can contain one or more substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, -CD 3 , -CFH 2 , -CF 2 H, -CF 3 , and the like. In some embodiments, R 6 is an unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, for example, an unsubstituted or substituted allyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is an unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is unsubstituted or substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is unsubstituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. Preferred substituents include but are not limited to alkyl, deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. A cycloalkyl group can contain one or more substituents. In some embodiments, R 6 is unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is unsubstituted or substituted aryl. In some embodiments, R 6 is unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì í ë¡ê², ì를 ë¤ì´ í루ì¤ë¡, í´ë¡ë¡, ë¸ë¡ëª¨, ë° ìì¤ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë¤. R7ì´ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ì¸ ê²½ì°, ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, -CD3, -CFH2, -CF2H, -CF3 ë±ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¹íëì§ ìì C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ìë¤ë§í¸, ìí´ë¡íë¡í, ìí´ë¡ë¶í¸, ìí´ë¡íí¸, ìí´ë¡í¥ì¤, ë° ìí´ë¡ì¥í¸ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ìí¬, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R7ì ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, R 7 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 7 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R 7 is halogen, such as fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodine. In some embodiments, R 7 is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl). In some embodiments, R 7 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl. In some embodiments, R 7 is substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. When R 7 is a substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, preferred substituents include, but are not limited to, deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. The alkyl group can contain one or more substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, -CD 3 , -CFH 2 , -CF 2 H, -CF 3 , and the like. In some embodiments, R 7 is unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, for example, unsubstituted or substituted allyl. In some embodiments, R 7 is unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl. In some embodiments , R 7 is unsubstituted or substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 7 is unsubstituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. In some embodiments, R 7 is substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. Preferred substituents include but are not limited to alkyl, deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. A cycloalkyl group can contain one or more substituents. In some embodiments, R 7 is unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 7 is unsubstituted or substituted aryl. In some embodiments, R 7 is unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
R8 ë° R9ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ê³¼ R9ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ê³¼ R9ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ë©í¸ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, ë° -CD3ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CD3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.R 8 and R 9 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are the same. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are different. In some embodiments, R 8 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 8 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl, particularly referring to methyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, for example, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkyl group may contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, and -CD 3 , with -CD 3 being mentioned in particular.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì Rfì´ë¤. Rfì ìë -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 is R f . Examples of R f include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , with particular reference to -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ë©í¸ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, ë° -CD3ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CD3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl, with particular reference to methyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, for example, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkyl group can contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkyl groups can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, and -CD 3 , with particular reference to -CD 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , particularly mention is made of -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë -S(O)Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -S(O)CH2F, -S(O)CHF2, -S(O)CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CHF2, -S(O)CH2CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CH2CHF2, -S(O)CH2CH2CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -S(O)CH2F, -S(O)CHF2, ë° -S(O)CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is -S(O)R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -S(O)CH 2 F, -S(O)CHF 2 , -S(O)CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O)CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O)CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , and particularly -S(O)CH 2 F, -S(O)CHF 2 , and -S(O)CF 3 is mentioned.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë -S(O)2Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -S(O)2CH2F, -S(O)2CHF2, -S(O)2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CHF2, -S(O)2CH2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CH2CHF2, -S(O)2CH2CH2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -S(O)2CH2F, -S(O)2CHF2, ë° -S(O)2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is -S(O) 2 R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -S(O) 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CHF 2 , -S(O) 2 CF 3 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S( O) 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S( O ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , and in particular -S(O) 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O) 2 CF 3 are mentioned.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 3-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 4-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 5-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 6-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 7-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 8-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë ìµì íëì ì§ì ê³ ë¦¬ ìì(R8 ë° R9ì ê°ì¬ëë ì§ì ìì)를 í¨ì íë©°, ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì´ 1, 2, 3 ëë 4ê°ì í¤í ë¡ê³ 리 ììì ëí´, ì¶ê° í¤í ë¡ê³ 리 ìì(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì§ì, í© ëë ì°ì)를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤(ì´ ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë ì§ì ê³ ë¦¬ ììì). í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì ìë ìì§ë¦¬ë, ìì í°ë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ì´ìì¸ë, ì¸ë, ëíì´ëë¡ì¸ë, ì¸ë¤ì¡¸, í¨ë¦°, 카르ë°ì¡¸, 카르보린, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦¬ë, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦°, í¼í리ë, í¼íë¼ì§, ì¸ë린, ííì´ë¯¸ë, 1,2,3,4-í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡ì´ìí´ë린, í°ì졸리ë, 모르í´ë¦°, í°ì¤ëª¨ë¥´í´ë¦°ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ìì§ë¦¬ë, ìì í°ë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ë° í¼í리ëì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ íì±í ê²½ì°, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 1ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 2ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 3ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 4ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì ë¶ì ììë¡ ì¹íë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 2ê°ì ë¶ì ììë¡ ì¹íëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 3-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 4-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 5-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 6-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 7-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be an 8-membered ring. A heterocycloalkyl group contains at least one nitrogen ring atom (the nitrogen atom interposed between R 8 and R 9 ) and optionally may contain additional heterocycle atoms (e.g., nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen), for a total of 1, 2, 3 or 4 heterocycle atoms (at least one of which is a nitrogen ring atom). Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, carbazole, carboline, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, thiazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, with particular reference to aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, and piperidine. When R 8 and R 9 are bonded together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl group, the heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with 1 fluorine atom, 2 fluorine atoms, 3 fluorine atoms, 4 fluorine atoms, or more fluorine atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group is substituted with two fluorine atoms.
R8 ë° R9ê° ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ íì±ë, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤:Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups substituted with at least one fluorine, formed by bonding R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, include, but are not limited to:
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì ììë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë, X1, X2, Y1, Y2, R2, R4, R5, R6, ë° R7ì´ ììì¸ ê²½ì°, ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì ììë ê²ë¤ì íì±íì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë, X1, X2, Y1, Y2, R2, R4, R5, R6, ë° R7ì´ ììì¸ ê²½ì°, ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, 4,4-ëí루ì¤ë¡í¼í리ëë기(ìëì íìë¨)를 íì±íì§ ìëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine, such as those exemplified above. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 , when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , Y 2 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen, are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine, such as those exemplified above. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , Y 2 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen, and do not form a 4,4-difluoropiperidinyl group (as shown below).
본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ìì, Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ëíë´ë©°, R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë¤. 본 ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì ì¡´ì¬íë ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë©°, ì ì¤ nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì Hxë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì Hxë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì´ë íëì Hxë ì¤ììì´ê³ ì ì´ë íëì Hxë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 0ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 1ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 2ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 3ì´ë¤.In the compounds of the present disclosure, R f represents a fluoroalkyl group, and at least one of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f . Each R f present in the compounds of the present disclosure is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium. In some embodiments, each H x is hydrogen. In some embodiments, each H x is deuterium. In some embodiments, at least one H x is deuterium and at least one H x is hydrogen. In some embodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments, n is 3.
Rfì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CD2CH2F, -CD2CHF2, -CD2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CH2CH2F, -CD2CH2CHF2, -CD2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CH2F, -CD2CD2CHF2, -CD2CD2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CH2CH2CH2F, -CD2CH2CH2CHF2, -CD2CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CH2CH2F, -CD2CD2CH2CHF2, -CD2CD2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CD2CH2F, -CD2CD2CD2CHF2, ë° -CD2CD2CD2CF3.Examples of R f include, but are not limited to: -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 F , -CD 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CD 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CHF 2 , and -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì íëì Rf기를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rfì í¬í¨íê³ , R8 ë° R9ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íì§ ìë 기를 ëíë´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ê¸°ìì R8 ë° R9ë ê°ê° -CH3 ëë CD3ì´ê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê³ , R5 ë° R8ì í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íì§ ìë 기를 ëíë´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ê¸°ìì R5ë H, -OCH3, -OCD3, -SCH3, -SCD3ì´ê³ , R8ì´ -CH3 ëë CD3ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the compound comprises an R f group. In some embodiments, R 5 represents a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., a group that does not comprise R f , for example, wherein R 8 and R 9 are each -CH 3 or CD 3 , or R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine. In some embodiments, R 9 represents a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., a group that does not comprise R f , for example, wherein R 5 is H, -OCH 3 , -OCD 3 , -SCH 3 , -SCD 3 , and R 8 is -CH 3 or CD 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ 2ê°ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë©°, R5ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íì§ ìë 기를 ëíë´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ê¸°ìì R5ë H, -OCH3, -OCD3, -SCH3, ëë -SCD3ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5 ë° R9ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë©°, R8ì í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íì§ ìë 기를 ëíë´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ê¸°ìì R8ì H, -CH3 ëë CD3ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, two of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprise a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , which can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 comprise a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , which can be the same or different, and R 5 represents a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., a group that does not comprise R f , for example, wherein R 5 is H, -OCH 3 , -OCD 3 , -SCH 3 , or -SCD 3 . In some embodiments, R 5 and R 9 comprise a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , which can be the same or different, and R 8 represents a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., a group that does not comprise R f , for example, wherein R 8 is H, -CH 3 or CD 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì R5, R8, ë° R9ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë©°, ì´ë¤ì 모ë ëì¼í ì ìê±°ë, 모ë ìì´í ì ìê±°ë, 2ê°ì Rf기ë ëì¼íê³ ì¸ë²ì§¸ Rf기ë ìì´í ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, each of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , which can be all the same, all different, or two R f groups are the same and the third R f group is different.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1, X2, Y1, Y2, R2, R4, R5, R6, ë° R7ì´ ììì´ê³ R8ì´ ìì ëë ë©í¸ì¸ ê²½ì°, R9ë -CH2CF3ì´ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1, X2, Y1, Y2, R2, R4, R5, R6, ë° R7ì´ ììì´ê³ R8ì´ ìì ëë ë©í¸ì¸ ê²½ì°, R9ë -CH2CF3ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , Y 2 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen and R 8 is hydrogen or methyl, then R 9 is not -CH 2 CF 3 . In some embodiments, when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , Y 2 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen and R 8 is hydrogen or methyl, then R 9 is -CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´ ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¤ìì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë¤:In some embodiments, the compound, for example the compound of formula (I), is selected from the group consisting of:
ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ìëì ì ê³µë ë°ì ê°ì, ííì (II), ííì (III), ííì (IV), ëë ííì (V)ì 구조를 ê°ì§ë©°, ì´ì ììì ììì ì¸ íí©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has a structure of Formula (II), Formula (III), Formula (IV), or Formula (V), as provided below, including any exemplary compounds thereof.
ííì (II)Chemical formula (II)
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ííì (II)ì 구조, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ê°ì§ë©°,In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) has the structure of formula (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R8 ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, Rf를 í¬í¨íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë¤.wherein at least one of R 8 and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, R f , or R 8 and R 9 are bonded together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
X1ê³¼ X2ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ê³¼ X2ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ê³¼ X2ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ì ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ , X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, ë° n-íë¡íì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, ë°ëì§íê²ë ë©í¸ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X2ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, -CD3, -CFH2, -CF2H, -CF3 ë±ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2 ì¤ íëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ë¤ë¥¸ íëë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ìë¤ë§í¸, ìí´ë¡íë¡í, ìí´ë¡ë¶í¸, ìí´ë¡íí¸, ìí´ë¡í¥ì¤, ë° ìí´ë¡ì¥í¸ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ìí¬, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤.X 1 and X 2 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are the same. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are hydrogen. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are deuterium. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are different. In some embodiments, X 1 is hydrogen or deuterium and X 2 is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl). In some embodiments, X 2 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, and n-propyl, and preferably methyl. In some embodiments, X 2 is substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. The alkyl group may contain one or more substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, -CD 3 , -CFH 2 , -CF 2 H, -CF 3 , and the like. In some embodiments, one of X 1 and X 2 is deuterium and the other is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, for example, unsubstituted or substituted allyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. Preferred substituents include but are not limited to alkyl, deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. The cycloalkyl group can contain one or more substituents.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted aryl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
Y1 ë° Y2ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1ê³¼ Y2ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1ê³¼ Y2ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2 ì¤ íëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ë¤ë¥¸ íëë ììì´ë¤.Y 1 and Y 2 can be the same or different. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are the same. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are hydrogen. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are deuterium. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are different. In some implementations, one of Y 1 and Y 2 is deuterium and the other is hydrogen.
R8 ë° R9ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ê³¼ R9ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ê³¼ R9ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ë©í¸ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, ë° -CD3ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CD3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.R 8 and R 9 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are the same. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are different. In some embodiments, R 8 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 8 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl, particularly referring to methyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, for example, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkyl group may contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, and -CD 3 , with -CD 3 being mentioned in particular.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì Rfì´ë¤. Rfì ìë -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 is R f . Examples of R f include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , with particular reference to -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ë©í¸ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, ë° -CD3ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CD3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl, with particular reference to methyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, for example, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkyl group can contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkyl groups can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, and -CD 3 , with particular reference to -CD 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , particularly mention is made of -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë -S(O)Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -S(O)CH2F, -S(O)CHF2, -S(O)CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CHF2, -S(O)CH2CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CH2CHF2, -S(O)CH2CH2CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -S(O)CH2F, -S(O)CHF2, ë° -S(O)CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is -S(O)R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -S(O)CH 2 F, -S(O)CHF 2 , -S(O)CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O)CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O)CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , and particularly -S(O)CH 2 F, -S(O)CHF 2 , and -S(O)CF 3 is mentioned.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë -S(O)2Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -S(O)2CH2F, -S(O)2CHF2, -S(O)2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CHF2, -S(O)2CH2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CH2CHF2, -S(O)2CH2CH2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -S(O)2CH2F, -S(O)2CHF2, ë° -S(O)2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is -S(O) 2 R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -S(O) 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CHF 2 , -S(O) 2 CF 3 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S( O) 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S( O ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , and in particular -S(O) 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O) 2 CF 3 are mentioned.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 3-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 4-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 5-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 6-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 7-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 8-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë ìµì íëì ì§ì ê³ ë¦¬ ìì(R8 ë° R9ì ê°ì¬ëë ì§ì ìì)를 í¨ì íë©°, ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì´ 1, 2, 3 ëë 4ê°ì í¤í ë¡ê³ 리 ììì ëí´, ì¶ê° í¤í ë¡ê³ 리 ìì(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì§ì, í© ëë ì°ì)를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤(ì´ ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë ì§ì ê³ ë¦¬ ììì). í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì ìë ìì§ë¦¬ë, ìì í°ë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ì´ìì¸ë, ì¸ë, ëíì´ëë¡ì¸ë, ì¸ë¤ì¡¸, í¨ë¦°, 카르ë°ì¡¸, 카르보린, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦¬ë, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦°, í¼í리ë, í¼íë¼ì§, ì¸ë린, ííì´ë¯¸ë, 1,2,3,4-í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡ì´ìí´ë린, í°ì졸리ë, 모르í´ë¦°, í°ì¤ëª¨ë¥´í´ë¦°ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ìì§ë¦¬ë, ìì í°ë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ë° í¼í리ëì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ íì±í ê²½ì°, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 1ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 2ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 3ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 4ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì ë¶ì ììë¡ ì¹íë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 2ê°ì ë¶ì ììë¡ ì¹íëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 3-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 4-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 5-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 6-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 7-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be an 8-membered ring. A heterocycloalkyl group contains at least one nitrogen ring atom (the nitrogen atom interposed between R 8 and R 9 ) and optionally may contain additional heterocycle atoms (e.g., nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen), for a total of 1, 2, 3 or 4 heterocycle atoms (at least one of which is a nitrogen ring atom). Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, carbazole, carboline, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, thiazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, with particular reference to aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, and piperidine. When R 8 and R 9 are bonded together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl group, the heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with 1 fluorine atom, 2 fluorine atoms, 3 fluorine atoms, 4 fluorine atoms, or more fluorine atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group is substituted with two fluorine atoms.
R8 ë° R9ê° ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ íì±ë, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤:Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups substituted with at least one fluorine, formed by bonding R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, include, but are not limited to:
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì ììë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ê° ììì¸ ê²½ì°, ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì ììë ê²ë¤ì íì±íì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ê° ììì¸ ê²½ì°, ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, 4,4-ëí루ì¤ë¡í¼í리ëë기(ìëì íìë¨)를 íì±íì§ ìëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine, such as those exemplified above. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 , when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen, are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine, such as those exemplified above. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 , when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen, are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a 4,4-difluoropiperidinyl group (as shown below).
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ëíë¸ë¤. ííì (II)ì íí©ë¬¼ìì, R8 ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë¤. 본 ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì ì¡´ì¬íë ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë©°, ì ì¤ nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì Hxë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì Hxë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì´ë íëì Hxë ì¤ììì´ê³ ì ì´ë íëì Hxë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 0ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 1ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 2ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 3ì´ë¤.R f represents a fluoroalkyl group. In the compound of formula (II), at least one of R 8 and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f . Each R f present in the compounds disclosed herein is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium. In some embodiments, each H x is hydrogen. In some embodiments, each H x is deuterium. In some embodiments, at least one H x is deuterium and at least one H x is hydrogen. In some embodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments, n is 3.
Rfì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CD2CH2F, -CD2CHF2, -CD2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CH2CH2F, -CD2CH2CHF2, -CD2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CH2F, -CD2CD2CHF2, -CD2CD2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CH2CH2CH2F, -CD2CH2CH2CHF2, -CD2CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CH2CH2F, -CD2CD2CH2CHF2, -CD2CD2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CD2CH2F, -CD2CD2CD2CHF2, ë° -CD2CD2CD2CF3.Examples of R f include, but are not limited to: -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 F , -CD 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CD 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CHF 2 , and -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì íëì Rf기를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë©°, R8ì í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íì§ ìë 기를 ëíë´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ê¸°ìì R8ì -CH3 ëë CD3ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9 ë 모ëë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the compound comprises an R f group. In some embodiments, R 9 represents a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., a group that does not comprise R f , for example, wherein R 8 is -CH 3 or CD 3 . In some embodiments, both R 8 and R 9 comprise a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , which may be the same or different.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ê° ììì´ê³ R8ì´ ìì ëë ë©í¸ì¸ ê²½ì°, R9ë -CH2CF3ì´ ìëë¤.In some implementations, when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen and R 8 is hydrogen or methyl, then R 9 is not -CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´ ííì (II)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¤ìì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë¤:In some embodiments, the compound, for example the compound of formula (II), is selected from the group consisting of:
ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì ê° ìëë¤.In some implementations, the compound is It is not.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì ì´ ìëë¤.In some implementations, the compound is This is not it.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì ì´ ìëë¤.In some implementations, the compound is This is not it.
ííì (III)Chemical formula (III)
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ííì (III)ì 구조, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ê°ì§ë©°,In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) has the structure of formula (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R8 ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, Rf를 í¬í¨íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë¤.wherein at least one of R 8 and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, R f , or R 8 and R 9 are bonded together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
X1ê³¼ X2ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ê³¼ X2ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ê³¼ X2ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ì ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ , X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, ë° n-íë¡íì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, ë°ëì§íê²ë ë©í¸ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X2ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, -CD3, -CFH2, -CF2H, -CF3 ë±ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2 ì¤ íëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ë¤ë¥¸ íëë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ìë¤ë§í¸, ìí´ë¡íë¡í, ìí´ë¡ë¶í¸, ìí´ë¡íí¸, ìí´ë¡í¥ì¤, ë° ìí´ë¡ì¥í¸ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ìí¬, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤.X 1 and X 2 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are the same. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are hydrogen. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are deuterium. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are different. In some embodiments, X 1 is hydrogen or deuterium and X 2 is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl). In some embodiments, X 2 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, and n-propyl, and preferably methyl. In some embodiments, X 2 is substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. The alkyl group may contain one or more substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, -CD 3 , -CFH 2 , -CF 2 H, -CF 3 , and the like. In some embodiments, one of X 1 and X 2 is deuterium and the other is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, for example, unsubstituted or substituted allyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. Preferred substituents include but are not limited to alkyl, deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. The cycloalkyl group can contain one or more substituents.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted aryl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
Y1 ë° Y2ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1ê³¼ Y2ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1ê³¼ Y2ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2 ì¤ íëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ë¤ë¥¸ íëë ììì´ë¤.Y 1 and Y 2 can be the same or different. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are the same. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are hydrogen. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are deuterium. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are different. In some implementations, one of Y 1 and Y 2 is deuterium and the other is hydrogen.
R8 ë° R9ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ê³¼ R9ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ê³¼ R9ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ë©í¸ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, ë° -CD3ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CD3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.R 8 and R 9 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are the same. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are different. In some embodiments, R 8 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 8 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl, particularly referring to methyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, for example, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkyl group may contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, and -CD 3 , with -CD 3 being mentioned in particular.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì Rfì´ë¤. Rfì ìë -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 is R f . Examples of R f include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , with particular reference to -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ë©í¸ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, ë° -CD3ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CD3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl, with particular reference to methyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, for example, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkyl group can contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkyl groups can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, and -CD 3 , with particular reference to -CD 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , particularly mention is made of -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë -S(O)Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -S(O)CH2F, -S(O)CHF2, -S(O)CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CHF2, -S(O)CH2CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CH2CHF2, -S(O)CH2CH2CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -S(O)CH2F, -S(O)CHF2, ë° -S(O)CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is -S(O)R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -S(O)CH 2 F, -S(O)CHF 2 , -S(O)CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O)CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O)CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , and particularly -S(O)CH 2 F, -S(O)CHF 2 , and -S(O)CF 3 is mentioned.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë -S(O)2Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -S(O)2CH2F, -S(O)2CHF2, -S(O)2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CHF2, -S(O)2CH2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CH2CHF2, -S(O)2CH2CH2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -S(O)2CH2F, -S(O)2CHF2, ë° -S(O)2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is -S(O) 2 R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -S(O) 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CHF 2 , -S(O) 2 CF 3 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S( O) 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S( O ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , and in particular -S(O) 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O) 2 CF 3 are mentioned.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 3-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 4-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 5-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 6-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 7-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 8-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë ìµì íëì ì§ì ê³ ë¦¬ ìì(R8 ë° R9ì ê°ì¬ëë ì§ì ìì)를 í¨ì íë©°, ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì´ 1, 2, 3 ëë 4ê°ì í¤í ë¡ê³ 리 ììì ëí´, ì¶ê° í¤í ë¡ê³ 리 ìì(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì§ì, í© ëë ì°ì)를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤(ì´ ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë ì§ì ê³ ë¦¬ ììì). í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì ìë ìì§ë¦¬ë, ìì í°ë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ì´ìì¸ë, ì¸ë, ëíì´ëë¡ì¸ë, ì¸ë¤ì¡¸, í¨ë¦°, 카르ë°ì¡¸, 카르보린, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦¬ë, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦°, í¼í리ë, í¼íë¼ì§, ì¸ë린, ííì´ë¯¸ë, 1,2,3,4-í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡ì´ìí´ë린, í°ì졸리ë, 모르í´ë¦°, í°ì¤ëª¨ë¥´í´ë¦°ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ìì§ë¦¬ë, ìì í°ë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ë° í¼í리ëì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ íì±í ê²½ì°, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 1ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 2ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 3ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 4ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì ë¶ì ììë¡ ì¹íë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 2ê°ì ë¶ì ììë¡ ì¹íëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 3-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 4-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 5-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 6-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 7-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be an 8-membered ring. A heterocycloalkyl group contains at least one nitrogen ring atom (the nitrogen atom interposed between R 8 and R 9 ) and optionally may contain additional heterocycle atoms (e.g., nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen), for a total of 1, 2, 3 or 4 heterocycle atoms (at least one of which is a nitrogen ring atom). Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, carbazole, carboline, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, thiazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, with particular reference to aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, and piperidine. When R 8 and R 9 are bonded together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl group, the heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with 1 fluorine atom, 2 fluorine atoms, 3 fluorine atoms, 4 fluorine atoms, or more fluorine atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group is substituted with two fluorine atoms.
R8 ë° R9ê° ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ íì±ë, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤:Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups substituted with at least one fluorine, formed by bonding R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, include, but are not limited to:
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì ììë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ê° ììì¸ ê²½ì°, ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì ììë ê²ë¤ì íì±íì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ê° ììì¸ ê²½ì°, ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, 4,4-ëí루ì¤ë¡í¼í리ëë기(ìëì íìë¨)를 íì±íì§ ìëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine, such as those exemplified above. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 , when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen, are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine, such as those exemplified above. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 , when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen, are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a 4,4-difluoropiperidinyl group (as shown below).
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ëíë¸ë¤. ííì (III)ì íí©ë¬¼ìì, R8 ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë¤. 본 ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì ì¡´ì¬íë ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë©°, ì ì¤ nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì Hxë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì Hxë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì´ë íëì Hxë ì¤ììì´ê³ ì ì´ë íëì Hxë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 0ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 1ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 2ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 3ì´ë¤.R f represents a fluoroalkyl group. In the compound of formula (III), at least one of R 8 and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f . Each R f present in the compounds disclosed herein is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium. In some embodiments, each H x is hydrogen. In some embodiments, each H x is deuterium. In some embodiments, at least one H x is deuterium and at least one H x is hydrogen. In some embodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments, n is 3.
Rfì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CD2CH2F, -CD2CHF2, -CD2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CH2CH2F, -CD2CH2CHF2, -CD2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CH2F, -CD2CD2CHF2, -CD2CD2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CH2CH2CH2F, -CD2CH2CH2CHF2, -CD2CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CH2CH2F, -CD2CD2CH2CHF2, -CD2CD2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CD2CH2F, -CD2CD2CD2CHF2, ë° -CD2CD2CD2CF3. Examples of R f include, but are not limited to: -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 F , -CD 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CD 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CHF 2 , and -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CF 3.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì íëì Rf기를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë©°, R8ì í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íì§ ìë 기를 ëíë´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ê¸°ìì R8ì -CH3 ëë CD3ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9 ë 모ëë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the compound comprises an R f group. In some embodiments, R 9 represents a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., a group that does not comprise R f , for example, wherein R 8 is -CH 3 or CD 3 . In some embodiments, both R 8 and R 9 comprise a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , which may be the same or different.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´ ííì (III)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¤ìì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë¤:In some embodiments, the compound, for example, the compound of formula (III), is selected from the group consisting of:
ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof.
ííì (IV)Chemical formula (IV)
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ííì (IV)ì 구조, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ê°ì§ë©°,In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) has the structure of formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R5ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì, ë° -ORfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 5 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxy substituted with one or more deuterium, and -OR f ;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íê³ /íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë¤.wherein at least one of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , and/or R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
X1ê³¼ X2ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ê³¼ X2ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ê³¼ X2ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ì ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ , X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, ë° n-íë¡íì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, ë°ëì§íê²ë ë©í¸ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X2ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, -CD3, -CFH2, -CF2H, -CF3 ë±ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2 ì¤ íëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ë¤ë¥¸ íëë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ìë¤ë§í¸, ìí´ë¡íë¡í, ìí´ë¡ë¶í¸, ìí´ë¡íí¸, ìí´ë¡í¥ì¤, ë° ìí´ë¡ì¥í¸ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ìí¬, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤.X 1 and X 2 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are the same. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are hydrogen. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are deuterium. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are different. In some embodiments, X 1 is hydrogen or deuterium and X 2 is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl). In some embodiments, X 2 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, and n-propyl, and preferably methyl. In some embodiments, X 2 is substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. The alkyl group may contain one or more substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, -CD 3 , -CFH 2 , -CF 2 H, -CF 3 , and the like. In some embodiments, one of X 1 and X 2 is deuterium and the other is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, for example, unsubstituted or substituted allyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. Preferred substituents include but are not limited to alkyl, deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. The cycloalkyl group can contain one or more substituents.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted aryl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
Y1 ë° Y2ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1ê³¼ Y2ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1ê³¼ Y2ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2 ì¤ íëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ë¤ë¥¸ íëë ììì´ë¤.Y 1 and Y 2 can be the same or different. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are the same. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are hydrogen. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are deuterium. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are different. In some implementations, one of Y 1 and Y 2 is deuterium and the other is hydrogen.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìì½ì기, ì컨ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìì½ì기ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¡ì, ìí¡ì, n-íë¡íì, ì´ìíë¡íì, n-ë¶í¡ì, ì´ìë¶í¡ì, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¡ì, t-ë¶í¡ì, n-íí¡ì, ë¤ì¤íí¡ì, ë° í¥ì¤ì¥ì를 í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìì½ì기ì´ë¤. ìì½ì기ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì½ìê¸°ê° C1 ìì½ì기(ì¦, ë©í¡ì기)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìì½ì기ë -OCDH2, -OCD2H, ë° -OCD3ì¼ ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, R 5 is an unsubstituted alkoxy group, such as an unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, examples of which include but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, di-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentoxy, neopentoxy, and hexoxy. In some embodiments, R 5 is an alkoxy group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkoxy group can contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkoxy group is a C 1 alkoxy group (i.e., a methoxy group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkoxy group can be -OCDH 2 , -OCD 2 H, and -OCD 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë -ORfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -OCH2F, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH2CH2F, -OCH2CHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCH2CH2CH2F, -OCH2CH2CHF2, -OCH2CH2CF3, -OCH2CH2CH2CH2F, -OCH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -OCH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -OCH2F, -OCHF2, ë° -OCF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 5 is -OR f , examples of which include but are not limited to -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 F, -OCH 2 CHF 2 , -OCH 2 CF 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -OCH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , particularly mentioning -OCH 2 F, -OCHF 2 , and -OCF 3 .
R8 ë° R9ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ê³¼ R9ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ê³¼ R9ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ë©í¸ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, ë° -CD3ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CD3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.R 8 and R 9 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are the same. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are different. In some embodiments, R 8 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 8 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl, particularly referring to methyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, for example, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkyl group may contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, and -CD 3 , with -CD 3 being mentioned in particular.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì Rfì´ë¤. Rfì ìë -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 is R f . Examples of R f include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , with particular reference to -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ë©í¸ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, ë° -CD3ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CD3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl, with particular reference to methyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, for example, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkyl group can contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkyl groups can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, and -CD 3 , with particular reference to -CD 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , particularly mention is made of -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë -S(O)Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -S(O)CH2F, -S(O)CHF2, -S(O)CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CHF2, -S(O)CH2CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CH2CHF2, -S(O)CH2CH2CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -S(O)CH2F, -S(O)CHF2, ë° -S(O)CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is -S(O)R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -S(O)CH 2 F, -S(O)CHF 2 , -S(O)CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O)CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O)CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , and particularly -S(O)CH 2 F, -S(O)CHF 2 , and -S(O)CF 3 is mentioned.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë -S(O)2Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -S(O)2CH2F, -S(O)2CHF2, -S(O)2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CHF2, -S(O)2CH2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CH2CHF2, -S(O)2CH2CH2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -S(O)2CH2F, -S(O)2CHF2, ë° -S(O)2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is -S(O) 2 R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -S(O) 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CHF 2 , -S(O) 2 CF 3 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S( O) 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S( O ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , and in particular -S(O) 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O) 2 CF 3 are mentioned.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 3-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 4-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 5-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 6-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 7-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 8-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë ìµì íëì ì§ì ê³ ë¦¬ ìì(R8 ë° R9ì ê°ì¬ëë ì§ì ìì)를 í¨ì íë©°, ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì´ 1, 2, 3 ëë 4ê°ì í¤í ë¡ê³ 리 ììì ëí´, ì¶ê° í¤í ë¡ê³ 리 ìì(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì§ì, í© ëë ì°ì)를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤(ì´ ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë ì§ì ê³ ë¦¬ ììì). í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì ìë ìì§ë¦¬ë, ìì í°ë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ì´ìì¸ë, ì¸ë, ëíì´ëë¡ì¸ë, ì¸ë¤ì¡¸, í¨ë¦°, 카르ë°ì¡¸, 카르보린, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦¬ë, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦°, í¼í리ë, í¼íë¼ì§, ì¸ë린, ííì´ë¯¸ë, 1,2,3,4-í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡ì´ìí´ë린, í°ì졸리ë, 모르í´ë¦°, í°ì¤ëª¨ë¥´í´ë¦°ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ìì§ë¦¬ë, ìì í°ë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ë° í¼í리ëì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ íì±í ê²½ì°, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 1ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 2ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 3ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 4ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì ë¶ì ììë¡ ì¹íë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 2ê°ì ë¶ì ììë¡ ì¹íëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 3-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 4-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 5-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 6-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 7-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be an 8-membered ring. A heterocycloalkyl group contains at least one nitrogen ring atom (the nitrogen atom interposed between R 8 and R 9 ) and optionally may contain additional heterocycle atoms (e.g., nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen), for a total of 1, 2, 3 or 4 heterocycle atoms (at least one of which is a nitrogen ring atom). Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, carbazole, carboline, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, thiazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, with particular reference to aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, and piperidine. When R 8 and R 9 are bonded together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl group, the heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with 1 fluorine atom, 2 fluorine atoms, 3 fluorine atoms, 4 fluorine atoms, or more fluorine atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group is substituted with two fluorine atoms.
R8 ë° R9ê° ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ íì±ë, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤:Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups substituted with at least one fluorine, formed by bonding R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, include, but are not limited to:
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì ììë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ê° ììì¸ ê²½ì°, ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì ììë ê²ë¤ì íì±íì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ê° ììì¸ ê²½ì°, ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, 4,4-ëí루ì¤ë¡í¼í리ëë기(ìëì íìë¨)를 íì±íì§ ìëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine, such as those exemplified above. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 , when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen, are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine, such as those exemplified above. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 , when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen, are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a 4,4-difluoropiperidinyl group (as shown below).
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ëíë¸ë¤. ííì (IV)ì íí©ë¬¼ìì, R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë¤. 본 ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì ì¡´ì¬íë ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë©°, ì ì¤ nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì Hxë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì Hxë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì´ë íëì Hxë ì¤ììì´ê³ ì ì´ë íëì Hxë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 0ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 1ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 2ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 3ì´ë¤.R f represents a fluoroalkyl group. In the compound of formula (IV), at least one of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f . Each R f present in the compounds disclosed herein is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium. In some embodiments, each H x is hydrogen. In some embodiments, each H x is deuterium. In some embodiments, at least one H x is deuterium and at least one H x is hydrogen. In some embodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments, n is 3.
Rfì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CD2CH2F, -CD2CHF2, -CD2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CH2CH2F, -CD2CH2CHF2, -CD2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CH2F, -CD2CD2CHF2, -CD2CD2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CH2CH2CH2F, -CD2CH2CH2CHF2, -CD2CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CH2CH2F, -CD2CD2CH2CHF2, -CD2CD2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CD2CH2F, -CD2CD2CD2CHF2, ë° -CD2CD2CD2CF3.Examples of R f include, but are not limited to: -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 F , -CD 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CD 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CHF 2 , and -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì íëì Rf기를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë©°, R8 ë° R9ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íì§ ìë 기를 ëíë´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ê¸°ìì R8 ë° R9ë ê°ê° -CH3 ëë CD3ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë©°, R5 ë° R8ì í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íì§ ìë 기를 ëíë´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ê¸°ìì R5ë -OCH3 ëë -OCD3ì´ê³ , R8ì -CH3 ëë CD3ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the compound comprises an R f group. In some embodiments, R 5 represents a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., a group that does not comprise R f , for example, wherein R 8 and R 9 are each -CH 3 or CD 3 . In some embodiments, R 9 represents a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., a group that does not comprise R f , for example, wherein R 5 is -OCH 3 or -OCD 3 and R 8 is -CH 3 or CD 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5, R8, ë° R9 ì¤ 2ê°ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë©°, R5ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íì§ ìë 기를 ëíë´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ê¸°ìì R5ë -OCH3 ëë -OCD3ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R5 ë° R9ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë©°, R8ì í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íì§ ìë 기를 ëíë´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ê¸°ìì R8ì H, -CH3 ëë CD3ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, two of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprise a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , which can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 comprise a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , which can be the same or different, and R 5 represents a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., a group that does not comprise R f , for example, wherein R 5 is -OCH 3 or -OCD 3 . In some embodiments, R 5 and R 9 comprise a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , which can be the same or different, and R 8 represents a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., a group that does not comprise R f , for example, wherein R 8 is H, -CH 3 or CD 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì R5, R8, ë° R9ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë©°, ì´ë¤ì 모ë ëì¼í ì ìê±°ë, 모ë ìì´í ì ìê±°ë, 2ê°ì Rf기ë ëì¼íê³ ì¸ë²ì§¸ Rf기ë ìì´í ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, each of R 5 , R 8 , and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , which can be all the same, all different, or two R f groups are the same and the third R f group is different.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´ ííì (IV)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¤ìì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë¤:In some embodiments, the compound, for example, the compound of formula (IV), is selected from the group consisting of:
ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof.
ííì (V)Chemical formula (V)
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ííì (V)ì 구조, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ê°ì§ë©°,In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) has the structure of formula (V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof,
ì ì¤: During the meal:
X1 ë° X2ë ìì, ì¤ìì, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ë, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴, ë° ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ë¡ë¶í° ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;X 1 and X 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Y1 ë° Y2ë ìì ë° ì¤ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëê³ ;Y 1 and Y 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and deuterium;
R8ì ìì, ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ë° Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê³ ;R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, and R f ;
R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, Rf, -S(O)Rf, ë° -S(O)2Rfë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëê±°ë;R 9 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, R f , -S(O)R f , and -S(O) 2 R f ;
ëìì ì¼ë¡, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ì íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íê³ ; Alternatively, R 8 and R 9 are optionally combined together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine;
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë, nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ;R f is a fluoroalkyl group, wherein each R f is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium;
ì¬ê¸°ìì R8 ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, Rf를 í¬í¨íê±°ë, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë¤.wherein at least one of R 8 and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, R f , or R 8 and R 9 are bonded together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine.
X1ê³¼ X2ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ê³¼ X2ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ê³¼ X2ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1ì ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ê³ , X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¬(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, ë° n-íë¡íì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, ë°ëì§íê²ë ë©í¸ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X2ë ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, -CD3, -CFH2, -CF2H, -CF3 ë±ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë° X2 ì¤ íëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ë¤ë¥¸ íëë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìì¼ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ìí¤ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ìë¤ë§í¸, ìí´ë¡íë¡í, ìí´ë¡ë¶í¸, ìí´ë¡íí¸, ìí´ë¡í¥ì¤, ë° ìí´ë¡ì¥í¸ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íë C3-C10 ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ë°ëì§í ì¹í기ë ìí¬, ì¤ìì, í ë¡ê²(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶ì), ê·¹ì± ì¹í기, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì¤ ëë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ì¹í기 ë±ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤.X 1 and X 2 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are the same. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are hydrogen. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are deuterium. In some embodiments, X 1 and X 2 are different. In some embodiments, X 1 is hydrogen or deuterium and X 2 is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl (e.g., unsubstituted or substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl). In some embodiments, X 2 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, and n-propyl, and preferably methyl. In some embodiments, X 2 is substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. The alkyl group may contain one or more substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, -CD 3 , -CFH 2 , -CF 2 H, -CF 3 , and the like. In some embodiments, one of X 1 and X 2 is deuterium and the other is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted alkenyl, for example, unsubstituted or substituted allyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted alkynyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are substituted C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl. Preferred substituents include but are not limited to alkyl, deuterium, halogen (e.g., fluorine), polar substituents such as hydroxyl or polyether substituents, and the like. The cycloalkyl group can contain one or more substituents.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë ì릴ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, X1 ë°/ëë X2ë ì¹íëì§ ììê±°ë ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ì릴ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted aryl. In some embodiments, X 1 and/or X 2 are unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
Y1 ë° Y2ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1ê³¼ Y2ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2ë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2ë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1ê³¼ Y2ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, Y1 ë° Y2 ì¤ íëë ì¤ììì´ê³ ë¤ë¥¸ íëë ììì´ë¤.Y 1 and Y 2 can be the same or different. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are the same. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are hydrogen. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are deuterium. In some implementations, Y 1 and Y 2 are different. In some implementations, one of Y 1 and Y 2 is deuterium and the other is hydrogen.
R8 ë° R9ë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ê³¼ R9ë ëì¼íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ê³¼ R9ë ìì´íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ë©í¸ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, ë° -CD3ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CD3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.R 8 and R 9 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are the same. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are different. In some embodiments, R 8 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 8 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl, particularly referring to methyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, for example, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkyl group may contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkyl group can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, and -CD 3 , with -CD 3 being mentioned in particular.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8ì Rfì´ë¤. Rfì ìë -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 is R f . Examples of R f include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , with particular reference to -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì ìí¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë ì¹íëì§ ìì C1-C6 ìí¬ì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë ë©í¸, ìí¸, n-íë¡í, ì´ìíë¡í, n-ë¶í¸, ì´ìë¶í¸, ì´ì°¨-ë¶í¸, t-ë¶í¸, n-íí¸, ë¤ì¤íí¸, ë° í¥ì¤ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ë©í¸ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë ì´ìì ì¤ììë¡ ì¹íë C1-C6 ìí¬ê¸°ì´ë¤. ìí¬ê¸°ë íë ëë ë ì´ìì ì¤ìì ì¹í기를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ê¸°ê° C1 ìí¬ê¸°(ì¦, ë©í¸ê¸°)ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¤ìì ì¹íë C1 ìí¬ê¸°ë -CDH2, -CD2H, ë° -CD3ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CD3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, examples of which include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, neopentyl, and hexyl, with particular reference to methyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is alkyl substituted with one or more deuterium, for example, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group substituted with one or more deuterium. The alkyl group can contain one or more deuterium substituents. For example, when the alkyl group is a C 1 alkyl group (i.e., a methyl group), the deuterium substituted C 1 alkyl groups can be -CDH 2 , -CD 2 H, and -CD 3 , with particular reference to -CD 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -CH2CH2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , particularly mention is made of -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë -S(O)Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -S(O)CH2F, -S(O)CHF2, -S(O)CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CHF2, -S(O)CH2CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CH2CHF2, -S(O)CH2CH2CF3, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -S(O)CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -S(O)CH2F, -S(O)CHF2, ë° -S(O)CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is -S(O)R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -S(O)CH 2 F, -S(O)CHF 2 , -S(O)CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O)CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O)CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O)CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , and particularly -S(O)CH 2 F, -S(O)CHF 2 , and -S(O)CF 3 is mentioned.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë -S(O)2Rfì´ë©°, ì´ì ìë -S(O)2CH2F, -S(O)2CHF2, -S(O)2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CHF2, -S(O)2CH2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CH2CHF2, -S(O)2CH2CH2CF3, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CHF2, ë° -S(O)2CH2CH2CH2CF3ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í -S(O)2CH2F, -S(O)2CHF2, ë° -S(O)2CF3ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, R 9 is -S(O) 2 R f , examples of which include but are not limited to -S(O) 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CHF 2 , -S(O) 2 CF 3 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S( O) 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -S( O ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , and in particular -S(O) 2 CH 2 F, -S(O) 2 CHF 2 , and -S(O) 2 CF 3 are mentioned.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 3-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 4-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 5-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 6-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 7-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 8-ì ê³ ë¦¬ì¼ ì ìë¤. í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë ìµì íëì ì§ì ê³ ë¦¬ ìì(R8 ë° R9ì ê°ì¬ëë ì§ì ìì)를 í¨ì íë©°, ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì´ 1, 2, 3 ëë 4ê°ì í¤í ë¡ê³ 리 ììì ëí´, ì¶ê° í¤í ë¡ê³ 리 ìì(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì§ì, í© ëë ì°ì)를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤(ì´ ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë ì§ì ê³ ë¦¬ ììì). í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì ìë ìì§ë¦¬ë, ìì í°ë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ì´ìì¸ë, ì¸ë, ëíì´ëë¡ì¸ë, ì¸ë¤ì¡¸, í¨ë¦°, 카르ë°ì¡¸, 카르보린, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦¬ë, ì´ë¯¸ë¤ì¡¸ë¦°, í¼í리ë, í¼íë¼ì§, ì¸ë린, ííì´ë¯¸ë, 1,2,3,4-í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡ì´ìí´ë린, í°ì졸리ë, 모르í´ë¦°, í°ì¤ëª¨ë¥´í´ë¦°ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì¼ë©°, í¹í ìì§ë¦¬ë, ìì í°ë, í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ë° í¼í리ëì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©ëì´ í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ íì±í ê²½ì°, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 1ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 2ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 3ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, 4ê°ì ë¶ì ìì, ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì ë¶ì ììë¡ ì¹íë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë 2ê°ì ë¶ì ììë¡ ì¹íëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 3-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 4-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 5-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 6-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be a 7-membered ring. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group can be an 8-membered ring. A heterocycloalkyl group contains at least one nitrogen ring atom (the nitrogen atom interposed between R 8 and R 9 ) and optionally may contain additional heterocycle atoms (e.g., nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen), for a total of 1, 2, 3 or 4 heterocycle atoms (at least one of which is a nitrogen ring atom). Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, carbazole, carboline, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, thiazolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, with particular reference to aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, and piperidine. When R 8 and R 9 are bonded together with the nitrogen atom attached thereto to form a heterocycloalkyl group, the heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with 1 fluorine atom, 2 fluorine atoms, 3 fluorine atoms, 4 fluorine atoms, or more fluorine atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group is substituted with two fluorine atoms.
R8 ë° R9ê° ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì í¨ê» ê²°í©í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ íì±ë, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤:Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups substituted with at least one fluorine, formed by bonding R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, include, but are not limited to:
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì ììë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬ì íì±íì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ê° ììì¸ ê²½ì°, ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì´ë íëì ë¶ìë¡ ì¹íë í¤í ë¡ìí´ë¡ìí¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì ììë ê²ë¤ì íì±íì§ ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9ë, X1, X2, Y1, ë° Y2ê° ììì¸ ê²½ì°, ì´ì ë¶ì°©ë ì§ì ììì ê²°í©ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, 4,4-ëí루ì¤ë¡í¼í리ëë기(ìëì íìë¨)를 íì±íì§ ìëë¤.In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine, such as those exemplified above. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 , when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen, are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a heterocycloalkyl substituted with at least one fluorine, such as those exemplified above. In some embodiments, R 8 and R 9 , when X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 , and Y 2 are hydrogen, are not bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are attached and do not form a 4,4-difluoropiperidinyl group (as shown below).
Rfë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ëíë¸ë¤. ííì (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ìì, R8 ë° R9 ì¤ ì ì´ë íëë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë¤. 본 ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì ì¡´ì¬íë ê°ê°ì Rfë -(CHx 2)nCH2F, -(CHx 2)nCHF2, ë° -(CHx 2)nCF3ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì íëë©°, ì ì¤ nì 0 ë´ì§ 3ì´ê³ , ê°ê°ì Hxë ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ìì ëë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì Hxë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ê°ê°ì Hxë ì¤ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì´ë íëì Hxë ì¤ììì´ê³ ì ì´ë íëì Hxë ììì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 0ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 1ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 2ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, nì 3ì´ë¤.R f represents a fluoroalkyl group. In the compound of formula (V), at least one of R 8 and R 9 comprises a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f . Each R f present in the compounds disclosed herein is independently selected from the group consisting of -(CH x 2 ) n CH 2 F, -(CH x 2 ) n CHF 2 , and -(CH x 2 ) n CF 3 , wherein n is 0 to 3, and each H x is independently hydrogen or deuterium. In some embodiments, each H x is hydrogen. In some embodiments, each H x is deuterium. In some embodiments, at least one H x is deuterium and at least one H x is hydrogen. In some embodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments, n is 3.
Rfì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, -CD2CH2F, -CD2CHF2, -CD2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CH2CH2F, -CD2CH2CHF2, -CD2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CH2F, -CD2CD2CHF2, -CD2CD2CF3, -CH2CH2CH2CH2F, -CH2CH2CH2CHF2, -CH2CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CH2CH2CH2F, -CD2CH2CH2CHF2, -CD2CH2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CH2CH2F, -CD2CD2CH2CHF2, -CD2CD2CH2CF3, -CD2CD2CD2CH2F, -CD2CD2CD2CHF2, ë° -CD2CD2CD2CF3. Examples of R f include, but are not limited to: -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 F , -CD 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CD 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CHF 2 , -CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 CF 3 , -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CH 2 F, -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CHF 2 , and -CD 2 CD 2 CD 2 CF 3.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì íëì Rf기를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R9ë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë©°, R8ì í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íì§ ìë 기를 ëíë´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ê¸°ìì R8ì -CH3 ëë CD3ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, R8 ë° R9 ë 모ëë ëì¼íê±°ë ìì´í ì ìë í루ì¤ë¡ìí¬ê¸°, ì¦ Rf를 í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the compound comprises an R f group. In some embodiments, R 9 represents a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., a group that does not comprise R f , for example, wherein R 8 is -CH 3 or CD 3 . In some embodiments, both R 8 and R 9 comprise a fluoroalkyl group, i.e., R f , which may be the same or different.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¤ìì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë¤:In some embodiments, the compound of formula (V) is selected from the group consisting of:
ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼.Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof.
ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì ì²´ ì¤ì¬ì í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ê²½ì°, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì´ ì ì²´ííì 참조íì§ ìê³ ëìë ì§ë¼ë, í´ë¹ íí©ë¬¼ì ìì´í ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ ííë¡ ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë¤. ë°ë¼ì, 본 ê°ìë 모ë ê°ë¥í ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨íê³ , ë¼ì¸ë¯¸ íí©ë¬¼ë¿ë§ ìëë¼ ê°ë³ ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì²´(ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì ì¸ ìì íí©ë¬¼), ê°ë³ ë¶ë¶ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´(ë¶ë¶ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì ì¸ ìì íí©ë¬¼), ë° ì´ë¤ì ë¹-ë¼ì¸ë¯¸ í¼í©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë¤. íí©ë¬¼ì´ ë¨ì¼ ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì²´ë¡ì ì구ëë ê²½ì°, ì´ë ë¹ì ê³ì ê³µì§ë ë°ì ê°ì´, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì ì²´í¹ì´ì í©ì±ì ìí´ ìëë ì ìë¤.The compounds of formulae (I) to (V) may contain stereogenic centers. In such cases, even though formulae (I) to (V) are depicted without reference to stereochemistry, the compounds may exist in different stereoisomeric forms. Accordingly, the present disclosure includes all possible stereoisomers, and includes not only the racemic compounds but also the individual enantiomers (enantiomerically pure compounds), individual diastereomers (diastereomeric pure compounds), and non-racemic mixtures thereof. When the compounds are desired as single enantiomers, they can be obtained, for example, by stereospecific synthesis, as is known in the art.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì 기ì ë íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¹-ì ì²´íì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì 기ì ë íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¼ì¸ë¯¸ íí©ë¬¼ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì 기ì ë íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì ì¸ ìì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íì¬, ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì²´ê° íë¶íë¤(íëì ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì²´ê° ë³´ë¤ ëì ë°±ë¶ì¨ë¡ ì¡´ì¬í¨). ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì 기ì ë íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¨ì¼ ë¶ë¶ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ë¡ì ì ê³µëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì 기ì ë íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¶ë¶ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ì í¼í©ë¬¼ë¡ì ì ê³µëë¤. ë¶ë¶ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ì í¼í©ë¬¼ë¡ì ì ê³µëë ê²½ì°, í´ë¹ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ëì¼í í¼í©ë¬¼, ëë í¹ì ë¶ë¶ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ê° íë¶í í¼í©ë¬¼(íëì ë¶ë¶ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ê° ë¤ë¥¸ ê²ë³´ë¤ ë³´ë¤ ëì ë°±ë¶ì¨ë¡ ì¡´ì¬í¨)ì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the compounds described herein, e.g., compounds of Formulae (I)-(V), are non-stereomeric. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein, e.g., compounds of Formulae (I)-(V), are racemic. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein, e.g., compounds of Formulae (I)-(V), are enantiomerically enriched (one enantiomer is present in a greater percentage), including enantiomerically pure compounds. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein, e.g., compounds of Formulae (I)-(V), are provided as single diastereomers. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein, e.g., compounds of Formulae (I)-(V), are provided as a mixture of diastereomers. When provided as a mixture of diastereomers, the mixture may include identical mixtures, or mixtures enriched in particular diastereomers (one diastereomer being present in a higher percentage than the other).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ì ìì©ì ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the compounds of formulae (I) to (V) are agonists of the serotonin 5-HT 2 receptor.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ì ìì©ì ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the compounds of formulae (I) to (V) are agonists of the serotonin 5-HT 2A receptor.
ëí, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´ ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë¤. ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ì´ ì° ë¶ê° ì¼ì¸ ê²½ì°, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ì íì±í기 ìí´ ì¬ì©ëë ì°ì, 1ì°, 2ì°, 3ì°, 4ì°ì¼ ì ìê±°ë, ë ë§ì ìì ì° ê¸°ë¥¼ í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì° ê¸°ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, 카르복ìì°, ì¤í°ì°, í¬ì¤í°ì°, ëë ì ì´ë íëì êµì²´ ê°ë¥í ìì ìì를 í¨ì íë ë¤ë¥¸ ì°ì± 모ì´ì´í°ì¼ ì ìë¤. 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í (ì° ë¶ê°) ì¼ì ì ì¡°ì ì¬ì©í기 ìí ì°ì ìë, ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: ìì¸í¸ì°, 2,2-ëí´ë¡ë¡ìì¸í¸ì°, íëìì¸í¸ì°, ìì¤íë ìë¯¸ë ¸ì°, ì긴ì°, ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë¸ì°, L-ìì¤í르í¸ì°, ì¤í°ì°(ì를 ë¤ì´, 벤ì ì¤í°ì°, ìºí¬ë¥´ì¤í°ì°, (+)-(1S)-ìºí¬ë¥´-10-ì¤í°ì°, ìí-1,2-ëì¤í°ì°, ìíì¤í°ì°, 2-íì´ëë¡ì-ìíì¤í°ì°, ë©íì¤í°ì°, ëííë -2-ì¤í°ì°, ëííë -1,5-ëì¤í°ì°, p-í¨ë£¨ìì¤í°ì°, ìíëì¤í°ì°, ë±), ë²¤ì¡°ì° (ì를 ë¤ì´, 벤조ì°, 4-ìì¸í¸ì미ë벤조ì°, 2-ìì¸í¡ì벤조ì°, ì´ë¦¬ì¤ì°, 4-ìë¯¸ë ¸-ì´ë¦¬ì¤ì°, ê²í°ì¤ì°, ë±), ë¶ì°, (+)-ìºí¬ë¥´ì°, ì ë¨ì°, ìí¸ë¥´ì°, ìí´ëì°, ìí´ë¡í¥ì°ì¤íì°, ëë°ì¤ì¤í¼ì°, í¬ë¦ì°, í¸ë§ë¥´ì°, ê°ë½í르ì°, ê¸ë£¨ì½íµí¤ì°, D-ê¸ë£¨ì½ì°, D-ê¸ë£¨ì¿ ë¡ ì°, L-ê¸ë£¨íì°, α-ì¥ì-ê¸ë£¨í르ì°, ê¸ë¦¬ì½ì°, íí¸ë¥´ì°, íì´ëë¡ë¸ë¡¬ì°, íì´ëë¡í´ë¡ë¥´ì°, íì´ëë¡ìì¤ëì°, (+)-L-ë½í¸ì°, (-)-D-ë½í¸ì°, (±)-DL-ë½í¸ì°, ë½í ë¹ì¨ì°, ë§ë ì°, ë§ì°, (-)-L-ë§ì°, (+)-D-ë§ì°, íì´ëë¡ìë§ë ì°, ë§ë¡ ì°, (±)-DL-ë§ë¸ì°, ì´ì¸í°ì¨ì°, 1-íì´ëë¡ì-2-ëíí ì°, ëì½í´ì°, ëí¸ë¦ì°, ì¤ë¡í¸ì°, ì¥ì´ì°, í모ì°, í¼í´ë¡ë¥´ì°, í¬ì¤í¬ë¥´ì°, L-í¼ë¡ê¸ë£¨íì°, ì¬ì¹´ë¦°ì°, ìì ì°, ì¤í¼ì°, ì¤íì°, íëì°, í르í르ì°(ì를 ë¤ì´, DL-í르í르ì°, (+)-L-í르í르ì°, (-)-D-í르í르ì°), í°ì¤ììì°, íë¡í¼ì¨ì°, ë°ë 르ì°, ë° ì§ë°©ì°(ì§ë°© ëª¨ë ¸-ì° ë° ë-ì°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ìëí(í¥ì°ëì¤ìµ)ì°, ë¼ì°ë¥´(ëë°ì¹´ë ¸)ì°, 리ëë ì°, 미리ì¤í¸(í í¸ë¼ë°ì¹´ë ¼)ì°, ì¹´íë¦(ë°ì¹¸)ì°, ì¤í ì르(ì¥íë°ì¹´ë ¸)ì°, ì¬ë ì°, ì¹´í릴(ì¥í)ì°, í미í¸(í¥ì¬ë°ì¸ë ¼)ì°, ì¸ë°ì°, ì´ë°ì¤ë ì°, ì¹´íë¡ì°, ë±).Also disclosed herein are pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the present disclosure, for example, compounds of Formulae (I)-(V). When the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is an acid addition salt, the acid used to form the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compounds of Formulae (I)-(V) can be monoacid, diacid, triacid, tetraacid, or can contain a greater number of acid groups. The acid groups can be, for example, carboxylic acids, sulfonic acids, phosphonic acids, or other acidic moieties containing at least one exchangeable hydrogen atom. Examples of acids for use in the preparation of the pharmaceutically acceptable (acid addition) salts disclosed herein include, but are not limited to: acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, phenylacetic acid, acylated amino acids, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, L-aspartic acid, sulfonic acids (e.g., benzenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, (+)-(1S)-camphor-10-sulfonic acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, ethanedisulfonic acid, etc.), benzoic acid (e.g., benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, 2-acetoxybenzoic acid, salicylic acid, 4-Amino-salicylic acid, gentisic acid, etc.), boric acid, (+)-camphoric acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, cyclohexanesulfamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, glucoheptonic acid, D-gluconic acid, D-glucuronic acid, L-glutamic acid, α-oxo-glutaric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydroiodic acid, (+)-L-lactic acid, (-)-D-lactic acid, (±)-DL-lactic acid, lactobionic acid, maleic acid, malic acid, (-)-L-malic acid, (+)-D-malic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, malonic acid, (±)-DL-mandelic acid, isethionic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid, Nitric acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, pamoic acid, perchloric acid, phosphoric acid, L-pyroglutamic acid, saccharic acid, succinic acid, sulfonic acid, sulfamic acid, tannic acid, tartaric acid (e.g., DL-tartaric acid, (+)-L-tartaric acid, (-)-D-tartaric acid), thiocyanic acid, propionic acid, valeric acid, and fatty acids (fatty mono- and di-acids, e.g., adipic (hexanedioic) acid, lauric (dodecanoic) acid, linoleic acid, myristic (tetradecanonic) acid, capric (decanoic) acid, stearic (octadecanoic) acid, oleic acid, caprylic (octanoic) acid, palmitic (hexadecenoic) acid, sebacic acid, undecylenic acid, caproic acid, etc.).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì 벤ì ì¤í¬ë¤ì´í¸ ì¼, í르í¸ë ì´í¸ ì¼, í¤ë¯¸-í¸ë§ë ì´í¸ ì¼, ìì¸í ì´í¸ ì¼, ìí¸ë ì´í¸ ì¼, ë§ë¡ë¤ì´í¸ ì¼, í¸ë§ë ì´í¸ ì¼, ììë¤ì´í¸ ì¼, ì¥ì´ë ì´í¸ ì¼, 벤조ìì´í¸ ì¼, ì´ë¦¬ì¤ë ì´í¸ ì¼, ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë² ì´í¸ ì¼, ì¼ì°ì¼, ë§ë ìì´í¸ ì¼, ë§ë ì´í¸ ì¼, ë©íì¤í¬ë¤ì´í¸ ì¼, í¨ë£¨ìì¤í¬ë¤ì´í¸ ì¼, ê¸ë£¨ì¿ ë¡ë¤ì´í¸ ì¼, ëë ê¸ë£¨íë ì´í¸ ì¼ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ì ì¤í°ì°(ì를 ë¤ì´, 벤ì ì¤í°ì°, ìºí¬ë¥´ì¤í°ì°, (+)-(1S)-ìºí¬ë¥´-10-ì¤í°ì°, ìí-1,2-ëì¤í°ì°, ìíì¤í°ì°, 2-íì´ëë¡ì-ìíì¤í°ì°, ë©íì¤í°ì°, ëííë -2-ì¤í°ì°, ëííë -1,5-ëì¤í°ì°, p-í¨ë£¨ìì¤í°ì°, ìíëì¤í°ì° ë±)ì¼ë¡ë¶í° íì±ë ì¼ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì© ê°ë¥í ì¼ì 벤조ì°(ì를 ë¤ì´, 벤조ì°, 4-ìì¸í¸ì미ë벤조ì°, 2-ìì¸í¸ì¥ì벤조ì°, ì´ë¦¬ì¤ì°, 4-ìë¯¸ë ¸-ì´ë¦¬ì¤ì° ë±)ì¼ë¡ë¶í° íì±ë ì¼ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of formulae (I)-(V) is a benzenesulfonate salt, a tartrate salt, a hemi-fumarate salt, an acetate salt, a citrate salt, a malonate salt, a fumarate salt, a succinate salt, an oxalate salt, a benzoate salt, a salicylate salt, an ascorbate salt, a hydrochloride salt, a maleate salt, a malate salt, a methanesulfonate salt, a toluenesulfonate salt, a glucuronate salt, or a glutarate salt of the compound of formulae (I)-(V). In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of formulae (I)-(V) is a salt formed from a sulfonic acid (e.g., benzenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, (+)-(1S)-camphor-10-sulfonic acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, ethanedisulfonic acid, and the like). In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of formulae (I)-(V) is a salt formed from a benzoic acid (e.g., benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, 2-acetoxybenzoic acid, salicylic acid, 4-amino-salicylic acid, and the like).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ì ì§ë°©ì° ì¼ì´ë¤. ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì§ë°©ì° ì¼ì ì ì¡°íë ë° ì¬ì©ëë ì§ë°©ì°ì ì§ë°© 1ì° ëë ì§ë°© 2ì°ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, ìì ë° ìì í í¬íëê±°ë ë¶ë¶ì ì¼ë¡ ë¶í¬íë ì ìë, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16ê° ë´ì§ 26, 24, 22, 20, 18ê° ê¹ì§ì ììì íì ììë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ ì§ë°© ííìì ë¶ë¶ì í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ìëíì´í¸ ì¼, ë¼ì°ë ì´í¸ ì¼, 리ëë ì´í¸ ì¼, 미리ì¤í ì´í¸ ì¼, ì¹´íë ì´í¸ ì¼, ì¤í ìë ì´í¸ ì¼, ì¬ë ìì´í¸ ì¼, ì¹´í릴ë ì´í¸ ì¼, í미í ì´í¸ ì¼, ì¸ë°ì¼ì´í¸ ì¼, ì´ë°ì¤ë ë¤ì´í¸ ì¼, ëë ì¹´íë¡ìì´í¸ ì¼ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) are fatty acid salts. The fatty acids used to prepare the fatty acid salts of the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) can be fatty monoacids or fatty diacids and can contain hydrogen and a fatty hydrocarbon moiety consisting of any of 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 to 26, 24, 22, 20, 18 carbon atoms, which can be fully saturated or partially unsaturated. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of formulae (I)-(V) is an adipate salt, a laurate salt, a linoleate salt, a myristate salt, a caprate salt, a stearate salt, an oleate salt, a caprylate salt, a palmitate salt, a sebacate salt, an undecylenate salt, or a caproate salt of the compound of formulae (I)-(V).
ì½íì íí©ë¬¼ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ íí를 ì ì¡°íë ë°©ë²ì ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ëì´ ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë°©ë²ì:Methods for preparing pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms of pharmaceutical compounds are known to those skilled in the art. In some embodiments, the method comprises:
(a) ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì©ë§¤ ëë ì©ë§¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì ííìí¤ë ë¨ê³;(a) a step of suspending a compound of formula (I) to (V) in a solvent or a mixture of solvents;
(b) ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì°ê³¼ ì ì´ìì¼ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì ê³µíë ë¨ê³;(b) a step of contacting a compound of formulae (I) to (V) with an acid to provide a mixture;
(c) ì íì ì¼ë¡, í¼í©ë¬¼ì ê°ì´íë ë¨ê³;(c) optionally, heating the mixture;
(d) ì íì ì¼ë¡, í¼í©ë¬¼ì ëê°ìí¤ë ë¨ê³; ë°(d) optionally, a step of cooling the mixture; and
(e) ì¼ì ë¨ë¦¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤.(e) comprising a step of isolating the salt.
íë ì´ìì íë¡í¤ ì©ë§¤, íë ì´ìì ë¹íë¡í¤ ì©ë§¤, ëë ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë ë¤ìí ì©ë§¤ê° ê°ìë ë°©ë²ì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì¼ì ì ì¡°íë ë°©ë²ì ì¬ì©ë ì©ë§¤(ë¤)ë íë¡í¤ ì©ë§¤(ë¤)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì¼ì ì ì¡°íë ë°©ë²ì ì¬ì©ë ì©ë§¤ë, ë©íì¬, ìíì¬, íë¡íì¬, ì´ìíë¡íì¬, ë¶íì¬, 2-ë¶íì¬, ìì¸í¤, ë¶íì¨, ëì¥ì°(1,4-ëì¥ì°), 물, í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡í¸ë(THF), ìì¸í ëí¸ë¦´(MeCN), ìí 르 ì©ë§¤(ì를 ë¤ì´, t-ë¶í¸ë©í¸ ìí 르(TBME)), í¥ì°, íµí, ì¥í ë° ì´ë¤ì ì¡°í©ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì©ë§¤ë ìíì¬ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì©ë§¤ë 1,4-ëì¥ì°ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì©ë§¤ë ìì¸í ëí¸ë¦´ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì©ë§¤ë í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡í¸ëì´ë¤.A variety of solvents can be used in the disclosed methods, including one or more protic solvents, one or more aprotic solvents, or mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the solvent(s) used in the method of preparing a salt are protic solvent(s). In some embodiments, the solvent used in the method of preparing a salt is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, 2-butanol, acetone, butanone, dioxane (1,4-dioxane), water, tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetonitrile (MeCN), an ether solvent (e.g., t-butylmethyl ether (TBME)), hexane, heptane, octane, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the solvent is ethanol. In some embodiments, the solvent is 1,4-dioxane. In some embodiments, the solvent is acetonitrile. In some embodiments, the solvent is tetrahydrofuran.
ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì° ë¶ê°ì¼ì ì ì¡°ì ì¬ì©í기ì ì í©í ì°ì 본ìì 기ì ë ê²ë¤ì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì°ì íì´ëë¡í´ë¡ë¥´ì°ê³¼ ê°ì 무기ì°, ëë ì 기ì°ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ì 기ì°ì´ ë°ëì§íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì°ì, ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë¸ì°, ìí¸ë¥´ì°, í¸ë§ë¥´ì°, ë§ë ì°, ë§ë¡ ì°, (-)-L-ë§ì°, (+)-L-í르í르ì°, ë©íì¤í°ì°, 벤ì ì¤í°ì°, í¨ë£¨ìì¤í°ì°, 벤조ì°, ì´ë¦¬ì¤ì°, ìì ì°, ì¥ì´ì°, D-ê¸ë£¨ì¿ ë¡ ì°, ê¸ë£¨í르ì°, ë° ìì¸í¸ì°ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë ì 기ì°ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì°ì, 벤ì ì¤í°ì°, (+)-L-í르í르ì°, í¸ë§ë¥´ì°, ìì¸í¸ì°, ìí¸ë¥´ì°, ë§ë¡ ì°, ìì ì°, ì¥ì´ì°, 벤조ì°, ë° ì´ë¦¬ì¤ì°ì¼ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ êµ°ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë ì 기ì°ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì°ì ì§ë°©ì°, ì컨ë ìëí(í¥ì°ëì¤ìµ)ì°, ë¼ì°ë¥´(ëë°ì¹´ë ¸)ì°, 리ëë ì°, 미리ì¤í¸(í í¸ë¼ë°ì¹´ë ¼)ì°, ì¹´íë¦(ë°ì¹¸)ì°, ì¤í ì르(ì¥íë°ì¹´ë ¸)ì°, ì¬ë ì°, ì¹´í릴(ì¥í)ì°, í미í¸(í¥ì¬ë°ì¸ë ¼)ì°, ì¸ë°ì°, ì´ë°ì¤ë ì°, ì¹´íë¡ì° ë±ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ìëí(í¥ì°ëì¤ìµ)ì°, ë¼ì°ë¥´(ëë°ì¹´ë ¸)ì°, 리ëë ì°, 미리ì¤í¸(í í¸ë¼ë°ì¹´ë ¼)ì°, ì¹´íë¦(ë°ì¹¸)ì°, ì¤í ì르(ì¥íë°ì¹´ë ¸)ì°, ì¬ë ì°, ì¹´í릴(ì¥í)ì°ì ëí´ í¹ë³í ì¸ê¸ëë¤.Acids suitable for use in the preparation of the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can include those described herein. The acid can be an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid, wherein organic acids are preferred. In some embodiments, the acid is an organic acid selected from the group consisting of ascorbic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, (-)-L-malic acid, (+)-L-tartaric acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, succinic acid, oxalic acid, D-glucuronic acid, glutaric acid, and acetic acid. In some embodiments, the acid is an organic acid selected from the group consisting of benzenesulfonic acid, (+)-L-tartaric acid, fumaric acid, acetic acid, citric acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, oxalic acid, benzoic acid, and salicylic acid. In some embodiments, the acid is a fatty acid, such as adipic (hexanedioic) acid, lauric (dodecano) acid, linoleic acid, myristic (tetradecanonic) acid, capric (decanoic) acid, stearic (octadecano) acid, oleic acid, caprylic (octanoic) acid, palmitic (hexadecenoic) acid, sebacic acid, undecylenic acid, caproic acid, and the like, with particular mention being made of adipic (hexanedioic) acid, lauric (dodecano) acid, linoleic acid, myristic (tetradecanonic) acid, capric (decanoic) acid, stearic (octadecano) acid, oleic acid, caprylic (octanoic) acid.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì°ì ííëë¡ ì (ëë ê³¼ííëë¡ ì ) ìì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ ì ì´ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì°ì ííëë¡ ì ì´íì ì(ì를 ë¤ì´, 0.5 몰 ë¹ë)ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ ì ì´ëë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì°ì´ ì ì´ë 2ê°ì ì°ì± íë¡í¤(ì를 ë¤ì´, 2ê° ì´ìì 카르복ìì° ê¸°)를 í¨ì íê³ , íì ì¼ì´ í¤ë¯¸-ì° ì¼ì¸ ê²½ì°, í´ë¹ ì°ì ííëë¡ ì´íì ìì ì¬ì©íë ê²ì´ ë°ëì§í ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, a stoichiometric (or superstoichiometric) amount of the acid is contacted with the compound of formulae (I)-(V). In some embodiments, a substoichiometric amount (e.g., 0.5 molar equivalents) of the acid is contacted with the compound of formulae (I)-(V). For example, when the acid contains at least two acidic protons (e.g., two or more carboxylic acid groups) and the target salt is a hemi-acid salt, it may be desirable to use a substoichiometric amount of that acid.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¼í©ë¬¼ì ëê° ì , ê°ì´, ì를 ë¤ì´, íë¥ëë¤.In some implementations, the mixture is heated, for example, refluxed, prior to cooling.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¼í©ë¬¼ì ëê°ëê³ ì¼ì ì©ì¡ì¼ë¡ë¶í° 침ì ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì¼ì ê²°ì ì§ ííë¡ ì©ì¡ì¼ë¡ë¶í° 침ì ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì¼ì ë¹ì ì§ ííë¡ ì©ì¡ì¼ë¡ë¶í° 침ì ëë¤.In some embodiments, the mixture is cooled and the salt precipitates from the solution. In some embodiments, the salt precipitates from the solution in crystalline form. In some embodiments, the salt precipitates from the solution in amorphous form.
ì¼ì ë¨ë¦¬ë ì¬ê³¼, ë°ì¹¸í ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ë¤ìí ê³µì§ë ë¨ë¦¬ 기ì ë¡ ìíë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë¨ë¦¬ ë¨ê³ë í¼í©ë¬¼ì íí°ë§íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤.Isolation of the salt can be accomplished by a variety of known isolation techniques, such as filtration, decantation, etc. In some embodiments, the isolation step comprises filtering the mixture.
ë¨ë¦¬ í, ì¶ê°ì ì¸ ê²°ì í ë°/ëë ì¬ê²°ì í ë¨ê³ ëí, ìíë ê²½ì°, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìë, ê²°ì ë ë±ì ì¦ê°ìí¤ê¸° ìí´ ì íì ì¼ë¡ ìíë ì ìë¤.After isolation, additional crystallization and/or recrystallization steps may also be optionally performed, if desired, for example to increase purity, crystallinity, etc.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´ ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ì©ë§¤í물ì ííì´ë¤. ì©ë§¤í물 ííì ìë ìí물, ë©íì¬ë ì´í¸, ìíì¬ë ì´í¸, ì´ìíë¡íì¬ë ì´í¸ ë±ì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì¼ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ìí물 ë° ìíì¬ë ì´í¸ê° ë°ëì§íë¤. ì©ë§¤í물ì ííëë¡ ì ëë ë¹ííëë¡ ì ìì ì©ë§¤ ë¶ìë¡ë¶í° íì±ë ì ìë¤. 본ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ì©ë§¤í물ì ë¨ë¦¬ ê°ë¥í ì©ë§¤í물ì ííì¼ ì ìë¤. ë¹ì íì ì¸ ì¼ë¡ìì, ìí물ë¡ì, íí©ë¬¼ì ì¼ìí물, ì´ìí물 ë±ì¼ ì ìë¤. 본ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ì©ë§¤í물ì ëí ì©ì¡ì íí를 í¬í¨íë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìë 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ììì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ì ì©ì¡ì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì ê³µíë©°, ì´ë ì©ë§¤í물 íí, ë°ëì§íê²ë ìì í ì©ë§¤í물 ííì´ë¤.In some embodiments, a compound of the present disclosure, e.g., a compound of formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, is in the form of a solvate. Examples of solvate forms include, but are not limited to, hydrates, methanolates, ethanolates, isopropanolates, and the like, wherein hydrates and ethanolates are preferred. Solvates can be formed from stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of solvent molecules. Solvates of the compounds of the present disclosure can be in the form of an isolable solvate. In a non-limiting example, as a hydrate, the compound can be a monohydrate, a dihydrate, and the like. Solvates of the compounds of the present disclosure also include solution forms. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a solution composition of a compound of the present disclosure, or any pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is in the form of a solvate, preferably a fully solvated form.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´ ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ê²°ì ì§ íí(ì를 ë¤ì´, XRPDë¡ ê²°ì ë¨)ë¡ ì ê³µëë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ë¡ë¶í°, íë ì´ìì ë¤íì²´ íí를 í¬í¨íë ê²°ì ì§ ííë¡ ì ì¡°ë ì ìì¼ë©°, 본ìì ì ìë ë°ì ê°ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ê²°ì ì§ ííë ìì ì±ì ê´ì ìì ì 리íê³ , ìí¸íê² ì ìë 물리ì í¹ì±ì ì ê³µíë©°, ì´ë ì½íì ì ì¡° ë° í¬ì¬ì ë°ëì§íë¤.In some embodiments, a compound of the present disclosure, e.g., a compound of Formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, or prodrug thereof, is provided in crystalline form (e.g., as determined by XRPD). Accordingly, a pharmaceutical composition can be prepared from a compound of Formulae (I)-(V) in crystalline form, including one or more polymorphic forms, and can be used in the treatment as set forth herein. Crystalline forms are advantageous in terms of stability and provide well-defined physical properties, which are desirable for pharmaceutical preparation and administration.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ëë ì©ë§¤í물ì ë¹ì ì§ íí(ì를 ë¤ì´, XRPDë¡ ê²°ì ë¨)ë¡ ì ê³µëë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ë¡ë¶í°, íë ì´ìì ë¹ì ì§ ííë¡ ì ì¡°ë ì ìì¼ë©°, 본ìì ì ìë ë°ì ê°ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ë¹ì ì§ ííë ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡ ê²°ì ì§ ìëì²´ì ë¹í´ ë³´ë¤ ëì ìì©í´ë ë° ì©í´ ìë를 ê°ì§ë©°, ë°ë¼ì, íì±ì 를 ì ìíê² ë°©ì¶íëë¡ ì ì©ëë ìí¨ì± í¬ì¬ íí, ì를 ë¤ì´, 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ íí(ODx), ìë°©í(IR) í¬ì¬ íí ë±ì ë§¤ì° ì í©í ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, or solvate thereof, are provided in an amorphous form (e.g., as determined by XRPD). Accordingly, pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared from a compound of Formulas (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, or prodrug thereof, in one or more amorphous forms, and can be used in therapies as set forth herein. Amorphous forms generally have higher aqueous solubility and dissolution rates than their crystalline counterparts, and thus may be well suited for rapid-release dosage forms, such as orally dispersible (ODx) dosage forms, immediate-release (IR) dosage forms, and the like, which are adapted to rapidly release an active agent.
본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡, ë 1ì ëìë ì¼ë° í©ì± ê²½ë¡, ëë 본ìì ììë í©ì± ê²½ë¡ì ë°ë¼ ì ì¡°ëê±°ë ì´ì ì ì¬í ë°©ìì¼ë¡ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ë¤ë¥¸ í©ì± ê²½ë¡ ëí ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ë 기ì ë° ì ì°¨ì ë°ë¼ ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.Compounds of the present disclosure, e.g., compounds of formulae (I) through (V), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, tautomers, solvates, polymorphs, or prodrugs thereof, can generally be prepared according to the general synthetic routes illustrated in FIG. 1 , or the synthetic routes exemplified herein, or in a manner analogous thereto. Other synthetic routes may also be employed according to techniques and procedures known to those skilled in the art.
ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼Pharmaceutical composition
ëí, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼, ë° ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´ì í¬í¨íë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë¤. ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ ì¤ íë, ëë ë ì´ìì í¨ì í ì ìë¤.Also disclosed herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. The pharmaceutical compositions may contain one or more of the compounds of the present disclosure.
"ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´"ì ì¸ê°ê³¼ ê°ì í¬ì ë물ì ëí ì¬ì©ì´ ë¯¸êµ ì°ë°© ëë 주 ì ë¶ì ê·ì 기ê´ì ìí´ ì¹ì¸ëìê±°ë, ë¯¸êµ ì½ì ëë ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡ ì¸ì ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ì½ì ì ì´ê±°ë ë¹íí´ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì©ì´ "ë¹íí´"ì í¬ì ë물ìê² í¬ì¬ëëë¡ ë³¸ ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ ëë ì´ì ì¼ê³¼ í¨ê» ì ííëë í¬ìì , ë³´ì¡°ì , ë¶íì , ëë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë¤. ì´ë¬í ì½íì ë¹íí´ì 물 ëë ì¤ì¼ê³¼ ê°ì ì¡ì²´ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, ë 콩ì , ëëì , ê´ì , ì°¸ê¸°ë¦ ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ìì , ë물, ì물, ëë í©ì± 기ìì ê²ë¤ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì½íì ë¹íí´ì 물, ìì¼ì, ê² ìì¹´ìì, ì ¤ë¼í´, ì ë¶ íì´ì¤í¸, íí¬, ì¼ë¼í´, ì½ë¡ì´ë ì¤ë¦¬ì¹´, ì°ë ì ë±ì¼ ì ìë¤. ëí, ë³´ì¡°ì , ìì íì , ì©í´íì , ì¦ì ì , ì¤íì , ì°©ìì , ê°ë¯¸ì , ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ì½íì 첨ê°ì ê°, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì´íì 기ì¬ë ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì í¬í¨ë ì ìë¤. ì½íì ë¹íí´ì, 본 ê°ìì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼ íí를 íì±íë ë° ì¬ì©í기 ìí´ ë³¸ìì 기ì ë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ì°ì í¬í¨í ì ìì¼ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì, í¹í ìí¸ë¥´ì° ë°/ëë í르í르ì°ì ëí´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.A "pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle" is a vehicle that has been approved for use in mammals, such as humans, by a regulatory agency of the United States Federal or a state government, or is listed in the United States Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia. The term "vehicle" refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or carrier with which a compound of the present disclosure or a salt thereof is formulated for administration to a mammal. Such pharmaceutical vehicles can be liquids, such as water or oils, and include those of petroleum, animal, vegetable, or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, and the like. The pharmaceutical vehicle can be water, saline, gum acacia, gelatin, starch paste, talc, keratin, colloidal silica, urea, and the like. In addition, adjuvants, stabilizers, solubilizers, thickeners, lubricants, colorants, sweeteners, and other pharmaceutical additives can be included in the compositions, for example, as described below. The pharmaceutical vehicle may comprise an acid as described herein for use in forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form of the present disclosure, particularly with reference to citric acid and/or tartaric acid.
ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì ë¨ì¼ íí©ë¬¼ ëë ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì ëììì í¼í©ë¬¼ë¡ë¶í° íì±ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì ëì íí©ë¬¼ì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ì¤ ì¡´ì¬íë ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ëììì(ì¦, ëììì ìë)ì ì´ ì¤ëì 기ì¤ì¼ë¡, ì ì´ë 50 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 60 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 70 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 80 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 90 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 95 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 99 ì¤ë%ì ìëë¡ í´ë¹ ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ì¤ ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì ëì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë©°, ì 리 ì¼ê¸° ëë ì¼ ííì ëì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¤ë¥¸ ëìì´ì±ì§ì²´ë¥¼ ì¤ì§ì ì¼ë¡ ê°ì§ ìëë¤: ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¤ë¥¸ ëìì´ì±ì§ì²´ë¥¼ 20, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 ëë 1, ëë 0.5 몰% 미ë§ì¼ë¡ ê°ëë¤.The pharmaceutical composition can comprise a single compound of Formulae (I)-(V) or a mixture of compounds of Formulae (I)-(V). The pharmaceutical composition can be formed from an isotopic mixture of the disclosed compounds. In some embodiments, the subject compounds of Formulae (I)-(V) can be present in the pharmaceutical composition in a purity of at least 50 wt %, at least 60 wt %, at least 70 wt %, at least 80 wt %, at least 90 wt %, at least 95 wt %, or at least 99 wt %, based on the total weight of isotopes (i.e., isotopic purity) of the compounds of Formulae (I)-(V) present in the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the composition comprises a subject compound of formulae (I)-(V) and is substantially free of other isotopes of the subject compound in free base or salt form: for example, the composition has less than 20, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1, or 0.5 mole % of other isotopes of the subject compound.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ ë´ìì ì¤ìì를 ê°ë ììì ìì¹ë ìììì ìì°ì ì¼ë¡ ë°ìíë ê²ì¼ë¡ ë°ê²¬ëë ê²ë³´ë¤ ë í° ìµì ì¤ìì í¼ì ì ê°ëë¤(ì½ 0.016 ìì%). ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì¤ìì를 ê°ë íí©ë¬¼ ë´ì ììì ìì¹ë, í´ë¹ ì¤ììì ë¶ììì ì ì´ë 10 ìì%, ì ì´ë 20 ìì%, ì ì´ë 25 ìì%, ì ì´ë 30 ìì%, ì ì´ë 40 ìì%, ì ì´ë 45 ìì%, ì ì´ë 50 ìì%, ì ì´ë 60 ìì%, ì ì´ë 70 ìì%, ì ì´ë 80 ìì%, ì ì´ë 90 ìì%, ì ì´ë 95 ìì%, ì ì´ë 99 ìì%ì ìµì ì¤ìì í¼ì ì ê°ëë¤.In some embodiments, any position having a deuterium atom in the compound has a minimum deuterium incorporation greater than that found naturally occurring in hydrogen (about 0.016 atom %). In some embodiments, any position in the compound having a deuterium atom has a minimum deuterium incorporation of at least 10 atom %, at least 20 atom %, at least 25 atom %, at least 30 atom %, at least 40 atom %, at least 45 atom %, at least 50 atom %, at least 60 atom %, at least 70 atom %, at least 80 atom %, at least 90 atom %, at least 95 atom %, or at least 99 atom % at that deuterium atom.
ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 본 ê°ìì ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì ìì íí©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë íí©ë¬¼ì ë¼ì¸ë¯¸ í¼í©ë¬¼(ë¤)ê³¼ í¨ê» ì ííë ì ìë¤. 본ìì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì ë¼ì¸ë¯¸ íí©ë¬¼ì ì´ì±ì§ì²´ ì¤ íëì 몰ë¹(ì½ 48 ë´ì§ ì½ 52 몰%, ëë ì½ 1:1 ë¹ì¨)ì 기ì´íì¬ ì½ 50%ì R- ë° S-ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ë¥¼ í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì¡°ì±ë¬¼, ìì½ ëë ì¹ë£ ë°©ë²ì, R- ë° S-ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ì ë³ëë¡ ìì°ë íí©ë¬¼ì ëëµ ëì¼í 몰ë¹(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì½ 48 ë´ì§ 52%)ë¡ ì¡°í©íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½ë¬¼ ëë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì R- ë° S-ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´ì ë³ëì íí©ë¬¼ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì ìì´í ë¹ì¨ë¡ í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ê³¼ëì (50% ì´ê³¼ì) R-ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì²´ë¥¼ í¨ì íë¤. R/Sì ì ì í 몰ë¹ë ì½ 1.5:1, 2:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 10:1, ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ê³¼ëì S-ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì²´ë¥¼ í¨ì í ì ìê³ , ì¬ê¸°ìì R/Sì ëí´ ì ê³µë ë¹ì¨ì ìì ë ì ìë¤. ë¤ë¥¸ ì ì í ìì R/Sê° ì íë ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, R-ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì²´ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì ì´ë ì½ 55% ë´ì§ 100%, ëë ì ì´ë 65%, ì ì´ë 75%, ì ì´ë 80%, ì ì´ë 85%, ì ì´ë 90%, ì½ 95%, ì½ 98%, ëë 100%ì ìì¼ë¡ íë¶íê² ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, S-ê±°ì¸ìì´ì±ì§ì²´ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì ì´ë ì½ 55% ë´ì§ 100%, ëë ì ì´ë 65%, ì ì´ë 75%, ì ì´ë 80%, ì ì´ë 85%, ì ì´ë 90%, ì½ 95%, ì½ 98%, ëë 100%ì ìì¼ë¡ íë¶í ì ìë¤. ì´ë¤ 모ë ììì ì¸ êµ¬íì ì¬ì´ì ë¹ì¨ ë¿ë§ ìëë¼ ì´ë¤ë³´ë¤ í¬ê³ ìì ë¹ì¨ 모ëê° í¬í¨ëë©°, ì´ë¤ ëí 본 ê°ìì ë²ì ë´ì í¬í¨ëë¤.Pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated with enantiomerically pure compounds of the present disclosure, e.g., compounds of Formulae (I)-(V), or racemic mixture(s) of the compounds. As described herein, racemic compounds of Formulae (I)-(V) can contain about 50% of the R- and S-stereoisomers, based on the molar ratio of one of the enantiomers (e.g., about 48 to about 52 mole %, or about a 1:1 ratio). In some embodiments, the composition, medicament, or method of treatment can comprise a step of combining separately produced compounds of the R- and S-stereoisomers in about the same molar ratio (e.g., about 48 to 52%). In some embodiments, the drug or pharmaceutical composition can contain a mixture of separate compounds of the R- and S-stereoisomers in different ratios. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition contains an excess (greater than 50%) of the R-enantiomer. A suitable molar ratio of R/S can be about 1.5:1, 2:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 10:1, or more. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition can contain an excess of the S-enantiomer, wherein the ratios provided for R/S can be reversed. Other suitable amounts of R/S can be selected. For example, the R-enantiomer can be enriched in an amount of, for example, at least about 55% to 100%, or at least 65%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, about 95%, about 98%, or 100%. In some embodiments, the S-enantiomer can be enriched in an amount of, for example, at least about 55% to 100%, or at least 65%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, about 95%, about 98%, or 100%. Ratios between all of these exemplary embodiments as well as ratios greater and lesser than these are also included within the scope of the present disclosure.
ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, íí©ë¬¼ ëë ì´ì ì¼ì ê²°ì ì§ ë°/ëë ë¹ì ì§ ë¤í체를 í¬í¨íë, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì íë ì´ìì ë¤íì²´ë¡ ì ííë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated with one or more polymorphs of a compound of formulae (I) to (V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, or prodrug thereof, including crystalline and/or amorphous polymorphs of the compound or a salt thereof.
(íì± ê¸°ì¤ì¼ë¡) ì½ 0.001 ë´ì§ ì½ 1000 mg, ì½ 1 ë´ì§ ì½ 500 mg, ì½ 2 ë´ì§ ì½ 100 mg, ì½ 0.001 mg, ì½ 0.01 mg, ì½ 0.1 mg, ì½ 1 mg, ì½ 2 mg, ì½ 3 mg, ì½ 5 mg, ì½ 10 mg, ì½ 20 mg, ì½ 30 mg, ì½ 40 mg, ì½ 50 mg, ì½ 75 mg, ì½ 100 mg, ì½ 150 mg, ì½ 200 mg, ì½ 300 mg, ì½ 400 mg, ì½ 500 mgì 본ìì 기ì ë íë ì´ìì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì´ ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡ 본ìì ì ê³µë ì ìë¤. ë¨ì í¬ì¬ë ì ì ì¤ ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì(íì± ê¸°ì¤)ì í¹ì ì ì©, í¬ì¬ ê²½ë¡, íì± ì±ë¶ì í¨ë¥ ë±ì ë°ë¼, ì ì í ìíì íë¨ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ì íë¤ê³ ì¬ê²¨ì§ë ì ì í ë²ì ë´ìì ë³ê²½ëê±°ë ì¡°ì ë ì ìë¤. íìí ê²½ì°, ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëí ë³ì©ì´ ê°ë¥í ë¤ë¥¸ ì¹ë£ì /íì± ì±ë¶ì í¨ì í ì ìë¤.Pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds described herein in an amount of (on an active basis) from about 0.001 to about 1000 mg, from about 1 to about 500 mg, from about 2 to about 100 mg, from about 0.001 mg, from about 0.01 mg, from about 0.1 mg, from about 1 mg, from about 2 mg, from about 3 mg, from about 5 mg, from about 10 mg, from about 20 mg, from about 30 mg, from about 40 mg, from about 50 mg, from about 75 mg, from about 100 mg, from about 150 mg, from about 200 mg, from about 300 mg, from about 400 mg, from about 500 mg can alternatively be provided herein. The amount (on an active basis) of the compound of formulae (I)-(V) in a unit dosage formulation can be varied or adjusted within the above ranges as deemed appropriate using sound medical judgment, depending upon the particular application, route of administration, potency of the active ingredient, and the like. If desired, the composition may also contain other therapeutic agents/active ingredients that may be used in combination.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì´ ì¤ëì 기ì¤ì¼ë¡, ì ì´ë 0.1 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 0.5 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 1 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 5 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 10 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 15 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 20 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 25 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 30 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 35 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 40 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 45 ì¤ë%, ì ì´ë 50 ì¤ë%, ë° ìµë 99.9 ì¤ë%, ìµë 99.5 ì¤ë%, ìµë 99 ì¤ë%, ìµë 98 ì¤ë%, ìµë 97 ì¤ë%, ìµë 95 ì¤ë%, ìµë 90 ì¤ë%, ìµë 85 ì¤ë%, ìµë 80 ì¤ë%, ìµë 75 ì¤ë%, ìµë 70 ì¤ë%, ìµë 65 ì¤ë%, ìµë 60 ì¤ë%, ìµë 55 ì¤ë%ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least 0.1 wt %, at least 0.5 wt %, at least 1 wt %, at least 5 wt %, at least 10 wt %, at least 15 wt %, at least 20 wt %, at least 25 wt %, at least 30 wt %, at least 35 wt %, at least 40 wt %, at least 45 wt %, at least 50 wt %, and at most 99.9 wt %, at most 99.5 wt %, at most 99 wt %, at most 98 wt %, at most 97 wt %, at most 95 wt %, at most 90 wt %, at most 85 wt %, at most 80 wt %, at most 75 wt %, at most 70 wt %, at most 65 wt %, at most 60 wt %, and at most 55 wt % of a compound of formulae (I) to (V), based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì í ë²ì í¬ì¬ëê±°ë, ì¼ì ê°ê²©ì¼ë¡ ì¬ë¬ ë² í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. ì¹ë£ì ì íí í¬ì¬ë ë° ê¸°ê°ì ì¹ë£ ì¤ì¸ íìì ì°ë ¹, ì²´ì¤ ë° ìíì ë°ë¼ ë¬ë¼ì§ ì ìê³ , ê³µì§ë ìí íë¡í ì½ì ì¬ì©íì¬, ëë ìì²´ ë´ ëë ìíê´ ë´ ìí ëë ì§ë¨ ë°ì´í°ë¡ë¶í° ì¸ì½íì¬ ê²½íì ì¼ë¡ ê²°ì ë ì ììì ì´í´í ê²ì´ë¤. ëí, ììì í¹ì ê°ì²´ì ëí´, í¹ì í¬ì¬ë ì²ë°©ì ì íì í¬ì¬ëì í¬ì¬íê±°ë ê°ë íë ì¬ëì ê°ë³ì ì¸ íìì± ë° ì 문ì ì¸ íë¨ì ë°ë¼ ìê° ê²½ê³¼ì ë°ë¼ ì¡°ì ëì´ì¼ íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ì´í´ëì´ì¼ íë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be administered at one time or administered multiple times at regular intervals. It will be understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment may vary depending on the age, weight, and condition of the patient being treated, and may be determined empirically using known test protocols, or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro testing or diagnostic data. It should also be understood that for any particular individual, a particular dosage regimen should be adjusted over time according to the individual needs and professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the dosage of the formulation.
íìì ë³íê° ê°ì ëì§ ìë ê²½ì°, ìì¬ì ì¬ëì ë°ë¼, íìì ì§í ëë ë³íì ì¦ìì ê°ì ìí¤ê±°ë ê·¸ë ì§ ìì¼ë©´ ì´ë¥¼ ì¡°ì íê±°ë ì íí기 ìí´, ì¥ê¸°ê° ëì, ì¦, íìì ìëª ê¸°ê° ì ì²´ì ê±¸ì³ í¬ì¬íë ê²ì í¬í¨íì¬, í´ë¹ íí©ë¬¼ì ë§ì±ì ì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬í ì ìë¤.If the patient's condition does not improve, the compound may be administered chronically, including for long periods of time, i.e., throughout the patient's life, at the physician's discretion, to ameliorate or otherwise control or limit the symptoms of the patient's disease or condition.
íìì ìíê° ê°ì ëë ê²½ì°, ìì¬ì ì¬ëì ë°ë¼, íí©ë¬¼ì ì¼ì ê¸°ê° ëì ì°ìì ì¼ë¡ ëë ì¼ìì ì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬ëì§ ìì ì ìë¤(ì¦, "í´ì½ê¸°").If the patient's condition improves, at the physician's discretion, the compound may be withheld continuously or temporarily for a period of time (i.e., a "drug holiday").
íìì ìíê° ê°ì ëë©´, íìí ê²½ì° ì ì§ í¬ì¬ëì í¬ì¬íë¤. íìíì¬, í¬ì¬ë ëë í¬ì¬ ë¹ë, ëë ë 모ëë ì¦ìì í¨ìë¡ì, í´ë¹ ì¥ì ì ê°ì ì´ ì ì§ëë ë 벨ê¹ì§ ê°ìë ì ìë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, íìë, ì¦ìì ì¬ë° ì ì¥ê¸°ì ì¸ ê°íì ì¹ë£ë¥¼ íìë¡ í ì ìë¤.As the patient's condition improves, a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, the dose or frequency of administration, or both, may be reduced as a function of symptoms to a level at which improvement in the disorder is maintained. However, the patient may require long-term intermittent treatment if symptoms recur.
ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 캡ì, ì ì , ìì½, í 릿, ìºë, ë¶ë§, 과립, ìë½, ìë¦ì, ì©ì¡, ííì¡, ì íì¡, ì¢ì , ëë ì´ë¤ì ìë°©í ì íì íí를 ì·¨íê±°ë, í¬ì ë물ìê² í¬ì¬í기ì ì í©í ììì ë¤ë¥¸ íí를 ì·¨í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ ê²½ì°, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì¸ê°ìê² ê²½êµ¬, ì ë§¥ë´, í¼ë´, ëë í¡ì í¬ì¬, ëë 본ìì ì ìë ë°ì ê°ì ë¤ë¥¸ í¬ì¬ ê²½ë¡ì ì í©í ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ë¡ì ì¼ìì ì¸ ì ì°¨ì ë°ë¼ í¬ì¬ëëë¡ ì ííëë¤. ì ì í ì½íì ë¹íí´ ë° ì´ì ì íí ë°©ë²ì ìë Alfonso R. Gennaro(í¸)ì 문í[Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Mack Publishing Co. Easton, Pa., ì 19í, 1995, Chapters 86, 87, 88, 91, ë° 92]ì 기ì ëì´ ìì¼ë©°, 본 문íì 참조ë¡ì 본ìì íµí©ëë¤. ë¹íí´ì ì íì í¹ì íí©ë¬¼ì ìí´ ë¶ë¶ì ì¼ë¡ ê²°ì ëë©°, ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬íë ë° ì¬ì©ëë í¹ì ë°©ë²ì ìí´ìë ë¶ë¶ì ì¼ë¡ ê²°ì ë ê²ì´ë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ëì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ë§¤ì° ë¤ìí ì ì í ì íì´ ì¡´ì¬íë¤. ì¡ì²´ íí ì ì ë ì©ì¡ ë° ì íì , ì를 ë¤ì´ 물, 물/íë¡íë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ì©ì¡, ëë ì 기 ì©ë§¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. í¬ì ë물ìê² í¬ì¬ë ë, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ ë° ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ë° ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì© ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´ì ë©¸ê· ìíì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ ê²½ì°, ì를 ë¤ì´ ëì íí©ë¬¼ì´ ì ë§¥ë´ í¬ì¬ëê±°ë í¡ì ì ìí´ í¬ì¬ë ë, 물, ìì¼ì ì©ì¡, ë° ìì± ë±ì¤í¸ë¡ì¤ ë° ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¡¤ ì©ì¡ê³¼ ê°ì ìì± ë§¤ì§ì´ ë¹íí´ë¡ì ì¬ì©ëë¤.The pharmaceutical composition may take the form of a capsule, tablet, pill, pellet, candy, powder, granule, syrup, elixir, solution, suspension, emulsion, suppository, or sustained release formulations thereof, or any other form suitable for administration to a mammal. In some cases, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for administration to a human, according to routine procedures, as a pharmaceutical composition suitable for oral, intravenous, intradermal, or inhalation administration, or for other routes of administration as set forth herein. Examples of suitable pharmaceutical vehicles and methods for formulating them are described in Alfonso R. Gennaro (ed.), Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Mack Publishing Co. Easton, Pa., 19th Edition, 1995, Chapters 86, 87, 88, 91, and 92, which is incorporated herein by reference. The choice of vehicle will be determined in part by the particular compound and in part by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, a wide variety of suitable formulations of the subject pharmaceutical compositions exist. Liquid form preparations include solutions and emulsifiers, such as water, water/propylene glycol solutions, or organic solvents. When administered to a mammal, the compounds and compositions of the present disclosure and the pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle can be sterile. In some cases, for example, when the subject compound is administered intravenously or by inhalation, aqueous media such as water, saline solutions, and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions are used as vehicles.
íì íë ë°ì ê°ì´, 본 ê°ìì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ë¤ìì ì í©í ê²ë¤ì í¬í¨íì¬, ê³ íë¶, ë°-ê³ íë¶, ëë ì¡ì²´ ííë¡ í¬ì¬ëëë¡ í¹ë³í ì ííë ì ìë¤: As described below, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure may be specially formulated to be administered in solid, semi-solid, or liquid form, including those suitable for:
A. 경구 í¬ì¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ 구ê°, ì¤í, ë° ì ì í¡ì를 목íë¡ íë ëë ì¹(ìì± ëë ë¹ìì± ì©ì¡ ëë ííì¡), ì ì , íë¦, ëë 캡ì, 볼루ì¤, ë¶ë§, 과립, ìë½, íì ëí¬í기 ìí íì´ì¤í¸;A. Oral administration, for example, drenches (aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions), tablets, films, or capsules, boluses, powders, granules, syrups, pastes for application to the tongue, intended for oral, sublingual, and systemic absorption;
B. ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¹ê²½êµ¬ í¬ì¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ ë©¸ê· ì©ì¡ ëë ííì¡, ëë ìë°©ì± ì íì¼ë¡ì í¼í, ê·¼ì¡ë´, ì ë§¥ë´, í¼í, ëë ê²½ë§ì¸ 주ì¬ì ìí ë¹ê²½êµ¬ í¬ì¬;B. Parenteral administration, for example, by subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, subcutaneous, or epidural injection, for example, as a sterile solution or suspension, or as a sustained-release formulation;
C. ì를 ë¤ì´ íì리, í¬ë¦¼, ëë ë°í¬ì²´ë¡ì ì§ë´ ëë ì§ì¥ë´ í¬ì¬íë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì´ í¼ë¶, ëë ì¤ë¦¬í¼ì¤ ë°/ëë ì ë§ íë©´ì ëí¬ëë í¬ë¦¼, ì°ê³ , ëë ìë°©í í¨ì¹ ëë ì¤íë ì´ë¡ìì êµì ëí¬/ê²½í¼ í¬ì¬;C. Topical application/transdermal administration as creams, ointments, or sustained-release patches or sprays applied to the skin, or to orifices and/or mucosal surfaces, such as intravaginal or rectal administration as pessaries, creams, or foams;
D. ì§ì° ë°©ì¶í, ì°ì¥ ë°©ì¶í, ì¥ê¸° ë°©ì¶í, ì§ì ë°©ì¶í, ë°ë ë°©ì¶í, ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶í, ê°ì ë°©ì¶í, ìë°©í, íì í ë°©ì¶í, ìì ë°©ì¶í, ë° ì ë¨¸ë¬´ë¦ í¬ì¬ íí를 í¬í¨íë ë³í ë°©ì¶í í¬ì¬ ííë¡ì, ë¹ì ììê² ìë ¤ì§ ì¢ ëì ë°©ë² ë° ê¸°ì ì ë°ë¼ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë ë³í ë°©ì¶í í¬ì¬ íí(ì ì í Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy; Rathbone (Eds.) ë±ì 문í[Modified-Release Drug Delivery Technology, Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Science, Marcel Dekker, Inc.: New York, N.Y., 2002; Vol. 126] 참조); ë° D. Modified release dosage forms, including delayed release, extended release, prolonged release, sustained release, pulsatile release, controlled release, accelerated release, immediate release, targeted release, scheduled release, and gastric retention dosage forms, which can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art (see the aforementioned Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy ; Rathbone (Eds.) et al. [ Modified -Release Drug Delivery Technology , Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Science, Marcel Dekker, Inc.: New York, NY, 2002; Vol. 126]); and
E. ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì´ë¡ì¡¸, ë°ëì§íê²ë 미ì¤í¸ë¡ìì í¡ì í¬ì¬.E. Inhalation administration, for example, as an aerosol, preferably a mist.
ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ì¤ ì´ë íëì ë³í ë°©ì§ í¬ì¬ íí/í¬ì¥ì´ ê³ ë ¤ëë¤.Any of the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated as a variant-resistant dosage form/packaging.
A. 경구 í¬ì¬A. Oral administration
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 경구 í¬ì¬ì© ê³ ì, ë°ê³ ì ëë ì¡ì í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ì ê³µë ì ìë¤. 본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, 경구 í¬ì¬ë ì(ì¥ê´) ì ë¬ì í¬í¨íë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì½ë¬¼ì 경구 ë° ì¼í¤ë ê²ë¿ë§ ìëë¼ êµ¬ê°ì ì ë§ ë´ë²½ì íµí´, ì를 ë¤ì´ êµ¬ê° ë´, ì¤í ë° ì¤í í¬ì¬ë¥¼ íµí´ 경구 í¬ì¬íë ê²ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì ì í 경구 í¬ì¬ ííë, ì ì , 캡ì, ìì½, í¸ë¡ì, ë¡ì , íì¤í°ì , ì¹´ì¸í¸, í 릿, ìë£ì© ì¸ì ê², 과립, ë²í¬ ë¶ë§, ë°í¬ì± ëë ë¹-ë°í¬ì± ë¶ë§ ëë 과립, ì©ì¡, ì íì¡, ííì¡, ì©ì¡, ì¨ì´í¼, íë¦, ì¤íë§í´, ìë¦ì ë° ìë½ì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤) ì´ì¸ì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ê²°í©ì , ì¶©ì§ì , í¬ìì , ë¶í´ì , ìµì¤ì , ì¤íì , ííì , ì°©ìì , ì¼ë£-ì´ë ìµì ì , ê°ë¯¸ì , ë³´ì¡´ì , íì°íì , ëê²°ë°©ì§ì , ìì íì , ê°ì©íì , ì°©íì , ë° í¥ë¯¸ì 를 í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìë, íë ì´ìì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë´ì²´ ëë ë¶íì )ì í¨ì í ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be provided in solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage forms for oral administration. As used herein, oral administration includes gastric (enteral) delivery, including, for example, oral administration via the mucosal lining of the oral cavity, for example, intrabuccal, sublingual and sublingual administration, as well as oral and swallowing of the drug. Suitable oral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, tablets, capsules, pills, troches, lozenges, pastilles, cassettes, pellets, medical chewing gum, granules, bulk powders, effervescent or non-effervescent powders or granules, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions, wafers, films, sprinkles, elixirs and syrups. In addition to the active ingredient(s), the pharmaceutical compositions may contain one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles (e.g., carriers or excipients), including but not limited to binders, fillers, diluents, disintegrants, wetting agents, lubricants, glidants, colorants, dye-migration inhibitors, sweeteners, preservatives, antioxidants, cryoprotectants, stabilizers, solubilizers, complexing agents, and flavoring agents.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 경구 ë¶í´ì (ODT)(ëëë¡ ìë¶í´ì± ì ì , 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± ì ì , ëë ìë¶ì°ì± ì ì ë¡ë ì§ì¹ë¨), ëë 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± íë¦(ODF)(ëë ì¨ì´í¼)ì í¬í¨íë, 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ íí(ODx)ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í í¬ì¬ ííë, ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì¥ê´ì íµí 경구 í¬ì¬ì ë¹êµ ì, ì¦ê°ë ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ë° ë³´ë¤ ì ìí ê°ìì ìì´ì, ì를 ë¤ì´, 구ê°ì ì ë§ ë´ì¸µì íµí´ 구ê°ë´ í¬ì¬, ì를 ë¤ì´ í측, ì¤ì¸¡ ë° ì¤í í¬ì¬ ì, 본ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ì -ì í¡ì를 íì©íë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure can be an orally dispersible dosage form (ODx), including an orally disintegrating tablet (ODT) (sometimes also referred to as a rapid disintegrating tablet, an orally dispersible tablet, or a rapid dispersing tablet), or an orally dispersible film (ODF) (or wafer). Such dosage forms allow for transgastric absorption of the compounds of the present disclosure, for example, when administered orally through the mucosal lining of the oral cavity, e.g., buccal, lingual and sublingual administration, with increased bioavailability and more rapid onset, as compared to oral administration via the gastrointestinal tract.
구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ ííë ëë ê±´ì¡°(ëê²°ê±´ì¡°), 몰ë©, ë¶ë¬´ ê±´ì¡°, ëë ìì¶ ëë ìì¶ê³¼ ê°ì ìì´í 기ì ì ìí´ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ë°ëì§íê²ë, 경구 ë¶í´ì ì ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë¡ ì ì¡°ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 구ê°ë¶ì ì± í¬ì¬ ííë êµ¬ê° ë´ì ìì©ë í ì½ 90ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ì½ 60ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ì½ 30ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ì½ 20ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ì½ 10ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ì½ 5ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ëë ì½ 2ì´ ë¯¸ë§ì ë¶í´ëë íí를 ì§ì¹íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ ííë êµ¬ê° ë´ì ìì©ë í ì½ 90ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ì½ 60ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ëë ì½ 30ì´ ë¯¸ë§ì ë¶í´ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ ííë êµ¬ê° ë´ì ìì©ë í ì½ 90ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ì½ 60ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ì½ 30ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ì½ 20ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ì½ 10ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ì½ 5ì´ ë¯¸ë§, ëë ì½ 2ì´ ë¯¸ë§ì ë¶ì°ëë íí를 ì§ì¹íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì½ 30ì´ ì´í, ì½ 20ì´ ì´í, ì½ 10ì´ ì´í, ì½ 5ì´ ì´í, ì½ 2ì´ ì´íì ë¯¸êµ íë§ì½íì´ì(United States Phamacopeia(USP)) ë¶í´ ìí <701>ì ë°ë¥¸ ë¶í´ ìê°ì ê°ë, êµ¬ê° ë¶í´ì (ODT)ê³¼ ê°ì, 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ ííì ííì´ë¤. ì컨ë, ìë°©íì¼ë¡ ì ì©ë ê²½ì°, ì를 ë¤ì´, 2ë¶ ì´ì, 3ë¶ ì´ì, 4ë¶ ì´ì, 5ë¶ ì´ì, 10ë¶ ì´ì, 15ë¶ ì´ì, 20ë¶ ì´ì, 25ë¶ ì´ì, 30ë¶ ì´ì, 45ë¶ ì´ì, 60ë¶ ì´ì, ëë ê·¸ ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ì ì´ìì¼ë¡, ë¯¸êµ íë§ì½íì´ì(USP) ë¶í´ ìí <701>(United States Phamacopeia (USP) disintegration test <701>)ì ë°ë¥¸ ë³´ë¤ ê¸´ ë¶í´ ìê°ì ê°ë, 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ ííê° ëí ê³ ë ¤ëë¤.Orally dispersible dosage forms can be prepared by different techniques such as freeze drying (lyophilization), molding, spray drying, bulk extrusion or compression. Preferably, orally disintegrating tablets are prepared by lyophilization. In some embodiments, an orally dispersible dosage form refers to a form that disintegrates in less than about 90 seconds, less than about 60 seconds, less than about 30 seconds, less than about 20 seconds, less than about 10 seconds, less than about 5 seconds, or less than about 2 seconds after being received in the oral cavity. In some embodiments, an orally dispersible dosage form refers to a form that disintegrates in less than about 90 seconds, less than about 60 seconds, less than about 30 seconds, less than about 20 seconds, less than about 10 seconds, less than about 5 seconds, or less than about 2 seconds after being received in the oral cavity. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of an orally dispersible dosage form, such as an orally disintegrating tablet (ODT) having a disintegration time according to the United States Pharmacopeia (USP) Disintegration Test <701> of about 30 seconds or less, about 20 seconds or less, about 10 seconds or less, about 5 seconds or less, or about 2 seconds or less. For example, orally dispersible dosage forms having longer disintegration times according to the United States Phamacopeia (USP) disintegration test <701>, for example, greater than 2 minutes, greater than 3 minutes, greater than 4 minutes, greater than 5 minutes, greater than 10 minutes, greater than 15 minutes, greater than 20 minutes, greater than 25 minutes, greater than 30 minutes, greater than 45 minutes, greater than 60 minutes, or any range therebetween, are also contemplated.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ íí, ì컨ë ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë ODTì ííì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ íí(ì를 ë¤ì´, ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë ODT)ë, 매í¸ë¦ì¤-íì±ì ë° ë³¸ìì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ë¤ë¥¸ ë¹íí´, ì를 ë¤ì´, ëê²°ë³´í¸ì , ë³´ì¡´ì , íì°íì , ìì íì , ê°ì©íì , í¥ë¯¸ì ë± ì¤ íë ì´ìì í¨ì íë ì½ë¬¼ì ëê²°-ì ìì± ì íì¼ë¡ë¶í°ì 물ì ì¹íì ìí´ ë¤ê³µì± 매í¸ë¦ì¤ë¥¼ ìì±í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ìì±ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ ííë ì±ê³µì ì¸ ì íì ê°ë°ì ë³´ì¥í기 ìí´ í¨ê» ìì©íë ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë 매í¸ë¦ì¤ ìì¤í ì 2ê°ì ì±ë¶ íë ììí¬ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì 1 ì±ë¶ì ìì©ì± ì¤í©ì²´, ì컨ë ì ¤ë¼í´, ë±ì¤í¸ë, ì기ë¤ì´í¸ ë° ë§í ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°ì´ë¤. ì´ë¬í ì±ë¶ì íìì ì ì§íê³ í¬ì¬ ííì 기ê³ì ê°ë를 ì ê³µíë¤(ê²°í©ì ). ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì 2 ì±ë¶ì 매í¸ë¦ì¤-ì§ì§/ë¶í´-í¥ìì , ì컨ë ìí¬ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë½í ì¤ì¤, ë§ëí¨, ìì¼ë¦¬í¨, 미ì ì§ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ëí¬ì¤íì´í¸ ì¹¼ì, ë°/ëë ì ë¶ì´ë©°, ì´ë ìì©ì± ì¤í©ì²´ì ìí´ ì ê³µë ë¤ê³µì± íë ììí¬ë¥¼ ìë©í¸íí¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ìì©íê³ , 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ ííì ë¶í´ë¥¼ ê°ììí¨ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ íí(ì를 ë¤ì´, ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë ODT)ë ì ¤ë¼í´ ë° ë§ëí¨ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ íí(ì를 ë¤ì´, ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë ODT)ë ì ¤ë¼í´, ë§ëí¨, ë° íë ì´ìì ëê²°ë³´í¸ì , ë³´ì¡´ì , íì°íì , ìì íì , ê°ì©íì , í¥ë¯¸ì ë±ì í¬í¨íë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì í¹í ìí¸ë¥´ì°ì´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤. ODT ì íì ë¹ì íì ì¸ ìë Zydis® 경구 ë¶ì°ì± ì ì (Catalentë¡ë¶í° ì ì ê°ë¥í¨)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ODT ì í(ì를 ë¤ì´, Zydis® 경구 ë¶ì° ì ì )ì íë ì´ìì ìì©ì± ì¤í©ì²´, ì컨ë ì ¤ë¼í´, íë ì´ìì 매í¸ë¦ì¤ 물ì§, ì¶©ì ì , ëë í¬ìì , ì컨ë ë§ëí¨, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼, ë° ì íì ì¼ë¡ ëê²°ë³´í¸ì , ë³´ì¡´ì , íì°íì , ìì íì , ê°ì©íì , ë°/ëë í¥ë¯¸ì 를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ODT ì í(ì를 ë¤ì´, Zydis® 경구 ë¶ì° ì ì )ì ì ¤ë¼í´, ë§ëí¨, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼, ë° ì 기ì°(ì´ì ë¹ì íì ì¸ ìë ìí¸ë¥´ì° ë°/ëë í르íë¥´ì° ëë 본ìì ì ìë ììì ì í©í ì 기ì°ì)ì í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a lyophilized orally dispersible dosage form, e.g., a lyophilized ODT. In some embodiments, the lyophilized orally dispersible dosage form (e.g., a lyophilized ODT) is produced by sublimation of water from a pre-freeze aqueous formulation of the drug containing a matrix-forming agent and one or more of other vehicles, such as those disclosed herein, e.g., cryoprotectants, preservatives, antioxidants, stabilizers, solubilizers, flavoring agents, etc., to create a porous matrix. In some embodiments, the orally dispersible dosage form comprises two component frameworks of a lyophilized matrix system that work together to ensure the development of a successful formulation. In some embodiments, the first component is a water-soluble polymer, such as gelatin, dextran, alginate, and maltodextrin. These components maintain shape and provide mechanical strength to the dosage form (binder). In some embodiments, the second component is a matrix-supporting/disintegration-enhancing agent, such as sucrose, lactose, mannitol, xylitol, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium diphosphate, and/or starch, which acts by cementing the porous framework provided by the water-soluble polymer and accelerating the disintegration of the orally dispersible dosage form. In some embodiments, the lyophilized orally dispersible dosage form (e.g., a lyophilized ODT) comprises gelatin and mannitol. In some embodiments, the lyophilized orally dispersible dosage form (e.g., a lyophilized ODT) comprises gelatin, mannitol, and one or more lyoprotectants, preservatives, antioxidants, stabilizers, solubilizers, flavoring agents, and the like, specifically mentioning citric acid herein. A non-limiting example of an ODT formulation is Zydis® orally dispersible tablets (available from Catalent). In some embodiments, the ODT formulation (e.g., Zydis® oral dispersible tablet) comprises one or more water-soluble polymers, such as gelatin, one or more matrix materials, fillers, or diluents, such as mannitol, a compound of Formulas (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, and optionally a cryoprotectant, a preservative, an antioxidant, a stabilizer, a solubilizer, and/or a flavoring agent. In some embodiments, the ODT formulation (e.g., Zydis® oral dispersible tablet) comprises gelatin, mannitol, a compound of Formulas (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, and an organic acid, including but not limited to citric acid and/or tartaric acid or any suitable organic acid set forth herein.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± íë¦(ODF)(ëë ì¨ì´í¼)ì ííì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ìë¶, ì°ì ë° ê´ì ë°°ì íë í¹ì í¬ì¥ì ìí´ ì¥ê¸° ë³´ê´ì©ì¼ë¡ ë³´í¸ëë ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë ODFì ííì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë ODFë, 매í¸ë¦ì¤-íì±ì ë° ë³¸ìì ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ë¤ë¥¸ ë¹íí´, ì를 ë¤ì´, ëê²°ë³´í¸ì , ë³´ì¡´ì , íì°íì , ìì íì , ê°ì©íì , í¥ë¯¸ì ë± ì¤ íë ì´ìì í¨ì íë ì½ë¬¼ì ëê²°-ì ìì± ì íì¼ë¡ë¶í°ì 물ì ì¹íì ìí´ ë¤ê³µì± 매í¸ë¦ì¤ë¥¼ ìì±í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ìì±ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë ODFë ìì ìì©ì± íë¦ ë§¤í¸ë¦ì¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ODFë ì±ê³µì ì¸ ì íì ê°ë°ì ë³´ì¥í기 ìí´ í¨ê» ìì©íë ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë 매í¸ë¦ì¤ ìì¤í ì 2ê°ì ì±ë¶ íë ììí¬ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì 1 ì±ë¶ì ìì©ì± ì¤í©ì²´, ì컨ë ì ¤ë¼í´, ë±ì¤í¸ë, ì기ë¤ì´í¸ ë° ë§í ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°ì´ë¤. ì´ë¬í ì±ë¶ì íìì ì ì§íê³ íë¦/ì¨ì´í¼ì 기ê³ì ê°ë를 ì ê³µíë¤(ê²°í©ì ). ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì 2 ì±ë¶ì 매í¸ë¦ì¤-ì§ì§/ë¶í´-í¥ìì , ì컨ë ìí¬ë¡ì¤ì¤ ë° ë§ëí¨ì´ë©°, ì´ë ìì©ì± ì¤í©ì²´ì ìí´ ì ê³µë ë¤ê³µì± íë ììí¬ë¥¼ ìë©í¸íí¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ìì©íê³ , ì¨ì´í¼ì ë¶í´ë¥¼ ê°ììí¨ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë ODFë ì ¤ë¼í´ ë° ë§ëí¨ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëê²°ê±´ì¡°ë ODTë ì ¤ë¼í´, ë§ëí¨, ë° íë ì´ìì ëê²°ë³´í¸ì , ë³´ì¡´ì , íì°íì , ìì íì , ê°ì©íì , í¥ë¯¸ì ë±ì í¬í¨íë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì í¹í ìí¸ë¥´ì°ì´ ì¸ê¸ëë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a lyophilized orally dispersible film (ODF) (or wafer). In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a lyophilized ODF protected for long-term storage by special packaging that excludes moisture, oxygen, and light. In some embodiments, the lyophilized ODF is produced by sublimation of water from a pre-freeze aqueous formulation of the drug containing a matrix-forming agent and one or more of the other vehicles disclosed herein, such as cryoprotectants, preservatives, antioxidants, stabilizers, solubilizers, flavoring agents, etc., to produce a porous matrix. In some embodiments, the lyophilized ODF comprises a thin water-soluble film matrix. In some embodiments, the ODF comprises two component frameworks of a lyophilized matrix system that work together to ensure the development of a successful formulation. In some embodiments, the first component is a water-soluble polymer, such as gelatin, dextran, alginate, and maltodextrin. These components maintain shape and provide mechanical strength to the film/wafer (binder). In some embodiments, the second component is a matrix-supporting/disintegration-enhancing agent, such as sucrose and mannitol, which acts by cementing the porous framework provided by the water-soluble polymer and accelerates disintegration of the wafer. In some embodiments, the lyophilized ODF comprises gelatin and mannitol. In some embodiments, the lyophilized ODT comprises gelatin, mannitol, and one or more cryoprotectants, preservatives, antioxidants, stabilizers, solubilizers, flavoring agents, and the like, wherein citric acid is specifically mentioned.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ODF(ëë ì¨ì´í¼)ë ë¨ì¸µ, ì´ì¤ì¸µ ëë ì¼ì¤ì¸µì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë¨ì¸µ ODFë íì±ì ë° íë ì´ìì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë´ì²´ ëë ë¶íì )ì í¨ì íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì´ì¤ì¸µ ODFë íë ì´ìì ë¶íì , ì컨ë ì 1 층 ë´ì ê°ì©íì , ë° ì 2 층 ë´ì íì±ì 를 í¨ì íë¤. ì´ë¬í 구ì±ì íì±ì ê° ë¶íì ì ë³ê°ë¡ ì ì¥ë ì ìê² íê³ , ë¶íì ì íì±ì ê° ë¨ì¼ 층ì í¨ì ë ê²½ì°ì ë¹êµ ì, íì±ì ì ìì ì±ì ì¦ê°ìí¤ê³ , ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ë³´ê´ ìëª ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ì¼ì¤ì¸µ ODFì ê²½ì°, ê°ê°ì 층ì ìì´í ì ìê±°ë, 층 ì¤ 2ê°ì 층, ì컨ë ìë¶ì¸µ ë° íë¶ì¸µì ì¤ì§ì ì¼ë¡ ëì¼í ì¡°ì±ì ê°ì§ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íë¶ì¸µ ë° ìë¶ì¸µì íì±ì 를 í¨ì íë ì½ì´ì¸µì ëë¬ì¼ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íë¶ì¸µ ë° ìë¶ì¸µì ê°ì©íì ì ê°ì íë ì´ìì ë¶íì 를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íë¶ì¸µê³¼ ìë¶ì¸µì ëì¼í ì¡°ì±ì ê°ëë¤. ëìì ì¼ë¡, íë¶ì¸µ ë° ìë¶ì¸µì ìì´í ë¶íì ëë ìì´í ìì ëì¼í ë¶íì 를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì½ì´ì¸µì ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡, ì íì ì¼ë¡ íë ì´ìì ë¶íì ì í¨ê», íì±ì 를 í¨ì íë¤.In some embodiments, the ODF (or wafer) can comprise a single layer, a double layer, or a triple layer. In some embodiments, a single layer ODF contains an active agent and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles (e.g., carriers or excipients). In some embodiments, a double layer ODF contains one or more excipients, such as a solubilizer in the first layer, and an active agent in the second layer. This configuration allows the active agent to be stored separately from the excipients, and can increase the stability of the active agent and optionally increase the shelf life of the composition, as compared to when the excipients and active agent are contained in a single layer. In the case of a triple layer ODF, each layer can be different, or two of the layers, such as the top layer and the bottom layer, can have substantially the same composition. In some embodiments, the bottom layer and the top layer surround a core layer containing the active agent. In some embodiments, the bottom layer and the top layer can contain one or more excipients, such as a solubilizer. In some embodiments, the lower layer and the upper layer have the same composition. Alternatively, the lower layer and the upper layer may contain different excipients or different amounts of the same excipient. The core layer generally contains the active agent, optionally together with one or more excipients.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ì¶ê°íì¬, 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ ííì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼(ODx)ì íë ì´ìì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë´ì²´ ëë ë¶íì )ì í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ ííì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì© ê°ë¥í ëê²°ë³´í¸ì , ë³´ì¡´ì , íì°íì , ìì íì , ê°ì©íì , í¥ë¯¸ì ë± ì¤ íë ì´ìì í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, in addition to the active ingredient(s), the pharmaceutical composition in an orally dispersible dosage form (ODx) can contain one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles (e.g., carriers or excipients). For example, in some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition in an orally dispersible dosage form includes one or more of a pharmaceutically acceptable cryoprotectant, preservative, antioxidant, stabilizer, solubilizer, flavoring agent, and the like.
ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ëê²°ë³´í¸ì ì ìë, ìí¬ë¡ì¤ì¤ ë° í¸ë í ë¡ì¤ì ê°ì ì´ë¹ë¥, ì¤í¬ë¶í¸ìí 르-β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°(SBECD) ë° íìë£¨ë¡ ì°ê³¼ ê°ì ìì´ì¨ì± ì¤í©ì²´, ë° íì´ëë¡ì¤í ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°ì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable cryoprotectants include, but are not limited to, disaccharides such as sucrose and trehalose, anionic polymers such as sulfobutyl ether-β-cyclodextrin (SBECD) and hyaluronic acid, and hydroxylated cyclodextrins.
ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë³´ì¡´ì ì ìë, ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦°, ë©í¸ ë° íë¡ííë¼ë²¤, 벤조ì°, 벤조ìì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ ë° ìì½ì¬ì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable preservatives include, but are not limited to, glycerin, methyl and propylparaben, benzoic acid, sodium benzoate, and alcohol.
ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ìì ì±ì ì¶ê°ë¡ í¥ììí¤ê¸° ìí´ ìì©í ì ìë ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í íì°íì ì ìë: (1) ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë¸ì°, ìì¤í ì¸ ëë ì´ì ì¼(ìì¤í ì¸ íì´ëë¡í´ë¡ë¼ì´ë), ë¹ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë©íë¹ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ì¤íì´ë ëí¸ë¥¨ ë±ê³¼ ê°ì, ìì©ì± íì°íì ; (2) ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë¹ í미í ì´í¸, ë¶í¸í íì´ëë¡ììëì(BHA), ë¶í¸í íì´ëë¡ìí¨ë£¨ì(BHT), ë ìí´, íë¡í ê°ë ì´í¸, ìí-í ì½í롤 ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ì ì©ì± íì°íì ; ë° (3) ìí¸ë¥´ì°, ìí¸ë ëì민 í í¸ë¼ìì¸í¸ì°(EDTA), ì르ë¹í¨, í르í르ì°, í¬ì¤í¬ë¥´ì° ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ê¸ì í¬ë ì´í¸ì .Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable antioxidants which may further act to enhance the stability of the composition include: (1) water-soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, cysteine or a salt thereof (cysteine hydrochloride), sodium bisulfate, sodium metabisulfite, sodium sulfide, and the like; (2) oil-soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), lecithin, propyl gallate, alpha-tocopherol, and the like; and (3) metal chelating agents, such as citric acid, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ìì íì ì ìë: ì§ë°©ì°, ì§ë°© ìì½ì¬, ìì½ì¬, ì¥ì ì§ë°©ì° ìì¤í 르, ì¥ì ìí 르, ì§ë°©ì°ì ì¹ìì± ì ëì²´, í´ë¦¬ë¹ë í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìí 르, í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì½ì¬, ííìì, ììì± ì¤í©ì²´, ìë¶ í¡ì ì¤í©ì²´, ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¡¤, ë©í°ì¤ë, ëª¨ë ¸í°ì¤ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¡¤, ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë¸ì°, ìí¸ë¥´ì°, í´ë¦¬ìë¥´ë² ì´í¸, ì르기ë, ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, 미ì ì§ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë³íë ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(ì를 ë¤ì´, 카르복ìë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ëí¸ë¥¨ì¼), ì르ë¹í¨, ë° ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ê²ì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable stabilizers include, but are not limited to: fatty acids, fatty alcohols, alcohols, long-chain fatty acid esters, long-chain ethers, hydrophilic derivatives of fatty acids, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl ethers, polyvinyl alcohol, hydrocarbons, hydrophobic polymers, moisture absorbing polymers, glycerol, methionine, monothioglycerol, ascorbic acid, citric acid, polysorbates, arginine, cyclodextrins, microcrystalline cellulose, modified celluloses (e.g., carboxymethylcellulose, sodium salt), sorbitol, and cellulose gels.
ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ê°ì©íì (ëë ì©í´ ë³´ì¡°ì )ì ìë: ìí¸ë¥´ì°, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡íì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡íë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì¤í ì릴 í¸ë§ë ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë©íí¬ë¦´ì° ê³µì¤í©ì²´ LD, ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë¼ì°ë¦´ ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, í´ë¦¬ì¥ì¤ 40 ì¤í ìë ì´í¸, ì ì ë ì ¸ë½, ë°íì´ëë¡ìì¸í ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, í¸ë§ë¥´ì°, DL-ë§ì°, L-ìì¤ì½ë¹ ì¤í ìë ì´í¸, L-ìì¤íë¼ê¸´ì°, ìëíì°, ìë¯¸ë ¸ìí¬ ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´ E, íë¡íë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ì기ë¤ì´í¸, ì¹´ì¸ì¸, ì¹´ì¸ì¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, 카르복ìë¹ë ì¤í©ì²´, 카르복ìë©í¸ìí¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë¶ë§ íì², 구ì ê², ìì ì°, ì½í´ë¦¬ë¹ë, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ìì¸í ì´í¸ ííë ì´í¸, í르í르ì°, ëì¥í¸ëí¸ë¥¨ ì¤í¬ììë¤ì´í¸, ì ì¸(zein), ë¶ë§ íì§ì , ì르ë¹í í¸ë¦¬ì¬ë ìì´í¸, ë½í¸ì°, ì루미ë ë½í ì´í¸, ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë¹ í미í ì´í¸, íì´ëë¡ììí¸ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡íë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ìì¸í ì´í¸ ììë¤ì´í¸, í´ë¦¬ì¥ììí¸ë (105) í´ë¦¬ì¥ìíë¡íë (5) ê¸ë¦¬ì½, í´ë¦¬ì¥ììí¸ë ììí ìºì¤í° ì¤ì¼ 60, í´ë¦¬ì¥ì¤ 35 ìºì¤í° ì¤ì¼, í´ë¦¬(ëí¸ë¥¨ 4-ì¤í°ë ì¤í¬ë¤ì´í¸), í´ë¦¬ë¹ëìì¸íëìí¸ìë¯¸ë ¸ ìì¸í ì´í¸, í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì½ì¬, ë§ë ì°, ë©íí¬ë¦´ì° ê³µì¤í©ì²´ S, ë¼ì°ë¡ë§í¬ë¡ê³¨, ì¤í¼ì°, ì루미ë ì¤íì´í¸, í¬ì¤í¬ì°, ì¹¼ì ë¤íì´ëë¡ì í¬ì¤íì´í¸, ëë°ì¤ë²¤ì ì¤í¬ë¤ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë¹ë í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë-ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ë¼ì°ë¡ì¼ ì¬ë¥´ì½ìë¤ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ìì¸í¸ í¸ë¦½í í, ë©í¸ ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ìí¸ ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë¶í¸ ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ì¥í¸ ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë°ì¤ ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, í í¸ë¼ë°ì¤ ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, í¥ì¬ë°ì¤ ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë° ì¥íë°ì¤ ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ODT ì íììì ê°ì´ ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì´ë¤ ì¤ ìí¸ë¥´ì°ì´ ë°ëì§íë¤.Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable solubilizers (or dissolution aids) are: citric acid, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium stearyl fumarate, methacrylic acid copolymer LD, methylcellulose, sodium lauryl sulfate, polyoxyl 40 stearate, purified shellac, sodium dehydroacetate, fumaric acid, DL-malic acid, L-ascorbyl stearate, L-aspartic acid, adipic acid, aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymer E, propylene glycol alginate, casein, sodium caseinate, carboxyvinyl polymer, carboxymethylethylcellulose, powdered agar, guar gum, succinic acid, copolyvidone, cellulose acetate phthalate, tartaric acid, sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate, zein, powdered skim milk, sorbitan Trioleate, lactic acid, aluminum lactate, ascorbyl palmitate, hydroxyethyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate, polyoxyethylene (105) polyoxypropylene (5) glycol, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil 60, polyoxyl 35 castor oil, poly(sodium 4-styrenesulfonate), polyvinylacetal diethylamino acetate, polyvinyl alcohol, maleic acid, methacrylic acid copolymer S, lauromacrogol, sulfonic acid, aluminum sulfate, phosphonic acid, calcium dihydrogen phosphate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, vinyl pyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer, sodium lauroyl sarcosinate, acetyl tryptophan, sodium methyl sulfate, sodium ethyl sulfate, sodium butyl sulfate, sodium octyl sulfate, decyl Including but not limited to sodium sulfate, sodium tetradecyl sulfate, sodium hexadecyl sulfate, and sodium octadecyl sulfate. In some embodiments, such as in ODT formulations, citric acid is preferred among these.
í¥ë¯¸ì ë, ê³¼ì¼ê³¼ ê°ì ì물ë¡ë¶í° ì¶ì¶ë ì²ì° í¥ë¯¸ì , ë° ê¸°ë¶ ì¢ì ë§ ê°ê° ëë ë§ ë§ì¤í¹ í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ìì±íë íí©ë¬¼ì í©ì± ë°°í©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë¤. í¥ë¯¸ì ì ìë: ìì¤í르í, (ëí¸ë¥¨, 칼륨 ëë ì¹¼ì ì¬ì¹´ë¦°ê³¼ ê°ì) ì¬ì¹´ë¦°, (ëí¸ë¥¨, 칼륨 ëë ì¹¼ì ì¼ê³¼ ê°ì) ìí´ë¼ë©ì´í¸, ìí¬ëë¡ì¤, ìì¸ì¤í-K, íì°ë§í´, ë¤ì¤íì¤í리ë, ëíì´ëë¡ì¹¼ì½, ì모ëìí ê¸ë¦¬ì리ì§, ë±ì¤í¸ë¡ì¤, ë§í ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, í룩í ì¤ì¤, ë ë¶ë¡ì¤ì¤, ìí¬ë¡ì¤ì¤, ê¸ë£¨ì½ì¤ì¤, ì¼ì ì¤ë ì§ ê»ì§, ìí¸ë¥´ì°, í르í르ì°, ëë¡ì , íí¼ë¯¼í¸ ì¤ì¼, ë©í¸ ì´ë¦¬ì¤ë ì´í¸, ì¤í¼ì´ë¯¼í¸ ì¤ì¼, ì¬ì¬íë¼ ì¤ì¼, ì í¥ ì¤ì¼, ìë몬, ìë¤í¨, ë©í¨, í°ëª°, ì ì ë, ì 칼립í¨, ë 몬, ë¼ì, ë° ë 몬-ë¼ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.Flavoring agents include natural flavoring agents extracted from plants such as fruits, and synthetic combinations of compounds that produce a pleasant taste sensation or a taste-masking effect. Examples of flavoring agents include, but are not limited to: aspartame, saccharin (such as sodium, potassium or calcium saccharin), cyclamate (such as sodium, potassium or calcium salts), sucralose, acesulfame-K, thaumatin, neohisperidin, dihydrochalcone, ammoniated glycyrrhizin, dextrose, maltodextrin, fructose, levulose, sucrose, glucose, wild orange peel, citric acid, tartaric acid, wintergreen oil, peppermint oil, methyl salicylate, spearmint oil, sassafras oil, clove oil, cinnamon, anethole, menthol, thymol, eugenol, eucalyptol, lemon, lime, and lemon-lime.
α-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, γ-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, ë©í¸-β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, íì´ëë¡ììí¸ Î²-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í-β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í γ-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, í©ì°í β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, í©ì°í α-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, ì¤í¬ë¶í¸ β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°ê³¼ê°ì ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì©íë ì ëì²´ ëí 본ìì 기ì ë ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì ë¬ì í¥ììí¤ê¸° ìí´ ì 리íê² ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.ãCyclodextrins, such as α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, γ-cyclodextrin, methyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxyethyl β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl γ-cyclodextrin, sulfated β-cyclodextrin, sulfated α-cyclodextrin, sulfobutyl β-cyclodextrin, or other solubilized derivatives may also be advantageously used to enhance delivery of the compositions described herein.
경구 í¬ì¬, ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì¶ë ì ì 를 í¬í¨íë ì ì ì ì í©í ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 본ìì ì ìë ê²ë¤ê³¼ ê°ì ë¤ìí ë¹íí´ê³¼ í¨ê» ì ííë ì ìë¤. ì í©í ë¹íí´ì ìë: ê²°í©ì , ì¶©ì ì , í¬ìì , ë¶í´ì , ìµì¤ì , ì¤íì , ííì , ì°©ìì , ì¼ë£-ì´ë ìµì ì , ê°ë¯¸ì , ë³´ì¡´ì , íì°íì , ìì íì , ê°ì©íì , ë° í¥ë¯¸ì 를 í¬í¨í ì ìì¼ë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for oral administration, for example, tablets including compressed tablets, can be formulated with various vehicles such as those set forth herein. Examples of suitable vehicles include, but are not limited to: binders, fillers, diluents, disintegrants, wetting agents, lubricants, glidants, colorants, dye-migration inhibitors, sweeteners, preservatives, antioxidants, stabilizers, solubilizers, and flavoring agents.
ê²°í©ì ëë 과립íì ë íì í ì ì ê° ì¨ì í ìí를 ì ì§íëë¡ ì ì ì ìì§ì±ì ë¶ì¬íë¤. ì ì í ê²°í©ì ëë 과립íì ë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: ì¥ìì ì ë¶, ê°ì ì ë¶, ë° ì¬ì -ì ¤ë¼í´íë ì ë¶(ì를 ë¤ì´, STARCH 1500)ê³¼ ê°ì ì ë¶; ì ¤ë¼í´; ìí¬ë¡ì¤ì¤, ê¸ë£¨ì½ì¤ì¤, ë±ì¤í¸ë¡ì¤, ë¹ë° ë° ë½í ì¤ì¤ì ê°ì ë¹ë¥; ìì¹´ìì, ì긴ì°, ì기ë¤ì´í¸, ìì´ë¦¬ì ëª¨ì¤ ì¶ì¶ë¬¼, íì르(Panwar) ê², ê°í° ê², ì´ì¬ê³¨(isabgol) ê»ì§ì ì ì¡, 카르복ìë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, í´ë¦¬ë¹ëí¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë(PVP), ë¹ê²(Veegum), ë¼í ìë¼ë³´ê°ë½í, ë¶ë§ í¸ë¼ê°ì¹¸ì¤, ë° êµ¬ì ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ì²ì° ë° í©ì± ê²; ìí¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ìì¸í ì´í¸, 카르복ìë©í¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ì¹¼ì, 카르복ìë©í¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë©í¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, íì´ëë¡ììí¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(HEC), íì´ëë¡ìíë¡íì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(HPC), íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ë©í¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(HPMC)ì ê°ì ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤; AVICEL-PH-101, AVICEL-PH-103, AVICEL RC-581, AVICEL-PH-105(FMC Corp., Marcus Hook, Pa.)ì ê°ì 미ì ì§ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤; ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼. ì ì í ì¶©ì ì ë: íí¬, ì¹¼ì 카르보ë¤ì´í¸, 미ì ì§ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë¶ë§ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë±ì¤í¸ë ì´í¸, ì¹´ì¬ë¦°, ë§ëí¨, ì¤ë¦¬ì°, ì르ë¹í¨, ì ë¶, ì -ì ¤ë¼í´í ì ë¶, ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ê²°í©ì ëë íë¬ë 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì¤ë 기ì¤, ì½ 10 ì¤ë%, ì½ 20 ì¤ë%, ì½ 30 ì¤ë%, ì½ 40 ì¤ë%, ì½ 50 ì¤ë%, ì½ 60 ì¤ë%, ì½ 70 ì¤ë%, ì½ 80 ì¤ë%, ì½ 90 ì¤ë%, ì½ 99 ì¤ë%, ëë ì´ë¤ ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ìë¡ ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë¤.Binders or granulating agents provide cohesiveness to the tablet so that the tablet remains intact after compression. Suitable binders or granulating agents include, but are not limited to: starches such as corn starch, potato starch, and pregelatinized starches (e.g., STARCH 1500); gelatin; sugars such as sucrose, glucose, dextrose, molasses, and lactose; natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, alginic acid, alginates, Irish moss extract, Panwar gum, ghatti gum, isabgol husk mucilage, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), Veegum, lard arabogalactan, powdered tragacanth, and guar gum; Celluloses such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC), hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC); microcrystalline celluloses such as AVICEL-PH-101, AVICEL-PH-103, AVICEL RC-581, AVICEL-PH-105 (FMC Corp., Marcus Hook, Pa.); and mixtures thereof. Suitable fillers include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pregelatinized starch, and mixtures thereof. The binder or filler can be present in an amount of about 10 wt %, about 20 wt %, about 30 wt %, about 40 wt %, about 50 wt %, about 60 wt %, about 70 wt %, about 80 wt %, about 90 wt %, about 99 wt %, or any range therebetween, based on the weight of the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein.
ì ì í í¬ìì ë: ëì¹¼ì í¬ì¤íì´í¸, ì¹¼ì ì¤íì´í¸, ë½í ì¤ì¤, ì르ë¹í¨, ìí¬ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì´ë ¸ìí¨, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì¹´ì¬ë¦°, ë§ëí¨, í´ë¡ë¼ì´ë ëí¸ë¥¨, ê±´ì¡° ì ë¶, ë° ë¶ë§ ì¤íì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ë§ëí¨, ë½í ì¤ì¤, ì르ë¹í¨, ìí¬ë¡ì¤ì¤ ë° ì´ë ¸ìí¨ê³¼ ê°ì í¹ì í¬ìì ë, ì¶©ë¶í ìì¼ë¡ ì¡´ì¬í ê²½ì°, ì¼ë¶ ìì¶ë ì ì ì ì¹ìì ìí ì ìììì ë¶í´ë¥¼ íì©íë í¹ì±ì ë¶ì¬í ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ìì¶ë ì ì ë ì¸ì´ë¸ ì ì ë¡ì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.Suitable diluents include, but are not limited to, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, inositol, cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sodium chloride, dried starch, and powdered sugar. Certain diluents, such as mannitol, lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, and inositol, when present in sufficient amounts, can impart properties to some compressed tablets that permit disintegration in the mouth by chewing. Such compressed tablets can be used as chewable tablets.
ì ì í ë¶í´ì ë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: íì²; 벤í ëì´í¸; ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ë° ì¹´ë¥´ë³µìë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ì ê°ì ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤; ëª©ì¬ ìì±ë¬¼; ì²ì° ì¤í°ì§; ìì´ì¨-êµí ìì§; ì긴ì°; 구ì ê² ë° Veegum HVì ê°ì ê²; ìí¸ë¬ì¤ íí; í¬ë¡ì¤ì¹´ë©ë¡ì¤ì¤ì ê°ì ê°êµ ê²°í©ë ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤; í¬ë¡ì¤í¬ë¹ëê³¼ ê°ì ê°êµ ê²°í©ë ì¤í©ì²´; ê°êµ ê²°í©ë ì ë¶; ì¹¼ì 카르보ë¤ì´í¸; ì ë¶ ê¸ë¦¬ì½ë ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ê³¼ ê°ì 미ì ì§ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤; í´ë¼í¬ë¦´ë¦° 칼륨; ì¥ìì ì ë¶, ê°ì ì ë¶, íí¼ì¤ì¹´ ì ë¶, ë° ì¬ì -ì ¤ë¼í´í ì ë¶ê³¼ ê°ì ì ë¶; ì í ; ì긴(align); ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼. 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ì¤ ë¶í´ì ì ìì ì íì ì íì ë°ë¼ ìì´íë©°, ë¹ì ìê° ì©ì´íê² ìë³í ì ìë¤. 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì½ 0.5 ë´ì§ ì½ 15 ì¤ë% ëë ì½ 1 ë´ì§ ì½ 5 ì¤ë%ì ë¶í´ì 를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤.Suitable disintegrants include, but are not limited to: agar; bentonite; celluloses such as methylcellulose and carboxymethylcellulose; wood products; natural sponges; cation-exchange resins; alginic acid; gums such as guar gum and Veegum HV; citrus pulp; cross-linked celluloses such as croscarmellose; cross-linked polymers such as crospovidone; cross-linked starches; calcium carbonate; microcrystalline celluloses such as sodium starch glycolate; potassium polacrilin; starches such as corn starch, potato starch, tapioca starch, and pre-gelatinized starch; clays; algin; and mixtures thereof. The amount of disintegrant in the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein will vary depending on the type of formulation and can be readily discerned by those skilled in the art. The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may contain, for example, from about 0.5 to about 15 weight percent or from about 1 to about 5 weight percent of a disintegrant.
ì ì í ì¤íì ë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: ì¹¼ì ì¤í ìë ì´í¸; ë§ê·¸ë¤ì ì¤í ìë ì´í¸; 미ë¤ë ì¤ì¼; ê²½ì§ ë¯¸ë¤ë ì¤ì¼; ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦°; ì르ë¹í¨; ë§ëí¨; ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¡¤ ë² í¤ë¤ì´í¸ ë° í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½(PEG)ê³¼ ê°ì ê¸ë¦¬ì½; ì¤í ì르ì°; ëí¸ë¥¨ ë¼ì°ë¦´ ì¤íì´í¸; ëí¸ë¥¨ ì¤í ì릴 í¸ë§ë ì´í¸; íí¬; ë 콩ì , 목íì¨ì , í´ë°ë¼ê¸°ì , 참기ë¦, ì¬ë¦¬ë¸ì , ì¥ììì , ë° ëëì 를 í¬í¨íë ììí ìë¬¼ì± ì¤ì¼; ì§í¬ ì¤í ìë ì´í¸; ìí¸ ì¬ë ìì´í¸; ìí¸ ë¼ì°ë ì´í¸; íì²; ì ë¶; 리ì½í¬ëì; AEROSIL® 200(W.R. Grace Co., Baltimore, Md.) ë° CAB-O-SIL®(Cabot Co. Boston, Mass.)ê³¼ ê°ì ì¤ë¦¬ì¹´ ëë ì¤ë¦¬ì¹´ ê²; ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼. 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì를 ë¤ì´ ì½ 0.1 ë´ì§ ì½ 5 ì¤ë%ì ì¤íì 를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤.Suitable lubricants include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate; magnesium stearate; mineral oil; light mineral oil; glycerin; sorbitol; mannitol; glycols such as glycerol behenate and polyethylene glycol (PEG); stearic acid; sodium lauryl sulfate; sodium stearyl fumarate; talc; hydrogenated vegetable oils including peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil; zinc stearate; ethyl oleate; ethyl laurate; agar; starch; lycopodium; silica or silica gel such as AEROSIL® 200 (W.R. Grace Co., Baltimore, Md.) and CAB-O-SIL® (Cabot Co. Boston, Mass.); and mixtures thereof. The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may contain, for example, about 0.1 to about 5 weight percent of a lubricant.
ì í©í ííì ë, ì½ë¡ì´ëì± ì¤ë¦¬ì½ ëì¥ì¬ì´ë, CAB-O-SIL®(Cabot Co. Boston, Mass.), ë° ë¬´ìë©´ íí¬ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤.Suitable lubricants include colloidal silicon dioxide, CAB-O-SIL® (Cabot Co. Boston, Mass.), and asbestos-free talc.
ì°©ìì ë, ì¹ì¸ë, ì¸ì¦ë, ìì©ì± FD&C ì¼ë£, ë° ì루미ë ìí물ì ííë ìë¶ì©ì± FD&C ì¼ë£, ë° ì»¬ë¬ ë ì´í¬ ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì»¬ë¬ ë ì´í¬ë ìì©ì± ì¼ë£ë¥¼ ì¤ê¸ìì ìì°í물ì í¡ì°©í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ìì±ë í´ë¹ ì¼ë£ì ë¶ì©ì± ííì ì¡°í©ì´ë¤.Colorants include approved, certified, water-soluble FD&C dyes, and water-insoluble FD&C dyes suspended in alumina hydrate, and color lakes and mixtures thereof. Color lakes are combinations of insoluble forms of water-soluble dyes formed by adsorption of such dyes onto hydroxides of heavy metals.
ê°ë¯¸ì ë, ìí¬ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë½í ì¤ì¤, ë§ëí¨, ìë½, ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦°, ë° ì¬ì¹´ë¦° ë° ìì¤ííê³¼ ê°ì ì¸ê³µ ê°ë¯¸ë£ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤.Sweeteners include sucrose, lactose, mannitol, syrup, glycerin, and artificial sweeteners such as saccharin and aspartame.
ì ì í ì íì ë, ì ¤ë¼í´, ìì¹´ìì, í¸ë¼ê°ì¹¸í¸, 벤í ëì´í¸, ë° ê³ë©´íì±ì , ì컨ë í´ë¦¬ì¥ììí¸ë ì르ë¹í ëª¨ë ¸ì¬ë ìì´í¸(TWEEN® 20), í´ë¦¬ì¥ììí¸ë ì르ë¹í ëª¨ë ¸ì¬ë ìì´í¸ 80(TWEEN® 80), ë° í¸ë¦¬ìíì¬ì민 ì¬ë ìì´í¸ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤.Suitable emulsifiers include gelatin, acacia, tragacanth, bentonite, and surfactants such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate (TWEEN® 20), polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate 80 (TWEEN® 80), and triethanolamine oleate.
ííì ë° ë¶ì°ì ë, 카르복ìë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ëí¸ë¥¨, íí´, í¸ë¼ê°ì¹¸í¸, ë¹ê²(Veegum), ìì¹´ìì, 카르보ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ëí¸ë¥¨, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë° í´ë¦¬ë¹ëí¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ëì í¬í¨íë¤.Suspending and dispersing agents include sodium carboxymethylcellulose, pectin, tragacanth, Veegum, acacia, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
ë³´ì¡´ì ë, ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦°, ë©í¸ ë° íë¡ííë¼ë²¤, ë²¤ì¡°ì° ì²¨ê°ë¬¼, 벤조ìì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ ë° ìì½ì¬ì í¬í¨íë¤.Preservatives include glycerin, methyl and propylparaben, benzoic acid additives, sodium benzoate and alcohol.
ìµì¤ì ë, íë¡íë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ëª¨ë ¸ì¤í ìë ì´í¸, ì르ë¹í ëª¨ë ¸ì¬ë ìì´í¸, ëìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ëª¨ë ¸ë¼ì°ë ì´í¸, ë° í´ë¦¬ì¥ììí¸ë ë¼ì°ë¦´ ìí 르를 í¬í¨íë¤.Humectants include propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate, and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
ì©ë§¤ë, ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦°, ì르ë¹í¨, ìí¸ ìì½ì¬, ë° ìë½ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì íì¡ì ì¬ì©ëë ë¹-ìì± ì¡ì²´ì ìë 미ë¤ë ì¤ì¼ ë° ëª©íì¨ ì¤ì¼ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì 기ì°ì ìí¸ë¥´ì° ë° í르í르ì°ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì´ì°ííìì ê³µê¸ìì ë¹ì¹´ë¥´ë³´ë¤ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ ë° ì¹´ë¡ë³´ë¤ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ì í¬í¨íë¤.Solvents include glycerin, sorbitol, ethyl alcohol, and syrup. Examples of non-aqueous liquids used in the emulsion include mineral oil and cottonseed oil. Organic acids include citric acid and tartaric acid. Sources of carbon dioxide include sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate.
ë¤ìì ë¹íí´(ë´ì²´, ë¶íì ë±)ì´ ëì¼í ì í ë´ììë ë¤ìí 기ë¥ì ìíí ì ììì ì´í´í´ì¼ íë¤. í¹í, ì ìí ê°ì ë±, í¹í ì ìí ê°ì ë° ë³´ë¤ ì§§ì ì½ë¬¼ ìì© ì§ì 기ê°ì ìí´ ì ì©ëë í¬ì¬ íí, ì컨ë, 구ê°ë¶ì°ì± í¬ì¬ íí(ì를 ë¤ì´, ODT ë° ODF)를 ìí íì±ì ì ì ìí ì©í´ë¥¼ ì ê³µí기 ìí ê°ì©íì ë¡ì, ìì íì ë¡ì ë¤ì¤ì ì¸ ìí ì í ì ìë, ìí¸ë¥´ì°ì í¨ì íë 본ìììì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëí´ êµ¬ì²´ì ì¼ë¡ ì¸ê¸íë¤.It should be understood that multiple vehicles (carriers, excipients, etc.) can perform multiple functions even within the same formulation. In particular, the pharmaceutical compositions herein containing citric acid, which can play multiple roles as a stabilizer, as a solubilizer to provide rapid dissolution of the active agent, especially for dosage forms applied for rapid onset and shorter duration of drug action, such as orally dispersible dosage forms (e.g., ODT and ODF), are specifically mentioned.
본ìì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ìì¶ë ì ì , ì ì ë¶ì물, ì¸ì´ë¸ ë¡ë ì§, ì ìíê² ì©í´ëë ì ì , ë¤ì¤ ìì¶ ì ì , ëë ì¥ì© ì½í ì ì , ë¹-ì½í ëë íë¦-ì½í ì ì ì ííì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¥ì© ì½í ì ì ë ìì°ì ìì©ì ì ííì§ë§ ì¥ìì ì©í´ëê±°ë ë¶í´ëë 물ì§ë¡ ì½í ë ìì¶ ì ì ì´ë©°, ë°ë¼ì, íì± ì±ë¶ì ìì ì°ì± íê²½ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë³´í¸íë¤. ì¥ì© ì½í ì, ì§ë°©ì°, ì§ë°©, íëì´ë¦¬ì¤ë ì´í¸, ìì¤, ì ¸ë½, ì모ëìí ì ¸ë½, ë° ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ìì¸í ì´í¸ ííë ì´í¸ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ë¹-ì½í ì ì ë ë¹ ì½í ì¼ë¡ ëë¬ì¸ì¸ ìì¶ë ì ì ì´ë©°, ì´ë ë¶ì¾í ë§ ëë ëì를 커ë²íê³ ì ì 를 ì°íë¡ë¶í° ë³´í¸íë ë° ëìì´ ë ì ìë¤. íë¦-ì½í ì ì ë ìì©ì± 물ì§ì ìì 층 ëë íë¦ì¼ë¡ ë®ì¸ ìì¶ë ì ì ì´ë¤. íë¦ ì½í ì ë, íì´ëë¡ììí¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, 카르복ìë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ëí¸ë¥¨, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ 4000, ë° ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ìì¸í ì´í¸ ííë ì´í¸ë¥¼ í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. íë¦ ì½í ì ë¹ ì½í ê³¼ ëì¼í ì¼ë°ì ì¸ í¹ì±ì ë¶ì¬íë¤. ë¤ì¤ ìì¶ ì ì ë, 층ì ì ì , ë° íë ì¤-ì½í ëë ê±´ì-ì½í ì ì 를 í¬í¨íë, íë ì´ìì ìì¶ ì¬ì´í´ì ìí´ ì ì¡°ë ìì¶ ì ì ì´ë¤.The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may be in the form of compressed tablets, crushed tablets, chewable lozenges, rapid-dissolving tablets, multi-compressed tablets, or enteric-coated tablets, sugar-coated or film-coated tablets. Enteric-coated tablets are compressed tablets coated with a substance that resists the action of stomach acid but dissolves or disintegrates in the intestine, thus protecting the active ingredient from the acidic environment of the stomach. Enteric coatings include, but are not limited to, fatty acids, fats, phenyl salicylates, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac, and cellulose acetate phthalate. Sugar-coated tablets are compressed tablets covered with a sugar coating, which may help to mask unpleasant tastes or odors and protect the tablet from oxidation. Film-coated tablets are compressed tablets covered with a thin layer or film of a water-soluble substance. Film coating agents include, but are not limited to, hydroxyethyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyethylene glycol 4000, and cellulose acetate phthalate. Film coatings impart the same general properties as sugar coatings. Multi-compressed tablets are compressed tablets made by more than one compression cycle, including layered tablets, and press-coated or dry-coated tablets.
ì ì í¬ì¬ ííë, ê²°í©ì , ë¶í´ì , ë°©ì¶ ì¡°ì ì¤í©ì²´, ì¤íì , í¬ìì , ë°/ëë ì°©ìì 를 í¬í¨íë, ë¶ë§í, ê²°ì ì§, ëë 과립 ííì íì± ì±ë¶ì¼ë¡ë¶í°, ë¨ë ì¼ë¡ ëë 본ìì 기ì ë íë ì´ìì ë¹íí´(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë´ì²´ ëë ë¶íì )ê³¼ ì¡°í©íì¬ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. í¥ë¯¸ì ë° ê°ë¯¸ì ë ì¸ì´ë¸ ì ì ë° ë¡ë ì§ì ì íì í¹í ì ì©íë¤.Purified dosage forms can be prepared from the active ingredient in powdered, crystalline, or granular form, alone or in combination with one or more vehicles (e.g., carriers or excipients) described herein, including binders, disintegrants, release-modifying polymers, lubricants, diluents, and/or colorants. Flavoring and sweetening agents are particularly useful in the formulation of chewable tablets and lozenges.
본ìì ê°ìë ë°ì ê°ì íí©ë¬¼ ë° ë³¸ìì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì íë ì´ìì ë°©ì¶ ì¡°ì ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë, ë³íë ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ííì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë¤. ì ì í ë³í ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ë¹íí´ì, ì¹ìì± ëë ììì± ë§¤í¸ë¦ì¤ ì¥ì¹, ìì©ì± ë¶ë¦¬ì¸µ ì½í , ì¥ì© ì½í , ì¼í¬ì ì¥ì¹, ë¤ì ì ì¥ì¹, ë° ì´ë¤ì ì¡°í©ì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëí ë¹-ë°©ì¶ ì¡°ì ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.Disclosed herein are pharmaceutical compositions in modified release dosage forms comprising a compound as disclosed herein and one or more release controlling excipients or carriers as described herein. Suitable modified release dosage vehicles include, but are not limited to, hydrophilic or hydrophobic matrix devices, water-soluble separation layer coatings, enteric coatings, osmotic devices, multiparticulate devices, and combinations thereof. The pharmaceutical compositions may also include non-release controlling excipients or carriers.
ëí, 본ìì ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ ë° ì¥ì© ì½í í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ì¬ì©í기 ìí íë ì´ìì ë°©ì¶ ì¡°ì ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë ì¥ì© ì½í í¬ì¬ ííì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë¤. ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëí ë¹-ë°©ì¶ ì¡°ì ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.Also disclosed herein are pharmaceutical compositions in enteric coated dosage forms comprising a compound disclosed herein and one or more release controlling excipients or carriers for use in an enteric coated dosage form. The pharmaceutical compositions may also include non-release controlling excipients or carriers.
ëí, 본ìì ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ ë° ë°í¬ì± í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ì¬ì©í기 ìí íë ì´ìì ë°©ì¶ ì¡°ì ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë ë°í¬ì± í¬ì¬ ííì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë¤. ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëí ë¹-ë°©ì¶ ì¡°ì ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.Also disclosed herein are pharmaceutical compositions in effervescent dosage forms comprising a compound disclosed herein and one or more controlled-release excipients or carriers for use in an effervescent dosage form. The pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise non-controlled-release excipients or carriers.
ì¶ê°ì ì¼ë¡, ìê° ë°©ì¶ ì±ë¶ ë° ì ì´ë íëì ì§ì° ë°©ì¶ ì±ë¶ì ê°ì§ë©°, ì½ 0.1 ë´ì§ ì½ 24ìê°(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì½ 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 10, 22, ëë 24ìê°)ì ìê°ì ì¼ë¡ ë¶ë¦¬ë ì ì´ë 2ê°ì ì°ì íì¤ ííë¡ íí©ë¬¼ì ë¶ì°ì ë°©ì¶ì ì ê³µí ì ìë í¬ì¬ ííì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì´ ê°ìëë¤. ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 본ìì ê°ìë ë°ì ê°ì íí©ë¬¼, ë° íê´´ ê°ë¥í ë°í¬ê³¼ì± 멤ë¸ë ì¸ì ì í©í ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ì ê°ì íë ì´ìì ë°©ì¶ ì¡°ì ë° ë¹-ë°©ì¶ ì¡°ì ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ í½ì¤ì± 물ì§ë¡ì í¬í¨íë¤.Additionally, a pharmaceutical composition in a dosage form is disclosed that has an immediate release component and at least one delayed release component and that can provide discontinuous release of a compound in the form of at least two consecutive pulses separated in time by about 0.1 to about 24 hours (e.g., about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 10, 22, or 24 hours). The pharmaceutical composition comprises a compound as disclosed herein, and one or more controlling release and non-controlling release excipients or carriers, such as excipients or carriers suitable for a breakable semipermeable membrane, as a swelling agent.
ëí, ëìì²´ìê² ê²½êµ¬ í¬ì¬í기 ìí í¬ì¬ ííì, 본ìì ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼, ì¼ ëë ì©ë§¤í물, ë° ìì¹¼ë¦¬ë¡ ë¶ë¶ì ì¼ë¡ ì¤íëê³ ìì´ì¨ êµí ì©ë ë° ìì¡-ì íì± ì¸ì¸µì ê°ë ìì¡-ì íì± ì¤í©ì²´ 층 물ì§ì í¬í¨íë ì¤ê° ë°ìì± ì¸µ ë´ì í¬í¨ë íë ì´ìì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´)ì í¬í¨íë, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë¤.Also disclosed herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound, salt or solvate disclosed herein, in a dosage form for oral administration to a subject, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles (e.g., excipients or carriers) contained within an intermediate reactive layer comprising a gastric acid-resistant polymeric layer material that is partially neutralized with an alkali and has cation exchange capacity and a gastric acid-resistant outer layer.
í¬ì¬ ííë ìë°©í(IR) í¬ì¬ ííì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, ì´ì ìë ìë°©í(IR) ì ì ëë ìë°©í(IR) 캡ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. íì± ì±ë¶(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì ëíì¬, ìë°©íì¼ë¡ 구ì±ë í¬ì¬ ííë ëí, íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ì©í´/í¡ì를 ì§ì°ìí¤ê±°ë ì°ì¥ìí¤ì§ ìëë¡, ìì¥ ë´ íê²½ìì ì©ì´íê² ë¶ì°, ì©í´, ê·¸ë ì§ ìì¼ë©´ íê´´ëë íë ì´ìì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´ì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ìë°©í í¬ì¬ íí를 ìí ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´ì ìë, ê²°í©ì /과립íì , 매í¸ë¦ì¤ 물ì§, ì¶©ì ì , í¬ìì , ë¶í´ì , ë¶ì°ì , ê°ì©íì , ì¤íì , ë°/ëë ì±ë¥ ì¡°ì ì 를 í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ìë°©í(IR) í¬ì¬ ííë 미ì ì§ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, 카르복ìë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë§ê·¸ë¤ì ì¤í ìë ì´í¸, ë§ëí¨, í¬ë¡ì¤í¬ë¹ë ë° ì¤í ì릴 í¸ë§ë ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ ì¤ íë ì´ìì í¬í¨íë ìë°©í(IR) ì ì ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ìë°©í(IR) í¬ì¬ ííë 미ì ì§ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, 카르복ìë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë° ë§ê·¸ë¤ì ì¤í ìë ì´í¸ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ìë°©í(IR) í¬ì¬ ííë ë§ëí¨, í¬ë¡ì¤í¬ë¹ë, ë° ì¤í ì릴 í¸ë§ë ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ì í¬í¨íë¤.The dosage form can be an immediate-release (IR) dosage form, examples of which include, but are not limited to, immediate-release (IR) tablets or immediate-release (IR) capsules. In addition to the active ingredient (e.g., a compound of Formulae (I)-(V)), the dosage form comprised of an immediate-release can also include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles that readily disperse, dissolve, or otherwise break down in the gastrointestinal environment, such that dissolution/absorption of the active ingredient(s) is not delayed or prolonged. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles for immediate-release dosage forms include, but are not limited to, binders/granulating agents, matrix materials, fillers, diluents, disintegrants, dispersants, solubilizers, lubricants, and/or performance modifiers. In some embodiments, the immediate-release (IR) dosage form is an IR tablet comprising one or more of microcrystalline cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, magnesium stearate, mannitol, crospovidone, and sodium stearyl fumarate. In some embodiments, the immediate-release (IR) dosage form comprises microcrystalline cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and magnesium stearate. In some embodiments, the immediate-release (IR) dosage form comprises mannitol, crospovidone, and sodium stearyl fumarate.
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì ¤ë¼í´, ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì ë¶, ëë ì¹¼ì ì기ë¤ì´í¸ë¡ë¶í° ì ì¡°ë ì ìë ì°ì§ ëë ê²½ì§ ìº¡ìë¡ì ê°ìë ì ìë¤. ê±´ì ì¶©ì§ ìº¡ì(DFC) ëë 캡ì ë´ ë¶ë§(PIC)ë¡ë ìë ¤ì§ ê²½ì§ ì ¤ë¼í´ 캡ìì 2ê°ì ì¹ì ì¼ë¡ 구ì±ëë©°, ì´ ì¤ íëë ë¤ë¥¸ íë ìë¡ ì¬ë¦½íí¨ì¼ë¡ì¨, íì± ì±ë¶ì ìì í ëë¬ì¼ë¤. ì°ì§ íì± ìº¡ì(SEC)ì, ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦°, ì르ë¹í¨, ëë ì ì¬í í´ë¦¬ì¬ì 첨ê°ì ìí´ ê°ìíëë ì ¤ë¼í´ ìê³¼ ê°ì ì°ì§ì 구í ìì´ë¤. ì°ì§ ì ¤ë¼í´ ìì 미ì물ì ì±ì¥ì ë°©ì§í기 ìí´ ë³´ì¡´ì 를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì ì í ë³´ì¡´ì ë ë©í¸- ë° íë¡í-íë¼ë²¤, ë° ì르ë¸ì°ì í¬í¨íë, 본ìì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì ê²ë¤ì´ë¤. 본ìì ê°ìë ì¡ì, ë°ê³ íë¶, ë° ê³ íë¶ í¬ì¬ ííë 캡ì ë´ì 캡ìíë ì ìë¤. ì ì í ì¡ì ë° ë°ê³ íë¶ í¬ì¬ ííë íë¡íë ì¹´ë³´ë¤ì´í¸, ìë¬¼ì± ì¤ì¼, ëë ì¤ì±ì§ë°© ì¤ì ì©ì¡ ë° ííì¡ì í¬í¨íë¤. 캡ìì ëí íì± ì±ë¶ì ì©í´ë¥¼ ë³íìí¤ê±°ë ì ì§í기 ìí´ ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ë ë°ì ê°ì´ ì½í ë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be disclosed as soft or hard capsules which may be prepared from gelatin, methylcellulose, starch, or calcium alginate. Hard gelatin capsules, also known as dry-filled capsules (DFCs) or powder-in-capsule (PIC), are comprised of two sections, one of which slips over the other to completely enclose the active ingredient. Soft elastic capsules (SECs) are soft, spherical shells, such as gelatin shells, which are plasticized by the addition of glycerin, sorbitol, or similar polyols. The soft gelatin shells may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms. Suitable preservatives are those described herein, including methyl- and propyl-parabens, and sorbic acid. The liquid, semi-solid, and solid dosage forms disclosed herein may be encapsulated in capsules. Suitable liquid and semi-solid dosage forms include solutions and suspensions in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils, or neutral fats. The capsules may also be coated as known to those skilled in the art to modify or maintain the dissolution of the active ingredient.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 경구 í¬ì¬ì© ìë°©í 캡ìì ííì´ë©°, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì°íì² , ë½í ì¤ì¤, ë§ê·¸ë¤ì ì¤í ìë ì´í¸, ë° ì ë¶ ê¸ë¦¬ì½ë ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ì ì¶ê°ë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of an immediate-release capsule for oral administration and may additionally comprise cellulose, iron oxide, lactose, magnesium stearate, and sodium starch glycolate.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 경구 í¬ì¬ì© ìë°©í 캡ìì ííì´ë©°, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ìí¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì ¤ë¼í´, ííë¡ë©ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì°íì² , ë° ì´ì°íí°íëì ì¶ê°ë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a sustained-release capsule for oral administration and may additionally comprise cellulose, ethylcellulose, gelatin, hypromellose, iron oxide, and titanium dioxide.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 경구 í¬ì¬ì© ì¥ì© ì½í ìë°©í ì ì ì ííì´ë©°, 카르ëì°ë° ìì¤, í¬ë¡ì¤í¬ë¹ë, ëìì¸í¸í ëª¨ë ¸ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦¬ë, ìí¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ííë¡ë©ë¡ì¤ì¤ ííë ì´í¸, ë§ê·¸ë¤ì ì¤í ìë ì´í¸, ë§ëí¨, ìì°íëí¸ë¥¨, ì¤í ì릴 í¸ë§ë ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, íí¬, ì´ì°íí°íë, ë° í©ì íë¦ ì¥ì¬ì´ë를 ì¶ê°ë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of an enteric-coated sustained-release tablet for oral administration and may further comprise carnauba wax, crospovidone, diacetylated monoglyceride, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hypromellose phthalate, magnesium stearate, mannitol, sodium hydroxide, sodium stearyl fumarate, talc, titanium dioxide, and yellow ferric oxide.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 경구 í¬ì¬ì© ì¥ì© ì½í ìë°©í ì ì ì ííì´ë©°, ì¹¼ì ì¤í ìë ì´í¸, í¬ë¡ì¤í¬ë¹ë, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì°íì² , ë§ëí¨, ë©íí¬ë¦´ì° ê³µì¤í©ì²´, í´ë¦¬ìë¥´ë² ì´í¸ 80, í¬ë¹ë, íë¡íë ê¸ë¦¬ì½, 카르보ë¤ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë¼ì°ë¦´ ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ì´ì°íí°íë, ë° í¸ë¦¬ìí¸ ìí¸ë ì´í¸ë¥¼ ì¶ê°ë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of an enteric-coated sustained-release tablet for oral administration and may further comprise calcium stearate, crospovidone, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, iron oxide, mannitol, methacrylic acid copolymer, polysorbate 80, povidone, propylene glycol, sodium carbonate, sodium lauryl sulfate, titanium dioxide, and triethyl citrate.
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì íì¡, ì©ì¡, ííì¡, ìë¦ì ë° ìë½ì í¬í¨íë ì¡ì ë° ë°ê³ íë¶ í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ê°ìë ì ìë¤. ì íì¡ì 2ì ìì¤í ì´ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì íëì ì¡ìì ë¤ë¥¸ ì¡ì ì ì²´ì ê±¸ì³ ìì ì구체ì ííë¡ ë¶ì°ëê³ , ì´ë ìì¤ì ëë ì ì¤ìì¼ ì ìë¤. ì íì¡ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹ìì± ì¡ì²´ ëë ì©ë§¤, ì íì , ë° ë³´ì¡´ì 를 í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ííì¡ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ííì ë° ë³´ì¡´ì 를 í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ìì± ìì½ì¬ì± ì©ì¡ì, ì ê¸ ìí¬ ìë°íëì ë(ì ê¸ ìí¬) ìì¸í, ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì¸í¸ìë°íë ëìí¸ ìì¸íê³¼ ê°ì, ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì© ê°ë¥í ìì¸í(ì©ì´ "ì ê¸"ì 1 ë´ì§ 6ê°ì íì ìì를 ê°ë ìí¬ì ì미í¨); ë° íë¡íë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ë° ìíì¬ê³¼ ê°ì íë ì´ìì íì´ëë¡ì¤ê¸°ë¥¼ ê°ë ì-í¼íì± ì©ë§¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ìë¦ìë í¬ëª íê³ , ê°ë¯¸ë£ê° 첨ê°ë, íì´ëë¡ìì½ì¬ ì©ì¡ì´ë¤. ìë½ì ë¹, ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ë¡ì¤ì¤ì ëì¶ë ìì©ì¡ì´ë©°, ë³´ì¡´ì 를 í¨ì í ìë ìë¤. ì¡ì í¬ì¬ ííì ê²½ì°, ì를 ë¤ì´ í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ì¤ì ì©ì¡ì í¬ì¬ë¥¼ ìí´ í¸ë¦¬íê² ì¸¡ì ë ì ìëë¡, ì¶©ë¶í ìì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¡ì²´ ë´ì²´, ì를 ë¤ì´ ë¬¼ë¡ í¬ìë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be disclosed in liquid and semi-solid dosage forms, including emulsions, solutions, suspensions, elixirs, and syrups. Emulsions are two-phase systems, wherein one liquid phase is dispersed throughout the other liquid phase in the form of small globules, which may be oil-in-water or water-in-oil. Emulsions can include a pharmaceutically acceptable non-aqueous liquid or solvent, an emulsifier, and a preservative. Suspensions can include a pharmaceutically acceptable suspending agent and a preservative. Aqueous alcoholic solutions include pharmaceutically acceptable acetals, such as di(lower alkyl) acetals of lower alkyl aldehydes, for example, acetaldehyde diethyl acetal (the term "lower" means alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms); and water-miscible solvents having one or more hydroxyl groups, such as propylene glycol and ethanol. Elixirs are clear, sweetened, hydroalcoholic solutions. Syrups are concentrated aqueous solutions of sugars, for example, sucrose, and may contain preservatives. For liquid dosage forms, solutions in, for example, polyethylene glycol, may be diluted with a sufficient amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier, for example, water, so that the dosage can be conveniently measured for administration.
ë¤ë¥¸ ì ì©í ì¡ì ë° ë°ê³ íë¶ í¬ì¬ ííë, 본ìì ê°ìë íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì í¨ì íë ê², ë° 1,2-ëë©í¡ìë©í, ëê¸ë¼ì, í¸ë¦¬ê¸ë¼ì, í í¸ë¼ê¸ë¼ì, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½-350-ëë©í¸ ìí 르, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½-550-ëë©í¸ ìí 르, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½-750-ëë©í¸ ìí 르를 í¬í¨íë, ëìí¬í ëª¨ë ¸- ëë í´ë¦¬-ìí¬ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤(ì¬ê¸°ìì 350, 550, ë° 750ì í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ì ëëµì ì¸ íê· ë¶ìëì ì§ì¹í¨). ì´ë¤ ì íì, ë¶í¸í íì´ëë¡ìí¨ë£¨ì(BHT), ë¶í¸í íì´ëë¡ììëì(BHA), íë¡í ê°ë ì´í¸, ë¹í민 E, íì´ëë¡í´ë ¼, íì´ëë¡ìì¿ ë§ë¦°, ìíì¬ì민, ë ìí´, ì¸í린, ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë¸ì°, ë§ì°, ì르ë¹í¨, í¬ì¤í¬ì°, ë©íë¹ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, í°ì¤ëíë¡í¼ì¨ì° ë° ì´ì ìì¤í 르, ë° ëí°ì¤ì¹´ë¥´ë°ë©ì´í¸ì ê°ì íë ì´ìì íì°íì 를 ì¶ê°ë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í íì°íì ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë¤: (1) ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë¸ì°, ìì¤í ì¸ íì´ëë¡í´ë¡ë¼ì´ë, ë¹ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë©íë¹ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, ì¤íì´ë ëí¸ë¥¨ ë±ê³¼ ê°ì, ìì©ì± íì°íì ; (2) ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë¹ í미í ì´í¸, ë¶í¸í íì´ëë¡ììëì(BHA), ë¶í¸í íì´ëë¡ìí¨ë£¨ì(BHT), ë ìí´, íë¡í ê°ë ì´í¸, ìí-í ì½í롤 ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ì ì©ì± íì°íì ; ë° (3) ìí¸ë¥´ì°, ìí¸ë ëì민 í í¸ë¼ìì¸í¸ì°(EDTA), ì르ë¹í¨, í르í르ì°, í¬ì¤í¬ë¥´ì° ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ê¸ì í¬ë ì´í¸ì .Other useful liquid and semi-solid dosage forms include those containing the active ingredient(s) disclosed herein (e.g., compounds of formulae (I)-(V)) and dialkylated mono- or poly-alkylene glycols, including but not limited to 1,2-dimethoxymethane, diglyme, triglyme, tetraglyme, polyethylene glycol-350-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-550-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-750-dimethyl ether (wherein 350, 550, and 750 refer to the approximate average molecular weight of the polyethylene glycol). These formulations can further comprise one or more antioxidants, such as butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), propyl gallate, vitamin E, hydroquinone, hydroxycoumarins, ethanolamines, lecithins, cephalins, ascorbic acid, malic acid, sorbitol, phosphoic acid, sodium metabisulfite, thiodipropionic acid and esters thereof, and dithiocarbamates. In some embodiments, examples of pharmaceutically acceptable antioxidants include: (1) water soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabisulfite, sodium sulfide, and the like; (2) oil soluble antioxidants, such as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), lecithin, propyl gallate, alpha-tocopherol, and the like; and (3) metal chelating agents such as citric acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), sorbitol, tartaric acid, and phosphoric acid.
α-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, γ-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, ë©í¸-β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, íì´ëë¡ììí¸ Î²-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í-β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í γ-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, í©ì°í β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, í©ì°í α-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, ì¤í¬ë¶í¸ β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°ê³¼ê°ì ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì©íë ì ëì²´ ëí 본ìì 기ì ë ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì ë¬ì í¥ììí¤ê¸° ìí´ ì 리íê² ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.ãCyclodextrins, such as α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, γ-cyclodextrin, methyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxyethyl β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl γ-cyclodextrin, sulfated β-cyclodextrin, sulfated α-cyclodextrin, sulfobutyl β-cyclodextrin, or other solubilized derivatives may also be advantageously used to enhance delivery of the compositions described herein.
경구 í¬ì¬ì©ì¼ë¡ 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëí 리í¬ì¢, 미ì , 미ì구체, ëë ëë ¸ìì¤í ì ííë¡ ê°ìë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein for oral administration may also be disclosed in the form of liposomes, micelles, microspheres, or nanosystems.
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì¡ì í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ì¬êµ¬ì±ëë, ë¹-ë°í¬ì± ëë ë°í¬ì±, 과립 ë° ë¶ë§ë¡ì ê°ìë ì ìë¤. ë¹-ë°í¬ì± 과립 ëë ë¶ë§ì ì¬ì©ëë ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë´ì²´ ë° ë¶íì ë í¬ìì , ê°ë¯¸ì ë° ìµì¤ì 를 í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ë°í¬ì± 과립 ëë ë¶ë§ì ì¬ì©ëë ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë´ì²´ ë° ë¶íì ë ì ê¸°ì° ë° ì´ì°ííìì ê³µê¸ìì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be disclosed as non-effervescent or effervescent, granules and powders, which are reconstituted into liquid dosage forms. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in non-effervescent granules or powders may include diluents, sweeteners and wetting agents. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in effervescent granules or powders may include organic acids and sources of carbon dioxide.
ì°©ìì ë° í¥ë¯¸ì ê° ë³¸ ê°ìë í¬ì¬ íí ì¤ ì´ë íëì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.Colorants and flavoring agents may be used in any of the dosage forms disclosed herein.
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ìíë ì¹ë£ ìì©ì ìììí¤ì§ ìë ë¤ë¥¸ íì± ì±ë¶, ëë ìíë ìì©ì ë³´ì¶©íë 물ì§, ì컨ë íì´ëë¡ì½ë¥´í°ìê³¼ í¨ê» ê³µëì¼ë¡ ì ííë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be co-formulated with other active ingredients that do not impair the desired therapeutic action, or with substances that supplement the desired action, such as hydrocortisone.
B. ë¹ê²½êµ¬ í¬ì¬B. Parenteral administration
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì êµì ëë ì ì í¬ì¬ë¥¼ ìí´ ì£¼ì¬, 주ì , ê´ë¥, ëë ì´ìì ìí´ ë¹ê²½êµ¬ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. 본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, ë¹ê²½êµ¬ í¬ì¬ë ì ë§¥ ë´, í¼ë´, ëë§¥ ë´, ë³µê° ë´, ì²ì ë´, ëì¤ ë´, ìë ë´, í골 ë´, ëê° ë´, ê·¼ì¡ ë´, íì¡ ë´ ë° í¼í í¬ì¬ë¥¼ í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be administered parenterally by injection, infusion, perfusion, or implantation for local or systemic administration. As used herein, parenteral administration includes, but is not limited to, intravenous, intradermal, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intraspinal, intraventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, intrasynovial, and subcutaneous administration.
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì£¼ì¬ ì , ì©ì¡, ííì¡, ì íì¡, 미ì , 리í¬ì¢, 미ì구체, ëë ¸ìì¤í , ë° ì¡ì²´ ì¤ì ì©ì¡ ëë ííì¡ì ì í©í ê³ íë¶ íí를 í¬í¨íë, ë¹ê²½êµ¬ í¬ì¬ì ì í©í ììì í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ì ííë ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í í¬ì¬ ííë ì ì½ ê³¼í ë¶ì¼ì ìë ¨ììê² ê³µì§ë ì¢ ëì ë°©ë²ì ë°ë¼ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤(Remington: The Science and PracticeãofãPharmacy, ì ì í¨).The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be formulated in any dosage form suitable for parenteral administration, including solutions, suspensions, emulsions, micelles, liposomes, microspheres, nanosystems, and solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquids prior to injection. Such dosage forms may be prepared according to conventional methods known to those skilled in the art of pharmaceutical science ( Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy , supra).
ë¹ê²½êµ¬ í¬ì¬ë¥¼ ìí ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ìì± ë¹íí´, ì-í¼íì± ë¹íí´, ë¹ìì± ë¹íí´, 미ì물ì ì±ì¥ì ëí íê· ì ëë ë³´ì¡´ì , ìì íì , ì©í´ë ì¦ê°ì , ë±ì¥ì± ì ì , ìì¶©ì , íì°íì , êµì ë§ì·¨ì , ííì ë° ë¶ì°ì , ìµì¤ì ëë ì íì , ì°©íì , 격리ì ëë í¬ë ì´í¸ì , ê·¹ì ì¨ë³´í¸ì , ëê²°ë³´í¸ì , ì¦ì ì , pH ì¡°ì ì , ë° ë¶íì± ê°ì¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìë, íë ì´ìì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì© ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë´ì²´ ë° ë¶íì )ì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.Pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral administration can include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles (e.g., carriers and excipients), including but not limited to, aqueous vehicles, water-miscible vehicles, non-aqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents or preservatives against the growth of microorganisms, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, isotonic agents, buffers, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents, sequestering or chelating agents, cryoprotectants, cryoprotectants, thickening agents, pH adjusters, and inert gases.
ì ì í ìì± ë¹íí´ì, 물, ìì¼ì, ì리ìì¼ì ëë í¬ì¤íì´í¸ ìì¶© ìì¼ì(PBS), í´ë¡ë¼ì´ë ëí¸ë¥¨ 주ì¬ì , ë§ê±° 주ì¬ì , ë±ì¥ì± ë±ì¤í¸ë¡ì¤ 주ì¬ì , ë©¸ê· ì 주ì¬ì , ë±ì¤í¸ë¡ì¤ ë° ë½í ì´í¸í ë§ê±° 주ì¬ì¡ì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ë¹-ìì± ë¹íí´ì, ì물 ì ë ê³ ì ì , ìºì¤í° ì¤ì¼, ì¥ììì , 목íì¨ì , ì¬ë¦¬ë¸ì , ë 콩ì , íí¼ë¯¼í¸ì , ííì , 참기ë¦, ëëì , ììí ìë¬¼ì± ì¤ì¼, ììí ëëì , ë° ì½ì½ë ì¤ì¼ì ì¤ê°-ì¬ì¬ í¸ë¦¬ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦¬ë, ë° ì¼ìì ì¤ì¼ì í¬í¨íì§ë§,ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì-í¼íì± ë¹íí´ì, ìíì¬, 1,3-ë¶íëì¬, ì¡ì í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½(ì를 ë¤ì´, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ 300 ë° í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ 400), íë¡íë ê¸ë¦¬ì½, ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦°, N-ë©í¸-2-í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ëë©í¸ìì¸í¸ì미ë, ë° ëë©í¸ì¤íìë를 í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ ìëë¤.Suitable aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, water, saline, normal saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Isotonic Dextrose Injection, Sterile Water Injection, dextrose, and lactated Ringer's Injection. Non-aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, fixed oils of vegetable origin, castor oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, olive oil, peanut oil, peppermint oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, hydrogenated vegetable oil, hydrogenated soybean oil, and medium-chain triglycerides of coconut oil, and palm oil. Water-miscible vehicles include, but are not limited to, ethanol, 1,3-butanediol, liquid polyethylene glycols (e.g., polyethylene glycol 300 and polyethylene glycol 400), propylene glycol, glycerin, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidine, dimethylacetamide, and dimethyl sulfoxide.
ì ì í íê· ì ëë ë³´ì¡´ì ë, íë, í¬ë 졸, ììë¥, ë²¤ì§ ìì½ì¬, í´ë¡ë¡ë¶íì¬, ë©í¸ ë° íë¡í p-íì´ëë¡ì벤ì ì´í¸, í°ë©ë¡ì´, 벤ìì½ë í´ë¡ë¼ì´ë, 벤ì í ë í´ë¡ë¼ì´ë, ë©í¸- ë° íë¡í-íë¼ë²¤, ë° ì르ë¸ì°ì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ ìëë¤. ì ì í ë±ì¥ì± ì ì ë, í´ë¡ë¼ì´ë ëí¸ë¥¨, ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦°, ë° ë±ì¤í¸ë¡ì¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì ì í ìì¶©ì ë, í¬ì¤íì´í¸ ë° ìí¸ë ì´í¸ë¥¼ í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì ì í íì°íì ë, ë¹ì¤íì´í¸ ë° ë©íë¹ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ì í¬í¨íë, 본ìì 기ì ë ê²ë¤ì´ë¤. ì ì í êµì ë§ì·¨ì ë, íë¡ì¹´ì¸ íì´ëë¡í´ë¡ë¼ì´ë를 í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì ì í ííì ë° ë¶ì°ì ë, 카르복ìë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ëí¸ë¥¨, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë° í´ë¦¬ë¹ëí¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ëì í¬í¨íë, 본ìì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì ê²ë¤ì´ë¤. ì ì í ì íì ë, í´ë¦¬ì¥ììí¸ë ì르ë¹í ëª¨ë ¸ë¼ì°ë ì´í¸, í´ë¦¬ì¥ììí¸ë ì르ë¹í ëª¨ë ¸ì¬ë ìì´í¸ 80, ë° í¸ë¦¬ìíì¬ì민 ì¬ë ìì´í¸ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë, 본ìì 기ì ë ê²ë¤ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì ì í 격리ì ëë í¬ë ì´í¸ì ë EDTA를 í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì ì í pH ì¡°ì ì ë, ìì°íëí¸ë¥¨, íì´ëë¡í´ë¡ë¥´ì°, ìí¸ë¥´ì°, ë° ë½í¸ì°ì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ì í©í ì°©íì ë, α-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, ë©í¸-β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í-3-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°/íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í-β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, ì¤í¬ë¶í¸ìí 르-β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, ë° ì¤í¬ë¶í¸ìí 르 7-O-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°(CAPTISOL®, CyDex, Lenexa, Kans.)ì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.Suitable antimicrobial agents or preservatives include, but are not limited to, phenol, cresols, mercury, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propyl p-hydroxybenzate, thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, methyl- and propyl-paraben, and sorbic acid. Suitable isotonic agents include, but are not limited to, sodium chloride, glycerin, and dextrose. Suitable buffering agents include, but are not limited to, phosphate and citrate. Suitable antioxidants are those described herein, including sodium bisulfite and sodium metabisulfite. Suitable local anesthetics include, but are not limited to, procaine hydrochloride. Suitable suspending and dispersing agents are those described herein, including sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Suitable emulsifiers include those described herein, including polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate 80, and triethanolamine oleate. Suitable sequestering or chelating agents include, but are not limited to, EDTA. Suitable pH adjusting agents include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid, and lactic acid. Suitable complexing agents include, but are not limited to, α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, methyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-3-cyclodextrin/hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin, and sulfobutylether 7-O-cyclodextrin (CAPTISOL®, CyDex, Lenexa, Kans.).
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ë¨ì¼ í¬ì¬ë ëë ë¤ì¤ í¬ì¬ë í¬ì¬ì©ì¼ë¡ ì ííë ì ìë¤. ë¨ì¼ í¬ì¬ë ì íì ì°í, ë°ì´ì ëë 주ì¬ê¸°ë¡ í¬ì¥ëë¤. ë¤ì¤ í¬ì¬ë ë¹ê²½êµ¬ ì íì ì ê· ëë ì ì§ê· ëëì íê· ì 를 í¨ì í´ì¼ íë¤. 모ë ë¹ê²½êµ¬ ì íì ë¹ì ê³ì ê³µì§ëì´ ì¤ìë ë°ì ê°ì´ ë©¸ê· ìíì¬ì¼ íë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be formulated for single dose or multiple dose administration. Single dose formulations are packaged in ampoules, vials or syringes. Multiple dose parenteral formulations must contain antimicrobial agents in bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentrations. All parenteral formulations must be sterile as is known and practiced in the art.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì¦ì ì¬ì© ê°ë¥í ë©¸ê· ì©ì¡ì¼ë¡ì ê°ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì¬ì© ì ì ë¹íí´ê³¼ ì¬êµ¬ì±ëë, ëê²° ê±´ì¡° ë¶ë§ ë° í¼í ì ì 를 í¬í¨íë ë©¸ê· ê±´ì¡° ê°ì©ì± ìì±ë¬¼ë¡ì ê°ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì¦ì ì¬ì© ê°ë¥í ííì¡ì¼ë¡ì ê°ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì¬ì© ì ì ë¹íí´ê³¼ ì¬êµ¬ì±ëë, ë©¸ê· ê±´ì¡° ë¶ì©ì± ìì±ë¬¼ë¡ì ê°ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì¦ì ì¬ì© ê°ë¥í ë©¸ê· ì íì¡ì¼ë¡ì ê°ìëë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is disclosed as a ready-to-use sterile solution. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is disclosed as a sterile dry soluble product, including a lyophilized powder and a subcutaneous tablet, for reconstitution with a vehicle prior to use. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is disclosed as a ready-to-use suspension. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is disclosed as a sterile dry insoluble product, for reconstitution with a vehicle prior to use. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is disclosed as a ready-to-use sterile emulsion.
ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì´ìë ë°í¬ë¡ì í¬ì¬í기 ìí, ííì¡, ê³ íë¶, ë°-ê³ íë¶, ëë ìë³ì± ì¡ì²´ë¡ì ì ííë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì²´ì¡ì ë¶ì©ì±ì¸ ì¸ë¶ ì¤í©ì²´ 멤ë¸ë ì¸ì ìí´ ëë¬ì¸ì´ì§ë§ ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ì¤ì íì± ì±ë¶ì ì´ë¥¼ íµí´ íì°ë ì ìë, ê³ ì ë´ë¶ 매í¸ë¦ì¤ ì¤ì ë¶ì°ëë¤. ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì§ë°©ì° ì¼ì ì´ë¬í í¬ì¬ ííì ë§¤ì° ì í©í ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated as suspensions, solids, semi-solids, or thixotropic liquids for administration as implanted depots. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein are dispersed in a solid internal matrix, which is surrounded by an outer polymeric membrane that is insoluble in body fluids, but through which the active ingredient in the pharmaceutical composition can diffuse. The fatty acid salts of the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) may be well suited for such dosage forms.
ì ì í ë´ë¶ 매í¸ë¦ì¤ë, í´ë¦¬ë©í¸ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, í´ë¦¬ë¶í¸ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, ê°ìí ëë ë¹ê°ìí í´ë¦¬ë¹ëí´ë¡ë¼ì´ë, ê°ìí ëì¼ë¡ , ê°ìí í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë í ë ííë ì´í¸, ì²ì° ê³ ë¬´, í´ë¦¬ì´ìíë , í´ë¦¬ì´ìë¶í¸ë , í´ë¦¬ë¶íëì, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë , ìí¸ë -ë¹ëìì¸í ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ì¤ë¦¬ì½ ê³ ë¬´, í´ë¦¬ëë©í¸ì¤ë¡ì°, ì¤ë¦¬ì½ 카르보ë¤ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ì¹ìì± ì¤í©ì²´, ì컨ë ìí¬ë¦´ì° ë° ë©íí¬ë¦´ì°ì ìì¤í 르ì íì´ëë¡ê², ì½ë¼ê², ê°êµ ê²°í©ë í´ë¦¬ë¹ëìì½ì¬, ë° ê°êµ ê²°í©ë ë¶ë¶ ê°ìë¶í´ í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤.Suitable internal matrices include polymethyl methacrylate, polybutyl methacrylate, plasticized or non-plasticized polyvinyl chloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethylene terephthalate, natural rubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene, ethylene-vinylacetate copolymers, silicone rubber, polydimethylsiloxane, silicone carbonate copolymers, hydrophilic polymers such as hydrogels of esters of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, collagen, cross-linked polyvinyl alcohol, and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate.
ì ì í ì¸ë¶ ì¤í©ì²´ 멤ë¸ë ì¸ì, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë , í´ë¦¬íë¡íë , ìí¸ë /íë¡íë ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ìí¸ë /ìí¸ ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ìí¸ë /ë¹ëìì¸í ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ì¤ë¦¬ì½ ê³ ë¬´, í´ë¦¬ëë©í¸ ì¤ë¡ì°, ë¤ì¤íë ê³ ë¬´, í´ë¡ë¦°í í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë , í´ë¦¬ë¹ëí´ë¡ë¼ì´ë, ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸ìì ë¹ëí´ë¡ë¼ì´ë ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ë¹ëë¦¬ë´ í´ë¡ë¼ì´ë, ìí¸ë ë° íë¡íë , ì´ì¤ë ¸ë¨¸ í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë í ë ííë ì´í¸, ë¶í¸ ê³ ë¬´ ìí¼í´ë¡ë¡íë린 ê³ ë¬´, ìí¸ë /ë¹ë ìì½ì¬ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ìí¸ë /ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸/ë¹ë ìì½ì¬ í 르í´ë¦¬ë¨¸, ë° ìí¸ë /ë¹ëì¥ììíì¬ ê³µì¤í©ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤.Suitable outer polymer membranes include polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene/vinylacetate copolymers, silicone rubber, polydimethyl siloxane, neoprene rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubber epichlorohydrin rubber, ethylene/vinyl alcohol copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymers, and ethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymers.
C. êµì í¬ì¬C. Topical administration
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì í¼ë¶, ì¤ë¦¬í¼ì¤, ëë ì ë§ì¼ë¡ êµì í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. í¨ê³¼ë êµì ëë ì ì ì¼ ì ìë¤. 본ìì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì´, êµì í¬ì¬ë, ê²°ë§, ê°ë§ë´, ì구ë´, ë ë´, ê·, ê²½í¼, ë¹ê°(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¹ê°ë´), ì§, ìë, í¸í¡ê¸° ë° ì§ì¥ í¬ì¬ë¥¼ í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìëë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be administered topically to the skin, orifices, or mucous membranes. The effects can be local or systemic. As described herein, topical administration includes, but is not limited to, conjunctival, intracorneal, intraocular, intraocular, otic, transdermal, nasal (e.g., intranasal), vaginal, urethral, respiratory, and rectal administration.
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì íì¡, ì©ì¡, ííì¡, í¬ë¦¼, ê², íì´ëë¡ê², ì°ê³ , ë¶ë¬´ ë¶ë§, ëë ì±, ìë¦ì, ë¡ì , ííì¡, í í¬ì , íì´ì¤í¸, ë°í¬ì²´, íë¦, ìì´ë¡ì¡¸, ê´ë¥ì , ë¶ë¬´ì , ì¢ì , ë°ì°½ê³ , í¼ë¶ í¨ì¹ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë, êµì ëë ì ì í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ìí êµì í¬ì¬ì ì í©í ììì í¬ì½ ííë¡ ì ííë ì ìë¤. 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì êµì ì íì ë©¸ê· ì¡°ê±´ íìì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì© ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´ê³¼ í¼í©ë ì ìê³ , íìí ì ìë ììì ë³´ì¡´ì , ìì¶©ì¡, í¡ì ì¦ê°ì , ì¶ì§ì ì í¼í©ë ì ìë íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì í¨ì í ì ìë¤. 리í¬ì, 미ì , 미ì구체, ëë ¸ìì¤í , ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì´ ì¬ì©ë ìë ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be formulated in any dosage form suitable for topical administration for local or systemic effect, including emulsions, solutions, suspensions, creams, gels, hydrogels, ointments, spray powders, dressings, elixirs, lotions, suspensions, tinctures, pastes, foams, films, aerosols, irrigants, sprays, suppositories, adhesives, and skin patches. Topical formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can contain the active ingredient(s) which can be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle and any preservatives, buffers, absorption enhancers, and propellants which may be required. Liposomes, micelles, microspheres, nanosystems, and mixtures thereof can also be used.
본ìì ê°ìë êµì ì íì ì¬ì©í기ì ì ì í ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì© ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë´ì²´ ë° ë¶íì )ì, ìì± ë¹íí´, ì-í¼íì± ë¹íí´, ë¹ìì± ë¹íí´, 미ì물ì ì±ì¥ì ëí íê· ì ëë ë³´ì¡´ì , ìì íì , ì©í´ë ì¦ê°ì , ë±ì¥ì± ì ì , ìì¶©ì , íì°íì , êµì ë§ì·¨ì , ííì ë° ë¶ì°ì , ìµì¤ì ëë ì íì , ì°©íì , 격리ì ëë í¬ë ì´í¸ì , ì¹¨í¬ ì¦ê°ì , ê·¹ì ì¨ë³´í¸ì , ëê²°ë³´í¸ì , ì¦ì ì , ë° ë¶íì± ê°ì¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.Pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles (e.g., carriers and excipients) suitable for use in the topical formulations disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, aqueous vehicles, water-miscible vehicles, non-aqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents or preservatives against the growth of microorganisms, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, isotonic agents, buffers, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents, sequestering or chelating agents, penetration enhancers, cryoprotectants, cryoprotectants, thickening agents, and inert gases.
ì°ê³ , íì´ì¤í¸, í¬ë¦¼ ë° ê²ì, íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ëíì¬, ë물 ë° ìë¬¼ì± ì§ë°©, ì¤ì¼, ìì¤, íë¼í, ì ë¶, í¸ë¼ê°ì¹¸ì¤, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ì ëì²´, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½, ì¤ë¦¬ì½, 벤í ëì´í¸, ê·ì°, íí¬ ë° ì°íìì°, ëë ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼ê³¼ ê°ì ë¶íì 를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤.Ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to the active ingredient(s), excipients such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffin, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycol, silicone, bentonite, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
ë¶ë§ ë° ë¶ë¬´ì ë, íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ëíì¬, ë½í ì¤ì¤, íí¬, ê·ì°, ìì°íì루미ë, ê·ì°ì¹¼ì ë° í´ë¦¬ì미ë ë¶ë§, ëë ì´ë¤ 물ì§ì í¼í©ë¬¼ê³¼ ê°ì ë¶íì ì í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ë¶ë¬´ì , ì컨ë ë¹ê°(ë´) í¬ì¬ë¥¼ ìí´ ì¬ì©ëë ë¶ë¬´ì ë í´ë¡ë¡í루ì¤ë¡íì´ëë¡ì¹´ë³¸ê³¼ ê°ì íµìì ì¸ ì¶ì§ì ë° ë¶í ë° íë¡íê³¼ ê°ì íë°ì± 미ì¹í ííìì를 ì¶ê°ë¡ í¨ì í ì ìë¤.Powders and sprays may contain, in addition to the active ingredient(s), excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays, such as those used for nasal administration, may additionally contain conventional propellants such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons such as butane and propane.
ê²½í¼ ì ë¬ ì¥ì¹(ì를 ë¤ì´, í¨ì¹)ê° ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í í¬ì¬ ííë íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ì ì²´ì ì¡°ì ë ë°©ìì¼ë¡ ì ë¬íë ë¶ê°ì ì¸ ì´ì ì ê°ëë¤. ì¦, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼)ì, ì ì ìí ëëë¡ ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ë¥¼ íµí´ í¬ì¬ë ì ìì¼ë©°, ì´ì ìí´ íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ìê° ê²½ê³¼ì ë°ë¼ ì ì§ì ì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬ëì´, ì½ë¬¼ ì¤íì´í¬ ë° ì´ì ì°ê´ë ì´ìë°ì/ë ì±ì í¼íê² ëë¤.Transdermal delivery devices (e.g., patches) may be used. Such dosage forms have the additional advantage of delivering the active ingredient(s) to the body in a controlled manner. That is, the compounds of the present disclosure (e.g., compounds of Formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof) can be administered via a transdermal patch at a steady state concentration, whereby the active ingredient(s) is administered gradually over time, avoiding drug spikes and associated adverse reactions/toxicities.
본ìì ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ í¬ì¬ ííë ì¹ë£ ì¤ì¸ ì§í/ë³í, ì¬ì©ëë íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤), ê²½í¼ ì ë¬ ì¥ì¹ì í¬ê³¼ì± ë° í¬ê¸°, ë°©ì¶ ê¸°ê° ë±ì ë°ë¼ ë¤ìí ìì íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ê³¼ í¨ê» ì ííë ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ í¨ê» ì ííëë ê²½ì°, ë¨ì í¬ì¬ë ì ì ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, í¹ì ìì© ë° íí©ë¬¼ì í¨ë¥ì ë°ë¼, 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 20 mg, 25 mg, 30 mg, 35 mg, 40 mg, 45 mg, 50 mg, to 200 mg, 175 mg, 150 mg, 125 mg, 100 mg, 95 mg, 90 mg, 85 mg, 80 mg, 75 mg, 70 mg, 65 mg, 60 mg, 55 mgì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼(íì± ê¸°ì¤)ë¡ë¶í°, ê·¸ë ì§ ìì¼ë©´ ì ì í ê²ì¼ë¡ ì¬ê²¨ì§ë ë°ì ê°ì´, ê°ë³ëê±°ë ì¡°ì ë ì ìë¤.The transdermal patch dosage form of the present invention can be formulated with various amounts of active ingredient(s) depending on the disease/condition being treated, the active ingredient(s) used, the permeability and size of the transdermal delivery device, the duration of release, etc. For example, when formulated with compounds of formulae (I) to (V), the unit dosage preparation may be, for example, from 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 20 mg, 25 mg, 30 mg, 35 mg, 40 mg, 45 mg, 50 mg, to 200 mg, 175 mg, 150 mg, 125 mg, 100 mg, 95 mg, 90 mg, 85 mg, 80 mg, 75 mg, 70 mg, 65 mg, 60 mg, 55 mg of a compound of formulae (I) to (V) (on an activity basis), or otherwise varied or adjusted as deemed appropriate, depending on the particular application and the potency of the compound.
ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ë¡ ì ííë ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ë ë ì±ì ê°ììí¤ë©´ì ì§ìì ì¸ ì¹ë£ ì´ì ì ë¬ì±íëë¡, ë¯¸ì¸ í¬ì¬ ëë (본ììì ì ì ìê·¹ 미ë§ì¼ë¡ë ì§ì¹ëë) ì ì ìê·¹ 미ë§ì í¬ì¬ì ì í©í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ë¥¼ íµí´ ì ì ìê·¹ 미ë§ì ëëë¡ í¬ì¬ëë©°(ê·¸ë¬ë ì¬ì í ì ì¬ì ì¼ë¡ ì¸ë¡í ëì±ì), ì를 ë¤ì´, 8, 24, 48, 72, 84, 96, ëë 168ìê°ì 기ê°ê³¼ ê°ì ì°ì¥ë 기ê°ì ê±¸ì³ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤.Transdermal patches formulated with the disclosed compounds may be suitable for microdosing or sub-psychoactive dosing (also referred to herein as sub-psychoactive) to achieve sustained therapeutic benefit while reducing toxicity. In some embodiments, a compound of Formulas (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, is administered via the transdermal patch at a sub-psychoactive concentration (but still potentially serotonergic), which may be administered over an extended period of time, such as for example, over a period of 8, 24, 48, 72, 84, 96, or 168 hours.
íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤), ë° ììì ì íì ì¸ ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´(ë¤)ì ëíì¬, ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ë ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ë ë°ì ê°ì ê°ì ì ì°©ì 층, ë°°í¹, ë° ë°©ì¶ ë¼ì´ë ì¤ íë ì´ìì í¬í¨í ìë ìë¤.In addition to the active ingredient(s), and any optional pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle(s), the transdermal patch may also include one or more of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a backing, and a release liner as are known to those skilled in the art.
ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ í¬ì¬ ííë 본ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ì ì í ë°°ì§ì ì©í´ìí¤ê±°ë ë¶ì°ìí´ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ê°ì ì ì°©ì 층ì íì±íë ì¤í©ì²´ 매í¸ë¦ì¤ ë´ë¡ ì§ì ì©í´/ë¶ì°ëë¤. ì´ë¬í ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ë¥¼ ì ì°©ì -ë´-ì½ë¬¼(drug-in-adhesive(DIA)) í¨ì¹ë¼ê³ íë¤. ë°ëì§í DIA í¨ì¹ ííë íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì´ ê°ì ì ì°©ì ì¤í©ì²´ 매í¸ë¦ì¤ ì ì²´ì ê±¸ì³ ê· ì¼íê² ë¶í¬ëë ê²ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ê°ì ì ì°©ì 층과 ë³ê°ì¸, íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤) + ì¤í©ì²´ 매í¸ë¦ì¤ë¥¼ í¨ì íë 층ì¼ë¡ ì ê³µë ì ìë¤. ììì ê²½ì°ì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì, í¼ë¶ë¥¼ íµí í¡ì를 ì¦ê°ìí¤ê¸° ìí´, ì íì ì¼ë¡ ë´ì²´ ì ì , í¬ê³¼ì /í¡ì ì¦ê°ì , ìµì¤ì /ê²°ì í ìµì ì ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ì ì í ë¹íí´(ë¤)ê³¼ í¨ê» ì ííë ì ìë¤. Transdermal patch dosage forms can be prepared by dissolving or dispersing the compounds of the present disclosure in a suitable medium. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are dissolved/dispersed directly into the polymer matrix forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Such transdermal patches are referred to as drug-in-adhesive (DIA) patches. A preferred DIA patch form is one in which the active ingredient(s) is uniformly distributed throughout the pressure-sensitive adhesive polymer matrix. In some embodiments, the active ingredient(s) can be provided in a layer containing the active ingredient(s) plus the polymer matrix, which is separate from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In any case, the compounds of the present disclosure can optionally be formulated with suitable vehicle(s), such as carrier agents, penetration/absorption enhancers, wetting agents/crystallization inhibitors, and the like, to enhance absorption through the skin.
ë´ì²´ ì ì ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: ì¬ë ì°, ì´ë°ì¹¸ì°, ë°ë 르ì°, íµíì°, í ë¼ê³¤ì°, ì¹´í르ì°, ë¼ì°ë¥´ì°, ë° ìì´ì½ì¬ííìì°ê³¼ ê°ì C8-C22 ì§ë°©ì°; ì¥íì¬, ë ¸ëì¬, ì¬ë ì¼ ìì½ì¬, ë°ì¤ ìì½ì¬ ë° ë¼ì°ë¦´ ìì½ì¬ê³¼ ê°ì C8-C22 ì§ë°© ìì½ì¬; ìí¸ ì¬ë ìì´í¸, ì´ìíë¡í 미리ì¤í ì´í¸, ë¶í¸ ì¤í ìë ì´í¸, ë° ë©í¸ ë¼ì°ë ì´í¸ì ê°ì C8-C22 ì§ë°©ì°ì ì ê¸ ìí¬ ìì¤í 르; ëì´ìíë¡í ìëíì´í¸ì ê°ì C6-C22 2ì°ì ë(ì ê¸)ìí¬ ìì¤í 르; ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦´ ëª¨ë ¸ë¼ì°ë ì´í¸ì ê°ì C8-C22 ì§ë°©ì°ì ëª¨ë ¸ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦¬ë; í í¸ë¼íì´ëë¡í¸ë£¨ë¦´ ìì½ì¬ í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ìí 르; í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½, íë¡íë ê¸ë¦¬ì½; 2-(2-ìí¡ììí¡ì)ìíì¬; ëìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ëª¨ë ¸ë©í¸ ìí 르; í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ì°í물ì ìí¬ì릴 ìí 르; í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ì°í물 ëª¨ë ¸ë©í¸ ìí 르; í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ì°í물 ëë©í¸ ìí 르; ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¡¤; ìí¸ ìì¸í ì´í¸; ìì¸í ìì¸í¸ ìì¤í 르; N-ìí¬í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë; α-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, γ-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, ëë 2-íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í-β-ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°ê³¼ ê°ì ì ëì²´ì ê°ì ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°; ë° ë¦¬ëª¨ë¨, 리ë ë¡ì¬, 미르ì¼, í¼ë¨, ì컨ë α-í¼ë¨, 카리ì¤íë , ìí¸ë, ì ì½ë¦½í¨ ë±ê³¼ ê°ì í 르í/í 르íë ¸ì´ë; ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼.Examples of carrier agents include, but are not limited to: C8-C22 fatty acids such as oleic acid, undecanoic acid, valeric acid, heptanoic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, and eicosapentaenoic acid; C8 - C22 fatty alcohols such as octanol, nonanol, oleyl alcohol, decyl alcohol, and lauryl alcohol; lower alkyl esters of C8 - C22 fatty acids such as ethyl oleate , isopropyl myristate, butyl stearate, and methyl laurate; di(lower)alkyl esters of C6 - C22 diacids such as diisopropyl adipate; monoglycerides of C8 - C22 fatty acids such as glyceryl monolaurate; tetrahydrofuranyl alcohol polyethylene glycol ethers; polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol; 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethanol; diethylene glycol monomethyl ether; alkylaryl ethers of polyethylene oxide; polyethylene oxide monomethyl ether; polyethylene oxide dimethyl ether; glycerol; ethyl acetate; acetoacetic ester; N-alkylpyrrolidone; cyclodextrins such as derivatives such as α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, γ-cyclodextrin, or 2-hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin; and terpenes/terpenoids such as limonene, linalool, myrcene, pinene, e.g., α-pinene, caryophyllene, citral, eucoliptol, and the like; and mixtures thereof.
í¬ê³¼ì /í¡ì ì¦ê°ì ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: ëë°ì¤ë©í¸ì¤íìë, ì¥í¸ ë©í¸ ì¤íìë, ë ¸ë ë©í¸ ì¤íìë, ë°ì¤ ë©í¸ ì¤íìë, ì´ë°ì¤ ë©í¸ ì¤íìë, 2-íì´ëë¡ìë°ì¤ ë©í¸ ì¤íìë, 2-íì´ëë¡ì-ì´ë°ì¤ ë©í¸ ì¤íìë, 2-íì´ëë¡ìëë°ì¤ ë©í¸ ì¤íìë ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ì¤íìë; í´ë¡ì¬ë¨¸, CARBOPOL ë° PEMULEN ì¤ íë ì´ìì ê°ë ìì±ì, ì´ìíë¡í í미í ì´í¸ ë° PPG-2 미리ì¤í¸ ìí 르 íë¡í¼ì¤ë¤ì´í¸, ë° ë ìí´ ì¤ íë ì´ìì¼ë¡ íì±ë ì§ì§ìì¼ë¡ë¶í° íì±ë ê²ë¤ê³¼ ê°ì ê³ë©´íì±ì -ë ìí´ ì 기ê²(PLO); ì¬ë ì¼ì¬ë ìì´í¸ ë° ì¬ë ì¼ ìì½ì¬ê³¼ ê°ì ì§ë°©ì°, ìì¤í 르, ë° ìì½ì¬; ë ë¶ë¦°ì°ê³¼ ê°ì ì¼í ì°; ëìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ëª¨ë ¸ìí¸ ìí 르ì ê°ì ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ë° ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ìí 르; ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼.Examples of penetration/absorption enhancers include, but are not limited to: sulfoxides such as dodecyl methyl sulfoxide, octyl methyl sulfoxide, nonyl methyl sulfoxide, decyl methyl sulfoxide, undecyl methyl sulfoxide, 2-hydroxydecyl methyl sulfoxide, 2-hydroxy-undecyl methyl sulfoxide, 2-hydroxydodecyl methyl sulfoxide, and the like; surfactants-lecithin organogels (PLOs) such as those formed from an aqueous phase having one or more of poloxamers, CARBOPOL, and PEMULEN, a lipid phase formed from isopropyl palmitate and PPG-2 myristyl ether propionate, and one or more of lecithins; fatty acids, esters, and alcohols such as oleyl oleate and oleyl alcohol; keto acids such as levulinic acid; glycols and glycol ethers such as diethylene glycol monoethyl ether; and mixtures thereof.
ìµì¤ì /ê²°ì í ìµì ì ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: í´ë¦¬ë¹ë í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë-ì½-ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸, HPMC, í´ë¦¬ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼.Examples of wetting agents/crystallization inhibitors include, but are not limited to: polyvinyl pyrrolidone-co-vinyl acetate, HPMC, polymethacrylates, and mixtures thereof.
ê°ì ì ì°©ì 층ì ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ ìë ì¤í©ì²´ë¡ë¶í° íì±ë ì ìë¤: ìí¬ë¦´(ìí¬ ìí¬ë¦´ì í¬í¨íë í´ë¦¬ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸), í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸, ì²ì° ë° í©ì± ê³ ë¬´(ì를 ë¤ì´, í´ë¦¬ì´ìë¶í¸ë ), ìí¸ë ë¹ëìì¸í ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, í´ë¦¬ì¤ë¡ì°, í´ë¦¬ì°ë í, ê°ìíë í´ë¦¬ìí 르 ë¸ë¡ ì미ë ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ê°ìíë ì¤í°ë -ë¶íëì ê³ ë¬´ ë¸ë¡ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼. 본 ë°ëª ì ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ì ì¬ì©ëë ê°ì ì ì°©ì 층ì ìí¬ë¦´ ì¤í©ì²´ ê°ì ì ì°©ì , ë°ëì§íê²ë ìí¬ë¦´ ê³µì¤í©ì²´ ê°ì ì ì°©ì ë¡ íì±ë ì ìë¤. ìí¬ë¦´ ê³µì¤í©ì²´ ê°ì ì ì°©ì ë ì íì ì¼ë¡ íë ì´ìì ìí¬ (ë©í)ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸(ì를 ë¤ì´, 2-ìí¸í¥ì¤ ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸); ì릴 (ë©í¸)ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸; ì릴ìí¬ (ë©í¸)ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸; ë° íì´ëë¡ììí¬ (ë©í¸)ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸(ì를 ë¤ì´, íì´ëë¡ììí¸ ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, 2-íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, 3-íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, 4-íì´ëë¡ìë¶í¸ ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, 2-íì´ëë¡ììí¸ ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, 2-íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, 3-íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, ë° 4-íì´ëë¡ìë¶í¸ ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸), (ë©í¸)ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸(ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¬ë¦´ì°)를 í¨ì íë 카르복ìì°, ë° ìì½ì (ë©í¸)ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë©í¡ììí¸ ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸)ì ê°ì ìì©ê¸°ë¥¼ ê°ë (ë©í¸)ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸ë¥¼ íë ì´ìì ê³µì¤í©ì²´íê° ê°ë¥í ë¨ëì²´(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¹ë í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸ ë±)ì ê³µì¤í©íí¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ìëë ì ìë¤. ìí¬ë¦´ ê°ì ì ì°©ì ì í¹ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: DURO-TAK 87-900A, DURO-TAK 87-9301, DURO-TAK 87-4098, DURO-TAK 87-2074, DURO-TAK 87-235A, DURO-TAK 87-2510, DURO-TAK 87-2287, DURO-TAK 87-4287, DURO-TAK 87-2516, DURO-TAK 387-2052, ë° DURO-TAK 87-2677ê³¼ ê°ì DURO-TAK ì í(Henkel).The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed from polymers including, but not limited to: acrylics (including polyacrylates including alkyl acrylics), polyvinyl acetate, natural and synthetic rubbers (e.g., polyisobutylene), ethylene vinyl acetate copolymers, polysiloxanes, polyurethanes, plasticized polyether block amide copolymers, plasticized styrene-butadiene rubber block copolymers, and mixtures thereof. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer used in the transdermal patch of the present invention can be formed from an acrylic polymer pressure-sensitive adhesive, preferably an acrylic copolymer pressure-sensitive adhesive. The acrylic copolymer pressure-sensitive adhesive optionally comprises one or more of an alkyl (meth)acrylate (e.g., 2-ethylhexyl acrylate); an aryl (meth)acrylate; an arylalkyl (meth)acrylate; And (meth)acrylates having functional groups such as hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates (e.g., hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate), carboxylic acids containing (meth)acrylates (e.g., acrylic acid), and alkoxy (meth)acrylates (e.g., methoxyethyl acrylate) can be obtained by copolymerizing one or more copolymerizable monomers (e.g., vinyl pyrrolidone, vinyl acetate, etc.). Specific examples of acrylic pressure sensitive adhesives include, but are not limited to: DURO-TAK products (Henkel) such as DURO-TAK 87-900A, DURO-TAK 87-9301, DURO-TAK 87-4098, DURO-TAK 87-2074, DURO-TAK 87-235A, DURO-TAK 87-2510, DURO-TAK 87-2287, DURO-TAK 87-4287, DURO-TAK 87-2516, DURO-TAK 387-2052, and DURO-TAK 87-2677.
본 ë°ëª ì ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ì ì¬ì©ëë ë°°í¹ì íë¦, ë¶ì§í¬, ì¼ë³¸ ì¢ ì´, ë©´ ì§ë¬¼, í¸ì§ ì§ë¬¼, ì§ì¡° ì§ë¬¼, ë° ë¶ì§í¬ ì§ë¬¼ê³¼ íë¦ì ì 층ë ë³µí©ì²´ì ê°ì ê°ìì± ë°°í¹ì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ë°°í¹ì ë°ëì§íê²ë í¼ë¶ì ë°ì íê² ì ì´í ì ìê³ í¼ë¶ì ìì§ìì ë°ë¥¼ ì ìë ë¶ëë¬ì´ ë¬¼ì§ ë° í¨ì¹ì ì¥ê¸°ê° ì¬ì© í í¼ë¶ ë°ì§ ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ë¶í¸í¨ì ìµì í ì ìë 물ì§ë¡ 구ì±ëë¤. ë°°í¹ ì¬ë£ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: ì를 ë¤ì´, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë , í´ë¦¬íë¡íë , í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë í ë ííë ì´í¸, í´ë¦¬ë¶í¸ë í ë ííë ì´í¸, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ëííë ì´í¸, í´ë¦¬ì¤í°ë , ëì¼ë¡ , ë©´, ìì¸í ì´í¸ ë ì´ì¨, ë ì´ì¨, ë ì´ì¨/í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë í ë ííë ì´í¸ ë³µí©ì²´ 몸체, í´ë¦¬ìí¬ë¦´ë¡ëí¸ë¦´, í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì½ì¬, ìí¬ë¦´ í´ë¦¬ì°ë í, ìì¤í 르 í´ë¦¬ì°ë í, ìí 르 í´ë¦¬ì°ë í, ì¤í°ë -ì´ìíë -ì¤í°ë ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ì¤í°ë -ë¶íëì-ì¤í°ë ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ì¤í°ë -ìí¸ë -íë¡íë -ì¤í°ë ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ì¤í°ë -ë¶íëì ê³ ë¬´, ìí¸ë -ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ëë ì ë¡í. ë°ëì§í ë°°í¹ì íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì í¡ì°©íê±°ë ë°©ì¶íì§ ìëë¤. íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì í¡ì°© ë° ë°©ì¶ì ìµì íê³ , íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ê²½í¼ í¡ìì±ì ê°ì íê³ , í¼ë¶ ë°ì§ ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ë¶í¸í¨ì ìµì í기 ìí´, ë°°í¹ì ë°ëì§íê²ë ì ì í 물ì§ë¡ 구ì±ë íë ì´ìì 층ì í¬í¨íê³ ìì¦ê¸° í¬ê³¼ì±ì ê°ëë¤. ë°°í¹ì í¹ì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨í ì ìì¼ë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: 3M COTRAN ìí¸ë ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸ ë§ íë¦ 9702, 3M COTRAN ìí¸ë ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸ ë§ íë¦ 9716, 3M COTRAN í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ë§ íë¦ 9720, 3M COTRAN ìí¸ë ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸ ë§íë¦ 9728 ë±ê³¼ ê°ì 3M COTRAN ì í.The backing used in the transdermal patch of the present invention may include a flexible backing such as a film, a nonwoven fabric, Japanese paper, a cotton fabric, a knitted fabric, a woven fabric, and a laminated composite of a nonwoven fabric and a film. Such a backing is preferably composed of a soft material that can come into close contact with the skin and follow the movement of the skin, and a material that can suppress skin rash and other discomfort after long-term use of the patch. Examples of backing materials include, but are not limited to, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polystyrene, nylon, cotton, acetate rayon, rayon, rayon/polyethylene terephthalate composite body, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinyl alcohol, acrylic polyurethane, ester polyurethane, ether polyurethane, styrene-isoprene-styrene copolymer, styrene-butadiene-styrene copolymer, styrene-ethylene-propylene-styrene copolymer, styrene-butadiene rubber, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, or cellophane. Preferred backings do not adsorb or release the active ingredient(s). To inhibit adsorption and release of the active ingredient(s), improve percutaneous absorbability of the active ingredient(s), and inhibit skin rash and other discomfort, the backing preferably comprises one or more layers of the materials described above and is water vapor permeable. Specific examples of the backing can include, but are not limited to: 3M COTRAN products such as 3M COTRAN Ethylene Vinyl Acetate Membrane Film 9702, 3M COTRAN Ethylene Vinyl Acetate Membrane Film 9716, 3M COTRAN Polyethylene Membrane Film 9720, 3M COTRAN Ethylene Vinyl Acetate Membrane Film 9728, and the like.
본 ë°ëª ì ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ì ì¬ì©ëë ë°©ì¶ ë¼ì´ëë ë¤ìì í¬í¨í ì ìì¼ë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: ë°©ì¶ ì½í ì¼ë¡ ì²ë¦¬ë ì¼ì¸¡ ëë ì측ì ê°ë í´ë¦¬ìì¤í 르 íë¦, ë°©ì¶ ì½í ì¼ë¡ ì²ë¦¬ë í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ì 층ë ê³ íì§ ì¢ ì´, ë° ë°©ì¶ ì½í ì¼ë¡ ì²ë¦¬ë ê¸ë¼ì ì¢ ì´. ë°©ì¶ ì½í ì í루ì¤ë¡ì¤í©ì²´, ì¤ë¦¬ì½, í루ì¤ë¡ì¤ë¦¬ì½, ëë ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ë ììì ë¤ë¥¸ ë°©ì¶ ì½í ì¼ ì ìë¤. ë°©ì¶ ë¼ì´ëë í¨í¤ì§ë¡ë¶í° ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ë¥¼ ì½ê² 꺼ë´ê¸° ìí´ ë¶ê· ì¼í íë©´ì ê°ì§ ì ìë¤. ë°©ì¶ ë¼ì´ëì ìë ë¤ìì í¬í¨í ì ìì¼ë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤: 3M SCOTCHPAK 9744, 3M SCOTCHPAK 9755, 3M SCOTCHPAK 9709, ë° 3M SCOTCHPAK 1022ì ê°ì 3Mì¼ë¡ë¶í°ì SCOTCHPAK ì í.Release liners used in the transdermal patches of the present invention may include, but are not limited to: polyester film having one or both sides treated with a release coating, high quality polyethylene laminated paper treated with a release coating, and glassine paper treated with a release coating. The release coating may be a fluoropolymer, a silicone, a fluorosilicone, or any other release coating known to those skilled in the art. The release liner may have an uneven surface to facilitate easy removal of the transdermal patch from the package. Examples of release liners may include, but are not limited to: SCOTCHPAK products from 3M, such as 3M SCOTCHPAK 9744, 3M SCOTCHPAK 9755, 3M SCOTCHPAK 9709, and 3M SCOTCHPAK 1022.
íë ì´ìì ìê·¹ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¼ì°ë¦´ í©ì° ëí¸ë¥¨, í´ë¡ì¬ë¨¸, ì르ë¹í ëª¨ë ¸ìì¤í 르, ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦´ ëª¨ë ¸ì¬ë ìì´í¸, í¥ì ë£ ë±)ì í¨ê» ì ííë ë¨ì© ìµì 층과 ê°ì ë¤ë¥¸ ì¸µì´ ëí ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.Other layers may also be used, such as an abuse-deterrent layer formulated with one or more irritants (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate, poloxamer, sorbitan monoester, glyceryl monooleate, flavorings, etc.).
ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ í¬ì¬ íí를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë³¸ìì ê°ìë ë°©ë²ì, ë°ëì§íê²ë ìµë 168ìê°ì 기ê°, ì를 ë¤ì´ 2 ë´ì§ 96ìê°, ëë 4 ë´ì§ 72ìê°, ëë 8 ë´ì§ 24ìê°, ëë 10 ë´ì§ 18ìê°, ëë 12 ë´ì§ 14ìê°ê³¼ ê°ì ì°ì¥ë 기ê°ì ê±¸ì³ ìëì íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ì ì ì ë¬ì ì ê³µíë¤. í¹í, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì í´íê±°ë ë°ëì§íì§ ìì ë¶ìì©ì´ íí¼ë ì ìëë¡ ìê³ , ìì ì ì´ê³ , ì¼ê´ë í¬ì¬ëì¼ë¡ ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì ì ìê·¹ 미ë§ì ëëë¡(ê·¸ë¬ë ì¬ì í ì ì¬ì ì¼ë¡ ì¸ë¡í ëì± ëëì) ê²½í¼ í¬ì¬ëë¤.The methods disclosed herein, utilizing a transdermal patch dosage form, provide systemic delivery of small amounts of the active ingredient(s) over an extended period of time, preferably up to 168 hours, for example, from 2 to 96 hours, or from 4 to 72 hours, or from 8 to 24 hours, or from 10 to 18 hours, or from 12 to 14 hours. In particular, the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) can be delivered in small, stable, and consistent dosages such that deleterious or undesirable side effects can be avoided. In some embodiments, the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) are administered transdermally at sub-psychoactive (but still potentially serotonergic) concentrations.
ììì ì¸ ì ì°©ì -ë´ ì½ë¬¼(DIA) í¨ì¹ ì íì, ê°ê° DIA í¨ì¹ ì íì ì´ ì¤ëì 기ì´íì¬, 5 ë´ì§ 30 ì¤ë%ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼, 30 ë´ì§ 70 ì¤ë%ì ê°ì ì ì°©ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, DURO-TAK 387-2052, DURO-TAK 87-2677, ë° DURO-TAK 87-4098), 1 ë´ì§ 10 ì¤ë%ì í¬ê³¼ì /í¡ì ì¦ê°ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ë ì¼ì¬ë ìì´í¸, ì¬ë ì¼ ìì½ì¬, ë ë¶ë¦°ì°, ëìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ëª¨ë ¸ìí¸ ìí 르, ë±), 5 ë´ì§ 35 ì¤ë%ì ê²°ì í ìµì ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, í´ë¦¬ë¹ëí¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë-ì½-ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸, HPMC, í´ë¦¬ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, ë±)ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§, 본ìì êµì를 ê³ ë ¤íì¬ ë¤ìí ë³íì´ ê°ë¥íë¤ë ê²ì ì´í´í´ì¼ íë¤.An exemplary drug-in-adhesive (DIA) patch formulation comprises from 5 to 30 wt % of a compound of formulae (I) to (V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, from 30 to 70 wt % of a pressure-sensitive adhesive (e.g., DURO-TAK 387-2052, DURO-TAK 87-2677, and DURO-TAK 87-4098), from 1 to 10 wt % of a penetration/absorption enhancer (e.g., oleyl oleate, oleyl alcohol, levulinic acid, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and the like), and from 5 to 35 wt % of a crystallization inhibitor (e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone-co-vinyl acetate, HPMC, polymethacrylate, and the like), each based on the total weight of the DIA patch formulation. It should be understood that various modifications are possible, taking into account the teachings of this document, although this may be included.
ìë ì£¼ì¬ ì¥ì¹ë 본ìì ê°ìë ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì íììê² ì ë¬í기 ìí ë°©ë²ì ì ê³µíë¤. 본ìì ê°ìë ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ë¤ìì ê³µì§ë ì¥ì¹ë¥¼ íµí´ ìë ì£¼ì¬ ì¥ì¹ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íì¬ íììê² í¬ì¬ë ì ìì¼ë©°, ì´ì ë¹ì íì ì¸ ëª©ë¡ì ê²½í¼, í¼í ë° ê·¼ì¡ë´ ì ë¬ì í¬í¨íë¤.Automatic injector devices provide a method for delivering the compositions disclosed herein to a patient. The compositions disclosed herein can be administered to a patient using an automatic injector via a number of known devices, a non-limiting list of which includes transdermal, subcutaneous, and intramuscular delivery.
ì¼ë¶ ê²½í¼, í¼í ëë ê·¼ì¡ë´ ì ì©ìì, 본ìì ê°ìë ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì í¼ë¶ë¥¼ íµí´ í¡ìëë¤. ìë ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ ì¥ì¹ë ì¢ ì¢ í¼ë¶ì ì¸ë¶ì¸µì ë°°ì¹ëë í¡ì층 ëë ë§ì í¬í¨íë¤. ë§ì ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡ ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì íììê² ì ë¬í기 ìí´ í¼ë¶ë¥¼ íµí´ í¡ìë ì ìê² íë 물ì§ì í¬ì¬ëì í¨ì íë¤. íµìì ì¼ë¡, í¼ë¶ì ì¸ë¶ì¸µì íµí´ ì½ê² í¡ìëë 물ì§ë§ì´ ì´ë¬í ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ ì¥ì¹ë¡ ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤.In some transdermal, subcutaneous or intramuscular applications, the compositions disclosed herein are absorbed through the skin. Passive transdermal patch devices often include an absorbent layer or membrane that is placed on the outer layer of the skin. The membrane generally contains a dose of a substance that allows the composition to be absorbed through the skin to deliver the composition to the patient. Typically, only substances that are readily absorbed through the outer layer of the skin can be delivered by such transdermal patch devices.
본ìì ê°ìë ë¤ë¥¸ ìë 주ì ì¥ì¹ë ê°ìë ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì ë¬ì ê°ì í기 ìí´ ì¦ê°ë í¼ë¶ í¬ê³¼ì±ì ì ê³µíëë¡ êµ¬ì±ëë¤. í¼ë¶ ë´ë¡, í¼ë¶ë¥¼ ê°ë¡ì§ë¬, ëë ê·¼ì¡ë´ë¡ ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì ë¬ì ê°ì í기 ìí´ í¬ê³¼ì±ì ì¦ê°ìí¤ë ë° ì¬ì©ëë 구조ì ë¹ì íì ì¸ ìë, ì¼ë¶ ì¤ìììì 본ìì ê°ìë ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ë¡ ì½í ë ì ìë íë ì´ìì ë§ì´í¬ë¡ëë¤ì ì¬ì©ì í¬í¨íë¤. ëìì ì¼ë¡, ì¤ê³µí ë§ì´í¬ë¡ëë¤ì í¼ë¶ì ì¸ë¶ì¸µ ìëë¡ ê°ìë ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì ë¬í기 ìí ì ì²´ ì±ëì ì ê³µíë ë° ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. 본ìì ê°ìë ë¤ë¥¸ ì¥ì¹ë, ì´ì¨í í¬ë ìì¤, ì´ìíí¬ë ìì¤, ì ì´ì¨í í¬ë ìì¤, ëë ì´ë¤ì ì¡°í©ì ìí ê²½í¼ ì ë¬, ë° ì½ë¬¼ ì ë¬ì ì©ì´íê² í기 ìí´ í¼ë¶ í¬ê³¼ì±ì ì¦ê°ìí¤ë ë¹ì ê³ì ê³µì§ë ë¤ë¥¸ 기ì ì í¬í¨íë¤.Other automated injection devices disclosed herein are configured to provide increased skin permeability to improve delivery of the disclosed compositions. Non-limiting examples of structures used to increase permeability to improve delivery of the compositions into, across, or into muscles include the use of one or more microneedles, which in some embodiments can be coated with a composition disclosed herein. Alternatively, hollow microneedles can be used to provide fluidic channels for delivering the disclosed compositions beneath the outer layer of the skin. Other devices disclosed herein include transdermal delivery by iontophoresis, sonophoresis, reverse iontophoresis, or a combination thereof, and other techniques known in the art to increase skin permeability to facilitate drug delivery.
ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëí, ì 기ì²ê³µ, ì´ì¨ì¼í¬ìë², ìíìë², ì´ìíìë, ë° ë§ì´í¬ë¡ëë¤ ëë ë°ë ìë 주ì¬, ì컨ë POWDERJECTTM(Chiron Corp., Emeryville, Calif.), ë° BIOJECTTM(Bioject Medical Technologies Inc., Tualatin, Oreg.)ì ìí´ êµì í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions may also be administered topically by electroporation, iontophoresis, phonophoresis, sonophoresis, and microneedle or needle-less injection, such as POWDERJECT TM (Chiron Corp., Emeryville, Calif.), and BIOJECT TM (Bioject Medical Technologies Inc., Tualatin, Oreg.).
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì°ê³ , í¬ë¦¼ ë° ê²ì ííë¡ ê°ìë ì ìë¤. ì ì í ì°ê³ ë¹íí´ì, ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¼ë, 벤조ì¸í ë¼ë, ì¬ë¦¬ë¸ ì¤ì¼, 목íì¨ ì¤ì¼, ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ì¤ì¼, ë°±ì ë°ì 린ì í¬í¨íë, ì ì± ëë ííìì ë¹íí´; ì¹ìì± ë°ì 린, íì´ëë¡ìì¤í ì린 ì¤íì´í¸, ë° ë¬´ì ë¼ë린과 ê°ì ì íì± ëë í¡ì ë¹íí´; ì¹ìì± ì°ê³ ì ê°ì 물-ì ê±°ì ë¹íí´; ë¤ìí ë¶ìëì í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ì í¬í¨íë ìì©ì± ì°ê³ ë¹íí´; ì¸í¸ ìì½ì¬, ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦´ ëª¨ë ¸ì¤í ìë ì´í¸, ë¼ë린, ë° ì¤í ì린ì°ì í¬í¨íë, ì íì¡ ë¹íí´, ì ì¤ì(W/O) ì íì¡ ëë ì ì¤ì(O/W) ì íì¡ì í¬í¨íë¤(ì ì í Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 참조). ì´ë¤ ë¹íí´ì ì°íì ì´ì§ë§ ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡ íì°íì ë° ë³´ì¡´ì ì 첨ê°ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be disclosed in the form of ointments, creams, and gels. Suitable ointment vehicles include, for example, oily or hydrocarbon vehicles, including lard, benzoated lard, olive oil, cottonseed oil, and other oils, white petrolatum; emulsifying or absorption vehicles, such as hydrophilic petrolatum, hydroxystearin sulfate, and anhydrous lanolin; water-removable vehicles, such as hydrophilic ointments; water-soluble ointment vehicles, including polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights; emulsifying vehicles, water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions or water-in-oil (O/W) emulsions, including cetyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin, and stearic acid (see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra). These vehicles are emollients, but generally require the addition of antioxidants and preservatives.
ì ì í í¬ë¦¼ ë² ì´ì¤ë ìì¤ì ëë ì ì¤ìì¼ ì ìë¤. í¬ë¦¼ ë¹íí´ì 물-ì¸ì²ê°ë¥í ì ìê³ , ì ì, ì íì , ë° ìì±ìì í¨ì íë¤. ì ìì "ë´ë¶" ìì´ë¼ê³ ë ë¶ë¦¬ë©°, ì´ë ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡ ë°ì 린 ë° ì¸í¸ ëë ì¤í ì릴 ìì½ì¬ê³¼ ê°ì ì§ë°© ìì½ì¬ë¡ 구ì±ëë¤. ìì±ìì, ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡, ë°ëì ê·¸ë° ê²ì ìëì§ë§, ë¶í¼ìì ì ì±ìì ì´ê³¼íê³ , ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡ ìµì¤ì 를 í¨ì íë¤. í¬ë¦¼ ì íì ì íì ë ë¹ì´ì¨ì±, ìì´ì¨ì±, ìì´ì¨ì±, ëë ììª½ì± ê³ë©´íì±ì ì¼ ì ìë¤.Suitable cream bases may be oil-in-water or water-in-oil. The cream vehicle may be water-washable and contains an oil phase, an emulsifier, and an aqueous phase. The oil phase, also called the "inner" phase, is typically composed of petrolatum and a fatty alcohol, such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol. The aqueous phase typically, but not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in volume and typically contains a humectant. The emulsifier in the cream formulation may be a nonionic, anionic, cationic, or amphoteric surfactant.
ê²ì ë°ê³ íë¶, íí-ì í ìì¤í ì´ë¤. ë¨ì¼-ì ê²ì ì¡ì ë´ì²´ ì ì²´ì ê±¸ì³ ì¤ì§ì ì¼ë¡ ê· ì¼íê² ë¶í¬ë ì 기 ê±°ëë¶ì를 í¨ì íë¤. ì í©í ê²íì ë, 카르보머, 카르복ìí´ë¦¬ìí¬ë , Carbopol®과 ê°ì ê°êµ ê²°í©ë ìí¬ë¦´ì° ì¤í©ì²´; í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ì¥ì¬ì´ë, í´ë¦¬ì¥ììí¸ë -í´ë¦¬ì¥ìíë¡íë ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ë° í´ë¦¬ë¹ëìì½ì¬ê³¼ ê°ì ì¹ìì± ì¤í©ì²´; íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, íì´ëë¡ììí¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ííë ì´í¸, ë° ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ì ê°ì ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ì¤í©ì²´; í¸ë¼ê°ì¹¸í¸ ë° ìí ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ê²; ì기ë¤ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨; ë° ì ¤ë¼í´ì í¬í¨íë¤. ê· ì§í ê²ì ì ì¡°í기 ìí´, ìì½ì¬ ëë ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦°ê³¼ ê°ì ë¶ì°ì ê° ì²¨ê°ë ì ìê±°ë, ê²íì ë ë¶ì, 기ê³ì í¼í©, ë°/ëë êµë°ì ìí´ ë¶ì°ë ì ìë¤.Gels are semi-solid, suspension-type systems. Single-phase gels contain organic macromolecules substantially uniformly distributed throughout the liquid carrier. Suitable gelling agents include cross-linked acrylic acid polymers such as carbomers, carboxypolyalkylenes, Carbopol®; hydrophilic polymers such as polyethylene oxide, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers, and polyvinyl alcohol; cellulosic polymers such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and methylcellulose; gums such as tragacanth and xanthan gum; sodium alginate; and gelatin. To prepare a homogeneous gel, a dispersing agent such as an alcohol or glycerin may be added, or the gelling agent may be dispersed by grinding, mechanical mixing, and/or stirring.
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì¢ì , íì¬ë¦¬, ë¶ê¸°(bougy), ì°ì§ì ëë ìµí¬ì , íì´ì¤í¸, ë¶ë§, ëë ì±, í¬ë¦¼, ë°ì°½ê³ , í¼ìì , ì°ê³ , ì©ì¡, ì íì¡, ííì¡, íí°, ê², ë°í¬ì²´, ë¶ë¬´ì , ëë ê´ì¥ì ì ííë¡, ì§ì¥ ë´, ìë ë´, ì§ ë´, ëë ì§ ì£¼ìì í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. ì´ë¤ í¬ì¬ ííë ì ì í Remingtonì 문í[The Science and Practice of Pharmacy]ì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì ì¢ ëì ê³µì ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be administered rectally, intraurethrally, intravaginally, or perivaginally in the form of a suppository, pessary, bougie, poultice or compress, paste, powder, dressing, cream, adhesive, contraceptive, ointment, solution, emulsion, suspension, tampon, gel, foam, spray, or enema. These dosage forms may be prepared using conventional processes such as those described in Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra.
ì§ì¥, ìë ë° ì§ ì¢ì ë ì ì²´ ì¤ë¦¬í¼ì¤ ë´ë¡ ì½ì í기 ìí ê³ íì²´ì´ë©°, ì´ë ì ìì ì¸ ì¨ëììë ê³ íì´ì§ë§, ì¤ë¦¬í¼ì¤ ë´ë¶ìì íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ë°©ì¶íëë¡ ì ì²´ ì¨ëììë ì©ìµëê±°ë ì°íëë¤. ì§ì¥ ë° ì§ ì¢ì ì ì¬ì©ëë ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë´ì²´ë, 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ê³¼ í¨ê» ì ííë ê²½ì°, ì²´ì¨ì ê·¼ì í ìµì ì ìì±íë, ê°íì ì ê°ì ë² ì´ì¤ ëë ë¹íí´; ë¹ì¤íì´í¸ ë° ë©íë¹ì¤íì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ì í¬í¨íë, 본ìì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì íì°íì 를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì ì í ë¹íí´ì, ì½ì½ì ë²í°(í ì¤ë¸ë¡ë§(theobroma) ì¤ì¼), ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦°-ì ¤ë¼í´, 카르보ìì¤(í´ë¦¬ì¥ììí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½), ê²½ëì°ê³ , íë¼í, ë°±ì ë° í©ì ìì¤, ë° ì§ë°©ì°ì ëª¨ë ¸-, ë- ë° í¸ë¦¬ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦¬ë, íì´ëë¡ê², ì컨ë í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì½ì¬, íì´ëë¡ììí¸ ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, í´ë¦¬ìí¬ë¦´ì°ì ì ì í í¼í©ë¬¼; ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦°í ì ¤ë¼í´ì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ë¤ìí ë¹íí´ì ì¡°í©ì´ ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ì§ì¥ ë° ì§ ì¢ì ë ìì¶ ë°©ë² ëë ì±íì ìí´ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ì§ì¥ ë° ì§ ì¢ì ì ì¼ë°ì ì¸ ì¤ëì ì½ 2 ë´ì§ ì½ 3 gì´ë¤.Rectal, urethral and vaginal suppositories are solids intended for insertion into a body orifice, which are solid at normal temperature but melt or soften at body temperature to release the active ingredient(s) within the orifice. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers used in rectal and vaginal suppositories include a base or vehicle, such as a strengthening agent, which when formulated with the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein produces a melting point near body temperature; antioxidants, including sodium bisulfite and sodium metabisulfite, as described herein. Suitable vehicles include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter (theobroma oil ), glycerin-gelatin, carbowax (polyoxyethylene glycol), spermaceti ointment, paraffin, white and yellow waxes, and suitable mixtures of mono-, di- and triglycerides of fatty acids, hydrogels, such as polyvinyl alcohol, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, polyacrylic acid; glycerinated gelatin. A combination of various vehicles may be used. Rectal and vaginal suppositories may be prepared by compression or molding. The typical weight of rectal and vaginal suppositories is about 2 to about 3 g.
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì©ì¡, ííì¡, ì°ê³ , ì íì¡, ê² íì± ì©ì¡, ì©ì¡ì© ë¶ë§, ê², ì구 ì½ì 물, ë° ìíëí¸ì ííë¡ ìê³¼ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be administered ophthalmically in the form of solutions, suspensions, ointments, emulsions, gel-forming solutions, powders for solutions, gels, ocular inserts, and implants.
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ë¹ê°ë´ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ê°ì ì©ê¸°, íí, ì¤íë ì´, ë¶ë¬´ê¸°, ì컨ë, 미ì¸í ì°ë¬´ë¥¼ ìì±í기 ìí ì 기ìë ¥íì ì¬ì©íë ë¶ë¬´ê¸°, ëë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì 를 ë¨ë ì¼ë¡ ì¬ì©íê±°ë, í루ì¤ë¡íìëë¡ì¹´ë³¸, í´ë¡ë¡í루ì¤ë¡íìëë¡ì¹´ë³¸, ë° íë°ì± ë¹ì¹í ííìì, ì컨ë ë¶í, íë¡í, 1,1,1,2-í í¸ë¼í루ì¤ë¡ìí, ë°/ëë 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-íµíí루ì¤ë¡íë¡íì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ ìë ì ì í ì¶ì§ì ì ì¡°í©íì¬ ì ë¬í기 ìí ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ ëë ì©ì¡ì ííë¡ ê°ìë ì ìë¤. ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëí, ë¨ë ì¼ë¡ ëë ë½í ì¤ì¤ ëë ì¸ì§ì§ê³¼ ê°ì ë¶íì± ë´ì²´ì ì¡°í©ë ì·¨ì ì© ê±´ì¡° ë¶ë§; ë° ì ë¹ì¡ì¼ë¡ ê°ìë ìë ìë¤. ë¹ê° ë´ ì¬ì©ì ìí´, ë¶ë§ì í¤í ì° ëë ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°ì í¬í¨íë ìì²´ì ì°©ì 를 í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be administered intranasally. The pharmaceutical compositions can be disclosed in the form of an aerosol or solution for delivery, either alone or in combination with a suitable propellant, including but not limited to a fluorohydrocarbon, a chlorofluorohydrocarbon, and a volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbon, such as butane, propane, 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane, and/or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane. The pharmaceutical compositions can also be disclosed as a dry powder for inhalation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose or a phospholipid; and as nasal drops. For intranasal use, the powder can include a bioadhesive, including chitosan or cyclodextrin.
ê°ì ì©ê¸°, íí, ì¤íë ì´, ë¶ë¬´ê¸°, ëë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì ì¬ì©í기 ìí ì©ì¡ ëë ííì¡ì, ìíì¬, ìì± ìíì¬, ëë 본ìì ê°ìë íì± ì±ë¶ì ë¶ì°, ê°ì©í ëë ë°©ì¶ ì°ì¥ì ìí ì ì í ëì²´ì , ì©ë§¤ë¡ìì ì¶ì§ì ; ë°/ëë ì르ë¹í í¸ë¦¬ì¬ë ìì´í¸, ì¬ë ì°, ëë ì¬ë¦¬ê³ ë½í¸ì°ê³¼ ê°ì ê³ë©´íì±ì 를 ì©ë§¤ë¡ì í¨ì íëë¡ ì ì íë ì ìë¤.Solutions or suspensions for use in pressurized containers, pumps, sprays, atomizers, or nebulizers can be formulated to contain as a solvent ethanol, aqueous ethanol, or a suitable alternative for dispersing, solubilizing, or extending the release of the active ingredient disclosed herein, a propellant; and/or a surfactant such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or oligolactic acid.
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì½ 50 ë§ì´í¬ë¡ë¯¸í° ì´í, ëë ì½ 10 ë§ì´í¬ë¡ë¯¸í° ì´íì ê°ì´, ì ë¬ì ì ì í í¬ê¸°ë¡ 미ë¶íë ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í í¬ê¸°ì ì ìë, ëì í ì í¸ ë°ë§, ì ë층 ì í¸ ë°ë§, ëë ¸ì ì를 íì±í기 ìí ì´ìê³ ì ì²´ ê°ê³µ, ê³ ì ê· ì§í, ëë ë¶ë¬´ ê±´ì¡°ì ê°ì, ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ë ë¶ì ë°©ë²ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be micronized to a size suitable for delivery, such as about 50 micrometers or less, or about 10 micrometers or less. Particles of such size can be prepared using grinding methods known to those skilled in the art, such as spiral jet milling, fluidized bed jet milling, supercritical fluid processing to form nanoparticles, high pressure homogenization, or spray drying.
í¡ì 기 ëë ì·¨ì 기ì ì¬ì©í기 ìí 캡ì, ë¸ë¦¬ì¤í° ë° ì¹´í¸ë¦¬ì§ë 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ë¶ë§ í¼í©ë¬¼; ë½í ì¤ì¤ ëë ì ë¶ê³¼ ê°ì ì ì í ë¶ë§ ë² ì´ì¤; ë° l-ë¥ì , ë§ëí¨, ëë ë§ê·¸ë¤ì ì¤í ìë ì´í¸ì ê°ì ì±ë¥ ì¡°ì ì 를 í¨ì íëë¡ ì ííë ì ìë¤. ë½í ì¤ì¤ë 무ì물ì´ê±°ë ì¼ìí물ì ííì¼ ì ìë¤. ë¤ë¥¸ ì ì í ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë, ë±ì¤í¸ë, ê¸ë£¨ì½ì¤ì¤, ë§í ì¤ì¤, ì르ë¹í¨, ìì¼ë¦¬í¨, í룩í ì¤ì¤, ìí¬ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë° í¸ë í ë¡ì¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. í¡ì /ë¹ê° ë´ í¬ì¬ë¥¼ ìí´ ë³¸ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ë©í¨ ë° ë ë³´ë©í¨ê³¼ ê°ì ì ì í í¥ë¯¸ì , ëë ì¬ì¹´ë¦° ëë ì¬ì¹´ë¦° ëí¸ë¥¨ê³¼ ê°ì ê°ë¯¸ì²´ë¥¼ ì¶ê°ë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.Capsules, blisters and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated to contain a powder mixture of the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein; a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch; and a performance modifier such as l-leucine, mannitol, or magnesium stearate. The lactose may be anhydrous or in the form of a monohydrate. Other suitable excipients or carriers include dextran, glucose, maltose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose, and trehalose. The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein for inhalation/intranasal administration can further comprise a suitable flavoring agent such as menthol and levomenthol, or a sweetener such as saccharin or sodium saccharin.
êµì í¬ì¬ë¥¼ ìí´ ë³¸ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì¦ë°©í, ëë ì§ì°, ì§ì, íì¤, ì¡°ì , íì í ë° íë¡ê·¸ë¨ë ë°©ì¶ì í¬í¨íë ë³í ë°©ì¶íì´ ëëë¡ ì ííë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein for topical administration can be formulated to be immediate release or modified release, including delayed, sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted and programmed release.
D. ë³í ë°©ì¶D. Transformation Emission
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ë³í ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ì ííë ì ìë¤. 본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, ì©ì´ "ë³í ë°©ì¶"ì íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ë°©ì¶ ìë ëë ë°©ì¶ ìì¹ê° ëì¼í ê²½ë¡ë¡ í¬ì¬ë ë ìë°©í í¬ì¬ ííì ê²ê³¼ ìì´í í¬ì¬ íí를 ì§ì¹íë¤. ë³í ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ííì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, 매í¸ë¦ì¤ ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ ì¥ì¹, ì¼í¬ì ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ ì¥ì¹, ë¤ì¤ì ì ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ ì¥ì¹, ì´ì¨ êµí ìì§, ì¥ì© ì½í , ë¤ì¸µ ì½í , 미ì구체, 리í¬ì¢ ë° ì´ë¤ì ì¡°í©ì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìë, ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ë ë¤ìí ë³íë ë°©ì¶ ì¥ì¹ ë° ë°©ë²ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ë°©ì¶ ìëë ëí íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ì ì í¬ê¸° ë° ë¤íì±ì ë³íìí´ì¼ë¡ì¨ ë³íë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be formulated in modified release dosage forms. As used herein, the term "modified release" refers to a dosage form in which the rate or location of release of the active ingredient(s) differs from that of an immediate release dosage form when administered by the same route. Pharmaceutical compositions in modified release dosage forms can be prepared using a variety of modified release devices and methods known to those skilled in the art, including but not limited to matrix controlled release devices, osmotic controlled release devices, multiparticle controlled release devices, ion exchange resins, enteric coatings, multilayer coatings, microspheres, liposomes, and combinations thereof. The rate of release of the active ingredient(s) may also be modified by varying the particle size and polymorphism of the active ingredient(s).
1. 매í¸ë¦ì¤ ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ ì¥ì¹1. Matrix controlled release device
ë³í ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ë³¸ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ë 매í¸ë¦ì¤ ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ ì¥ì¹ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤(Takada ë±, "Encyclopedia of Controlled Drug Delivery," Vol. 2, Mathiowitz í¸ì§, Wiley, 1999).The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein in modified release dosage forms can be prepared using matrix controlled release devices known to those skilled in the art (Takada et al., "Encyclopedia of Controlled Drug Delivery," Vol. 2, Mathiowitz ed., Wiley, 1999).
ì¼ êµ¬íììì, ë³í ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ë³¸ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, í©ì± ì¤í©ì²´, ë° ë¤ë¹ë¥ ë° ë¨ë°±ì§ê³¼ ê°ì ìì° ë°ì ì¤í©ì²´ ë° ì ë체를 í¬í¨íë, ì-í½ì¤ì±, 침ìì±, ëë ê°ì©ì± ì¤í©ì²´ì¸ 침ìì± ë§¤í¸ë¦ì¤ ì¥ì¹ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ííëë¤.In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein in a modified release dosage form are formulated using an erodible matrix device that is a water-swellable, erodible, or soluble polymer, including synthetic polymers, and naturally occurring polymers and derivatives, such as polysaccharides and proteins.
침ìì± ë§¤í¸ë¦ì¤ë¥¼ íì±íë ë° ì ì©í 물ì§ì, í¤í´, í¤í ì°, ë±ì¤í¸ë ë° í루ë; ê² íì², ê² ìë¼ë¹ , ê² ì¹´ë¼ì¼, ë¡ì»¤ì¤í¸ ë¹ ê², ê² í¸ë¼ê°ì¹¸í¸, ì¹´ë¼ê¸°ë, ê² ê°í°, 구ì ê², ìí ê², ë° ì¤í´ë ë¡ê¸ë£¨ì¹¸; ë±ì¤í¸ë¦° ë° ë§í ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°ê³¼ ê°ì ì ë¶; íí´ê³¼ ê°ì ì¹ìì± ì½ë¡ì´ë; ë ìí´ê³¼ ê°ì í¬ì¤íí°ë; ì기ë¤ì´í¸; íë¡íë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ì기ë¤ì´í¸; ì ¤ë¼í´; ì½ë¼ê²; ë° ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì컨ë ìí¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(EC), ë©í¸ìí¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(MEC), 카르복ìë©í¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(CMC), CMEC, íì´ëë¡ììí¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(HEC), íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(HPC), ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ìì¸í ì´í¸(CA), ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ íë¡í¼ì¤ë¤ì´í¸(CP), ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ë¶í°ë ì´í¸(CB), ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ìì¸í ì´í¸ ë¶í°ë ì´í¸(CAB), CAP, CAT, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ë©í¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(HPMC), HPMCP, HPMCAS, íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ë©í¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ìì¸í ì´í¸ í¸ë¦¬ë©ë¦¬í ì´í¸(HPMCAT), ë° ìí¸íì´ëë¡ì ìí¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(EHEC); í´ë¦¬ë¹ë í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë; í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì½ì¬; í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸; ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¡¤ ì§ë°©ì° ìì¤í 르; í´ë¦¬ìí¬ë¦´ì미ë; í´ë¦¬ìí¬ë¦´ì°; ìíí¬ë¦´ì° ëë ë©íí¬ë¦´ì°ì ê³µì¤í©ì²´(EUDRAGIT®, Rohm America, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.); í´ë¦¬(2-íì´ëë¡ììí¸-ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸); í´ë¦¬ë½í°ë; L-ê¸ë£¨íì° ë° ìí¸-L-ê¸ë£¨íë©ì´í¸ì ê³µì¤í©ì²´; ë¶í´ì± ë½í¸ì°-ê¸ë¦¬ì½ì° ê³µì¤í©ì²´; í´ë¦¬-D-(-)-3-íì´ëë¡ìë¶í°ë¥´ì°; ë° ë¶í¸ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, ë©í¸ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, ìí¸ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, ìí¸ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, (2-ëë©í¸ìë¯¸ë ¸ìí¸)ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, ë° (í¸ë¦¬ë©í¸ìë¯¸ë ¸ìí¸)ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸ í´ë¡ë¼ì´ëì ë¨ì¼ì¤í©ì²´ ë° ê³µì¤í©ì²´ì ê°ì ë¤ë¥¸ ìí¬ë¦´ì° ì ë체를 í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.Materials useful for forming an erodible matrix include chitin, chitosan, dextran and pullulan; gum agar, gum arabic, gum karaya, locust bean gum, gum tragacanth, carrageenan, gum ghatti, guar gum, xanthan gum, and scleroglucan; starches such as dextrin and maltodextrin; hydrophilic colloids such as pectin; phosphatides such as lecithin; alginates; propylene glycol alginate; gelatin; collagen; and celluloses, such as ethyl cellulose (EC), methylethyl cellulose (MEC), carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), CMEC, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC), hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), cellulose acetate (CA), cellulose propionate (CP), cellulose butyrate (CB), cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), CAP, CAT, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC), HPMCP, HPMCAS, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose acetate trimellitate (HPMCAT), and ethylhydroxy ethylcellulose (EHEC); polyvinyl pyrrolidone; polyvinyl alcohol; polyvinyl acetate; glycerol fatty acid esters; polyacrylamide; polyacrylic acid; Copolymers of ethacrylic acid or methacrylic acid (EUDRAGIT®, Rohm America, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.); poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate); polylactide; copolymers of L-glutamic acid and ethyl-L-glutamate; degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers; poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid; and other acrylic acid derivatives such as homopolymers and copolymers of butyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, ethyl acrylate, (2-dimethylaminoethyl) methacrylate, and (trimethylaminoethyl) methacrylate chloride.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ë¹-침ìì± ë§¤í¸ë¦ì¤ ì¥ì¹ì í¨ê» ì ííëë¤. íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ë¶íì± ë§¤í¸ë¦ì¤ì ì©í´ëê±°ë ë¶ì°ëê³ , ì¼ë¨ í¬ì¬ëë©´ ë¶íì± ë§¤í¸ë¦ì¤ë¥¼ íµí íì°ì ìí´ ì£¼ë¡ ë°©ì¶ëë¤. ë¹-침ìì± ë§¤í¸ë¦ì¤ ì¥ì¹ë¡ì ì¬ì©í기ì ì í©í 물ì§ì, ë¶ì©ì± íë¼ì¤í±, ì컨ë í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë , í´ë¦¬íë¡íë , í´ë¦¬ì´ìíë , í´ë¦¬ì´ìë¶í¸ë , í´ë¦¬ë¶íëì, í´ë¦¬ë©í¸ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, í´ë¦¬ë¶í¸ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸, ì¼ìê³ í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë , í´ë¦¬ë¹ëí´ë¡ë¼ì´ë, ë©í¸ ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸-ë©í¸ ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ìí¸ë -ë¹ëìì¸í ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ìí¸ë /íë¡íë ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ìí¸ë /ìí¸ ìí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸ìì ë¹ëí´ë¡ë¼ì´ë ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ë¹ëë¦¬ë´ í´ë¡ë¼ì´ë, ìí¸ë ë° íë¡íë , ì´ì¤ë ¸ë¨¸ í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë í ë ííë ì´í¸, ë¶í¸ ê³ ë¬´ ìí¼í´ë¡ë¡íë린 ê³ ë¬´, ìí¸ë /ë¹ë ìì½ì¬ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ìí¸ë /ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸/ë¹ë ìì½ì¬ í 르í´ë¦¬ë¨¸, ë° ìí¸ë /ë¹ëì¥ììíì¬ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, í´ë¦¬ë¹ë í´ë¡ë¼ì´ë, ê°ìí ëì¼ë¡ , ê°ìí í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë í ë ííë ì´í¸, ì²ì° ê³ ë¬´, ì¤ë¦¬ì½ ê³ ë¬´, í´ë¦¬ëë©í¸ì¤ë¡ì°, ì¤ë¦¬ì½ 카르보ë¤ì´í¸ ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ë°; ì¹ìì± ì¤í©ì²´, ì컨ë ìí¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ìì¸í ì´í¸, í¬ë¡ì¤í¬ë¹ë, ë° ê°êµ ê²°í©ë ë¶ë¶ ê°ìë¶í´ë í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸, ë° ì¹´ëì°ë° ìì¤, 미ì ì§ ìì¤, ë° í¸ë¦¬ê¸ë¦¬ì¸ë¦¬ëì ê°ì ì§ë°© íí©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated with a non-erodible matrix device. The active ingredient(s) is dissolved or dispersed in the inert matrix and, once administered, is released primarily by diffusion through the inert matrix. Materials suitable for use as non-erodible matrix devices include insoluble plastics such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polymethylmethacrylate, polybutylmethacrylate, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinylchloride, methyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate copolymers, ethylene-vinylacetate copolymers, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, vinylchloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubber epichlorohydrin rubber, ethylene/vinyl alcohol copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymers, and ethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymers, polyvinyl chloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethylene terephthalate, natural rubber, silicone rubber, polydimethylsiloxane, silicone carbonate. copolymers, and; hydrophilic polymers such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, crospovidone, and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate, and fatty compounds such as carnauba wax, microcrystalline wax, and triglycerides.
매í¸ë¦ì¤ ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ ìì¤í ìì, ìíë ë°©ì¶ ëìíì, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¬ì©ë ì¤í©ì²´ ì í, ì¤í©ì²´ ì ë, ì¤í©ì²´ ë°/ëë íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ì ì í¬ê¸°, íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤) ë ì¤í©ì²´ì ë¹ì¨, ë° ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ì¤ì ë¤ë¥¸ ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ íµí´ ì¡°ì ë ì ìë¤.In matrix controlled release systems, the desired release kinetics can be controlled by, for example, the type of polymer used, the polymer viscosity, the particle size of the polymer and/or active ingredient(s), the ratio of active ingredient(s) to polymer, and other excipients or carriers in the composition.
ë³í ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ë³¸ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì§ì ìì¶, ê±´ì ëë ìµì 과립í íì ìì¶, ì©ìµ 과립í íì ìì¶ì í¬í¨íë, ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ë ë°©ë²ì ìí´ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein in modified release dosage forms can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art, including direct compression, compression followed by dry or wet granulation, or compression followed by melt granulation.
2. ì¼í¬ì ì¡°ì ì ë°©ì¶ ì¥ì¹2. Osmotic pressure controlled release device
ë³í ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ë³¸ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, 1-ì±ë² ìì¤í , 2-ì±ë² ìì¤í , ë¹ëì¹ ë©¤ë¸ë ì¸ ê¸°ì (AMT), ë° ìì¶ ì½ì´ ìì¤í (ECS)ì í¬í¨íë, ì¼í¬ì ì¡°ì ì ë°©ì¶ ì¥ì¹ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡, ì´ë¬í ì¥ì¹ë ë¤ìê³¼ ê°ì ì ì´ë 2ê°ì 구ì±ìì를 ê°ëë¤: (a) íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì í¨ì íë ì½ì´; ë° (b) ì½ì´ë¥¼ 캡ìííë, ì ì´ë íëì ì ë¬ í¬í¸ë¥¼ ê°ë ë°í¬ê³¼ì± 멤ë¸ë ì¸. ë°í¬ê³¼ì± 멤ë¸ë ì¸ì, ì ë¬ í¬í¸(ë¤)를 íµí ìì¶ì ìí´ ì½ë¬¼ ë°©ì¶ì ì¼ê¸°íëë¡, ì¬ì©ëë ìì± íê²½ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì½ì´ë¡ì 물 ì ì ì ì¡°ì íë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein in modified release dosage forms can be prepared using osmotic controlled release devices, including one-chamber systems, two-chamber systems, asymmetric membrane technology (AMT), and extruded core systems (ECS). Typically, such devices have at least two components: (a) a core containing the active ingredient(s); and (b) a semipermeable membrane having at least one delivery port, which encapsulates the core. The semipermeable membrane controls the influx of water from an aqueous environment used into the core to cause release of the drug by extrusion through the delivery port(s).
íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ì¶ê°íì¬, ì¼í¬ì ì¥ì¹ì ì½ì´ë ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì¼í¬ìì 를 í¬í¨íë©°, ì´ë ì¬ì© íê²½ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì¥ì¹ì ì½ì´ ë´ë¡ 물ì ì´ë°í기 ìí ì¶ì§ë ¥ì ìì±íë¤. "ì¼í¬ìì¤í©ì²´" ë° "íì´ëë¡ê²"ë¡ë ì§ì¹ëë, ì¼ ë¶ë¥ì ì¼í¬ì ì-í½ì¤ì± ì¹ìì± ì¤í©ì²´ë, ì¹ìì± ë¹ë ë° ìí¬ë¦´ ì¤í©ì²´, ë¤ë¹ë¥, ì컨ë ì¹¼ì ì기ë¤ì´í¸, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ì¥ì¬ì´ë(PEO), í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½(PEG), í´ë¦¬íë¡íë ê¸ë¦¬ì½(PPG), í´ë¦¬(2-íì´ëë¡ììí¸ ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸), í´ë¦¬(ìí¬ë¦´)ì°, í´ë¦¬(ë©íí¬ë¦´)ì°, í´ë¦¬ë¹ëí¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë(PVP), ê°êµ ê²°í©ë PVP, í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì½ì¬(PVA), PVA/PVP ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ë©í¸ ë©íí¬ë¦´ë ì´í¸ ë° ë¹ë ìì¸í ì´í¸ì ê°ì ììì± ë¨ë체를 ê°ë PVA/PVP ê³µì¤í©ì²´, í° PEO ë¸ë¡ì í¨ì íë ì¹ìì± í´ë¦¬ì°ë í, í¬ë¡ì¤ì¹´ë©ë¡ì¤ì¤ ëí¸ë¥¨, ì¹´ë¼ê¸°ë, íì´ëë¡ììí¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(HEC), íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(HPC), íì´ëë¡ìíë¡í ë©í¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(HPMC), 카르복ìë©í¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(CMC) ë° ì¹´ë¥´ë³µììí¸, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤(CEC), ì기ë¤ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨, í´ë¦¬ì¹´ë¥´ë³´í, ì ¤ë¼í´, ìí ê², ì ë¶ ê¸ë¦¬ì½ë ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨ì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.In addition to the active ingredient(s), the core of the osmotic device optionally includes an osmotic agent, which creates a driving force to transport water from the environment of use into the core of the device. A class of osmotic water-swellable hydrophilic polymers, also referred to as "osmopolymers" and "hydrogels", include hydrophilic vinyl and acrylic polymers, polysaccharides such as calcium alginate, polyethylene oxide (PEO), polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol (PPG), poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), poly(acrylic) acid, poly(methacrylic) acid, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), cross-linked PVP, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), PVA/PVP copolymers, PVA/PVP copolymers having hydrophobic monomers such as methyl methacrylate and vinyl acetate, hydrophilic polyurethanes containing large PEO blocks, croscarmellose sodium, carrageenan, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC), hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC), carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC). and carboxyethyl, cellulose (CEC), sodium alginate, polycarbophil, gelatin, xanthan gum, sodium starch glycolate.
ë¤ë¥¸ ë¶ë¥ì ì¼í¬ìì ë ì¼í¬ììì´ë©°, ì´ë ì£¼ë³ ì½í ì ì¥ë²½ì ê±¸ì³ ì¼í¬ì 구배ì ìí¥ì 미ì¹ëë¡ ë¬¼ì 침ì¤ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ì ì í ì¤ì¤ëª¨ê²ì ë¤ìì í¬í¨íì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ ìëë¤: í©ì°ë§ê·¸ë¤ì, ì¼íë§ê·¸ë¤ì, ì¼íì¹¼ì, ì¼íëí¸ë¥¨, ì¼í리í¬, í©ì°ì¹¼ë¥¨, ì¸ì°ì¹¼ë¥¨, íì°ëí¸ë¥¨, ìí©ì°ëí¸ë¥¨, ìí©ì°ë¦¬í¬, ì¼í칼륨, ë° í©ì°ëí¸ë¥¨ê³¼ ê°ì 무기 ì¼; ë±ì¤í¸ë¡ì¤, í룩í ì¤ì¤, ê¸ë£¨ì½ì¤, ì´ë ¸ìí¨, ë½í ì¤ì¤, ë§í ì¤ì¤, ë§ëí¨, ë¼í¼ë ¸ì¤ì¤, ì르ë¹í¨, ìí¬ë¡ì¤ì¤, í¸ë í ë¡ì¤, ë° ìì¼ë¦¬í¨ê³¼ ê°ì ë¹ë¥, ìì¤ì½ë¥´ë¸ì°, 벤조ì°, í¸ë§ë¥´ì°, ìí¸ë¥´ì°, ë§ë ì°, ì¸ë°ì°, ì르ë¸ì°, ìëíì°, ìë°í¸ì°, ê¸ë£¨íì°, p-í¨ë£¨ìì¤í°ì°, ìì ì°, ë° í르í르ì°ê³¼ ê°ì ì 기 ì°; ì°ë ì; ë° ì´ë¤ì í¼í©ë¬¼.Another class of osmogens are osmolytes, which are capable of permeating water to affect an osmotic pressure gradient across the barrier of the surrounding coating. Suitable osmogens include, but are not limited to: inorganic salts such as magnesium sulfate, magnesium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium chloride, lithium chloride, potassium sulfate, potassium phosphate, sodium carbonate, sodium sulfite, lithium sulfite, potassium chloride, and sodium sulfate; sugars such as dextrose, fructose, glucose, inositol, lactose, maltose, mannitol, raffinose, sorbitol, sucrose, trehalose, and xylitol; organic acids such as ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, fumaric acid, citric acid, maleic acid, sebacic acid, sorbic acid, adipic acid, edetic acid, glutamic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, succinic acid, and tartaric acid; Urea; and mixtures thereof.
ìì´í ì©í´ì¨ì ì¼í¬ìì ì ì¬ì©ì íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì´ í´ë¹ í¬ì¬ ííë¡ë¶í° ì´ê¸°ì ì¼ë§ë ì ìíê² ì ë¬ëëì§ì ìí¥ì ë¯¸ì¹ ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, Mannogeme EZ(SPI Pharma, Lewes, Del.)ì ê°ì ë¹ì ì§ ë¹ë¥ë, ìíë ì¹ë£ í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ì ìíê² ìì±í기 ìí´ ì´ê¸° 2ìê° ëì ë³´ë¤ ì ìí ì ë¬ì ì ê³µíê³ , ì¥ê¸°ê°ì ê±¸ì³ ìíë ìì¤ì ì¹ë£ í¨ê³¼ ëë ìë°© í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ì ì§í기 ìí´ ëë¨¸ì§ ìì ì ì§ì ì¼ë¡ ê·¸ë¦¬ê³ ì°ìì ì¼ë¡ ë°©ì¶íë ë° ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ì´ ê²½ì°, íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ëì¬ëê³ ë°°ì¤ëë íì± ì±ë¶ì ìì ëì²´íëë¡, ì´ë¬í ë¹ì¨ë¡ ë°©ì¶ëë¤.The use of osmotic agents with different dissolution rates can affect how rapidly the active ingredient(s) is initially delivered from a given dosage form. For example, an amorphous saccharide, such as Mannogeme EZ (SPI Pharma, Lewes, Del.), can be used to provide a more rapid initial delivery over the first two hours to produce the desired therapeutic effect quickly, and then release the remainder gradually and continuously to maintain the desired level of therapeutic or prophylactic effect over a longer period of time. In this case, the active ingredient(s) is released at such a rate that it replaces the amount of active ingredient that is metabolized and excreted.
ì½ì´ë ëí, í¬ì¬ ííì ì±ë¥ì í¥ììí¤ê±°ë ìì ì± ëë ê°ê³µì ì´ì§í기 ìí´, 본ìì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì ë§¤ì° ë¤ìí ë¤ë¥¸ ë¶íì ë° ë´ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.The core may also include a wide variety of other excipients and carriers, as described herein, to enhance the performance of the dosage form or to facilitate stability or processing.
ë°í¬ê³¼ì± ë§ì íì±íë ë° ì ì©í 물ì§ì, ì리íì ì¼ë¡ ê´ë ¨ë pHìì ì-í¬ê³¼ì±ì´ê³ ìë¶ì©ì±ì´ê±°ë, ê°êµ ê²°í©ê³¼ ê°ì ííì ë³ê²½ì ìí´ ìë¶ì©ì±ì¼ë¡ ë기 ì¬ì´ ë¤ìí ë±ê¸ì ìí¬ë¦´, ë¹ë, ìí 르, í´ë¦¬ì미ë, í´ë¦¬ìì¤í 르, ë° ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ì ë체를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì½í ì íì±íë ë° ì ì©í ì ì í ì¤í©ì²´ì ìë, ê°ìí, ë¹ê°ìí, ë° ê°í ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ìì¸í ì´í¸(CA), ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ëìì¸í ì´í¸, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ í¸ë¦¬ìì¸í ì´í¸, CA íë¡í¼ì¤ë¤ì´í¸, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ëí¸ë ì´í¸, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ìì¸í ì´í¸ ë¶í°ë ì´í¸(CAB), CA ìí¸ ì¹´ë¥´ë°ë©ì´í¸, CAP, CA ë©í¸ 카르ë°ë©ì´í¸, CA ììë¤ì´í¸, ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ìì¸í ì´í¸ í¸ë¦¬ë©ë ì´í¸(CAT), CA ëë©í¸ìë¯¸ë ¸ìì¸í ì´í¸, CA ìí¸ ì¹´ë¥´ë³´ë¤ì´í¸, CA í´ë¡ë¡ìì¸í ì´í¸, CA ìí¸ ì¥ì´ë ì´í¸, CA ë©í¸ ì¤í¬ë¤ì´í¸, CA ë¶í¸ ì¤í¬ë¤ì´í¸, CA p-í¨ë£¨ì ì¤í¬ë¤ì´í¸, íì² ìì¸í ì´í¸, ìë°ë¡ì¤ í¸ë¦¬ìì¸í ì´í¸, ë² í ê¸ë£¨ì¹¸ ìì¸í ì´í¸, ë² í ê¸ë£¨ì¹¸ í¸ë¦¬ìì¸í ì´í¸, ìì¸í¸ìë°íë ëë©í¸ ìì¸í ì´í¸, ë¡ì»¤ì¤í¸ 콩 ê²ì í¸ë¦¬ìì¸í ì´í¸, íì´ëë¡ì¤í ìí¸ë -ë¹ëìì¸í ì´í¸, EC, PEG, PPG, PEG/PPG ê³µì¤í©ì²´, PVP, HEC, HPC, CMC, CMEC, HPMC, HPMCP, HPMCAS, HPMCAT, í´ë¦¬(ìí¬ë¦´)ì° ë° ìì¤í 르 ë° í´ë¦¬-(ë©íí¬ë¦´)ì° ë° ìì¤í 르 ë° ì´ì ê³µì¤í©ì²´, ì ë¶, ë±ì¤í¸ë, ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°, í¤í ì°, ì½ë¼ê², ì ¤ë¼í´, í´ë¦¬ìì¼, í´ë¦¬ìí 르, í´ë¦¬ì¤í°, í´ë¦¬ìí 르ì¤í°, í´ë¦¬ì¤í°ë , í´ë¦¬ë¹ë í ë¼ì´ë, í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì¤í 르 ë° ìí 르, ì²ì° ìì¤, ë° í©ì± ìì¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤.Materials useful for forming semipermeable membranes include various grades of acrylic, vinyl, ether, polyamide, polyester, and cellulose derivatives which are water-permeable and water-insoluble at physiologically relevant pH, or which are readily rendered water-insoluble by chemical modification such as cross-linking. Examples of suitable polymers useful for forming the coating include plasticized, non-plasticized, and reinforced cellulose acetate (CA), cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, CA propionate, cellulose nitrate, cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), CA ethyl carbamate, CAP, CA methyl carbamate, CA succinate, cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), CA dimethylaminoacetate, CA ethyl carbonate, CA chloroacetate, CA ethyl oxalate, CA methyl sulfonate, CA butyl sulfonate, CA p-toluene sulfonate, agar acetate, amylose triacetate, beta glucan acetate, beta glucan triacetate, acetaldehyde dimethyl acetate, locust bean gum triacetate, hydroxylated ethylene-vinylacetate, EC, PEG, PPG, PEG/PPG. Copolymers, PVP, HEC, HPC, CMC, CMEC, HPMC, HPMCP, HPMCAS, HPMCAT, poly(acrylic) acids and esters and poly-(methacrylic) acids and esters and copolymers thereof, starch, dextran, dextrin, chitosan, collagen, gelatin, polyalkenes, polyethers, polysulfones, polyethersulfones, polystyrene, polyvinyl halides, polyvinyl esters and ethers, natural waxes, and synthetic waxes.
ë°í¬ê³¼ì± ë§ì ëí, ë¯¸êµ í¹í ì 5,798,119í¸ì ê°ìë ë°ì ê°ì, ììì± ë¯¸ì¸ê¸°ê³µ ë§ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì 기공ì ì¤ì§ì ì¼ë¡ ê°ì¤ë¡ ì¶©ì§ëê³ ìì± ë§¤ì§ì ìí´ ìµì¤ëì§ ìì§ë§ 물 ì¦ê¸°ì ëí´ í¬ê³¼ì±ì´ë¤. ì´ë¬í ììì±ì´ì§ë§ 물-ì¦ê¸° í¬ê³¼ì± ë§ì íµìì ì¼ë¡, ììì± ì¤í©ì²´, ì컨ë í´ë¦¬ìì¼, í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë , í´ë¦¬íë¡íë , í´ë¦¬í í¸ë¼í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸ë , í´ë¦¬ìí¬ë¦´ì° ì ëì²´, í´ë¦¬ìí 르, í´ë¦¬ì¤í°, í´ë¦¬ìí 르ì¤í°, í´ë¦¬ì¤í°ë , í´ë¦¬ë¹ë í ë¼ì´ë, í´ë¦¬ë¹ëë¦¬ë´ í루ì¤ë¼ì´ë, í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì¤í 르 ë° ìí 르, ì²ì° ìì¤, ë° í©ì± ìì¤ë¡ ì´ë£¨ì´ì§ë¤.The semipermeable membrane may also be a hydrophobic microporous membrane, such as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,798,119, wherein the pores are substantially gas-filled and not wetted by an aqueous medium but are permeable to water vapor. Such hydrophobic but water-vapor permeable membranes are typically comprised of hydrophobic polymers, such as polyalkenes, polyethylenes, polypropylenes, polytetrafluoroethylenes, polyacrylic acid derivatives, polyethers, polysulfones, polyethersulfones, polystyrenes, polyvinyl halides, polyvinylidene fluorides, polyvinyl esters and ethers, natural waxes, and synthetic waxes.
ë°í¬ê³¼ì± ë§ ìì ì ë¬ í¬í¸(ë¤)ë 기ê³ì ëë ë ì´ì ì²ê³µì ìí´ ì½í í íì±ë ì ìë¤. ì ë¬ í¬í¸(ë¤)ë ëí ìì©ì± 물ì§ì íë¬ê·¸ì 침ìì ìí´ ëë ì½ì´ ë´ì ìì ë¶ ìì ë§ì ë³´ë¤ ìì ë¶ë¶ì íì´ì ìí´ ì¤ìê°ì¼ë¡ íì±ë ì ìë¤. ëí, ë¯¸êµ í¹í ì 5,612,059í¸ ë° ì 5,698,220í¸ì 기ì ë ì íì ë¹ëì¹ ë§ì¸ ì½í ì ê²½ì°ììì ê°ì´, ì ë¬ í¬í¸ë ì½í ê³µì ì¤ íì±ë ì ìë¤. The delivery port(s) on the semipermeable membrane may be formed post-coating by mechanical or laser perforation. The delivery port(s) may also be formed in situ by erosion of a plug of soluble material or by rupture of a thinner portion of the membrane over the indentation within the core. Additionally, the delivery ports may be formed during the coating process, as in the case of coatings which are asymmetric membranes of the type described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,612,059 and 5,698,220.
ë°©ì¶ë íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤)ì ì´ë ë° ë°©ì¶ ìëë, ë°í¬ê³¼ì± ë§ì ëê» ë° ë¤ê³µì±, ì½ì´ì ì¡°ì±, ë° ì ë¬ í¬í¸ì ì, í¬ê¸° ë° ìì¹ë¥¼ íµí´ ì¤ì§ì ì¼ë¡ ì¡°ì ë ì ìë¤.The total amount and rate of release of active ingredient(s) can be substantially controlled by the thickness and porosity of the semipermeable membrane, the composition of the core, and the number, size and location of the delivery ports.
ì¼í¬ì ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ííì ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì±ë¥ ëë ê°ê³µì ì´ì§í기 ìí´ ë³¸ìì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì ì¶ê°ì ì¸ ì¢ ëì ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ ì¶ê°ë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical composition in an osmotic controlled release dosage form may further comprise additional conventional excipients or carriers as described herein to facilitate performance or processing of the composition.
ì¼í¬ì ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ííë ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ë ì¢ ëì ë°©ë² ë° ê¸°ì ì ë°ë¼ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤(Remingtonì 문í[The Science and Practice of Pharmacy]ì ì í¨; Santus ë° Bakerì 문í[J. Controlled Release 1995, 35, 1-21]; Verma ë±ì 문í[Drug Development and Industrial Pharmacy 2000, 26, 695-708]; Verma ë±ì 문í[J. Controlled Release 2002, 79, 7-27]).Osmotic controlled release dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art (see Remington , supra, in The Science and Practice of Pharmacy ; Santus and Baker, J. Controlled Release 1995, 35, 1-21; Verma et al., Drug Development and Industrial Pharmacy 2000, 26, 695-708; Verma et al., J. Controlled Release 2002, 79, 7-27).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì AMT ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶í í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ì ííëë©°, ì´ë íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤) ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´)ì í¬í¨íë ì½ì´ë¥¼ ì½í íë ë¹ëì¹ ì¼í¬ì 멤ë¸ë ì¸ì í¬í¨íë¤. AMT ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ííë, ì§ì ìì¶, ê±´ì 과립í, ìµì 과립í, ë° ì¹¨ì§ ì½í ë°©ë²ì í¬í¨íë, ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ë ì¢ ëì ë°©ë² ë° ê¸°ì ì ë°ë¼ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein are formulated in an AMT controlled release dosage form, which comprises an asymmetric osmotic membrane coating a core comprising the active ingredient(s) and other pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles (e.g., excipients or carriers). AMT controlled release dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art, including direct compression, dry granulation, wet granulation, and dip coating methods.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ESC ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶í í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ì ííëë©°, ì´ë íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤), íì´ëë¡ì ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë ì½ì´ë¥¼ ì½í íë ì¼í¬ì 멤ë¸ë ì¸ì í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein are formulated in an ESC controlled release dosage form, which comprises an osmotic membrane coating a core comprising the active ingredient(s), hydroxy cellulose, and other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers.
3. ë¤ì¤ì ì ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ ì¥ì¹3. Multi-particle controlled release device
ë³í ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ë³¸ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, ì§ê²½ì´ ì½ 10 μm ë´ì§ ì½ 3 mm, ì½ 50 m ë´ì§ ì½ 2.5 mm, ëë ì½ 100 m ë´ì§ ì½ 1 mmì¸ ë¤ìì ì ì, 과립, ëë í 릿ì í¬í¨íë, ë¤ì¤ì ì ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ ì¥ì¹ë¡ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ë¤ì¤ì ìë ìµì ë° ê±´ì 과립í, ìì¶/구íí, 롤ë¬-ìì¶, ì©ìµ-ì¡°ì±, ë° ë¶ë¬´-ì½í ìë ì½ì´ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë, ë¹ì ììê² ê³µì§ë ê³µì ì ìí´ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, Multiparticulate Oral Drug Delivery; Marcel Dekker: 1994; ë° Pharmaceutical Pelletization Technology; Marcel Dekker: 1989를 참조íë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein in modified release dosage forms can be prepared as multiparticulate controlled release devices comprising a plurality of particles, granules, or pellets having a diameter of from about 10 μm to about 3 mm, from about 50 μm to about 2.5 mm, or from about 100 μm to about 1 mm. Such multiparticulates can be prepared by processes known to those skilled in the art, including wet and dry granulation, extrusion/spheronization, roller-compaction, melt-composition, and spray-coating seed cores. See, e.g., Multiparticulate Oral Drug Delivery ; Marcel Dekker: 1994; and Pharmaceutical Pelletization Technology ; Marcel Dekker: 1989.
본ìì 기ì ë ë¤ë¥¸ ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë ë¤ì¤ì ìì ê°ê³µ ë° íì±ì ë기 ìí´ ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ê³¼ ë°°í©ë ì ìë¤. ìì±ë ì ìë ê·¸ ìì²´ê° ë¤ì¤ì ì ì¥ì¹ë¥¼ 구ì±í ì ìê±°ë, ì¥ì© ì¤í©ì²´, ì-í½ì¤ì± ë° ìì©ì± ì¤í©ì²´ì ê°ì ë¤ìí íë¦-íì± ë¬¼ì§ì ìí´ ì½í ë ì ìë¤. ë¤ì¤ì ìë 캡ì ëë ì ì ë¡ì ì¶ê°ë¡ ê°ê³µë ì ìë¤.Other excipients or carriers described herein may be combined with the pharmaceutical composition to aid in processing and forming the multiparticulates. The resulting particles may themselves constitute a multiparticulate device, or may be coated with various film-forming materials, such as enteric polymers, water-swellable and water-soluble polymers. The multiparticulates may be further processed into capsules or tablets.
4. íì íë ì ë¬4. Targeted delivery
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì, 리í¬ì-, ì¬ë°ë´ë ì í구-, ë° íì²´-ê¸°ë° ì ë¬ ìì¤í ì í¬í¨íì¬, ì¹ë£ë ëìì²´ì ì ì²´ì í¹ì ì¡°ì§, ìì©ì²´, ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ììì ëí´ íì íëëë¡ ì ííë ìë ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may also be formulated to be targeted to specific tissues, receptors, or other regions of the body of the subject to be treated, including liposome-, resealed red blood cell-, and antibody-based delivery systems.
E. í¡ì í¬ì¬E. Inhalation administration
본ìì ê°ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì í¡ì í¬ì¬ì©ì¼ë¡, ì를 ë¤ì´ í í¡ìì©ì¼ë¡ ì ííë ì ìë¤. ì ì í ì ì ë ì ì í ê²ë¤ê³¼ ê°ì ì¡ì²´ íí ì ì , ì를 ë¤ì´ ì©ì¡ ë° ì íì¡ì í¬í¨í ì ìê³ , ì¬ê¸°ì ì©ì¡ ëë ë´ì²´ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ 물, 물/íë¡íë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ì©ì¡ê³¼ ê°ì 물/ìí¼íì± ë¹íí´, ëë ì 기 ì©ë§¤(ììë¡, ìì¶©ì 롤 í¬í¨í¨)ì´ë©°, ì기 ì ì ë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ë¡ì, ë°ëì§íê²ë 미ì¤í¸ë¡ì ì ë¬ë ì ìê³ , 공기, ì°ì, í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼, ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ ë° ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ê³¼ ê°ì ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ì í¨ê» ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤. ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì·¨ì ì© ê±´ì¡° ë¶ë§ë¡ì ë¨ë ì¼ë¡ ì ííëê±°ë ë½í ì¤ì¤ ëë ì¸ì§ì§ê³¼ ê°ì ë¶íì± ë´ì²´ì í¨ê» ì ííë ìë ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be formulated for administration by inhalation, for example, for pulmonary absorption. Suitable formulations may include liquid form preparations such as those described above, for example, solutions and emulsions, wherein the solution or carrier is, for example, water, a water/water miscible vehicle such as a water/propylene glycol solution, or an organic solvent (optionally including a buffer), and the formulation may be delivered as an aerosol, preferably as a mist, and may be delivered together with a carrier gas such as air, oxygen, a mixture of helium and oxygen, or other gases and gas mixtures. The pharmaceutical composition may be formulated alone as a dry powder for inhalation or together with an inert carrier such as lactose or a phospholipid.
ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ê°ì ì©ê¸°, íí, ì¤íë ì´, ìí ë§ì´ì (atomizer), ì컨ë 미ì¸í ì°ë¬´ë¥¼ ìì±í기 ìí ì 기ìë ¥íì ì¬ì©íë ìí ë§ì´ì , ëë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì 를 ë¨ë ì¼ë¡ ì¬ì©íê±°ë, ì ì í ì¶ì§ì , ì컨ë ëí´ë¡ë¡ëí루ì¤ë¡ë©í, í¸ë¦¬í´ë¡ë¡í루ì¤ë¡ë©í, ëí´ë¡ë¡í í¸ë¼í루ì¤ë¡ìí, íì´ëë¡í루ì¤ì칸(ì: 1,1,1,2-í í¸ë¼í루ì¤ë¡ìí (HFA 134A) ë° 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-íµíí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í (HFA 227)), ì´ì°ííì, í¼í루ë¸ë¡ ê³¼ ê°ì ê³¼ë¶í íììì, ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ì ì í ê°ì¤ì í¨ê» ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ë¬í기 ìí ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ ëë ì©ì¡ì ííì¼ ì ìë¤.The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of an aerosol or solution for delivery using a pressurized container, a pump, a spray, an atomizer, such as an atomizer using electrohydraulics to produce a fine mist, or a nebulizer, alone or in combination with a suitable propellant, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, hydrofluoroalkanes (e.g., 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134A) and 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane (HFA 227)), carbon dioxide, perfluorocarbons such as perflubron, and other suitable gases.
í¡ì ì¬ì©ì ì í©í ìì©ì¡ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì 물 ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ìê³ ë§¤ì§ì ì©í´ìí´ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ì ì í ìì íì ë° ì¦ì ì ê° ì²¨ê°ë ìë ìë¤. í¡ì ì ì í©í ì íì ë ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ìì± ë§¤ì§ì ì©í´ìí¤ê³ , ì´ë¡ë¶í°ì ê°ì©íë íí를 ììì± ë§¤ì§ì, ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì²ì° ëë í©ì± ê², ìì§, ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, 카르복ìë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤ ëí¸ë¥¨, ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ííì ì ê°ì ì ì± ë¬¼ì§ê³¼ í¨ê» ë¶ì°ìí´ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤.Aqueous solutions suitable for inhalation use can be prepared by dissolving a compound of formulae (I) to (V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, in water or another aqueous medium. Suitable stabilizers and thickeners may also be added. Emulsions suitable for inhalation can be prepared by dissolving a compound of formulae (I) to (V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, in an aqueous medium and dispersing the solubilized form thereof in a hydrophobic medium, optionally together with viscous materials such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other suspending agents.
ê°ì ì©ê¸°, íí, ì¤íë ì´, ìí ë§ì´ì , ëë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì ì¬ì©í기 ìí ì©ì¡ ëë ííì¡ì 본ìì ê°ìë íì± ì±ë¶ì ë¶ì°ìí¤ê±°ë, ê°ì©íìí¤ê±°ë, ëë ë°©ì¶ì ì°ì¥í기 ìí ê³ë©´íì±ì ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ì ì í ê³µì©ë§¤, ëë ì ì í ëì²´ì 를 í¨ì íê³ , ììë¡ ì¶ì§ì 를 í¨ì íëë¡ ì ííë ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ê³ë©´íì±ì ëë ê³µì©ë§¤ë í´ë¦¬ìë¥´ë² ì´í¸ 20, 60 ë° 80; í루ë¡ë F-68, F-84, ë° P-103; ìí´ë¡ë±ì¤í¸ë¦°; ë° í´ë¦¬ì¥ì¤ 35 í¼ë§ìì ; ì르ë¹í í¸ë¦¬ì¬ë ìì´í¸, ì¬ë ì°, ëë ì¬ë¦¬ê³ ë½í¸ì°ì í¬í¨í ì ìì§ë§ ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. ê³ë©´íì±ì ë° ê³µì©ë§¤ë ì íì ì¼ë¡, ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì½ 0.01 ì¤ë% ë´ì§ ì½ 2 ì¤ë%ì ìì¤ìì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ ê²½ì°, ì íì ë¶ë°°í¨ì ìì´ìì ë³ëì±ì ê°ììí¤ê³ , ì íì ì íì¡ì ì±ë¶ì´ 물리ì ì¼ë¡ ë¶ë¦¬ëë ê²ì ê°ììí¤ê³ /ê°ììí¤ê±°ë, ë¬ë¦¬ ì íì ê°ì í기 ìí´ ë¨ìí ìì©ì¡ì ì ëë³´ë¤ í° ì ëê° ë°ëì§í ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ì ë 구ì¶ì ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ í´ë¦¬ë¹ë ìì½ì¬, í´ë¦¬ë¹ë í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ë©í¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, íì´ëë¡ì íë¡í ë©í¸ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, íì´ëë¡ììí¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, 카르복ìë©í¸ ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, íì´ëë¡ì íë¡í ì 룰ë¡ì¤ì¤, ì½ëë¡ì´í´ í©ì°ì¼ ë° ì´ì ì¼, íìë£¨ë¡ ì° ë° ì´ì ì¼, ë° ì ì í ê²ë¤ì ì¡°í©ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì´ë¬í ì ì ê° ë°ëì§í ê²½ì°, ì´ë¤ì ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡ ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì½ 0.01 ì¤ë% ë´ì§ ì½ 2 ì¤ë%ì ìì¤ìì ì¬ì©ëë¤.Solutions or suspensions for use in pressurized containers, pumps, sprays, atomizers, or nebulizers can be formulated to contain a surfactant or other suitable cosolvent, or suitable substitute, to disperse, solubilize, or extend the release of the active ingredient disclosed herein, and optionally a propellant. Such surfactants or cosolvents can include, but are not limited to, polysorbates 20, 60, and 80; Pluronic F-68, F-84, and P-103; cyclodextrins; and polyoxyl 35 castor oil; sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or oligolactic acid. Surfactants and cosolvents can optionally be used at levels of about 0.01% to about 2% by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some cases, a viscosity greater than that of a simple aqueous solution may be desirable to reduce variability in dispensing the formulation, reduce physical separation of the components of the emulsion of the formulation, and/or otherwise improve the formulation. Such viscosity builders include, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, chondroitin sulfate and salts thereof, hyaluronic acid and salts thereof, and combinations of the foregoing. When such agents are desirable, they are typically used at levels of from about 0.01% to about 2% by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ëí ì 기 ì©ë§¤ ëë ì 기 ì©ë§¤ì ìì± í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì©í´ë ì ìë¤. ì 기 ì©ë§¤ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì¸í ëí¸ë¦´, í´ë¡ë¡ë²¤ì , í´ë¡ë¡í¬ë¦, ìí´ë¡í¥ì°, 1,2-ëí´ë¡ë¡ë©í, ëí´ë¡ë¡ë©í, 1,2-ëë©í¡ììí, N,N-ëë©í¸ìì¸í¸ì미ë, N,N-ëë©í¸í¬ë¦ì미ë, 1,4-ëì¥ì°, 2-ìí¡ììíì¬, ìí¸ë ê¸ë¦¬ì½, í¬ë¦ì미ë, í¥ì°, ë©íì¬, 2-ë©í¡ììíì¬, ë©í°ë¶í¸ì¼í¤, ë©í¸ìí´ë¡í¥ì°, N-ë©í¸í¼ë¡¤ë¦¬ë, ëí¸ë¡ë©í, í¼ë¦¬ë, ì¤í¬ë, í í¸ë린, í¨ë£¨ì, 1,1,2-í¸ë¦¬í´ë¡ë¡ìí¸ë , ëë í¬ì¤ë ë±ì¼ ì ìê³ , ì´ë¤ì ì¡°í©ì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì 기 ì©ë§¤ë ìì¤í 르 ì©ë§¤, ì¼í¤ ì©ë§¤, ìì½ì¬ ì©ë§¤, ì미ë ì©ë§¤, ìí 르 ì©ë§¤, ííìì ì©ë§¤ ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ìì©ê¸° ì¹´í ê³ ë¦¬ì ìí ì ìê³ , ì´ë¤ ê°ê°ì´ ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.The compounds of the present disclosure can also be dissolved in an organic solvent or an aqueous mixture of organic solvents. The organic solvent can be, for example, acetonitrile, chlorobenzene, chloroform, cyclohexane, 1,2-dichloromethane, dichloromethane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, 1,4-dioxane, 2-ethoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, formamide, hexane, methanol, 2-methoxyethanol, methylbutyl ketone, methylcyclohexane, N-methylpyrrolidone, nitromethane, pyridine, sulfolane, tetralin, toluene, 1,1,2-trichloroethylene, or xylene, and the like, or combinations thereof. Organic solvents can fall into functional groups such as ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, etc., and each of these can be used.
본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì íìì ì¤ì¶ì ê²½ê³ë¡ì ì ì í¬ì¬ë¥¼ ìí´, ìì´ë¡ì¡¸, ë°ëì§íê²ë 미ì¤í¸ë¡ì í¡ì ì íµí´ ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤. ë°ëì§íê²ë, ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì ì¸ë¶ìì ë¶ê°ë ì´ ìì´ ë°ìëë¤(ì´ë ì§ëíë ë©ì ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì ê°ì, ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ ìì²´ì íì±ì ìí´ ì¼ê¸°ëë 경미í ì¨ë ì¦ê°ë¥¼ ë°°ì íì§ ìëë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, ì´ë¬í 경미í ì¨ë ì¦ê°ë ì¢ ì¢ ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ëê°ì ì´ëíë ì½ë¬¼ì ì¦ë°ì ìí´ ììë ì ìë¤). 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì 공기, ì°ì, ëë í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ê³¼ ê°ì ë´ì²´, ëë ì¹ë£ì ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ê³¼ í¨ê» ìì´ë¡ì¡¸, ë°ëì§íê²ë 미ì¤í¸ë¡ì ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤. ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤, ì를 ë¤ì´ 공기, ì°ì, í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼, ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ ë° ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì½ 50â ë´ì§ ì½ 60â, ëë ì½ 55â ë´ì§ ì½ 56âë¡ ê°ì´ë ì ìë¤. í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ì´ ë´ì²´ë¡ì ì¬ì©ëë ê²½ì°, í¬ë¥¨ì ì½ 50 ë¶í¼%, 60 ë¶í¼%, 70 ë¶í¼%, 80 ë¶í¼% ëë 90 ë¶í¼%ë¡ í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì¡´ì¬í ì ìê³ , ì°ìë ì½ 50 ë¶í¼%, 40 ë¶í¼%, 30 ë¶í¼%, ëë 10 ë¶í¼%, ëë ê·¸ ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ìë¡ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë¤.The compounds of the present disclosure (e.g., compounds of formulae (I) to (V)) can be delivered by inhalation as an aerosol, preferably a mist, for systemic administration to the central nervous system of a patient. Preferably, the aerosol is generated without externally added heat (which does not exclude a slight temperature increase caused by the formation of the aerosol itself, such as by a vibrating mesh or other nebulizer; however, such a slight temperature increase can often be offset by evaporation of the drug, which results in cooling of the composition). The compounds of the present disclosure can be delivered as an aerosol, preferably a mist, together with a carrier, such as air, oxygen, or a mixture of helium and oxygen, or other gas or gas mixtures comprising a therapeutic gas mixture. The carrier gas, such as air, oxygen, a mixture of helium and oxygen, or other gases and gas mixtures, can be heated to about 50° C. to about 60° C., or to about 55° C. to about 56° C. When a mixture of helium and oxygen is used as the carrier, the helium can be present in the mixture of helium and oxygen at about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% by volume, and the oxygen can be present in the mixture at about 50%, 40%, 30%, or 10% by volume, or any range therebetween.
í¡ì ì ë¬ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì í¬ì¬ ì ì ì ì¹ë£ í¡ì ìë²ì í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ ì¶ê°ë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì ì¹ë£ë ì½ 90â, ì½ 92â, ì½ 94â, ì½ 96â, ì½ 98â, ì½ 100â, ì½ 105â, ì½ 110â, ì½ 115â, ì½ 120â, ëë ì´ë¤ ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ìë¡ ê°ì´ë í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ì í¡ì ì íµí´ íììê² í¬ì¬íë ê²ì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, í¡ì ì ì°¨ë, (i) ì½ 90â ë´ì§ ì½ 120âë¡ ê°ì´ë í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ì í¡ì ì íµí´ íììê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³, ì´ì ì´ì´ì (ii) ì½ 50â ë´ì§ ì½ 60âë¡ ê°ì´ë í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ ë° ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì í¡ì ì íµí´ íììê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³, ë° ì´ì ì´ì´ì ë¨ê³ (i) ë° (ii)를 ë°ë³µíë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ë¨ê³ (i) ë° (ii)ë 1, 2, 3, 4, 5í ëë ê·¸ ì´ì ë°ë³µë ì ìë¤.Inhalation delivery may further comprise administering a pretreatment inhalation regimen prior to administration of the aerosol comprising a compound of Formulae (I) through (V). The pretreatment may comprise administering to the patient via inhalation a mixture of helium and oxygen heated to about 90° C., about 92° C., about 94° C., about 96° C., about 98° C., about 100° C., about 105° C., about 110° C., about 115° C., about 120° C., or any range therebetween. For example, the inhalation procedure comprises (i) administering to the patient via inhalation a mixture of helium and oxygen heated to about 90° C. to about 120° C., followed by (ii) administering to the patient via inhalation an aerosol comprising a mixture of helium and oxygen heated to about 50° C. to about 60° C. and a compound of Formulae (I) through (V), followed by repeating steps (i) and (ii). Steps (i) and (ii) may be repeated 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more times.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì, ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ í¡ì ì íµí´, ì½ 1 μg ë´ì§ ì½ 200 mg ì´ì(ëë ì½ 1 μgê³¼ ì½ 200 mg ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ì)ì í¬ì¬ëì¼ë¡, ì를 ë¤ì´ í¡ì ì¸ì ë¹ ì½ 1 μg, 2 μg, 5 μg, 6 μg, 10 μg, 13 μg, 15 μg, 20 μg, 30 μg, 40 μg, 50 μg, 60 μg, 70 μg, 80 μg, 90 μg, 100 μg, 110 μg, 120 μg, 130 μg, 140 μg, 150 μg, 160 μg, 170 μg, 180 μg, 190 μg, 200 μg, 210 μg, 220 μg, 230 μg, 240 μg, 250 μg, 260 μg, 270 μg, 280 μg, 290 μg, 300 μg, 400 μg, 500 μg, 1.0 mg, 2.0 mg, 3.0 mg, 4.0 mg, 5.0 mg, 6.0 mg, 7.0 mg, 8.0 mg, 9.0 mg, 10.0 mg, 20.0 mg, 30.0 mg, 40.0 mg, 50.0 mg, 60.0 mg, 70.0 mg, 80.0 mg, 90.0 mg, 100.0 mg, 150.0 mg, 200.0 mg, ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëìì²´ë ë§¤ì¼ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5í ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì í¡ì ì¸ì ì ê°ì§ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëìì²´ë 2ì¼ë§ë¤, 주 1í, 주 2í, ëë 주 3í 1, 2, 3, 4, 5í ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì í¡ì ì¸ì ì ê°ì§ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëìì²´ë 2ê°ìë§ë¤, ì 2í, ì 3í, ëë ì 4í 1, 2, 3, 4, 5í ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì í¡ì ì¸ì ì ê°ì§ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëìì²´ë ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì ë¹, ì컨ë 28ì¼ì ê¸°ê° ì´ë´ì 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8í ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì í¡ì ì¸ì ì ê°ì§ ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, a compound of the present disclosure (e.g., a compound of Formulae (I)-(V)) is administered via aerosol inhalation at a dosage of from about 1 μg to about 200 mg or more (or any range between about 1 μg and about 200 mg), for example, about 1 μg, 2 μg, 5 μg, 6 μg, 10 μg, 13 μg, 15 μg, 20 μg, 30 μg, 40 μg, 50 μg, 60 μg, 70 μg, 80 μg, 90 μg, 100 μg, 110 μg, 120 μg, 130 μg, 140 μg, 150 μg, 160 μg, 170 μg, 180 μg, 190 μg, 200 μg, 210 μg, 220 μg, 230 μg, 240 μg, 250 μg, 260 μg, 270 μg, 280 μg, 290 μg, 300 μg, 400 μg, 500 μg, 1.0 mg, 2.0 mg, 3.0 mg, 4.0 mg, 5.0 mg, 6.0 mg, 7.0 mg, 8.0 mg, 9.0 mg, 10.0 mg, 20.0 mg, 30.0 mg, 40.0 mg, 50.0 mg, 60.0 mg, 70.0 mg, 80.0 mg, 90.0 mg, 100.0 mg, 150.0 mg, 200.0 mg, or more. In some embodiments, the subject can have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more inhalation sessions daily. In some embodiments, the subject can have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more inhalation sessions every two days, once a week, twice a week, or three times a week. In some embodiments, the subject can have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more inhalation sessions every two months, twice a month, three times a month, or four times a month. In some embodiments, the subject can have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or more inhalation sessions per course of treatment, for example, within a 28 day period.
ìì´ë¡ì¡¸Aerosol
ìì´ë¡ì¡¸, ë°ëì§íê²ë 미ì¤í¸ë, 공기, ì°ì, í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼, ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ ë° ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ë¡ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤. ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ë ì¤ì¨ì¼ë¡ ëë ê°ì´ëì´ ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸, ë°ëì§íê²ë 미ì¤í¸ë ê°ì´ë í¬ë¥¨-ì°ì(HELIOX) í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©íì¬ í¡ì ì íµí´ ì ë¬ëë¤. í¬ë¥¨ì ì ëë ë§¤ì° ë®ê¸° ë문ì, í¬ë¥¨-ì°ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì´ í ììì ê¹ìí ëë¬íê³ í¡ì ì íµí í¬ì¬ë ì ë¬ì 주ì ì¥ì 물 ì¤ íëì¸ í¸í¡ê¸° ë´ììì ì½ë¬¼ì 침착ì ê°ììí¤ë ë° ë§¤ì° ë°ëì§í í¹ì§ì¸ 층ë¥ë¥¼ í¹ì§ì¼ë¡ íë 기체 ì¤í¸ë¦¼ì ìì±íë¤. íìë 미ì¤í¸ë¡ì 본ìì ê°ìë ì©í´ë íí©ë¬¼ì íìì íì íí¬ ìì ë´ë¡ í¡ì í ì ìë¤. ê·¸ë° ë¤ì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì íì íí¬ ììì ì ì²´ ë´ì¸µì¼ë¡ ì ë¬ë ì ìê³ , íì íì¡ ìí ë´ë¡ ì ì í¡ìë ì ìë¤. ì 리íê²ë, ì´ë¤ ì íì íì íí¬ ììì¼ë¡ í¡ì ì íë¥ì í¨ê³¼ì ì¼ë¡ ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤.The aerosol, preferably a mist, can be delivered using air, oxygen, a mixture of helium and oxygen, or other gases and mixtures of gases as the carrier gas. The carrier gas can be delivered at room temperature or heated. In some embodiments, the aerosol, preferably a mist, comprising the compounds of formulae (I) to (V) is delivered via inhalation using a heated helium-oxygen (HELIOX) mixture. Since helium has a very low viscosity, the helium-oxygen mixture produces a gas stream characterized by laminar flow, a highly desirable feature for reaching deep into the lung region and reducing deposition of the drug in the respiratory tract, one of the major obstacles to dose delivery via inhalation. The patient can inhale the dissolved compounds disclosed herein as a mist into the alveolar regions of the patient's lungs. The compounds of formulae (I) to (V) can then be delivered into the fluid lining of the alveolar regions of the lungs and can be systemically absorbed into the patient's blood circulation. Advantageously, these formulations can be effectively delivered into the bloodstream upon inhalation into the alveolar region of the lungs.
ê°ì´ëê±°ë ê°ì´ëì§ ìì ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤(ì를 ë¤ì´, 공기, ì°ì, ëë í¬ë¥¨-ì°ì í¼í©ë¬¼)ì ì ë¬ì ì í©í ì¥ì¹ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì°ì 모ë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì¸ Flo-Mist(Phillips) ë° Hope(B&B Medical Technologies) ë° ì¡°ì ì¥ì¹ì ê°ì ì¡ì¸ì리, ì를 ë¤ì´ MedipureTM Heliox-LCQ ìì¤í (PraxAir) ë° ì ì´ ë°ì¤, ì를 ë¤ì´ Precision Control Flow(PraxAir)를 í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì²´ ì ë¬ ì¤ì ì, ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¬ìì í¹í RU199823U1ì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì ì¥ì¹ì¼ ì ìë¤.Devices suitable for delivery of a heated or unheated carrier gas (e.g., air, oxygen, or a helium-oxygen mixture) include, for example, continuous mode nebulizers Flo-Mist (Phillips) and Hope (B&B Medical Technologies) and accessories such as a control device, for example the Medipure TM Heliox-LCQ system (PraxAir), and a control box, for example the Precision Control Flow (PraxAir). In some embodiments, the entire delivery setup can be a device as described, for example, in Russian Patent RU199823U1.
본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ì©ì´ "heliox"ë í¬ë¥¨ ê°ì¤(He) ë° ì°ì ê°ì¤(O2)ì í¸í¡ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì§ì¹íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, heliox í¼í©ë¬¼ì í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ ì¤ ì½ 50 ë¶í¼%, 60 ë¶í¼%, 70 ë¶í¼%, 80 ë¶í¼% ëë 90 ë¶í¼%ì í¬ë¥¨ì í¨ì í ì ìê³ , í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ ì¤ ì½ 50 ë¶í¼%, 40 ë¶í¼%, 30 ë¶í¼%, ëë 10 ë¶í¼% ëë ì´ë¤ ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ìì ì°ì를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ë°ë¼ì, heliox í¼í©ë¬¼ì 50:50, 60:40, 70:30, 80:20, 90:10, ëë ì´ë¤ ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ìì ë¶í¼ ë¹ì¨ë¡ í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ì를 í¨ì í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, helioxë 층ë¥ì ëí ì¦ê°ë ê²½í¥ ë° ëë¥ììì ê°ìë ì íì íµí´ ë³´ë¤ ì ì 기ë ì íì ìì±í ì ìë¤.The term "heliox" as used herein refers to a breathing gas mixture of helium gas (He) and oxygen gas (O 2 ). In some embodiments, the heliox mixture can contain about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% helium by volume of the mixture of helium and oxygen, and about 50%, 40%, 30%, or 10% oxygen by volume of the mixture of helium and oxygen, or any range therebetween. Thus, the heliox mixture can contain helium and oxygen in a volume ratio of 50:50, 60:40, 70:30, 80:20, 90:10, or any range therebetween. In some embodiments, heliox can produce less airway resistance through an increased tendency for laminar flow and decreased resistance in turbulent flow.
Heliox í¼í©ë¬¼ìì ì´ì ì¬ì©íë©´ ì½ë¬¼ í¡ì를 ìí 주ì 물리ì ì¥ë²½ì í¬ê³¼ì±ì ì¦ê°ìí´ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì½ë¬¼ ì ë¬ì ëì± í¥ììí¬ ì ìë¤. ì ë§ íë©´ì ê°ì´ì ë§ì´ íì¡ ìíì í¥ììí¤ê³ ê°ì§ ì í©ë¶ë¿ë§ ìëë¼ ë¤ë¥¸ ë©ì»¤ëì¦ì ì´ììí´ì¼ë¡ì¨ í¬ê³¼ì±ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. í¬ë¥¨ì ì°ì ë° ì§ìë³´ë¤ ì´ ì ëì±ì´ ê±°ì 10ë°° ë ëì¼ë©° ì´ ì ë¬ì ë³´ë¤ í¨ì¨ì ì¼ë¡ ì´ì§ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ê±´ì¡° heliox í¼í©ë¬¼ì ëê²ë ìµë 110âë¡ ê°ì´ë ë ì ì¹ë£ ë¨ê³ë¡ì ìì íê² ì¬ì©ë ì ìì¼ë©°, ì´ë ê±´ì¡° heliox í¼í©ë¬¼ì´ í ë° í¸í¡ê¸°ì ì ë§ íë©´ì ëì± í¨ì¨ì ì¼ë¡ ê°ì´í ì ìê² íë¤.Heat in heliox mixtures can further enhance drug delivery by increasing the permeability of key physical barriers to drug absorption. Heating mucosal surfaces can increase permeability by enhancing peripheral blood circulation and relaxing interstitial junctions as well as other mechanisms. Helium has nearly 10 times the thermal conductivity of oxygen and nitrogen and can facilitate heat transfer more efficiently. Dry heliox mixtures can be safely used as a pretreatment step when heated to temperatures as high as 110°C, which allows the dry heliox mixture to more efficiently heat the mucosal surfaces of the lungs and respiratory tract.
ë¤ìí ì íì ê°ì¸ì© 기íê¸°ê° ë¹ì ê³ì ê³µì§ëì´ ìë¤. ì¼ë°ì¼ë¡, ê°ì¸ì© 기í기ë ê³ í ì½ë¬¼ ëë íí©ë¬¼ì ê°ì´íë ê²ì í¹ì§ì¼ë¡ íë¤. 기í기ë ê³ í ì½ë¬¼ ëë íí©ë¬¼ì ì°ê¸°ê° ë°ìíë ì§ì ê¹ì§ ì§ì ê°ì´í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ìì©í ì ìë¤. ê³ íë¶ ëë ê³ ì ëì¶ë¬¼ì 기íë ì ë ëë ëë¥ì ìí´ ìíë ì ìë¤. ê³ ì ëì¶ë¬¼ì ëë¥ ê°ì´ì, ê°ì´ ììê° ë¬¼ ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ì¡ì²´ì ì ì´íì¬ ê¸°ííë ê²ì í¬í¨íë¤. ì´ì´ì, ê³ ì¨ ì¦ê¸°ë ë¤ì ê³ ì²´ ëë ê³ ì²´ ëì¶ë¬¼ì ì°ê¸°ê° ë°ìíë ì§ì ê¹ì§ ì§ì ê°ì´í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨, ì¬ì©ìê° í¡ì í ì ìë ì¦ê¸°ê° ë°©ì¶ëë¤. ì ë ê°ì´ì ê³ ì²´ ëë ê³ ì²´ ëì¶ë¬¼ê³¼ ê°ì´ ìì ê°ì ì§ì ì ì´ì í¬í¨íë©°, ì´ë ê³ ì²´ë¥¼ ì°ê¸°ê° ë°ìíë ì§ì ì ì ë¬í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì¬ì©ìê° í¡ì í ì¦ê¸°ë¥¼ ë°©ì¶íë¤. 기í기ë í ììì ê´ì ìì í¡ì°ì ë¹í´ ì´ì ì ì ê³µíì§ë§, 기íëë ì½ë¬¼/íì± ì±ë¶ì 기í ì´ì ìí´ ì¤ì§ì ì¼ë¡ ì´íë ì ìë¤.Various types of personal vaporizers are known in the art. In general, personal vaporizers are characterized by heating a solid drug or compound. Vaporizers can operate by directly heating the solid drug or compound to a point where vapor is produced. Vaporization of the solid or solid concentrate can be accomplished by conduction or convection. Convective heating of the solid concentrate involves the heating element contacting water or another liquid to vaporize it. The high temperature vapor then directly heats the solid or solid concentrate to a point where vapor is produced, thereby releasing a vapor that can be inhaled by the user. Conduction heating involves direct contact between the solid or solid concentrate and the heating element, which delivers the solid to the point where vapor is produced, thereby releasing a vapor for the user to inhale. While vaporizers offer advantages over smoking in terms of lung damage, the vaporized drug/active ingredient can be substantially degraded by the heat of vaporization.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì 를 íµí´ ì ë¬ëë©°, ì´ë ê°ì´ë í¬ë¥¨-ì°ì í¼í©ë¬¼ê³¼ ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì¡°í©ë, íí©ë¬¼ì í¨ì íë ìì±-ì¡ì ìì´ë¡ì¡¸, ë°ëì§íê²ë 미ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ìì±íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì 를 íµí´ ì ë¬ëë©°, ì´ë ìì°íì§ì를 í¬í¨íë 구ë ê°ì¤ì ì¡°í©ë, íí©ë¬¼ì í¨ì íë ìì± ì¡ì ìì´ë¡ì¡¸, ë°ëì§íê²ë 미ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ìì±íë¤. ìì°íì§ì를 í¬í¨íë 구ë ê°ì¤ë ìì°íì§ì ê°ì¤ ìì²´ì´ê±°ë, N2O-O2 í¼í©ë¬¼ ëë N2O-공기 í¼í©ë¬¼ê³¼ ê°ì ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì N2, Ar, CO2, Ne, CH4, He, Kr, H2, Xe, H2O (ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¦ê¸°) ë± ì¤ íë ì´ìê³¼ ê°ì ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ë¥¼ ì¶ê°ë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 구ë ê°ì¤ë N2O를 í¬í¨íë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì´ê³ , ì´ë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì´ ë¶í¼ ëë¹ 5 ë¶í¼%, 10 ë¶í¼%, 15 ë¶í¼%, 20 ë¶í¼%, 25 ë¶í¼%, 30 ë¶í¼%, 35 ë¶í¼%, 40 ë¶í¼%, 45 ë¶í¼%, ë° ìµë 75 ë¶í¼%, ìµë 70 ë¶í¼%, ìµë 65 ë¶í¼%, ìµë 60 ë¶í¼%, ìµë 55 ë¶í¼%, ìµë 50 ë¶í¼%, ëë ì´ë¤ ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ìì ëëë¡ ì¡´ì¬íë¤. 구ë ê°ì¤ ì¤ (ëë 구ë ê°ì¤ë¡ìì) ìì°íì§ìì ì¡´ì¬ë 본 ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìê³ , ì ì¬í ìì¤ì í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ì»ê¸° ìí´ ì´ì ë³´ë¤ ë®ì í¬ì¬ëì ì¬ì©í ì ìë ë¥ë ¥ì ì ê³µí ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) are delivered via a nebulizer, which produces an aqueous-droplet aerosol, preferably a mist, containing the compound, optionally in combination with a heated helium-oxygen mixture. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are delivered via a nebulizer, which produces an aqueous-droplet aerosol, preferably a mist, containing the compound, in combination with a drive gas comprising nitrous oxide. The drive gas comprising nitrous oxide can be nitrous oxide gas itself, or a therapeutic gas mixture, such as a N 2 OO 2 mixture or a N 2 O-air mixture. The therapeutic gas mixture can additionally comprise other gases, such as one or more of N 2 , Ar, CO 2 , Ne, CH 4 , He, Kr, H 2 , Xe, H 2 O (e.g., a vapor). In some embodiments, the driving gas is a therapeutic gas mixture comprising N2O , present in a concentration of greater than or equal to 5 vol. %, 10 vol. %, 15 vol. %, 20 vol. %, 25 vol. %, 30 vol. %, 35 vol. %, 40 vol. %, 45 vol. %, and up to 75 vol. %, up to 70 vol. %, up to 65 vol. %, up to 60 vol. %, up to 55 vol. %, up to 50 vol. %, or any range therebetween, relative to the total volume of the therapeutic gas mixture. The presence of nitrous oxide in (or as) the driving gas can enhance the effects of the disclosed compounds, and can provide the ability to use lower dosages thereof to obtain similar levels of effects.
ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ì ì ë ì¡ì²´ ë§¤ì§ ë´ì ë°°ì¹ë ì ìê³ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì ê°ì ì¥ì¹ì ìí´ ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ ë´ì ë°°ì¹ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ê³µì ìì¶ê¸° ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì , ì´ìí ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì , ì§ë ë©ì ëë í¼ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì , ëë ë§ì´í¬ë¡íë¡ì¸ìë¡ ì ì´ì í¸í¡ ìëì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì¥ì¹ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¬ìì í¹í RU199823U1ì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì ì¥ì¹ì¼ ì ìë¤.For example, a formulation of a compound of formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, can be placed in a liquid medium and placed into an aerosol by a device such as a nebulizer. In some embodiments, the nebulizer can be, for example, a pneumatic compressor nebulizer, an ultrasonic nebulizer, a vibrating mesh or horn nebulizer, or a microprocessor-controlled breath-actuated nebulizer. In some embodiments, the nebulizer device can be, for example, a device as described in Russian Patent RU199823U1.
ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë, ì©ì¡ ëë ííì¡ ì¤ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ ê°ì ì½ë¬¼ì íë¡ ì ë¬í기 ìí´, ì´ë¥¼ 미ì¤í¸ì ê°ì 미ì¸í ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ë¡ ì ííë ì¥ì¹ì´ë¤. ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë ëí ìí ë§ì´ì ë¡ ì§ì¹ë ì ìë¤. ë¶ë¬´íë ì©í´ë ì½ë¬¼ì 미ì¤í¸ì ê°ì ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ ííë¡ ë§ëë ê²ì´ë¤. ë¶ë¬´íì ìí´ ì½ë¬¼ì ì ë¬í기 ìí´, ì½ë¬¼ì ì¡ì²´ 매ì§, ì를 ë¤ì´, 물, ìíì¬, ëë íë¡íë ê¸ë¦¬ì½ ì¤ì ë¶ì°ë ì ìë¤. ëí, 본 ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì, ì를 ë¤ì´, 리í¬ì¢, ì¤í©ì²´, ì íì¡, 미ì , ëë ¸ì ì, ëë í´ë¦¬ìí¸ë ì´ë¯¼(PEI)ê³¼ ê°ì ë¹íí´ ì¤ìì ì´ë°ë ì ìë¤. ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì© ì¡ì²´ ì½ë¬¼ ì íì, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìì©ì¡ ëë ì ì± ì©ì¡ì¼ ì ìë¤. ë¶ì° ê°ì 기(ì를 ë¤ì´, ê°ì¤ ì í¸, ì´ìí, ëë ë©ìì ì§ë)를 ì ì©í í, ì©í´ë ì½ë¬¼ì ì¡ì²´ ì¡ì ë´ì í¨ì ëê³ , ì´ì´ì í¡ì ëë¤. 미ì¤í¸ë 공기 ì¤ì ì½ë¬¼ ëë ë¤ë¥¸ 기체 í¼í©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼)ì í¨ì íë ì¡ì²´ ì¡ì ì í¨ì í ì ìë¤.A nebulizer is a device that converts a drug, such as a compound of formula (I) to (V), in a solution or suspension into a fine aerosol, such as a mist, for delivery to the lungs. A nebulizer may also be referred to as an atomizer. Nebulization is the process of making a dissolved drug into an aerosol, such as a mist. To deliver a drug by nebulization, the drug may be dispersed in a liquid medium, such as water, ethanol, or propylene glycol. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein may be carried in a vehicle, such as, for example, liposomes, polymers, emulsions, micelles, nanoparticles, or polyethyleneimine (PEI). The liquid drug formulation for a nebulizer may be, for example, an aqueous solution or a viscous solution. After application of a dispersion force (e.g., a gas jet, ultrasound, or vibration of a mesh), the dissolved drug is contained within the liquid droplets, which are then inhaled. The mist may contain liquid droplets containing the drug or other gaseous mixtures (e.g., a mixture of helium and oxygen) in the air.
ì í¸ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì (ê³µì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ëë ìì¶ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë¼ê³ ë í¨)ë ìì¶ ê°ì¤ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íì¬ ë¯¸ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ë§ë ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì í¸ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë ë§ì´í¬ë¡íë¡ì¸ìë¡ ì ì´ëë í¸í¡ ìëì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì´ë©°, í¸í¡ ìëì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë¡ë ì§ì¹ëë¤. í¸í¡ ìëì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë ì§ìì ì¼ë¡ 미ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ìì±íì§ ìê³ , íìê° í¡ì íë ê²½ì°ìë§ ë¯¸ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ìì±íë¤. 미ì¤í¸ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì©ê¸° ëë 컵ìì 벤í¬ë¦¬(Venturi)를 íµí´ 공기 íë¦ì íµê³¼ìí´ì¼ë¡ì¨ ìì±ë ì ìë¤. 벤í¬ë¦¬ë ìë¿ íìì íë¸ìì ì 체를 ìì¶ìí´ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì ì²´ì íë¦ì ê°ìí기 ìí ìì¤í ì´ë¤. ì´ë¬í ì¤ê³ìì, ì ì²´ë ê·¸ ìë를 ì¦ê°ìì¼ì¼ í기 ë문ì ìë ¥ì´ ê°ìíê³ ë¶ë¶ ì§ê³µì´ ìì±ëë¤. ì ì²´ê° ìì¶ì ì ë¹ ì ¸ëê° ë, ì ì²´ì ìë ¥ì ì£¼ë³ ëë íì´í ë 벨 ìë ¥ê¹ì§ ë¤ì ì¦ê°íë¤. ì´ë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì©ê¸° ë´ì ì½ë¬¼ ì©ì¡ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ê³µê¸ íë¸ë¥¼ íµí´ ì¡ì ì ëì´ ì¬ë¦¬ë ì ì 구ìì íì±í ì ìê³ , ê²°ê³¼ì ì¼ë¡ ì´ë ë§ì°ì¤í¼ì¤ë¡ í르ë ë¶ë¬´ë ì¡ì ì ì¤í¸ë¦¼ì ìì±íë¤. 공기 íë¦ì´ ë¹ ë¥¼ìë¡ ì ì í¬ê¸°ê° ê°ìíê³ ì¶ë ¥ì´ ì¦ê°íë¤. ë°°ì¶ ê°ì¤ë¥¼ í¬íìí¤ë ì¡ì ë° ì©ë§¤ë¡ ì¸í´, ì í¸ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë´ì ì½ë¬¼ ì©ì¡ì ëê°ìí¤ê³ ìë¥ ë¶í¼ ë´ì ì©ì§ ëë를 ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë³´ë¤ í° ì ìë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì©ê¸° ëë 컵 ë´ì 칸ë§ì´ì ë¶ëªì¹ ë¤ì, 칸ë§ì´ ë´ì ì ì§ëìë¤ê° ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì©ê¸° ëë 컵ì ì©ì¡ì¼ë¡ ë°íëì´ ì¬ë¶ë¬´íë ì ìë¤. ëìì²´ê° í¡ì í¨ì ë°ë¼ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì©ê¸°ë¥¼ íµí 공기ì ì ì ì í¡ê¸° ëì 미ì¤í¸ ì¶ë ¥ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. 미ì¤í¸ ìì±ì ë³´ë¤ ìì ì ì í¬ê¸° ë¶í¬ë¡ ë°ìí ì ìì§ë§, ì ì í¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ë ì ê² ì¬ì©íë©´ ë¶ë¬´ ìê°ì´ ì¦ê°ë ì ìë¤.Jet nebulizers (also called pneumatic nebulizers or compressed nebulizers) use compressed gas to create a mist. In some embodiments, the jet nebulizer is a microprocessor-controlled, breath-actuated nebulizer, also referred to as a breath-actuated nebulizer. A breath-actuated nebulizer does not produce a continuous mist, but rather only produces a mist when the patient inhales. The mist can be produced, for example, by passing a stream of air through a venturi from a nebulizer container or cup. A venturi is a system for accelerating the flow of fluid by constricting the fluid in a conical tube. In this design, the fluid must increase its velocity, so the pressure decreases and a partial vacuum is created. As the fluid exits the constriction point, the pressure of the fluid increases back to the ambient or pipe level pressure. This can create a low-pressure zone that draws droplets from the drug solution within the nebulizer container through the delivery tube, which in turn creates a stream of atomized droplets that flow into the mouthpiece. As the airflow rate increases, the particle size decreases and the output increases. Due to the droplets and solvent saturating the exhaust gas, the jet nebulizer can cool the drug solution within the nebulizer and increase the solute concentration within the residual volume. Larger particles may strike the baffle within the nebulizer container or cup, be retained within the baffle, and then returned to the solution in the nebulizer container or cup to be re-atomized. As the subject inhales, the entrainment of air through the nebulizer container can increase the mist output during inspiration. Mist generation can occur with a smaller particle size distribution, but using a smaller particle size can increase the nebulization time.
ì¡ì í¬ê¸°ì ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡ ì¬ì©ëë 측ì ë¨ìë ì§ë ì¤ì ì§ê²½(MMD)ì´ë©°, ì´ë ì§ë ê¸°ì¤ íê· ì¡ì ì§ê²½ì¼ë¡ì ì ìëë¤. ì´ ë¨ìë ëí ì§ë íê· ê³µê¸°ìíì ì§ê²½, ëë MMADë¡ ì§ì¹ë ì ìë¤. ì í¸ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì© MMD ì¡ì í¬ê¸°ë ì½ 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0 μm ì´ì(ëë ì½ 1.0ìì 10.0 μm ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ì)ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, ì´ë ì´ìí ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ììì í¬ê¸°ë³´ë¤ ìì ì ìë¤.A commonly used unit of measurement for droplet size is the mass median diameter (MMD), which is defined as the mass-based mean droplet diameter. This unit may also be referred to as the mass mean aerodynamic diameter, or MMAD. The MMD droplet size for a jet nebulizer can be greater than or equal to about 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0 μm (or any range between about 1.0 and 10.0 μm), which may be smaller than the sizes for ultrasonic nebulizers.
ì´ìí ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë êµë¥ë¥¼ ê³ ì£¼í(ì½ 1 ë´ì§ 3 MHz) ìí¥ ìëì§ë¡ ë³ííë ìì ììì ì§ëì ì¬ì©íì¬ ë¯¸ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ìì±íë¤. ì©ì¡ì íë©´ìì ìì ì¡ì ì¼ë¡ ë¶í´ëê³ , ìì±ë 미ì¤í¸ë íìì í¡ì ì ìí´ ì¥ì¹ ë°ì¼ë¡ ë°°ì¶ëê±°ë ìì ìì¶ê¸°ì ìí´ ìì±ë ì¥ì¹ë¥¼ íµí ê°ì¤ íë¦ì ìí´ ë°ë ¤ëê°ë¤. ì´ìí ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë ëì©ë ì´ìí ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë° ìì©ë ì´ìí ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì 를 í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì¡ì í¬ê¸°ë ì í¸ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ììë³´ë¤ ì´ìí ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì 를 ì¬ì©í ë ë í° ê²½í¥ì´ ìë¤. ì´ìí ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì© MMD ì¡ì í¬ê¸°ë ì½ 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0 μm ì´ì(ëë ì½ 2.0ìì 10.0 μm ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ì)ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì´ìí ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë ì½ 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 μm/L ì´ìì ì¡ì ì ê°ë ë°ì§ë 미ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ìì±í ì ìë¤.Ultrasonic nebulizers use the vibration of a piezoelectric element that converts alternating current into high frequency (about 1 to 3 MHz) acoustic energy to create a mist. The solution is broken up into small droplets at the surface, and the created mist is either expelled out of the device by inhalation by the patient or pushed out by a gas flow through the device generated by a small compressor. Ultrasonic nebulizers can include high volume ultrasonic nebulizers and low volume ultrasonic nebulizers. The droplet size tends to be larger with ultrasonic nebulizers than with jet nebulizers. The MMD droplet size for ultrasonic nebulizers can be about 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0 μm or more (or any range between about 2.0 and 10.0 μm). Ultrasonic nebulizers can produce dense mists with droplets of approximately 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 μm/L or more.
ë©ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì¥ì¹ë ìì ììì ì§ëì ì¬ì©íì¬ ê°ì ì ì¼ë¡ 미ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ìì±íë¤. ë©ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¥ëí ë©ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë° ìëí ë©ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì 를 í¬í¨íë¤. ë¥ëí ë©ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë ì ë¥ì ì¸ê° ì ìì¶íê³ íì¥ëë ìì ìì를 ì¬ì©íë©°, ì½ë¬¼ ì©ì¡ê³¼ ì ì´íë ì ë°íê² ë릴ë§ë ë©ì를 ì§ëìì¼ ë¯¸ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ìì±íë¤. ìì ììì ì§ëì ìì² ê°ì 구ë©ì ìí´ ì²ê³µë ìì ê¸ìíì ì§ëìí¤ë ë° ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ê¸ìíì ì¼ ë©´ì ë¶ë¬´ë ì¡ì²´ì ì ì´íê³ , ì§ëì ì´ ì¡ì²´ë¥¼ 구ë©ì íµí´ ê°ì íì¬ ìì ì¡ì ì 미ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ìì±íë¤. ìëí ë©ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë 미ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ìì±í기 ìí´ ì²ê³µë íë ì´í¸ìì í ì´í¼ 구ë©ì ê°ë ìë ì§ëì ì ëíë ë³í기 í¼ì ì¬ì©íë¤. ë¥ëí ë©ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì ìë Aeroneb®(Aerogen, Galway, Ireland) ë° eFlow®(PARI, Starnberg, Germany)를 í¬í¨íê³ , ìëí ë©ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë Microair NE-U22®(Omron, Bannockburn, IL)를 í¬í¨íë¤. ë©ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë ì ííê³ ë§ì¶¤ ì¤ì ì´ ê°ë¥íë¤. ë©ìì 기공 í¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ë³ê²½í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨, ì¥ì¹ë ìì´í ì ëì ì½ë¬¼ ì©ì¡ê³¼ í¨ê» ì¬ì©íëë¡ ë§ì¶¤íë ì ìê³ , ì¶ë ¥ ìëê° ë³ê²½ë ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ë¶ë¬´ ë°©ë²ì ì¬ì©ì ì¬ë¬ ì´ì ì ì ê³µí ì ìë¤. ì¡ì ì í¬ê¸°ë ë©ì¬ì êµ¬ë© í¬ê¸°ì ë°ë¼ ê²°ì ë ì ì기 ë문ì, ë§¤ì° ì íí ì ìë¤(ì©ëì ë§ê² ë§ì¶¤ ì ì¡°ë ì ìì). ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë©ìë, í¸í¡ ê°ë¥í ë²ìì ê°ì¤ìì ì¡ì²´ ì ì를 ìì±íëë¡ ì 기 ë¶ì°©, ì 기 ëê¸, ë° ë ì´ì ì ë¨ê³¼ ê°ì ë°©ë²ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ë©ìë ê¸ì í©ê¸ì¼ë¡ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ë©ì ì ì¡°ì ì¬ì©ëë ê¸ìì ë°±ê¸, íë¼ë, ëì¼ ë° ì¤í ì¸ë¦¬ì¤ ì¤í¸ì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì¡ì ì í¬ê¸°ë ë©ì 구ë©ì í¬ê¸°ì ì½ 2ë°°ì´ë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ë©ì 구ë©ì ì½ 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 μm ì´ì(ëë ì½ 0.1ìì 5.0 μm ì¬ì´ì ììì ê°)ì¼ ì ìë¤. ë©ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ììì 미ì¤í¸ ìì±ì ë©ìì íì, ë©ìê° íì±íë ë¬¼ì§ ë¿ë§ ìëë¼ ë©ìê° ìì±ëë ë°©ë²ì 기ì´íì¬ ë¬ë¼ì§ ì ìë¤. ì¦, ìì´í ë©ìë 기체 ë´ì ííë ìì´í í¬ê¸°ì ì¡ì²´ ì ì를 ìì±í ì ìë¤. ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡, ë©ì ë¶ë¬´ê¸°ì ê²½ì° MMD ì¡ì í¬ê¸°ë ì½ 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5., 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0 μm ì´ì(ëë ì½ 1.0ìì 7.0 μm ì¬ì´ì ììì ê°)ì¼ ì ìë¤.Mesh nebulizer devices indirectly produce a mist using the vibration of a piezoelectric element. Mesh nebulizers include, for example, active mesh nebulizers and passive mesh nebulizers. Active mesh nebulizers use a piezoelectric element that contracts and expands when an electric current is applied, vibrating a precisely drilled mesh that is in contact with a drug solution to produce a mist. The vibration of the piezoelectric element can be used to vibrate a thin metal plate perforated with thousands of holes. One side of the metal plate is in contact with the liquid to be atomized, and the vibration forces the liquid through the holes to produce a mist of small droplets. Passive mesh nebulizers use a transducer horn that induces passive vibration in a perforated plate with tapered holes to produce a mist. Examples of active mesh nebulizers include the Aeroneb® (Aerogen, Galway, Ireland) and the eFlow® (PARI, Starnberg, Germany), while passive mesh nebulizers include the Microair NE-U22® (Omron, Bannockburn, IL). Mesh nebulizers are precise and customizable. By varying the pore size of the mesh, the device can be customized for use with drug solutions of different viscosities, and the output rate can be varied. The use of this method of nebulization can provide several advantages. Since the size of the droplets can be determined by the pore size of the mesh, they can be very precise (and can be customized to the application). Nebulizer meshes can be manufactured using methods such as electroplating, electroplating, and laser cutting to produce liquid particles in the respirable range of gases. The mesh can be manufactured from metal alloys. Metals used to manufacture the mesh can include platinum, palladium, nickel, and stainless steel. The size of the droplets is approximately twice the size of the mesh pores. Thus, the mesh pores can be about 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 μm or more (or any value between about 0.1 and 5.0 μm). Mist production in a mesh nebulizer can vary based on the shape of the mesh, the material from which the mesh is formed, as well as how the mesh is produced. That is, different meshes can produce different sized liquid particles suspended within a gas. In general, for mesh atomizers, the MMD droplet size can be about 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5., 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0 μm or more (or any value between about 1.0 and 7.0 μm).
ëí, ì¡ì í¬ê¸°ë íë¡ê·¸ëë°ë ì ìë¤. í¹í, ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì 기ííì ë³í를 ì£¼ì´ í¹ì ìíë ì¡ì í¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ì ê³µí ì ìë¤. ëí, ì¡ì í¬ê¸°ë ì¡ì ìëì ëí´ ë 립ì ì¼ë¡ ì ì´ë ì ìë¤. ë¶ë¬´ë ì¡ì²´ì ë¶í¼ ë° ì¡ì ìëë ëí ë©ì ì§ëì 주íì ë° ì§íì ì¡°ì í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì ë°íê² ì ì´ë ì ìë¤. ëí, ë©ì ë´ì 구ë©ì ì ë° ë©ì ìì ì´ë¤ì ë ì´ììì ë§ì¶¤íë ì ìë¤. ë©ì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë ì 기 ëë ë°°í°ë¦¬ë¡ 구ëë ì ìë¤.Additionally, the droplet size can be programmed. In particular, geometrical changes to the nebulizer can be applied to provide a specific desired droplet size. Additionally, the droplet size can be controlled independently of the droplet velocity. The volume of atomized liquid and the droplet velocity can also be precisely controlled by adjusting the frequency and amplitude of the mesh vibration. Additionally, the number of holes in the mesh and their layout on the mesh can be customized. The mesh nebulizer can be electrically or battery powered.
(본ìì 기ì ë ììì ë¶ë¬´í ë°©ë²ì ê²½ì°) ì ì²´ í´ë¼ì°ë(standing clouod) mL/ë¶ ë¨ìì 미ì¤í¸ ì¶ë ¥ ìëë, ì를 ë¤ì´ 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9 mL/ë¶ ì´ìì ë²ì(ëë ì½ 0.1ìì 0.9 μm ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ì)ì¼ ì ìì¼ë©° ììì ì íì ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì ì¥ì¡° ë´ì ìë¥ ë¶í¼ë ì½ 0.01, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0 mL ì´ìì ë²ì(ëë ì½ 0.01ìì 2.0 μm ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ì)ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¡ì í¬ê¸°ë ëìí ì½ë¬¼ ë°©ì¶(KDR)ê³¼ ì§ì ì ì¼ë¡ ìê´ë ì ìì¼ë¯ë¡, ì íí ì¡ì í¬ê¸° ì ì´ê° ì 리í ì ìë¤. KDRì ì íí ì ì´ë ì¡ì í¬ê¸°ì ì íí ì ì´ë¡ ë¬ì±ë ì ìë¤. 본ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ììì ë°©ë²ì ì¬ì©í´ 미ì¤í¸ë¥¼ íµí´, ì½ 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0 μm ì´ì(ëë ì½ 0.5ìì 10.0 μm ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ì)ì MMD ì¡ì í¬ê¸°ë¡ ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤.(For any of the nebulization methods described herein) the mist output rate in standing cloud mL/minute can be in the range of, for example, greater than or equal to, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9 mL/minute (or in any range between about 0.1 and 0.9 μm), and the residual volume within any type of nebulizer reservoir can be in the range of, for example, greater than or equal to, 0.01, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0 mL (or in any range between about 0.01 and 2.0 μm). The droplet size can be directly correlated to kinetic drug release (KDR), and therefore precise droplet size control can be advantageous. Precise control of KDR can be achieved by precise control of droplet size. The compounds of the present disclosure can be delivered via a mist using any method to a MMD droplet size of greater than or equal to about 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0 μm (or any range between about 0.5 and 10.0 μm).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì°ì 기ë ìì(CPAP) ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ìë ¥ ë³´ì¡° í¸í¡ ì¥ì¹ë¥¼ íµí´ ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤. ìë ¥ ë³´ì¡° í¸í¡ ì¥ì¹ë ë§ì¤í¬ ëë ë¹ê° 캡ì ì°©ì©íê³ ìë íìì ìë©´ ë° ì½ì ëí´ ê³ ì ë ì§ì ë ìë ¥ì¼ë¡ ìì¶ ê³µê¸° ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ì ì°ì 컬ë¼ì ê°ì ë¡ ë°ì´ë¸ë¤. íìì ì±ë¬¸(glottis)ì´ í¡ì ì ìí´ ì´ë¦¬ë©´ 기ë ì ì²´ì ìë ¥ì´ ì ë¬ëì´ ê¸°ë를 ì¬ë ë° ëìì´ ëë¤. íìê° ì¨ì ë´ì´ ë ìì¶íë íì íë²½ì ìë ¥ì ë ìë ¥ì´ ëì¼í ëê¹ì§ ì°ìì ì¸ ìë ¥ì ë§ì 공기를 ë°ì´ë¸ë¤. í¸ê¸° ì¢ ë£ ì 기ëì 기ìì ì¥ì¹ì ì¸ë¶ 기ìê³¼ ëì¼íë©°, ì´ë "ë¶ëª©(splint)"ì´ ê¸°ë를 ê°ë°©íë ê²ì ëìì¼ë¡ì¨, ë³´ë¤ ëì ì°ì ê³µê¸ê³¼ 기ë ëìì ê°ë¥íê² íë¤. ìë ¥ ë³´ì¡° í¸í¡ ì¥ì¹ë, í¸í¡ê¸° íë¡ ë´ì ê°ì¤ íë¦ ë´ë¡ 미ì¤í¸ ì ì를 ëì í기 ìí ìë¨ ë°/ëë íìê° í¸ê¸°í ë í¸í¡ê¸° íë¡ ë´ë¡ì 미ì¤í¸ ì ìì ëì ì ì¤ë¨í기 ìí ìë¨ê³¼ ê²°í©ë ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¯¸êµ í¹í ì 7,267,121í¸ë¥¼ 참조íë¤.In some embodiments, the compounds of formulae (I) through (V) can be delivered via continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) or other pressure-assisted breathing devices. Pressure-assisted breathing devices force a continuous column of compressed air or other gas at a fixed, specified pressure against the face and nose of a patient wearing a mask or nasal cap. When the patient's glottis opens for inhalation, pressure is transmitted across the airway, which helps to open the airway. As the patient exhales, the pressure of the contracting lungs and chest wall pushes air against the continuous pressure until the two pressures are equal. At the end of exhalation, the airway pressure is equal to the external air pressure of the device, which helps to open the airway, allowing for better oxygenation and airway recruitment. Pressure-assisted breathing devices can be combined with means for introducing mist particles into the gas flow within the breathing circuit and/or means for stopping the introduction of mist particles into the breathing circuit when the patient exhales. See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 7,267,121.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 미ì¤í¸ë ê³ëë í¬ì¬ë í¡ì 기(MDI)(ê°ì ê³ë í¡ì 기 ëë pMDIë¡ë ì§ì¹ë¨)ì ê°ì ì¥ì¹ì ìí´ ì ë¬ë ì ìì¼ë©°, ì´ë ê°ì´ë í¬ë¥¨-ì°ì í¼í©ë¬¼ê³¼ ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì¡°í©ë, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì í¨ì íë ì 기 ì©ë§¤-ì¡ì 미ì¤í¸ë¥¼ ìì±íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì ê³ëë í¬ì¬ë í¡ì 기, MDI를 íµí´ ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤. MDI ì¥ì¹ë ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì í¨ì íë ìºëì¤í°, ìºëì¤í°ë¡ë¶í° ìì½ì ë¶ë°°íë ê³ë ë°¸ë¸, ìºëì¤í°ë¥¼ ìì©íê³ ê²½êµ¬ í¡ì ì ìí ê°êµ¬ë¶ë¥¼ íì±íë ìë기 본체, ë° ìºëì¤í°ë¡ë¶í° ì½ë¬¼ì ìì©íì¬ ìë기 본체ì ê°êµ¬ë¶ ë°ì¼ë¡ ì´ë¥¼ ì ëíë ìë기 ì¤í ì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ê³ë ë°¸ë¸ ë° ìë기ì ë¹ì íì ì¸ ìë Recipharmì Bespak's BK357 ë°¸ë¸ ë° ì¡ì¶ìì´í°(ì¤ë¦¬í¼ì¤ d=0.22 mm)ì´ë¤. ì½ë¬¼ ìºëì¤í°ë¥¼ ìë기 본체 ë° ìë기 ì¤í ì ëí´ ì´ëìí¤ë©´ ê³ë ë°¸ë¸ê° ì¬ì ì ê²°ì ë ìì ì½ë¬¼ì ë°©ì¶ìí¨ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì MDIì ê°ì ì©ê¸°ì ì ì¥ë ì¡ì²´ ì¶ì§ì í¼í©ë¬¼(ëëë¡ ìëì íë°ì± ì 기 ì©ë§¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨í¨)ì ì©í´ë ì ìë¤. "ê³ëë í¬ì¬ë"ì ë¨ì¼ í¬ì¬ë í¡ì 기ì ì¬ì ì í¬ì¥ëì´ ìê±°ë, ë¤í ì©ë í¡ì 기ìì í¡ì ì ì¤ë¹ë¥¼ ìí´ ì ì¥ììì ìëì¼ë¡ 측ì ëë í¬ì¬ëì´ë¤. MDI ì¥ì¹ë ì¤íì´ìì ìí´ ë³´ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. MDI ì¤íì´ìë MDIì MDI ì¬ì©ìì ì ì¬ì´ì ìë ì¤íì´ìì´ë¤. MDI ì¤íì´ìë ë¶ë¬´ë í¬ì¬ëì ì¡ì ì ë¤ì ìì íìí¤ê³ , 공기 ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ì í¼í©íì¬ í¡ì ì ì¬ì©ìì íì ê³ëë í¬ì¬ëì ë³´ë¤ í¨ê³¼ì ì¼ë¡ ì ë¬í ì ìê² íë¤. MDI ì¤íì´ìë, í¬ì¬ëì´ ë무 빨리 ì´ëíì¬ MDIë¡ë¶í°ì ë¶ë¬´íë ì¤íë ì´ì ì¡ì ì´, ì ë ì©ëì ì½ë¬¼ì´ ì ë¬ëëë¡ ì¤ê³ë ì¬ì©ìì íë¡ í¡ì ëì§ ìê³ ì¬ì©ìì 목 ë¤ì ë¶ëªí ë¬ë¼ë¶ë 문ì 를 ë°ììí¤ë, ì¬ì©ìê° MDIë¡ë¶í° ì§ì ì ì¼ë¡ ê³ëë í¬ì¬ëì í¡ì íë ê²ì ë°©ì§íë ë° ëìì´ ëë¤. MDI ì¥ì¹ë ì½ë¬¼ì ì ì¡°ìì ì ì´ë ì ìë ê·ì¹ì ì¸ í¬ì¬ì ì´ì ì ì ê³µíë¤.In some embodiments, the mist can be delivered by a device such as a metered dose inhaler (MDI) (also referred to as a pressurized metered dose inhaler or pMDI) that produces an organic solvent-droplet mist containing a compound of formulae (I)-(V), optionally in combination with a heated helium-oxygen mixture. In some embodiments, the compound can be delivered via a metered dose inhaler, an MDI. The MDI device can comprise a canister containing a compound of formulae (I)-(V), a metering valve for dispensing medication from the canister, an actuator body that receives the canister and forms an opening for oral inhalation, and an actuator stem that receives medication from the canister and directs it out the opening of the actuator body. A non-limiting example of a metering valve and actuator is Recipharm's Bespak's BK357 valve and actuator (orifice d=0.22 mm). When the drug canister is moved relative to the actuator body and actuator stem, the metering valve releases a predetermined amount of drug. In some embodiments, the compound of Formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, may be dissolved in a liquid propellant mixture (sometimes including a small amount of a volatile organic solvent) stored in the pressurized container of the MDI. A "metered dose" is a dose that is prepackaged in a single dose inhaler or automatically metered from a reservoir in preparation for inhalation in a multiple dose inhaler. The MDI device may be assisted by a spacer. An MDI spacer is a spacer that resides between the MDI and the mouth of the MDI user. The MDI spacer somewhat stabilizes the droplets of the nebulized dose and allows for more effective delivery of the metered dose to the user's lungs upon inhalation by mixing with air or another gas. The MDI spacer helps prevent the user from inhaling a metered dose directly from the MDI, which causes the droplets of atomized spray from the MDI to travel too quickly and end up hitting the back of the user's throat and getting stuck instead of being inhaled into the user's lungs where the metered dose of medication is designed to be delivered. The MDI device offers the advantage of regular dosing that can be controlled in the preparation of the medication.
ì½ë¬¼ì ëí ê±´ì¡° ë¶ë§ í¡ì 기(DPI)ì ìí´ ì ë¬ë ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í DPI ì¥ì¹ìì, ì½ë¬¼ ìì²´ë ë¶ë§ì íì±í ì ìê±°ë, ë¶ë§ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì© ê°ë¥í ë¶íì ëë ë´ì²´ë¡ë¶í° íì±ë ì ìê³ , ì½ë¬¼ì ë´ì²´ ë¶ë§ì íë©´ì ë°©ì¶ ê°ë¥íê² ê²°í©ëì´, í¡ì ì íì ìë¶ì´ íë©´ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì½ë¬¼ì ë°©ì¶íì¬ ì½ë¬¼ì ì ì í¡ìì ì¬ì©í ì ìê² íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ê±´ì¡° ë¶ë§ í¡ì 기(DPI)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ë¬ëë¤. ì¬ì©ëë íí©ë¬¼ ë° ííì ë°ë¼, ì½ë¬¼ì íìí ë¶ë§ ìì²´ë¡ íì±ë ì ìê±°ë, ë´ì²´ ë¶ë§ì íë©´ì ë¶ë¦¬ ê°ë¥íê² ê²°í©ë ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ë´ì²´ ë¶ë§ì ë¹ì ê³ì ìë ¤ì ¸ ìë¤(ì를 ë¤ì´ H. Hamishehkar ë±ì 문í["The Role of Carrier in Dry Powder Inhaler", Recent Advances in Novel Drug Carrier Systems, 2012, pp.39-66] 참조).Drugs may also be delivered by dry powder inhalers (DPIs). In such DPI devices, the drug itself may be formed into a powder, or the powder may be formed from pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers, and the drug may be releasably bound to the surface of the carrier powder, such that upon inhalation, moisture in the lungs releases the drug from the surface, making the drug available for systemic absorption. In some embodiments, a compound of Formulas (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, is delivered using a dry powder inhaler (DPI). Depending on the compound and form employed, the drug may be formed as the desired powder itself, or may be releasably bound to the surface of a carrier powder. Such carrier powders are known in the art (see, e.g., H. Hamishehkar et al., "The Role of Carrier in Dry Powder Inhaler", Recent Advances in Novel Drug Carrier Systems, 2012, pp. 39-66).
DPIë ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡ ê±°ì¹ ë´ì²´ ì ì ë° ê³µê¸°ìíì ì ì ì§ê²½ì´ 1 ë´ì§ 5 μmë¡ ë¯¸ë¶íë ì½ë¬¼ ì ìì ë¶ë§ í¼í©ë¬¼ë¡ì ì ííëë¤(Iida, Kotaro, ë±ì 문í["Preparation of dry powder inhalation by surface treatment of lactose carrier particles"ãChemical and pharmaceutical bulletin 51.1 (2003): 1-5] 참조). ë´ì²´ ì ìë ì¢ ì¢ ì½ë¬¼ ì ì ì ëì±ì ê°ì íë ë° ì¬ì©ëë©°, ì½ë¬¼ ì í ë¨ë ìì ê´ì°°ëë í¬ì¬ ì íë를 ê°ì íê³ í¬ì¬ ë³ëì±ì ìµìííë©´ì ì ì¡° ìì ëìì ì·¨ê¸ì ì©ì´íê² íë¤. ë´ì²´ ì ìë, ì½ë¬¼ 물ì§ê³¼ í¸í ê°ë¥í, 물리ííì ìì ì±, ìì²´ì í©ì± ë° ìë¶í´ì± ê°ì ì¬ë¬ í¹ì±ì ê°ì ¸ì¼ íë©°, ë¶íì±ì´ê³ , ì´ì© ê°ë¥íê³ , ê²½ì ì ì´ì´ì¼ íë¤. ë´ì²´ ì ìì ì í(í¨ë ë° í¬ê¸° ë 모ë)ì ë¹ì ìì ë²ì ë´ì ìë¤. ê°ì¥ íµìì ì¸ ë´ì²´ ì ìë ë½í ì¤ì¤ ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ë¹ì¼ë¡ ì ì¡°ëë©°, α-ë½í ì¤ì¤ ì¼ìí물ì ì´ë¬í 미립ì ë´ì²´ì ëí í¡ì ë¶ì¼ìì ì¬ì©ëë ê°ì¥ íµìì ì¸ ë½í ì¤ì¤ ë±ê¸ì´ë¤.DPIs are typically formulated as a powder mixture of coarse carrier particles and finely divided drug particles with an aerodynamic particle diameter of 1 to 5 μm (see Iida, Kotaro, et al., "Preparation of dry powder inhalation by surface treatment of lactose carrier particles" Chemical and pharmaceutical bulletin 51.1 (2003): 1-5). Carrier particles are often used to improve drug particle flowability, facilitating handling during manufacturing operations while improving dosing accuracy and minimizing dosing variability observed with the drug formulation alone. The carrier particles should have several properties, such as being compatible with the drug substance, physicochemical stability, biocompatibility and biodegradability, and should be inert, available and economical. The choice of carrier particles (both content and size) is well within the scope of those skilled in the art. The most common carrier particles are made from lactose or other sugars, with α-lactose monohydrate being the most common grade of lactose used in inhalation applications for such particulate carriers.
í¬ë¥¨ ì°ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì´ì©í ì ë¬Transmission using helium oxygen mixture
ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì ì ì ë¬ì íí©ë¬¼ ë° ê³µê¸°, ì°ì, í¬ë¥¨, í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼(ì¦, heliox í¼í©ë¬¼), ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ê³¼ ê°ì ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì í¡ì ì íµí´ ìíë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ë ê°ì´ë ì ìë¤. ì기 ë°©ë²ì, ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì 120âê¹ì§ ê°ì´í ì ìë ì¶ê° ê°ì´ ìì를 í¨ì íë, ê°ì¤ ëë 공기 ì°ê²° íë¸ë¡ ìë¡ ì°ê²°ë ê°ì기ì ë§ì¤í¬ê° ì¥ì°©ë ì°ì-í¬ë¥¨ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ê°ë íì , ì§ëíë ë¤ê³µì± í ëë ë©ì¬ê° 구ë¹ë ë¶ë¬´ê¸°ë¡ì, ì´ë¥¼ íµí´ 5 ë§ì´í¬ë¡ 미ë§ì í¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ê°ë ì¡ì ì íµê³¼ë¥¼ ë³´ì¥íë ë¶ë¬´ê¸°, ë° ìë ì ëì í¬í¨íë ì¥ì¹ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ ì¶ê°ë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.Systemic delivery of the compounds of formulae (I) to (V) can be accomplished via inhalation of an aerosol comprising the compounds and a carrier gas, such as air, oxygen, helium, a mixture of helium and oxygen (i.e., a heliox mixture), another gas or another gas mixture. In some embodiments, the carrier gas can be heated. The method can further comprise the step of using a device comprising a balloon having an oxygen-helium mixture, equipped with a reducer and a mask, interconnected by a gas or air connecting tube, the balloon containing an additional heating element capable of heating the gas mixture to 120° C., a nebulizer having a vibrating porous plate or mesh, the nebulizer ensuring the passage of droplets having a size of less than 5 microns, and a disinfection unit.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì í기ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, íí¬, íí¬ê´ ë°/ëë ì¸ê¸°ê´ì§ì ê°ì í 구íì ì ë¬ëë¤. ì´ë¡ë¶í°, ì½ë¬¼ì íë¥ë¡ ì§ì íì¬ ì¤ì¶ì ê²½ê³ë¡ ì´ëí ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 미ì¤í¸ì í¡ì ì ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼ ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ê° íµê³¼ ìì´ íìì CNSì ì ë¬í ì ìë¤. í¡ì ì íµí í¬ì¬ë 기ì ì½ë¬¼ ëë ì¡ì²´ ëë 미ì¤í¸ì ë¶ì°ë ì½ë¬¼ì´, ì¼ì°¨-íµê³¼ ëì¬ë¥¼ ì°ííì¬, íë¥ì ì ìíê² ëë¬í ì ìê² íë¤. "ì¼ì°¨-íµê³¼ í¨ê³¼" ëë "ì ì ì± ëì¬"ë¡ë ìë ¤ì§ ì¼ì°¨ íµê³¼ ëì¬ë ê°ì¼ë¡ ì§ì íì¬ ê´ë²ìí ìì²´ë´ë³íì ê±°ì¹ë ì½ë¬¼ì 기ì íë¤.In some embodiments, the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) are delivered to the lower respiratory tract, e.g., the alveoli, alveolar ducts, and/or bronchioles, in lung compartments. From there, the drug may enter the bloodstream and travel to the central nervous system. In some embodiments, inhalation of the mist may deliver the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) to the CNS of a patient without passing through the liver. Administration via inhalation allows a gaseous drug or a drug dispersed in a liquid or mist to rapidly reach the bloodstream, bypassing first-pass metabolism. First-pass metabolism, also known as the "first-pass effect" or "systemic metabolism," describes a drug that enters the liver and undergoes extensive biotransformation.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìë ì½ 50â, 51â, 52â, 53â, 54â, 55â, 56â, 57â, 58â, 59â, 60â ì´ì(ëë 50â ë´ì§ 60â ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ì)ì¼ë¡ ê°ì´ë í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ ë° ë¶ë¬´íë íí©ë¬¼ì í¡ì ì íµí´ í¬ì¬í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë íììê² ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì´ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë ì¹ë£ ë¨ê³ë¥¼ ì ê³µíë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì 미ì¤í¸ ëë ì¦ê¸°ë ì½ 0.1 ë§ì´í¬ë¡ ë´ì§ ì½ 10 ë§ì´í¬ë¡ (ì를 ë¤ì´, ì½ 10, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.1 ë§ì´í¬ë¡ ì´í)ì ì ì í¬ê¸°ë¥¼ ê°ì§ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë¶ë¬´íë 미ì¤í¸ì¸ í¡ì ì 를 ìì±íë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì 를 íµí´ ìíëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë¶ë¬´íë íí©ë¬¼ì íìì í¡ì ì ìí´ íì ì ë¬ ë¼ì¸ì ë°ë¼ ì ëëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë¶ë¬´íë íí©ë¬¼ì ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íì¬ íìì í¡ì ì ìí´ íì ì ë¬ ë¼ì¸ì ë°ë¼ ì ëëë¤. ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ë 공기, ì°ì, ì°ìì í¬ë¥¨ì í¼í©ë¬¼, ê°ì´ë 공기, ê°ì´ë ì°ì, í¹í ê°ì´ë í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì¼ ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a treatment step wherein a compound of formulas (I) through (V) is administered to a patient in need thereof by administering via inhalation a mixture of helium and oxygen heated to greater than or equal to about 50° C., 51° C., 52° C., 53° C., 54° C., 55° C., 56° C., 57° C., 58° C., 59° C., 60° C. (or any range between 50° C. and 60° C.) and the nebulized compound. In some embodiments, the mist or vapor of the compound can have a particle size of from about 0.1 microns to about 10 microns (e.g., less than or equal to about 10, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.1 microns). In some embodiments, the nebulization is performed via a nebulizer that produces an inhalant that is a mist. In some embodiments, the nebulized compound is directed along a patient delivery line by inhalation by the patient. In some embodiments, the atomized compound is directed along a patient delivery line by inhalation by the patient using a carrier gas. The carrier gas can be air, oxygen, a mixture of oxygen and helium, heated air, heated oxygen, and particularly a mixture of heated helium and oxygen.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì¹ë£ ë¨ê³ê° ì¹ë£ ë¨ê³ì ì íí ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì¹ë£ ë¨ê³ë, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì 미ì¤í¸ì í¬ì¬ ì ì ì ì¹ë£ í¡ì ìë²ì 먼ì í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì¹ë£ í¡ì ë¨ê³ë ë¤ìì í¬í¨í ì ìë¤: (i) ì½ 90â, 91â, 92â, 93â, 94â, 95â, 96â, 97â, 98â, 99â, 100â, 101â, 102â, 103â, 104â, 105â, 106â, 107â, 108â, 109â, 110â, 111â, 112â, 113â, 114â, 115â, 116â, 117â, 118â, 119â, 120â ì´ì(ëë ì½ 90âìì 120â ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ì)ì¼ë¡ ê°ì´ë 공기, ì°ì ëë í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì½ë¬¼ ìì´, í¡ì ì íµí´ í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³, ì´ì ì´ì´ì, (ii) ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì ë¶ë¬´íë íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ í¨ê», 공기, ì°ì, ì°ìì í¬ë¥¨ì í¼í©ë¬¼, ê°ì´ë 공기, ê°ì´ë ì°ì, ëë ê°ì´ë í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ì í¡ì ì¹ë£ ë¨ê³ë¥¼ ì¤ìíë ë¨ê³. ê°ì´ë 공기, ê°ì´ë ì°ì, ëë ê°ì´ë í¬ë¥¨ê³¼ ì°ìì í¼í©ë¬¼ì ë¶ë¬´íë 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ í¨ê», ì½ 50â, 51â, 52â, 53â, 54â, 55â, 56â, 57â, 58â, 59â, 60â ëë ê·¸ ì´ìì¼ë¡ (ëë ì½ 50âì 60â ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ìë¡) ê°ì´ë ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, a pretreatment step may precede the treatment step. In some embodiments, the pretreatment step may comprise first administering a pretreatment inhalation regimen prior to administration of a mist of a compound of formulae (I) to (V). In some embodiments, the pretreatment inhalation step may comprise: (i) administering, via inhalation, without drug, air, oxygen or a mixture of helium and oxygen heated to at least about 90°C, 91°C, 92°C, 93°C, 94°C, 95°C, 96°C, 97°C, 98°C, 99°C, 100°C, 101°C, 102°C, 103°C, 104°C, 105°C, 106°C, 107°C, 108°C, 109°C, 110°C, 111°C, 112°C, 113°C, 114°C, 115°C, 116°C, 117°C, 118°C, 119°C, 120°C (or any range between about 90°C and 120°C), followed by (ii) administering a compound of formula A step of performing an inhalation treatment step of air, oxygen, a mixture of oxygen and helium, heated air, heated oxygen, or a mixture of heated helium and oxygen, together with an atomized compound of (I) to (V). The heated air, heated oxygen, or mixture of heated helium and oxygen can be heated, together with the atomized compound of the present disclosure, to about 50° C., 51° C., 52° C., 53° C., 54° C., 55° C., 56° C., 57° C., 58° C., 59° C., 60° C. or higher (or in any range between about 50° C. and 60° C.).
본 ê°ìì ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì¹ë£ ë¨ê³ (i) ë° ì¹ë£ ë¨ê³ (ii)ë 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5í ì´ì ë°ë³µë ì ìë¤. 본 ê°ìì ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë¨ê³ (i) ë° (ii)ë 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5í ì´ì ë°ë³µë ì ìê³ , ì´ì ì´ì´ì ì¹ë£ ë¨ê³ë 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5í ì´ì ë°ë³µë ì ìë¤. 본 ê°ìì ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì¹ë£ ë¨ê³ë ì ì¹ë£ ë¨ê³ ìì´ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5í ì´ì ë°ë³µë ì ìë¤.In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the pretreatment step (i) and the treatment step (ii) can be repeated 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more times. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, steps (i) and (ii) can be repeated 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more times, followed by the treatment step which can be repeated 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more times. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the treatment step can be repeated 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more times without the pretreatment step.
ì íì ì¸ ì ì¹ë£ë¥¼ ëë°íë ì¹ë£ë, 주 1í, 주 2í, 1ì¼ 1í, 1ì¼ 2í, 1ì¼ 3í ì´ì, ë° ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì ë¹ ì í´ì§ íì(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì ë¹ 1, 2, 3, ëë 4í), ëë 본ìì ì ìë ë¤ë¥¸ ì¹ë£ ì¼ì ì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤.Treatment with optional premedication may be administered once a week, twice a week, once a day, twice a day, three or more times a day, and at a set number of times per treatment course (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 times per treatment course), or on other treatment schedules set forth herein.
ì½ë¬¼ ì ë¬ ì ì°¨ë, ì ë§ì¸µì í¨ê³¼ì ì¼ë¡ ìì´í기 ìí í¡ì íë¼ì´ë° 무ì½ë¬¼ ê³ ì¨ heliox í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì´ì´ì, ê°ì´ë helioxì ìí´ ë¤ì 구ëëì§ë§, ìµì í¡ì ë ê±´ì¡° í¡ì ê°ì¤ ì¤í¸ë¦¼ì ëí ë®ì ì´ ë´ì±ì ìí´ ê²°ì ëë ë³´ë¤ ë®ì ì¨ëìì ë¶ë¬´íë 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì í¡ì íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ê²°ê³¼ì ì¼ë¡, ì´ë¬í ì ì°¨ë ë¤ì¤ ë°ë³µ ì¬ì´í´ë¡ ìíë ì ìì¼ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì íì PK ë° ì½ë¬¼ ë ¸ì¶ì ì½ë¬¼ ëë, ì¨ë, í¬ë¥¨ ì°ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì ì, í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì¡°ì±, ì¬ì´í´ì ì ë° ì§ì ìê°, ìê° ë° ì´ë¤ì ì¡°í©ì ìí´ ì ì´ëë¤.The drug delivery procedure may include the step of inhaling a drug-free hot heliox mixture to effectively preheat the mucosal layer, followed by inhalation of the nebulized compound of the present disclosure, again driven by the heated heliox, but at a lower temperature determined by the lower thermal tolerance for wet versus dry inhalation gas streams. Consequently, this procedure may be performed in multiple repeat cycles, wherein the target PK and drug exposure are controlled by drug concentration, temperature, flow rate of the helium-oxygen mixture, composition of the mixture, number and duration of cycles, time, and combinations thereof.
NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ìì ë³ì© ìë²Combination therapy with NMDA receptor antagonists
ëí, (5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ìì©ì ë¡ìì) ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼, ë° N-ë©í¸-D-ìì¤í르í ì´í¸(NMDA) ìì©ì²´ 길íì ë 모ëì í¬ì¬ì 기ì´í ë³ì© ì½ë¬¼ ìë²ì´ ê°ìëë¤. ë³ì© ì½ë¬¼ ìë²ì, 5-HT2A ë°/ëë NMDA ìì©ì²´ì ì°ê´ë ì§í ëë ì¥ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ì ê²½ì ì ì§í ëë ì¥ì , ì¤ì¶ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì , ì ì ê³¼ì ì¥ì ë±)를 ì¹ë£í ê²½ì°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ê¸ì± íê°ì± ì기(ëì ì¬í) ë° íê°ì¼ë¡ë¶í°ì í´ë¦¬ í¨ê³¼(ì ì²´ ì í ê²½í)ì ê°ì ì ì ê³¼ì ë¶ìì©ì ê°ììí¤ê±°ë ì ê±°íë ëìì ì¹ë£ í¨ë¥ì ì ê³µí¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ íì±ì í¥ììí¤ê³ íì ê²½íì ê°ì ìí¬ ì ìë¤.Also disclosed is a combination drug therapy based on the administration of both a compound of formulae (I) to (V) (as a 5-HT 2A receptor agonist), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph , or prodrug thereof, and an N -methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonist. The combination drug therapy can enhance activity and improve patient experience by providing therapeutic efficacy while reducing or eliminating psychiatric side effects, such as, for example, acute hallucinogenic crises (bad trips) and dissociative effects from hallucinations (out-of-body experiences), when treating diseases or disorders associated with 5-HT 2A and/or NMDA receptors (e.g., neuropsychiatric diseases or disorders, central nervous system (CNS) disorders, psychiatric disorders, etc.).
NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ì ë¹ì íì ì¸ ìë ì¼í민, ìì°íì§ì, ë©ë§í´, ìë§íë, ë±ì¤í¸ë¡ë©í 르í(DXM), íìí´ë¦¬ë(PCP), ë©í¡ì¸í민(MXE), ëì¡°ì¤í(MK-801), ìì¤ë©íë, ëë ì´ë¤ì ì¡°í©ì í¬í¨í ì ìì¼ë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤. í¹í, íµìì ì¼ë¡ ìì ê°ì¤ë¡ ìë ¤ì§ ìì°íì§ì(N2O)ë, ì ìíê² ê°ìëê³ , ì ì í ìíì ê°ë íì í¬ì¬ë ê²½ì° ë¶ìì©ì ê±°ì ìì±íì§ ìë, ì ìíê³ í¨ê³¼ì ì¸ ì§íµì ê°ì¤ì´ë¤. ìì°íì§ìë ëí í¡ì ëì ë¤íê°ì ì ë°íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ìë ¤ì§ í´ë¦¬ì± í¡ì ì ì´ë¤. ìì°íì§ìì 주 í¨ê³¼ë ë¤íê° ì¦ê°, íµì¦ ìê³ê°ì ì¦ê°, ë° ë¹ìë°ì ììì´ë¤. ì´ì ëíì¬, ì¼í민과 ë¬ë¦¬, ìì°íì§ìë ì¤ë ì±ì´ ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ì´ì ë¡, NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ë¡ì ìì°íì§ìì ì¬ì©ì´ ë°ëì§íë¤.Non-limiting examples of NMDA receptor antagonists include, but are not limited to, ketamine, nitrous oxide, memantine, amantadine, dextromethorphan (DXM), phencyclidine (PCP), methoxetamine (MXE), dizocilpine (MK-801), esmethadone, or combinations thereof. In particular, nitrous oxide (N 2 O), commonly known as laughing gas, is a rapid-onset, effective analgesic gas that produces few side effects when administered under appropriate medical supervision. Nitrous oxide is also a dissociative inhalant known to induce euphoria during inhalation. The primary effects of nitrous oxide are increased euphoria, increased pain threshold, and involuntary laughter. In addition, unlike ketamine, nitrous oxide is non-addictive. For these reasons, the use of nitrous oxide as an NMDA receptor antagonist is preferred.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë³ì© ì½ë¬¼ ìë²ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼, ë° NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì 를 íììê² í¬ì¬í기 ìí ë¨ì¼ í¬ì¬ ííë¡ì ì ê³µíë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì´ë¤ ê°ê°ì íìì ìí´ í¡ì ëë ë¨ì¼ ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì ì ê³µíëë¡ ì¡°í©ëê±°ë; ê°ê°ì ë¨ì¼ ê²½í¼ í¨ì¹ë¡ ì¡°í©ëì´ íììê² ê²½í¼ ì ë¬ëê±°ë í¼í ì ë¬ë¨). ì를 ë¤ì´, NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ê° ìì°íì§ìì¸ ê²½ì°, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì ì¡ìì ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë íí¸, ìì°íì§ìë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì 기ìì ì¡´ì¬í ì ìë¤. ìì°íì§ì(ëë ìì°íì§ì를 í¬í¨íë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼)ë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì ìì±íë ë° ì¬ì©ëê±°ë ìì±ë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì íììê² ì ë¬íë ë° ì¬ì©ëë ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ë¡ì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ìì±ë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì´ ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ì ì¡°í©ë ë, ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì 기ìì ì¼ë¶ê° ëê³ , ì¦ ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì ì¡ìì ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ì ë¹ë§ëë°ëê±°ë ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ì ìí´ í¬ìëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë³ì© ì½ë¬¼ ìë²ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼, ë° NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì 를 ë³ëì í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ì ê³µíë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ìì´ë¡ì¡¸, ë°ëì§íê²ë 미ì¤í¸ë¡ì ì ê³µë ì ìë íí¸, NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ë¡ì ë³ëë¡ ì ê³µëë¤. ëìì ì¼ë¡, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì 주ì¬ì(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì ë§¥ë´, í¼ë´ ë±), 볼루ì¤, 주ì , ê´ë¥ ë±ì¼ë¡ ì ê³µë ì ìë íí¸, NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ë í¡ì ì ë¬ì ìí ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ë¡ì ì ê³µëë¤.In some embodiments, the combination drug therapy comprises providing a compound of Formulas (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, and an NMDA receptor antagonist as a single dosage form for administration to a patient (e.g., each combined to provide a single aerosol for inhalation by the patient; or each combined in a single transdermal patch for transdermal delivery or subcutaneous delivery to the patient). For example, when the NMDA receptor antagonist is nitrous oxide, the compound of Formulas (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, can be present in the liquid phase of the aerosol, while the nitrous oxide can be present in the vapor phase of the aerosol. Nitrous oxide (or a therapeutic gas mixture comprising nitrous oxide) can be used as a carrier gas to generate an aerosol or to deliver the generated aerosol to a patient. When the generated aerosol is combined with the carrier gas, the carrier gas becomes part of the vapor phase of the aerosol, i.e., the liquid phase of the aerosol is entrained in or diluted by the carrier gas. In some embodiments, the combination drug therapy comprises providing a compound of Formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, and an NMDA receptor antagonist in separate dosage forms. For example, the compound of Formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, can be provided as an aerosol, preferably a mist, while the NMDA receptor antagonist is provided separately as a therapeutic gas mixture. Alternatively, the compound of formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, may be given by injection (e.g., intravenously, intradermally, etc.), bolus, infusion, perfusion, etc., while the NMDA receptor antagonist is provided as a therapeutic gas mixture for inhalation delivery.
(5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ìì©ì ë¡ìì) ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì°íì§ì, ì¼í민 ë±)ì ê³µë ìì©ì ë¤ìì ì´ì ì ì ê³µí ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ë 5-HT2Rì íì±í í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ì¡°ì ë°/ëë ê°ììì¼, ê³¼ìê·¹ ë° ê¸ì± íê°ì± ì기ì ê°ì ì ì ê³¼ì ë¶ìì©ì ë°ì ìíì ê°ììí¬ ì ìë¤. ëí, NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ì í¬ì¬ë ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¹ë£ í¬ì¬ëì ì¬ì©ì ê°ììí¬ ì ììì¼ë¡ì¨, ë¶ì ì ì¸ íì ê²½í ëë í¬ì¬ë ìì¡´ì ë¶ìì©ì ê°ë¥ì±ì ê°ììí¬ ì ìë¤. ì ì¬íê², ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë ì¹ë£ í¨ê³¼ì íìí NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ì ìì ê°ììí¬ ì ìì¼ë©°, ì´ë ìì°íì§ìì ê°ì NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ì ê²½ì°, ì ëë ë¹ìë°ì ìì ë° ì´ì ì°ê´ë ì¼ë°ì ì¸ ë¶ìê°ê³¼ ê°ì í¹ì ë¶ìì©ì ìíìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ê³µë í¬ì¬ë ì ì ìê·¹ì í¬ì¬ë¡ ì¸í ë¶ì ì ì¸ ê²½íì ê°ë¥ì±ì ê°ììí¬ ê²ì¼ë¡ ì¬ê²¨ì§ë©°, ì´ë ë ì ì ì ì ìê·¹ì ê° í¬ì¬ë기 ë문ì´ê±°ë, NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì°íì§ì, ì¼í민 ë±)ë¡ ì¸í´ ì ì ìê·¹ì ê° ë³´ë¤ í¨ì¨ì ì¼ë¡ ìì©íë ê²ì´ ê°ë¥í기 ëë¬¸ì¼ ê²ì´ë¤. ì ì¬íê², ì´ë¬í ê³µë í¬ì¬ë ì¹ë£ í¨ê³¼ì íìí ìê° ëë NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì°íì§ì, ì¼í민 ë±)ì ìì ê°ììí¬ ê²ì´ë¤.The synergistic action of compounds of formulae (I) to (V) (as 5-HT 2A receptor agonists) with NMDA receptor antagonists (e.g., nitrous oxide, ketamine, etc.) may provide a number of advantages. For example, NMDA receptor antagonists may modulate and/or reduce the activating effects of 5-HT 2 R, thereby reducing the risk of developing psychiatric side effects, such as hyperstimulation and acute hallucinogenic crises. Furthermore, administration of NMDA receptor antagonists may reduce the use of therapeutic doses of compounds of formulae (I) to (V), thereby reducing the potential for adverse patient experiences or dose-dependent side effects. Similarly, administration of compounds of formulae (I) to (V) may reduce the amount of NMDA receptor antagonist required for therapeutic effect, which may alleviate certain side effects, such as induced involuntary laughter and generalized anxiety associated with NMDA receptor antagonists, such as nitrous oxide. Therefore, coadministration is thought to decrease the likelihood of negative experiences due to psychostimulant administration, either because less psychostimulant is administered or because the NMDA receptor antagonist (e.g., nitrous oxide, ketamine, etc.) allows the psychostimulant to work more effectively. Similarly, such coadministration may decrease the time required for therapeutic effect or the amount of NMDA receptor antagonist (e.g., nitrous oxide, ketamine, etc.).
NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì°íì§ì) ë° 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ìì©ì ë ìì´í ì½ë¦¬íì ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ íµí´ 기ë¥íë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, ë ê²½ë¡ë ê¶ê·¹ì ì¼ë¡ mTOR(ë¼íë§ì´ì ì í¬ì ë¥ íì , ëë ë¼íë§ì´ì ì 기ê³ë¡ ì íì )ìì ìºì¤ì¼ì´ëì ìë ´íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ë³´ì¸ë¤. ë°ë¼ì, NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ì 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ìì©ì ì¬ì´ì ê³µì ë ìì© ë©ì»¤ëì¦ì´ ì¡´ì¬íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ë³´ì¸ë¤. 구체ì ì¼ë¡, mTORì ì í¸ ì ë¬ ê²½ë¡ë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ íì±íì NMDA 길íìì©ì ìí´ ì¡°ì ë ì ìë¤. ì´ë¡ ì ì½ë§¤ì´ë ê²ì ìëì§ë§, ì´ë¬í mTOR ê²½ë¡ì ì¡°ì ì ë ì ì ì ë³ì© í¬ì¬ì ì¦ê°ì ì´ê³ ì¤ë ì§ìëë ì¹ë£ì ì´ì ë° ìì¹ì ì´ì ì ë·ë°ì¹¨í ì ìë¤. ì´ì ê°ì´, ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì ìê·¹ í¬ì¬ë ëë ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ëì¼ë¡ ë ì ì 를 í¬ì¬íë©´ ì ì ê³¼ì ë¶ìì© ìì´ ëë ì ì ê³¼ì ë¶ìì©ì ìµìííë©´ì ì¹ë£ í¨ë¥ì ë°íí ì ìë¤.NMDA receptor antagonists (e.g., nitrous oxide) and 5-HT 2A receptor agonists function via different pharmacological pathways. However, the two pathways ultimately appear to converge on a cascade at mTOR (mammalian target of rapamycin, or mechanistic target of rapamycin). Thus, a shared mechanism of action appears to exist between NMDA receptor antagonists and 5-HT 2A receptor agonists. Specifically, the mTOR signaling pathway can be modulated by 5-HT 2A receptor activation and NMDA antagonism. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that this modulation of the mTOR pathway may underlie the immediate and long-lasting therapeutic benefits and synergistic benefits of co-administration of the two agents. Thus, in some embodiments, administration of the two agents at psychostimulant or sub-psychostimulant doses may provide therapeutic efficacy without or with minimal psychiatric side effects.
ëí, ì ì ëì½ í¼ì§(PFC)ìì ë´ë°ì ìì¶ì ì°ì¸ì¦ ë° ê´ë ¨ ì¥ì ì ë³íì리íìì ì¤ìí ìí ì íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ë°íì¡ë¤. PFCìì 구조ì ë° ê¸°ë¥ì ê°ìì±ì 모ë ì´ì§íë ë¥ë ¥ì í´ë¦¬ì± ë§ì·¨ì ì¸ ì¼í민ì ìí¨ì± íì°ì¸ì í¹ì±ë¿ë§ ìëë¼ 1í í¬ì¬ í ì¥ê¸°ê° ì§ìëë í¨ê³¼ì ê·¼ê°ì´ ëë ê²ì¼ë¡ ê°ì ëì´ ìë¤. ì´ë¡ ì ì½ë§¤ì´ë ê²ì ìëì§ë§, 본ìì ê°ìë ë³ì© ì½ë¬¼ ìë²ì ìì§ì ì²ì¶ì ë°ë ì¦ê°ë¥¼ í¬í¨íì¬, ì ê²½ë°ì ë° ì²ì¶ë°ìì ìì¹ì ì¼ë¡ ì¦ê°ìí´ì¼ë¡ì¨ 기ë¥íì¬ ì¥ê¸°ê° ì§ìëë ì¹ë£ ì´ì ì ì ê³µíê±°ë ì´ì 기ì¬í ì ìë ê²ì¼ë¡ ì¬ê²¨ì§ë¤.Furthermore, neuronal atrophy in the prefrontal cortex (PFC) has been shown to play a significant role in the pathophysiology of depression and related disorders. The ability to promote both structural and functional plasticity in the PFC has been hypothesized to underlie the rapid-acting antidepressant properties of the dissociative anesthetic ketamine, as well as its long-lasting effects following a single dose. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that the combination drug regimen disclosed herein may function by synergistically increasing neurogenesis and spine development, including increasing the density of dendritic spines, thereby providing or contributing to long-lasting therapeutic benefits.
ë³ì© ì½ë¬¼ ìë²ì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬ëë ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ ë° NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ì ë¹ì¨ì íì(ì¦, ëìì²´), ì¡°í©ì íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤) ì íì ëì¼ì±, í¬ì¬ íí(ë¤), ë° ì¹ë£ ì¤ì¸ í¹ì ì§í ëë ë³íì ë°ë¼ ë¬ë¼ì§ ì ìë¤. ììì í¹ì íìì ëí ì¡°í©ì í¹ì ë¹ì¨ì ì¬ì©ë í¹ì íí©ë¬¼ì íì±, íìì ì°ë ¹, ì±ë³, ì ë°ì ì¸ ê±´ê°, í¬ì¬ ìê°, ë°°ì¤ ìë, ë° ì¹ë£ ì¤ì¸ í¹ì ì§í ëë ë³íì ì¤ì¦ëì ê°ì ë¤ìí ì¸ìì ë°ë¼ ë¬ë¼ì§ ê²ìì ì´í´í´ì¼ íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íììê² í¬ì¬ëë ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ ë° NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ì ì¤ëë¹ë ì½ 1:100 ë´ì§ ì½ 100:1, ëë ê·¸ ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ì, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì½ 1:75, ì½ 1:50, ì½ 1:40, ì½ 1:30, ì½ 1:20, ì½ 1:10, ì½ 1:8, ì½ 1:6, ì½ 1:5, ì½ 1:4, ì½ 1:3, ì½ 1:2, ì½ 2:3, ì½ 1:1, ë° ìµë ì½ 100:1, ìµë ì½ 75:1, ìµë ì½ 50:1, ìµë ì½ 40:1, ìµë ì½ 30:1, ìµë ì½ 20:1, ìµë ì½ 10:1, ìµë ì½ 8:1, ìµë ì½ 6:1, ìµë ì½ 5:1, ìµë ì½ 4:1, ìµë ì½ 3:1, ìµë ì½ 2:1ì¼ ì ìë¤. í¹ì ìí©ììë ì´ë¬í ë²ì를 ë²ì´ë ë¹ì¨ì´ ì¬ì©ë ìë ìë¤.The ratio of the compounds of formulae (I) through (V) and the NMDA receptor antagonist administered in combination drug therapy may vary depending on the patient (i.e., subject), the identity of the active ingredient(s) of the combination, the dosage form(s), and the particular disease or condition being treated. It should be understood that the specific ratio of the combination for any particular patient will vary depending on a number of factors such as the activity of the particular compounds employed, the patient's age, sex, general health, time of administration, rate of excretion, and the severity of the particular disease or condition being treated. In some embodiments, the weight ratio of the compound of formulas (I)-(V) and the NMDA receptor antagonist administered to the patient can be from about 1:100 to about 100:1, or any range therebetween, for example, about 1:75, about 1:50, about 1:40, about 1:30, about 1:20, about 1:10, about 1:8, about 1:6, about 1:5, about 1:4, about 1:3, about 1:2, about 2:3, about 1:1, and at most about 100:1, at most about 75:1, at most about 50:1, at most about 40:1, at most about 30:1, at most about 20:1, at most about 10:1, at most about 8:1, at most about 6:1, at most about 5:1, at most about 4:1, at most about 3:1, at most about 2:1. In certain circumstances, ratios outside these ranges may be used.
ë³ì© ì½ë¬¼ ìë²ì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ ë° NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì°íì§ì)를 ìì°¨ì ì¸ ë°©ìì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬íë ê², ì¦ ê°ê°ì íì± ì±ë¶ì ìì´í ìê°ì í¬ì¬íë ê² ë¿ë§ ìëë¼, ì´ë¤ íì± ì±ë¶ ëë íì± ì±ë¶ ì¤ ì ì´ë 2ê°ë¥¼ ëìì í¬ì¬íë ê²ì í¬ê´íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ìëëë¤. ëì í¬ì¬ë, ì를 ë¤ì´ ê°ê°ì íì± ì±ë¶ì ë¹ì¨ì´ ê³ ì ë ë¨ì¼ í¬ì¬ íí ëë ê°ê°ì íì± ì±ë¶ë³ë¡ ë¤íì ë¨ì¼ í¬ì¬ íí를 ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ë¬ì±ë ì ìë¤. ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ ë° NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì°íì§ì)ì í¬ì¬ë, ë¨ì¼ í¬ì¬ ííì¸ì§ ëë ë³ëì í¬ì¬ ííì¸ì§ì ì¬ë¶ì ê´ê³ìì´, 본ìì ì ìë ììì í¬ì¬ ê²½ë¡ì ìí´ ìíë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ ë° NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ë 모ëë í¡ì ì íµí´, ë°ëì§íê²ë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸(ì를 ë¤ì´, 미ì¤í¸) ííë¡ í¬ì¬ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì ë§¥ë´(IV) í¬ì¬ëê³ , NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ë í¡ì ì íµí´ í¬ì¬ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì 경구 í¬ì¬ëê³ , NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ë í¡ì ì íµí´ í¬ì¬ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ ë° NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ë 모ëë ê²½í¼ í¬ì¬ëê±°ë í¼í í¬ì¬ëë¤. ë¨ì¼ í¬ì¬ íí ëë ë³ëì í¬ì¬ íí를 ìí í¡ì ì© ì¡°ì±ë¬¼, ì컨ë ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ë¹íí´ ë±ì´ 본ìì ì ìëì´ ìë¤. Combination drug therapy is intended to encompass sequential administration of the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) and the NMDA receptor antagonist (e.g., nitrous oxide), i.e., administering each active ingredient at different times, as well as concurrent administration of the active ingredients or at least two of the active ingredients. Concurrent administration can be accomplished, for example, by administering to the subject a single dosage form having a fixed ratio of each active ingredient or multiple single dosage forms for each active ingredient. Administration of the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) and the NMDA receptor antagonist (e.g., nitrous oxide) can be accomplished by any of the routes of administration set forth herein, whether in a single dosage form or separate dosage forms. In some embodiments, both the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) and the NMDA receptor antagonist are administered via inhalation, preferably in the form of an aerosol (e.g., a mist). In some embodiments, the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) are administered intravenously (IV) and the NMDA receptor antagonist is administered via inhalation. In some embodiments, the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) are administered orally and the NMDA receptor antagonist is administered via inhalation. In some embodiments, both the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) and the NMDA receptor antagonist are administered transdermally or subcutaneously. Inhalation compositions for single dosage forms or separate dosage forms, such as pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles, are provided herein.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë³ì© ì½ë¬¼ ìë²ì ì¬ì©ëë NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì ë ìì°íì§ìì´ë¤. ìì°íì§ìë ë¨ë ì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬ëê±°ë, ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼, ì를 ë¤ì´ N2O ë° O2; N2O ë° ê³µê¸°; N2O ë° ìë£ì© 공기(ìë£ì© 공기ë 78% ì§ì, 21% ì°ì, 1% 기í ê°ì¤ì); N2O ë° N2/O2 í¼í©ë¬¼; N2O ë° O2 ëì¶ ìë£ì© 공기; N2O ë° He/O2 í¼í©ë¬¼ ë±ì¼ë¡ì í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ìì°íì§ì ë° ì°ìì ì¶ê°íì¬, ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì N2, Ar, CO2, Ne, CH4, He, Kr, H2, Xe, H2O(ì, ì¦ê¸°) ë± ì¤ íë ì´ìê³¼ ê°ì ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ë¥¼ ì¶ê°ë¡ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì°íì§ìë, ë³ëì ìì¶ ê°ì¤ ì¤ë¦°ëë¡ë¶í° N2O, O2 ë° ììë¡ ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤ë¥¼ í¡ì ì íµí´ ì ë¬ëë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ë¡ ì¡°í©íë ë°°í© ìì¤í ì ì¬ì©í´ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. ëìì ì¼ë¡, ìì°íì§ì를 í¨ì íë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì, ì를 ë¤ì´ ê°ì í±í¬ì í¬ì¥ëê±°ë ì¬ì©í기 ì½ê³ /ì½ê±°ë í´ëì©ì¸ ìí ê°ì ìºëì¤í°ì í¬ì¥ë ì ìë¤. ë°°í© ìì¤í ë°/ëë ê°ì í±í¬/ìºëì¤í°ë ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì ë°ììí¬ ì ìë ì¥ì¹ì ê°ì í¡ì ì¥ì¹ì ì ì²´ ì°ê²°ëëë¡ êµ¬ì±ë ì ìë¤. ìì°íì§ì ìì²´, ëë ìì°íì§ì를 í¬í¨íë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì (ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì 기ì ì±ë¶ì¼ë¡ì) ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì ìì±ì ìí´ ì¬ì©ëê±°ë, ìì±ë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì´ íìì íë¡ ì ë¬ëë ê²ì ì©ì´íê² í기 ìí ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ë¡ì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, N2Oë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì´ ë¶í¼ ëë¹ 5 ë¶í¼%, 10 ë¶í¼%, 15 ë¶í¼%, 20 ë¶í¼%, 25 ë¶í¼%, 30 ë¶í¼%, 35 ë¶í¼%, 40 ë¶í¼%, 45 ë¶í¼%, ë° ìµë 75 ë¶í¼%, ìµë 70 ë¶í¼%, ìµë 65 ë¶í¼%, ìµë 60 ë¶í¼%, ìµë 55 ë¶í¼%, ìµë 50 ë¶í¼% ë²ìì ëëë¡ ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ì¡´ì¬íë¤. ìì°íì§ì를 í¨ì íë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ììì ìíë ì§ì ìê°ì 걸ì³, ì를 ë¤ì´, 5ë¶, 10ë¶, 15ë¶, 20ë¶, 30ë¶, 40ë¶, 45ë¶, 50ë¶, 60ë¶, 90ë¶, 120ë¶, 150ë¶, 180ë¶, ëë ì´ë¤ ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ìì ê±¸ì³ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the NMDA receptor antagonist used in combination drug therapy is nitrous oxide. Nitrous oxide can be administered alone or as a therapeutic gas mixture, such as N 2 O and O 2 ; N 2 O and air; N 2 O and medical air (medical air is 78% nitrogen, 21% oxygen, and 1% other gases); N 2 O and a N 2 /O 2 mixture; N 2 O and O 2 enriched medical air; N 2 O and a He/O 2 mixture, etc. Thus, in addition to nitrous oxide and oxygen, the therapeutic gas mixture can further include other gases, such as one or more of N 2 , Ar, CO 2 , Ne, CH 4 , He, Kr, H 2 , Xe, H 2 O (e.g., a vapor), etc. For example, nitrous oxide may be administered using a compounding system that combines N 2 O, O 2 and optionally other gases from separate compressed gas cylinders into a therapeutic gas mixture that is delivered via inhalation. Alternatively, the therapeutic gas mixture containing nitrous oxide may be packaged, for example, in a pressurized tank or in a compact pressurized canister that is easy to use and/or portable. The compounding system and/or pressurized tank/canister may be configured to be fluidly connected to an inhalation device, such as a device capable of generating an aerosol of a compound of formulae (I)-(V). Nitrous oxide itself, or a therapeutic gas mixture comprising nitrous oxide, may be used to generate the aerosol (as the gaseous component of the aerosol) or as a carrier gas to facilitate delivery of the generated aerosol to the lungs of a patient. In some embodiments, N 2 O is present in the therapeutic gas mixture in a concentration ranging from 5 vol %, 10 vol %, 15 vol %, 20 vol %, 25 vol %, 30 vol %, 35 vol %, 40 vol %, 45 vol %, and up to 75 vol %, up to 70 vol %, up to 65 vol %, up to 60 vol %, up to 55 vol %, and up to 50 vol %, relative to the total volume of the therapeutic gas mixture. The therapeutic gas mixture containing nitrous oxide can be administered over any desired duration, for example, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, 45 minutes, 50 minutes, 60 minutes, 90 minutes, 120 minutes, 150 minutes, 180 minutes, or any range therebetween.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ ë° NMDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì°íì§ì)ë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ í¡ì ì ìí´, ë¨ì¼ í¬ì¬ ííë¡ì ëë ë³ëì í¬ì¬ ííë¡ ê°ê° ì ë¬ëë¤. ìì´ë¡ì¡¸, ë°ëì§íê²ë 미ì¤í¸ë ì¶ì§ì ì ì¬ì© ì¬ë¶ì ê´ê³ìì´, 본ìì ê°ìë ì¥ì¹ì ê°ì ììì ê°ë¥í ì¥ì¹(ì를 ë¤ì´, ê°ì ì©ê¸°, íí, ë¶ë¬´ê¸°, ìí ë§ì´ì , ëë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì )ì ìí´ ìì±ë ì ìë¤. ìì°íì§ìê° ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ ëìì í¬ì¬ë ê²½ì°, ìì°íì§ìë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ ë°ìì ìí ë´ì²´ ê°ì¤ ëë ì¶ì§ì ë° ì¹ë£ì (NMSDA ìì©ì²´ 길íì )ë¡ì ì´ì¤ì¼ë¡ ìì©í ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the compounds of formulae (I)-(V) and the NMDA receptor antagonist (e.g., nitrous oxide) are delivered by aerosol inhalation, either as a single dosage form or as separate dosage forms, respectively. The aerosol, preferably a mist, can be generated by any possible device (e.g., a pressurized container, a pump, atomizer, atomizer, or nebulizer), such as the devices disclosed herein, with or without the use of a propellant. When nitrous oxide is administered simultaneously with the compounds of formulae (I)-(V), the nitrous oxide can act dually as both the carrier gas or propellant for aerosol generation and the therapeutic agent (the NMDA receptor antagonist).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ë¬ ì¥ì¹ë, ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë íìì ëí´ ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ ë° ìì°íì§ìì ì¡°í©ë¬¼ì ì ë¬í기 ìí í¡ì ì ë¬ ì¥ì¹ì´ë©°, ì´ë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë¤: í´ë¹ ì¡°í©ë¬¼ì íììê² í¬ì¬í기 ìí í¡ì ì ì¶êµ¬ í¬í¸; ì를 ë¤ì´ ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ ì¤ì ìì°íì§ì ê°ì¤ë¥¼ í¡ì ì ì¶êµ¬ì ì ë¬íëë¡ êµ¬ì±ë ì©ê¸°; ë° ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬í¨íë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì ë°ììí¤ê³ ì´ë¥¼ í¡ì ì ì¶êµ¬ í¬í¸ì ì ë¬íëë¡ êµ¬ì±ë ì¥ì¹. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¡ì ì ì¶êµ¬ë ë§ì°ì¤ í¼ì¤, ëë íìì ì½ì ì ì ë®ë ë§ì¤í¬ë¡ë¶í° ì íëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì ë°ììí¤ê³ ì´ë¥¼ í¡ì ì ì¶êµ¬ì ì ë¬íëë¡ êµ¬ì±ë ì¥ì¹ë ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ë ì í¸ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì ì´ê³ , ìì°íì§ì ê°ì¤ë, ë¨ë ì¼ë¡ ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ê°ì¤(ì°íì§ì를 í¨ì íë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼)ì í¨ê» ì í¸ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì 를 ìí 구ë ê°ì¤ë¡ì ìì©íë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ì í¸ ë¤ë¸ë¼ì´ì )를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ë¬ëë ìì°íì§ìë ì¹ë£ì ë¡ì, ê·¸ë¦¬ê³ ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¶ë¬´íë íí를 ë¹ë§ëë°íë 구ë ê°ì¤ë¡ì ì´ì¤ì¼ë¡ ìì©í ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the delivery device is an inhalation delivery device for delivering a combination of a compound of formulae (I)-(V) and nitrous oxide to a patient in need thereof, comprising: an inhalation outlet portal for administering the combination to the patient; a container configured to deliver nitrous oxide gas, for example, in a therapeutic gas mixture, to the inhalation outlet; and a device configured to generate an aerosol comprising a compound of formulae (I)-(V) and deliver the same to the inhalation outlet portal. In some embodiments, the inhalation outlet is selected from a mouth piece, or a mask that covers the nose and mouth of the patient. In some embodiments, the device configured to generate an aerosol and deliver the same to the inhalation outlet is a nebulizer. In some embodiments, the nebulizer is a jet nebulizer, and nitrous oxide gas, alone or in combination with another gas (e.g., a therapeutic gas mixture comprising nitrous oxide), serves as a driving gas for the jet nebulizer. Thus, nitrous oxide delivered using a nebulizer (e.g., a jet nebulizer) can act dually as a therapeutic agent and as a driving gas to entrain aerosolized forms of compounds of formulae (I) to (V).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì¥ì¹ë ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì, ë°ëì§íê²ë ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ì ííë¡ í¬ì¬íê³ , ì¡°ì ë ìì ìì°íì§ì를 ë¨ë ì¼ë¡ ëë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ë¡ì ëìì í¬ì¬íëë¡ êµ¬ì±ë ì´ì¤ ì ë¬ ì¥ì¹ì´ë¤. ì ì í ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ ì ë¬ ì¥ì¹ ì¤ ì´ë íëë, ìì´ë¡ì¡¸ ì ë¬ ì¥ì¹ì ëì¼í í¬ì¬ ì ì¶êµ¬ë¥¼ íµí´ ìì°íì§ìì ê³ëëê³ ì ì´ë í¬ì¬ë/ì ëì ì ê³µíëë¡ êµ¬ì±ë ìì°íì§ì ê³µê¸ì(ëë ìì°íì§ì를 í¬í¨íë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì ê³µê¸ì)ì ì¶ê°íì¬, ì´ë¬í ì¥ì¹ì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ë¶ë¬´ë¥¼ ìí 구ë ê°ì¤ë ìì°íì§ì ëë ìì°íì§ì를 í¨ì íë ì¹ë£ ê°ì¤ í¼í©ë¬¼ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the device is a dual delivery device configured to administer a compound of formulae (I)-(V), preferably in the form of an aerosol, and simultaneously administer a controlled amount of nitrous oxide, alone or as a therapeutic gas mixture. Any of the aerosol delivery devices described above can be used in such a device with the addition of a nitrous oxide source (or a source of a therapeutic gas mixture comprising nitrous oxide) configured to provide a metered and controlled dose/flow of nitrous oxide through the same administration outlet as the aerosol delivery device. In some embodiments, the driving gas for the nebulization of the compound of formulae (I)-(V) is nitrous oxide or a therapeutic gas mixture comprising nitrous oxide.
ì ì í ì ë¬ ì¥ì¹, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¡°ì ë°©ì¶ ì¥ì¹, ìíëí¸, í¨ì¹, íí, ë°í¬, í¡ì 기, í¡ì ì ë¬ ì¥ì¹ ë±ì, ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì½ë¬¼ ì ë¬ì ì격 íì±í ë° ìë ì ì´ë¥¼ ì ê³µíëë¡ êµ¬ì±ë ì¤ë§í¸ 기ì , ì를 ë¤ì´ ì ìì¥ì¹ë¡ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤. ì격 íì±íë ì»´í¨í° ëë 모ë°ì¼ ì±ì íµí´ ìíë ì ìë¤. ë³´ìì ë³´ì¥í기 ìí´ ìí¸ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íì¬ ì격 íì±í ì¥ì¹ë¥¼ ìí¸íí ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í 기ì ì ìë£ì ê³µìê° íììì ì격ìë£ ì¸ì ì ìíí ì ìê² íë©°, ì´ ëì ìë£ì ê³µìë ì격 방문ìì íì를 ê°ë íë©´ì ìíë ì ë¬ ì¥ì¹ë¥¼ íµí´ ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ì격ì¼ë¡ íì±ííê³ í¬ì¬í ì ìë¤.The aforementioned delivery devices, e.g., controlled release devices, implants, patches, pumps, depots, inhalers, inhalation delivery devices, etc., can optionally be fabricated with smart technologies, e.g., electronics, that are configured to provide remote activation and operational control of drug delivery. Remote activation can be performed via a computer or mobile app. The remote activation device can be encrypted using a password to ensure security. Such technologies allow a healthcare provider to conduct a telemedicine session with a patient, during which the healthcare provider can remotely activate and administer a compound of formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, via a desired delivery device while supervising the patient during the remote visit.
ì¹ë£ì ì ì© ë° ë°©ë²Therapeutic applications and methods
ëí, ì§í ëë ì¥ì 를 ê°ì§ ëì체를 ì¹ë£íë ë°©ë²ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë©°, ì´ë ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ì ì°ê´ëë¤.Also disclosed herein are methods of treating a subject having a disease or disorder, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is associated with a serotonin 5-HT 2 receptor.
í¬ì¬ëë 본ìì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë ë° ë¹ë(ë¨ì¼ ëë ë¤í í¬ì¬)ë ë¤ìì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ ìë ë¤ìí ì¸ìì ë°ë¼ ë¬ë¼ì§ ì ìë¤: í¬ì¬ëë íí©ë¬¼/ì¼ íí/ë¤íì²´; ì¹ë£ ì¤ì¸ ì§í/ë³í; í¬ì¬ ê²½ë¡; í¼í¬ì¬ìì ì ì¥, ì°ë ¹, ì±ë³, ê±´ê°, ì²´ì¤, ì²´ì§ë ì§ì, ë° ìë¨; ì¹ë£ ì¤ì¸ ì§íì ì¦ìì ì±ì§ ë° ì ë; ë¤ë¥¸ ì§í ëë 기í ê±´ê° ê´ë ¨ 문ì ì ì¡´ì¬; ë³ì© ì¹ë£ì ì í; ë° ììì ì§í ëë ì¹ë£ ìë²ì¼ë¡ ì¸í í©ë³ì¦. ë¤ë¥¸ ì¹ë£ ìë² ëë ì¹ë£ì ê° ë³¸ìì ê°ìë ë°©ë² ë° íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ í¨ê» ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.The dosage and frequency (single or multiple doses) of the compound of the present invention administered may vary depending on a variety of factors including but not limited to: the compound/salt form/polymorph administered; the disease/condition being treated; the route of administration; the height, age, sex, health, weight, body mass index, and diet of the recipient; the nature and severity of the symptoms of the disease being treated; the presence of other diseases or other health-related problems; the type of concomitant therapy; and complications resulting from any disease or treatment regimen. Other treatment regimens or therapeutic agents may be used in combination with the methods and compounds disclosed herein.
ì¸ê°ìì ì¬ì©í기 ìí ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ë물 모ë¸ë¡ë¶í° ê²°ì í ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¸ê°ì ìí í¬ì¬ëì ë물ìì í¨ê³¼ì ì¸ ê²ì¼ë¡ ë°íì§ ëë를 ë¬ì±íëë¡ ì ííë ì ìë¤. ì¸ê°ììì í¬ì¬ëì í´ë¹ ì¹ë£ì ëí ë°ìì 모ëí°ë§íê³ í¬ì¬ëì ìí¥ ì¡°ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ìí¥ ì ì ) ëë íí¥ ì¡°ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, íí¥ ì ì )í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì¡°ì ë ì ìë¤.Therapeutically effective doses for human use can be determined from animal models. For example, the human dosage can be formulated to achieve concentrations found to be effective in animals. The human dosage can be adjusted by monitoring the response to the treatment and adjusting the dosage upward (e.g., up-titrating) or downward (e.g., down-titrating).
í¬ì¬ëì ëìì²´ì ìê±´ ë° ì¬ì©ëë íì± ì±ë¶(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì ë°ë¼ ë¬ë¼ì§ ì ìë¤. 본ìì ì ìë ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ë§¥ë½ìì, ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬ëë í¬ì¬ëì ìê° ê²½ê³¼ì ë°ë¼ ëìì²´ìì ì ìµí ì¹ë£ ë°ìì ë°íí기ì ì¶©ë¶í´ì¼ íë¤. í¬ì¬ëì í¬ê¸°ë ììì ì í´í ë¶ìì©ì ì¡´ì¬, ì±ì§, ë° ì ëì ìí´ìë ê²°ì ë ê²ì´ë¤. ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡, ì¹ë£ë ë ì ì í¬ì¬ëìì ê°ìëëë°, ì´ë íì± ì±ë¶ì ìµì í¬ì¬ë 미ë§ì´ë¤. ê·¸ í, í¬ì¬ëì ìí©ì ë°ë¼ ìµì ì í¨ê³¼ì ëë¬í ëê¹ì§ ìì ì¦ë¶ë§í¼ì© ì¦ê°ëë¤.The dosage may vary depending on the subject's requirements and the active ingredient (e.g., a compound of Formulae (I) to (V)) used. In the context of the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein, the dosage administered to the subject should be sufficient to produce a beneficial therapeutic response in the subject over time. The size of the dosage will also be determined by the presence, nature, and extent of any adverse side effects. Generally, treatment is initiated at a lower dosage, which is less than the optimal dosage of the active ingredient. The dosage is then increased by small increments, as appropriate, until the optimal effect is reached.
í¬ì¬ë ë° í¬ì¬ ê°ê²©ì ì¹ë£ ì¤ì¸ í¹ì ìì ì ìì¦ì í¨ê³¼ì ì¸ ë 벨ì íí©ë¬¼ì´ í¬ì¬ëëë¡ ê°ë³ì ì¼ë¡ ì¡°ì ë ì ìë¤. ì´ë ê°ì²´ì ì§í ìíì ì¤ì¦ëì ììíë ì¹ë£ ìë²ì ì ê³µí ê²ì´ë¤.The dosage and dosing interval may be individually adjusted to administer a level of the compound that is effective for the particular clinical indication being treated. This will provide a treatment regimen commensurate with the severity of the subject's disease state.
í¬ì¬ ê²½ë¡ë, 경구 ê²½ë¡(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¥/ì ì ë¬, 구ê°ë´ í¬ì¬, ì컨ë, í측, ì¤ì¸¡ ë° ì¤í ê²½ë¡), ë¹ê²½êµ¬ ê²½ë¡(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì ë§¥ë´, í¼ë´, ëë§¥ë´, ë³µê°ë´, ê²½ë§ë´, ì¬ì¤ë´, ìëë´, í골ë´, ëê°ë´, ê·¼ì¡ë´, ì¬ë´ë§ë´, ë° í¼í í¬ì¬), êµì ê²½ë¡(ì를 ë¤ì´, ê²°ë§ë´, ê°ë§ë´, ì구ë´, ë, ê·, ê²½í¼, ë¹ê°(ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¹ê°ë´), ì§, ìë, í¸í¡ê¸°, ë° ì§ì¥ í¬ì¬), í¡ì , ëë ì ìµí ì¹ë£ ë°ìì ìí¥ì 미ì¹ê¸°ì ì¶©ë¶í ë¤ë¥¸ ê²½ë¡ë¥¼ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.Routes of administration can include oral routes (e.g., enteral/gastric delivery, intraoral administration, such as the buccal, lingual, and sublingual routes), parenteral routes (e.g., intravenous, intradermal, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intraventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, intraendocardial, and subcutaneous administration), topical routes (e.g., intraconjunctival, intracorneal, intraocular, ocular, auricular, transdermal, nasal (e.g., intranasal), vaginal, urethral, respiratory, and rectal administration), inhalation, or any other route sufficient to effect a beneficial therapeutic response.
í¬ì¬ë ì°ì í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ëë ê°íì í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ì ë°ë¥¼ ì ìë¤. í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ì ì¬ì©ëë íì± ì±ë¶(ë¤), ì¹ë£ ì¤ì¸ ë³í, í¬ì¬ ê²½ë¡ ë±ì ë°ë¼ ë¬ë¼ì§ ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë 1ì¼ 1í(QD), ëë 1ì¼ 2í(BID), 1ì¼ 3í(TID), 1ì¼ 4í(QID) ëë ê·¸ ì´ìê³¼ ê°ì´, í루ì ë¶í ë í¬ì¬ëì¼ë¡ ìíë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¬ì¬ë ì¼ê°(QHS)ì ìíë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¬ì¬ë íìì ë°ë¼(PRN) ìíëë¤. í¬ì¬ë ëí 주 ë¨ìë¡, ì를 ë¤ì´ 주 1í, 주 2í, 주 3í, 주 4í, 격주, 2주ë§ë¤, ëë ê·¸ ë¯¸ë§ ë±ì¼ë¡ ìíë ì ìë¤. í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ì ëí ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì ë¹ ì ìë íìì ì¹ë£ë¥¼ ì§ì í ì ìì¼ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì ë¹ 1í, 2í, 3í, 4í, 5í, 6í, 7í, ëë 8í í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. ê±´ì í ìíì íë¨ì ì¬ì©í ë¤ë¥¸ í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ëí ì ì í ê²ì¼ë¡ ê°ì£¼ë ì ìë¤.Administration may follow a continuous dosing schedule or an intermittent dosing schedule. The dosing schedule may vary depending on the active ingredient(s) employed, the condition being treated, the route of administration, etc. For example, administration of the compound of Formulas (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, may be administered in divided doses throughout the day, such as once daily (QD), or twice daily (BID), three times daily (TID), four times daily (QID), or more. In some embodiments, administration may be administered overnight (QHS). In some embodiments, administration is administered on a as needed (PRN). Administration may also be administered on a weekly basis, such as once weekly, twice weekly, three times weekly, four times weekly, every other week, every two weeks, or less frequently. The dosing schedule may also specify a defined number of treatments per treatment course, for example, the compound of formulae (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, may be administered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 times per treatment course. Other dosing schedules may also be deemed appropriate using sound medical judgment.
í¬ì¬ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì½ëí ë° í¹ì ëìì²´ì ì½ë¬¼ ì ê±°/ì¶ì ì¨ì ë°ë¼, ì°ìì (주 7ì¼ì í¬ì¬) ëë ê°íì ì¼ ì ìë¤. ê°íì ì¸ ê²½ì°, ì¼ì ì, ì를 ë¤ì´, 1ì£¼ì¼ ëì 4ì¼ì í¬ì¬ ë° 3ì¼ì í´ì½(í´ì½ì¼)ì¼ ì ìê±°ë, ê±´ì í ìíì íë¨ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ì ì íë¤ê³ ê°ì£¼ëë ììì ë¤ë¥¸ ê°íì í¬ì¬ ì¼ì ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ê°íì í¬ì¬ë ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì ë´ìì ë¨ì¼ í¬ì¬ëì í¬ì¬ë¥¼ í¬í¨í ì ìë¤. ì°ìì ì´ë ê°íì ì´ë , í¬ì¬ë, í¹ì ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì , ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡ ì ì´ë 28ì¼ ì¬ì´í´(1ê°ì) ëì ê³ìëë©°, ì´ë í´ì½ì¼ì ëë°íê±°ë ëë°íì§ ìê³ ë°ë³µë ì ìë¤. ëí, ë³´ë¤ ê¸¸ê±°ë ë³´ë¤ ì§§ì ê³¼ì , ì컨ë 14ì¼, 18ì¼, 21ì¼, 24ì¼, 35ì¼, 42ì¼, 48ì¼ ëë ê·¸ ì´ì, ëë ì´ë¤ ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ìì ê°ì ê³¼ì ì´ ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ê³¼ì ì ëìì²´ì ë°ë¼ í´ì½ì¼ ìì´ ëë í´ì½ì¼ì ê°ì§ë©° ë°ë³µë ì ìë¤. ë¶ìì©ì ì¡´ì¬ ì¬ë¶, ì¹ë£ì ëí ë°ì, íì í¸ìì± ë±ì ë°ë¼ ë¤ë¥¸ ì¼ì ì´ ê°ë¥íë¤.Administration may be continuous (7 days per week) or intermittent, depending on, for example, the pharmacokinetics and the drug clearance/accumulation rate of the particular subject. If intermittent, the schedule may be, for example, 4 days of administration and 3 days off (wash days) per week, or any other intermittent dosing schedule deemed appropriate using sound medical judgment. For example, intermittent administration may involve administration of a single dose within a course of treatment. Whether continuous or intermittent, administration continues for a particular course of treatment, typically at least 28-day cycles (1 month), which may be repeated with or without wash days. Longer or shorter courses may also be used, such as 14, 18, 21, 24, 35, 42, 48, or more days, or any range therebetween. Courses may be repeated with or without wash days, depending on the subject. Other schedules may be available depending on the presence of side effects, response to treatment, and patient convenience.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì ë 립í ìë²ì¼ë¡ì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì ë³´ì¡°ì /ë³ì© ìë²ì¼ë¡ì ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì¶ê° ìë²ì íì°ì¸ì , íê²½ë ¨ì , 리ì¤ë±ì¤ìºíí민 ëë©ì¤ë ì´í¸, íì ì ë³ì , íë¶ìì , íì¼ì¦ì , 벤조ëìì í, ì§íµì , ì¬íê´ ì½ë¬¼, ì¤í¼ì¤ì´ë 길íì , ì¬ë¦¬ ì¹ë£, ëë ì´ë¤ì ì¡°í©ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the use of the compositions of the present disclosure can be used as a stand-alone therapy. In some embodiments, the use of the compositions of the present disclosure can be used as an adjuvant/combination therapy. In some embodiments, the additional therapy is an antidepressant, an anticonvulsant, lisdexcamphetamine dimesylate, an antipsychotic, an anxiolytic, an anti-inflammatory, a benzodiazepine, an analgesic, a cardiovascular drug, an opioid antagonist, psychotherapy, or a combination thereof.
본ìì ì ê³µë êµì를 íì©íì¬, ì¤ì§ì ì¸ ë ì± ëë ë¶ë¦¬í ë¶ìì©(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ ì¤ ì´ë íëì íì¥ ëë ì¤ ì§ì ì ëë ì ì ë¶ì´ì ë ì± ì¤íì´í¬ë¡ ì¸í´ ë°ìí¨)ì ì ë°íì§ ìê³ , í¹ì íìì ìí´ ëíë ìì ì¦ìì ì¹ë£íë ë° ì ì ì¼ë¡ í¨ê³¼ì ì¸, í¨ê³¼ì ì¸ ìë°©ì ëë ì¹ë£ì ì¹ë£ ìë²ì ê³íí ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ê³íì íí©ë¬¼ í¨ë¥, ìë ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ , íìì ì²´ì¤, ì í´í ë¶ìì©ì ì¡´ì¬ ë° ì¤ì¦ë, ë°ëì§í í¬ì¬ ë°©ì, ë° ì íë ì ì ì ë ì± íë¡íì¼ê³¼ ê°ì ì¸ì를 ê³ ë ¤í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ íì± ì±ë¶ì ì ì¤íê² ì ííë ê²ì í¬í¨í´ì¼ íë¤.Using the teachings provided herein, one can plan an effective prophylactic or therapeutic treatment regimen that is entirely effective in treating the clinical symptoms exhibited by a particular patient without causing substantial toxicity or adverse side effects (e.g., resulting from sedative or antipsychotic toxic spikes in plasma concentrations of any of the compounds of Formulae (I)-(V)). Such a plan should include careful selection of the active ingredient, taking into account factors such as compound potency, relative bioavailability, body weight of the patient, presence and severity of adverse side effects, preferred mode of administration, and toxicity profile of the selected formulation.
ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ í¬ì¬ëì ì ì í ë¤ìí ì¸ìì ë°ë¼ ë¬ë¼ì§ ì ìì¼ë, ì´ë ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡, ìì©ìì ì²´ì¤ í¬ë¡ê·¸ë¨ ë¹, ì½ 0.00001 mg ë´ì§ ì½ 10 mg, ëë ê·¸ ì¬ì´ì ììì ë²ì, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì½ 0.00001 mg/kg, ì½ 0.00005 mg/kg, ì½ 0.0001 mg/kg, ì½ 0.0005 mg/kg, ì½ 0.001 mg/kg, ì½ 0.005 mg/kg, ì½ 0.01 mg/kg, ì½ 0.05 mg/kg, ì½ 0.1 mg/kg, ì½ 0.2 mg/kg, ì½ 0.3 mg/kg, ì½ 0.4 mg/kg, ì½ 0.5 mg/kg, ì½ 0.6 mg/kg, ì½ 0.7 mg/kg, ì½ 0.8 mg/kg, ì½ 0.9 mg/kg, ì½ 1.0 mg/kg, ì½ 2.0 mg/kg, ì½ 3.0 mg/kg, ì½ 4.0 mg/kg, ì½ 5.0 mg/kg, ì½ 6.0 mg/kg, ì½ 7.0 mg/kg, ì½ 8.0 mg/kg, ì½ 9.0 mg/kg, ì½ 10.0 mg/kgì ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼(íì± ê¸°ì¤)ì ìì¼ë¡ ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì ê³µíë ìì´ë¤.The therapeutically effective dosage will vary depending on the various factors mentioned above, but will generally be from about 0.00001 mg to about 10 mg per kilogram of body weight of the recipient, or any range therebetween, for example, about 0.00001 mg/kg, about 0.00005 mg/kg, about 0.0001 mg/kg, about 0.0005 mg/kg, about 0.001 mg/kg, about 0.005 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg, about 0.05 mg/kg, about 0.1 mg/kg, about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.6 mg/kg, about 0.7 mg/kg, about 0.8 mg/kg, about 0.9 mg/kg, about 1.0 mg/kg, about 2.0 mg/kg, An amount providing a compound of formulae (I) to (V) in an amount (activity basis) of about 3.0 mg/kg, about 4.0 mg/kg, about 5.0 mg/kg, about 6.0 mg/kg, about 7.0 mg/kg, about 8.0 mg/kg, about 9.0 mg/kg, or about 10.0 mg/kg of the compound of formulae (I) to (V).
본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì ì ì ìê·¹ í¬ì¬ëì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. 경구 ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ê²½ì°ììì ì ì ìê·¹ í¬ì¬ëì, ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼(íì± ê¸°ì¤)ì ì½ 0.083 mg/kg, ì½ 0.09 mg/kg, ì½ 0.1 mg/kg, ì½ 0.15 mg/kg, ì½ 0.2 mg/kg, ì½ 0.25 mg/kg, ì½ 0.3 mg/kg, ì½ 0.35 mg/kg, ì½ 0.4 mg/kg, ì½ 0.45 mg/kg, ì½ 0.5 mg/kg ë´ì§, ì½ 5 mg/kg, ì½ 4 mg/kg, ì½ 3 mg/kg, ì½ 2 mg/kg, ì½ 1 mg/kg, ì½ 0.95 mg/kg, ì½ 0.9 mg/kg, ì½ 0.85 mg/kg, ì½ 0.8 mg/kg, ì½ 0.75 mg/kg, ì½ 0.7 mg/kg, ì½ 0.65 mg/kg, ì½ 0.6 mg/kg, ì½ 0.55 mg/kgì ë²ìì¼ ì ìë¤. ì ì í ë°ì ê°ì´, ì¼ë¶ 구íìììë ë ëì í¬ì¬ëì´ ì¬ì©ë ìë ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì ìê·¹ í¬ì¬ëì ê²½êµ¬ë¡ 1í í¬ì¬ëë©°, ì´ë ì ì´ë 1주 ê°ê²©ì ë°ë³µ í¬ì¬ì ê°ë¥ì±ì ê°ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ ê²½ì°, ììì ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì ìì 5í ì´íì í¬ì¬ëì´ í¬ì¬ëë¤. ê³¼ì ì íìì ë°ë¼ í´ì½ì¼ì ì 무ì ìê´ìì´ ë°ë³µë ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ê¸ì± ì¹ë£ ìë²ì, ì ì ìê·¹ì í¬ì¬ ì , ì ì ìê·¹ì í¬ì¬ ì¤, ë°/ëë ì ì ìê·¹ì í¬ì¬ í ì¬ë¦¬ì¹ë£ë¥¼ ëë°í ì ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ì¹ë£ë 본ìì ê°ìë ë¤ìí ì ì ê±´ê° ì¥ì ì ì í©íë©°, ì´ì ìë, 주ì ì°ì¸ ì¥ì (MDD), ì¹ë£ ì íì± ì°ì¸ì¦(TRD), ë¶ì ì¥ì , ë° ë¬¼ì§ ì¬ì© ì¥ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì½ì¬ ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ì¤í¼ì¤ì´ë ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ìíí민 ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ëì½í´ ì¬ì© ì¥ì , í¡ì°, ë° ì½ì¹´ì¸ ì¬ì© ì¥ì )를 í¬í¨íì§ë§, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìëë¤.Compounds of the present disclosure (e.g., compounds of formulae (I) to (V)) can be administered in psychostimulant dosages. The psychostimulant dosage, oral or otherwise, in some embodiments is about 0.083 mg/kg, about 0.09 mg/kg, about 0.1 mg/kg, about 0.15 mg/kg, about 0.2 mg/kg, about 0.25 mg/kg, about 0.3 mg/kg, about 0.35 mg/kg, about 0.4 mg/kg, about 0.45 mg/kg, about 0.5 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 4 mg/kg, about 3 mg/kg, about 2 mg/kg, about 1 mg/kg, about 0.95 mg/kg, about 0.9 mg/kg, about 0.85 mg/kg, about 0.8 mg/kg, about 0.75 mg/kg, about 0.7 mg/kg, about 0.65 mg/kg, about 0.6 mg/kg, about 0.55 mg/kg. As noted above, higher dosages may be used in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the psychostimulant dosage is administered orally as a single dose, with the possibility of repeat administration at least once a week apart. In some cases, no more than 5 doses are administered in any course of treatment. Courses may be repeated with or without washout days, as needed. Such acute treatment regimens may be accompanied by psychotherapy prior to, during, and/or following the administration of the psychostimulant. Such treatments are suitable for a variety of mental health disorders disclosed herein, including but not limited to major depressive disorder (MDD), treatment-resistant depression (TRD), anxiety disorders, and substance use disorders (e.g., alcohol use disorders, opioid use disorders, amphetamine use disorders, nicotine use disorders, smoking, and cocaine use disorders).
본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì, ë ì±ì ê°ììí¤ë©´ì, ì§ìì ì¸ ì¹ë£ ì´ì ì ë¬ì±í기 ìí´, ì ì ìê·¹ 미ë§/ì ì íì± ë¯¸ë§ ëë(ê·¸ë¬ë, ì¬ì í ì ì¬ì ì¸ë¡í ëì±ì)ë¡ í¬ì¬ë ì ìì¼ë©°, ë°ë¼ì 미ì¸í¬ì¬ì ì í©í ì ìë¤. ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ëì, 구ê°ë´ë¡, ëë ë¬ë¦¬, ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼(íì± ê¸°ì¤)ì ì½ 0.00001 mg/kg, ì½ 0.00005 mg/kg, ì½ 0.0001 mg/kg, ì½ 0.0005 mg/kg, ì½ 0.001 mg/kg, ì½ 0.005 mg/kg, ì½ 0.006 mg/kg, ì½ 0.008 mg/kg, ì½ 0.009 mg/kg, ì½ 0.01 mg/kg ë´ì§, ì½ 0.083 mg/kg, ì½ 0.08 mg/kg, ì½ 0.075 mg/kg, ì½ 0.07 mg/kg, ì½ 0.06 mg/kg, ì½ 0.05 mg/kg, ì½ 0.04 mg/kg, ì½ 0.03 mg/kg, ì½ 0.02 mg/kg 미ë§ì ë²ìì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡, ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ëì ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, 1ê°ì) ëì ë§¤ì¼ ê²½êµ¬ í¬ì¬ëë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ììì í¬ì¬ íììë ì íì´ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì íë¤ê³ ì¬ê²¨ì§ë ê²½ì° í¬ì¬ë ë ë¹ë²íê±°ë ë ë¹ë²í ì ìë¤. ê³¼ì ì íìì ë°ë¼ í´ì½ì¼ì ì 무ì ìê´ìì´ ë°ë³µë ì ìë¤.Compounds of the present disclosure (e.g., compounds of formulae (I)-(V)) may be administered at sub-psychoactive/sub-psychoactive concentrations (but still potentially serotonergic) to achieve sustained therapeutic benefit while reducing toxicity and may therefore be suitable for microdosing. A sub-psychoactive dosage is, orally or otherwise, in some embodiments, less than or equal to about 0.00001 mg/kg, about 0.00005 mg/kg, about 0.0001 mg/kg, about 0.0005 mg/kg, about 0.001 mg/kg, about 0.005 mg/kg, about 0.006 mg/kg, about 0.008 mg/kg, about 0.009 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.083 mg/kg, about 0.08 mg/kg, about 0.075 mg/kg, about 0.07 mg/kg, about 0.06 mg/kg, about 0.05 mg/kg, about 0.04 mg/kg, about 0.03 mg/kg, about 0.02 mg/kg of a compound of formulae (I) to (V) (activity basis). The range may be. Typically, sub-psychotropic doses are administered orally daily for a course of treatment (e.g., 1 month). However, there is no limit to the frequency of administration in sub-psychotropic doses, and administration may be less frequent or more frequent as deemed appropriate. The course may be repeated with or without a rest day as needed.
ëí, ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì격 ì¡°ì ë ì ìë, ë°í¬ í¬ì¬ íí, ìíëí¸, í¨ì¹ ë° íí를 í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ ìë, ë³íëê±°ë, ì¡°ì ëê±°ë, ë리거ë, ì°ì¥ë ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ íí를 íµíë, ê²½í¼ ì ë¬, í¼í í¬ì¬ ë±ì ìí´ ìíë ì ìë¤. ì¬ê¸°ìì, í¬ì¬ëì ë®ì 경구 í¬ì¬ëê³¼ ì ì¬í íì¡ ë 벨ì ë¬ì±íê² ëì§ë§, ê·¸ë¼ìë ë¶êµ¬íê³ ì ì ìê·¹ 미ë§ì´ ë ê²ì´ë¤.Additionally, sub-psychoactive administration can be accomplished by transdermal delivery, subcutaneous administration, etc., via modified, controlled, slow or extended release dosage forms, including but not limited to, depot dosage forms, implants, patches and pumps, which may optionally be remotely controlled. Here, the dosage will achieve blood levels similar to a low oral dose, but will nonetheless be sub-psychoactive.
ì를 ë¤ì´, 본ìì ê°ìë ë¤ìí ì§í ëë ì¥ì (ì´ì ìë ì¼ì¦, íµì¦ ë° ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì)를 ë§ì±ì ì¼ë¡ ì¹ë£í기 ìí´, ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ëì´ ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.For example, sub-psychoactive doses may be used to chronically treat various diseases or disorders disclosed herein, including but not limited to inflammation, pain, and neuroinflammation.
본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì ì ì§ ìë²ì ìí´ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. 본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, "ì ì§ ìë²"ì ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡ 목í í¬ì¬ëì ë¬ì± íì, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìí¥ ì ì ìë²ì ìë£ í, ë°/ëë ìì± ìì ë°ì, ì를 ë¤ì´, ëì¼í ì½ë¬¼ ëë ìì´í ì½ë¬¼ì ëí íìì ë³íì ê°ì íì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì í¬ì¬ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íìë ì¹ë£ ìë²ì ìí ì 1 ì½ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë°ê³ ì ì§ ìë²ì ìí ì 2 ì½ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë°ì¼ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ì 1 ë° ì 2 ì½ë¬¼ì ìì´íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, íìë 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì´ ìë ì 1 ì½ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì 1 ì½ë¬¼ì LSD, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, MDMA, ëë©í¸í¸ë¦½í민 ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ì¸ë¡í ëì± ì ì ìê·¹ì , ëë ë¹-ì ì ìê·¹ ì½ë¬¼ì)ì ì¹ë£ ìë²ì í¬ì¬ë°ì ë¤ì, ì ì§ ìë²ìì (ì 2 ì½ë¬¼ë¡ì) 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë°ì ì ìë¤. ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, 본 ê°ìì ìì´í íí©ë¬¼ì ì ì§ ìë²(ì 2 ì½ë¬¼)ì ì¬ì©ëë ê²ê³¼ ë¤ë¥¸ ì¹ë£ ìë²(ì 1 ì½ë¬¼)ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íìë ì¹ë£ ìë² ë° ì ì§ ìë² ë 모ëì ëí´ ë³¸ ê°ìì ëì¼í íí©ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë°ëë¤. ììì ê²½ì°, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ì ì§ í¬ì¬ëì ì¹ë£ ë°ìì 'ì ì§'íê³ /íê±°ë ì¬ë°ì ë°ìì ë°©ì§íë ë° ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. 본 ê°ìì ëì¼í íí©ë¬¼ì´ ìëì ì¹ë£ ìë² ë° ì ì§ ìë² ë 모ëì ì¬ì©ë ê²½ì°, íí©ë¬¼ì ì ì§ í¬ì¬ëì ì¹ë£ í¬ì¬ë ì´íì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì§ í¬ì¬ëì ì ì ìê·¹ í¬ì¬ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì§ í¬ì¬ëì ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡, í¬ì¬ë ì ì§ ìë²ì ìí´ ë§¤ì¼ ëë ê°íì ì¼ë¡ ìíëì§ë§, ì ì§ ìë²ì ëí, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì ì¼, ì 주, ì ê°ì ëë ìë ì ê±¸ì³ ì§ìì ì¼ë¡ ìíë ì ìë¤. ëí, ì ì§ í¬ì¬ëì ì¥ê¸°ê°ì 걸ì³, ì¬ì§ì´ ë§ì±ì ì¼ë¡ íììê² í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤.ãA compound of the present disclosure (e.g., a compound of Formulas (I)-(V)) can be administered for maintenance therapy. As used herein, "maintenance therapy" generally refers to administration of a compound of the present disclosure (e.g., a compound of Formulas (I)-(V)) following achievement of a target dosage, e.g., following completion of an upward titration regimen, and/or following a positive clinical response, e.g., improvement in the patient's condition to the same or a different drug. In some embodiments, a patient is administered a first drug for the treatment regimen and a second drug for the maintenance regimen, wherein the first and second drugs are different. For example, a patient can be administered a first drug other than a compound of the present disclosure (e.g., the first drug is a serotonergic psychostimulant, such as LSD, psilocybin, MDMA, dimethyltryptamine, or a non-psychoactive drug), followed by administration of a compound of the present disclosure (as the second drug) in the maintenance regimen. In another example, a different compound of the present disclosure is used in a different treatment regimen (the first drug) than is used in the maintenance regimen (the second drug). In some embodiments, the patient receives the same compound of the present disclosure for both the treatment regimen and the maintenance regimen. In any case, a maintenance dosage of a compound of the present disclosure can be used to 'maintain' a therapeutic response and/or prevent the occurrence of a relapse. When the same compound of the present disclosure is used in both the original treatment regimen and the maintenance regimen, the maintenance dosage of the compound can be subtherapeutic. In some embodiments, the maintenance dosage is a psychostimulant dosage. In some embodiments, the maintenance dosage is a subpsychostimulant dosage. Typically, administration is daily or intermittently for the maintenance regimen, but the maintenance regimen can also be administered continuously, for example, over several days, weeks, months, or years. In addition, the maintenance dosage can be administered to the patient over an extended period of time, even chronically.
본ììì ì¹ë£ëë ëìì²´ë ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ì ì°ê´ë ì§í ëë ì¥ì 를 ê°ì§ ì ìë¤.Subjects treated at this hospital may have a disease or disorder associated with serotonin 5-HT 2 receptors.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì ê²½ì ì ì§í ëë ì¥ì ì´ê±°ë ì¼ì¦ì± ì§í ëë ì¥ì ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ê²½ì ì ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì ì ë¶ì´ì¦ ëë ì ì ë¶ì´ì¦ì ì¸ì§ ê²°íì´ ìëë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a neuropsychiatric disease or disorder or an inflammatory disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the neuropsychiatric disease or disorder is not schizophrenia or cognitive deficits of schizophrenia.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë, 주ì ì°ì¸ ì¥ì (MDD), ì¹ë£ ì íì± ì°ì¸ì¦(TRD), ì¸ì í ì¤í¸ë ì¤ ì¥ì (PTSD), ìê·¹ì± ì¥ì ë° ê´ë ¨ ì¥ì (Ií ìê·¹ì± ì¥ì , IIí ìê·¹ì± ì¥ì , ìíê¸°ë¶ ì¥ì 를 í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì), ê°ë° ì¥ì (OCD), ë²ë¶ìì¥ì (GAD), ì¬í ë¶ì ì¥ì , ë¬¼ì§ ì¬ì© ì¥ì (ìì½ì¬ ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ìí¸ì ì¬ì ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ìíí민 ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ëì½í´ ì¬ì© ì¥ì , í¡ì°, ë° ì½ì¹´ì¸ ì¬ì© ì¥ì 를 í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì), ìì ì¥ì (ì ê²½ì± ììë¶ì§, ì ê²½ì± íìì¦, íì ì¥ì ë±ì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì). ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³, êµ°ë°ì± ëíµ ë° í¸ëíµ, 주ìë ¥ ê²°í ê³¼ì íëì¥ì (ADHD), íµì¦ ë° ì ê²½ë³ì± íµì¦, íìë¶ë¥ì¦, ìì기 ë°ë³ ì ì°½ì± ì¥ì , 주ì ì ê²½ì¸ì§ ì¥ì , ê²½ì¦ ì ê²½ì¸ì§ ì¥ì , ìì´ ìë, ìì´ íë, ìì´ ìë ëë ìì´ íëì ëë°í 주ì ì°ì¸ ì¥ì , ì íì , ë¹ì í ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¹ì í ì°ì¸ì¦, ê¸°ë¶ ë¶ì ì¦, ë¹-ìì´ ìí´ ì¥ì (NSSID), ë§ì± í¼ë¡ ì¦íêµ°, ë¼ìë³, ëë° ì¥ì , ì±ëì°© ì¥ì (ììì±ì ì¥ì , ë ¸ì¶ì¦ ì¥ì , ê´ìì¦ ì¥ì , íí°ì ì¥ì , ì±ì í¼íì¦ ëë ê°íì¦ ì¥ì , ë° ë³íì±ì ì¥ì ë±ì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì), ì±ê¸°ë¥ ì¥ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ì±ì ì í, ì íëì± ì±ìì¥ì (HSDD) ë±), ë§ì´ ì ê²½ì¦, ë° ë¹ë§ì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëë ìë ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is major depressive disorder (MDD), treatment-resistant depression (TRD), post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), bipolar disorder and related disorders (including but not limited to bipolar I disorder, bipolar II disorder, cyclothymic disorder), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), social anxiety disorder, substance use disorders (including but not limited to alcohol use disorder, opioid use disorder, amphetamine use disorder, nicotine use disorder, smoking, and cocaine use disorder), eating disorders (including but not limited to anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, binge eating disorder, and the like). Central nervous system (CNS) disorders including but not limited to Alzheimer's disease, cluster headache and migraine, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain and neuropathic pain, alexithymia, childhood-onset fluency disorder, major neurocognitive disorder, mild neurocognitive disorder, suicidal intent, suicidal behavior, major depressive disorder with suicidal intent or behavior, typical, atypical depression, atypical depression, dysthymia, non-suicidal self-injurious disorder (NSSID), chronic fatigue syndrome, Lyme disease, gambling disorder, paraphilic disorders (including but not limited to pedophilic disorder, exhibitionist disorder, voyeuristic disorder, fetish disorder, sexual masochistic or sadistic disorder, and paraphilic disorder), sexual dysfunction (e.g., hypoactive sexual desire, hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD), etc.), peripheral neuropathy, and obesity.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë 주ì ì°ì¸ ì¥ì (MDD)ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is major depressive disorder (MDD).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì¹ë£ ì íì± ì°ì¸ì¦(TRD)ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is treatment-resistant depression (TRD).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ë¶ì ê´ë ¨ ì¥ì , ì컨ë ë²ë¶ì ì¥ì (GAD), ì¬í ë¶ì ì¥ì , ê³µí© ì¥ì , ê³µí¬ì¦ ê´ë ¨ ì¥ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¹í, ëì´, 거미/ê°/ë±ê³¼ ê°ì í¹ì ë물, ì£¼ì¬ í¬ì¬, íì¡ ë±, ê´ì¥ê³µí¬ì¦ê³¼ ê´ë ¨ë ê³µí¬ì¦), ë¶ë¦¬ ë¶ì ì¥ì , ì íì ëì°ë³ì´ì¦ ë±ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ë²ë¶ì ì¥ì (GAD)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì¬í ë¶ì ì¥ì ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is an anxiety-related disorder, such as generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), social anxiety disorder, panic disorder, phobia-related disorders (e.g., phobias related to flying, heights, specific animals such as spiders/dogs/snakes, injections, blood, etc., agoraphobia), separation anxiety disorder, selective mutism, etc. In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is social anxiety disorder.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ê°ë° ì¥ì , ì컨ë ê°ë° ì¥ì (OCD), ì ì²´ì¤ì¬ ë°ë³µ íë, ì ì¥ ì¥ì , ëë° ì¥ì , ê°ë°ì 구매, ê°ë°ì ì¸í°ë· ì¬ì©, ê°ë°ì ë¹ëì¤ ê²ì, ê°ë°ì ì±ì íë, ê°ë°ì ìì¬, ê°ë°ì ì´ë ë±ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ê°ë° ì¥ì (OCD)ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is an obsessive compulsive disorder, such as obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), body-centered repetitive behaviors, hoarding disorder, gambling disorder, compulsive buying, compulsive Internet use, compulsive video gaming, compulsive sexual behavior, compulsive eating, compulsive exercise, etc. In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ëíµ(ì를 ë¤ì´, êµ°ë° ëíµ, í¸ëíµ ë±)ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is headache (e.g., cluster headache, migraine, etc.).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ë¬¼ì§ ì¬ì© ì¥ì ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ìì½ì¬ ì¬ì© ì¥ì ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ëì½í´ ì¬ì©(ì를 ë¤ì´, í¡ì°) ì¥ì ì´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ê¸ì°ì ìí ìë²ì´ ì¬ì©ëë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a substance use disorder. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is an alcohol use disorder. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a nicotine use (e.g., smoking) disorder, for example, a therapy is used for smoking cessation.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì í¹ì§ì¼ë¡ íê±°ë, ê·¸ë ì§ ìì¼ë©´ ì´ì ì°ê´ë ì§í ëë ì¥ì ì´ë¤. 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ ë° ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ì¹ë§¤ ìí, íí¨ì¨ë³, ë° ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì´ ì§ë³ì ë³íì리í ë° ì§íì í¹ì§ì¸ ë¤ë¥¸ ì§íê³¼ ê°ì ì ê²½ ë° ì ê²½í´íì± ì§íì ìê³ ìë ëìì²´ìê² ì¸ì§ ì´ì ì ì ê³µí ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìë¡ì´ ì ì ìí ì°êµ¬/ìì ì¦ê±°ë, í¸ë¦½í민 ì ì ìê·¹ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¤ë¡ìë¹)를 í¬í¨íë ì ì ìê·¹ì ê° ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ííì ì¹ë§¤ì ê°ì ì ê²½í´íì± ì§íì ìê³ ìë ëìì²´ììì ì§í ì¡°ì ì¹ë£ì ë¡ì ì ì©í ì ììì ëíë¸ë¤. Vann Jones, S.A. ë° O'Kelly, A.ì 문í["Psychedelics as a Treatment for Alzheimer's Disease Dementia" Front. Synaptic Neurosci., 2020ë 8ì 21ì¼]; Kozlowska, U., Nichols, C., Wiatr, K., ë° Figiel, M.ì 문í[(2021) "From psychiatry to neurology: Psychedelics as prospective therapeutics for neurodegenerative disorders" Journal of Neurochemistry, 00, 1-20]; Garcia-Romeu, A., Darcy, S., Jackson, H., White, T., Rosenberg, P.ì 문í[(2021), "Psychedelics as Novel Therapeutics in Alzheimer's Disease: Rationale and Potential Mechanisms" In: Current Topics in Behavioral Neurosciences. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg]ì 참조íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì ì ìê·¹ì ë ì ê²½ë°ìì ìê·¹íê³ , ì ê²½íì± ë³í를 ì ë°íê³ , ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì ê°ììí¤ë ê²ì¼ë¡ ì¬ê²¨ì§ë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì´ ì§í ë°ë³ê³¼ ì°ê´ëë ì ê²½ ë° ì ê²½í´íì± ì¥ì , ì컨ë ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³, ì¹ë§¤ ìí, ë° íí¨ì¨ë³ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¹ë§¤ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì íí¨ì¨ë³ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì ì í ë°ì ê°ì´, ì´ë¬í ì¹ë£ë ì ê²½ë°ìì ìê·¹íê³ , ì ê²½íì± ë³í를 ì ë°íê³ /íê±°ë, ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì± ì´ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹ë£ ìì ì ê³¼ ë¹êµíì¬ ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ ê°ì)ì ì ê³µí ì ìì¼ë©°, ê²°ê³¼ì ì¼ë¡ ì§í ì§íì ë¦ì¶ê±°ë ìë°©íê³ , ë ìì¶ì ë¦ì¶ê±°ë ìì ìí¤ê³ , ì´ì ê´ë ¨ë ì¦ì(ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ ë° ê´ë ¨ ì¹ë§¤ ì¥ì ì ê²½ì° ê¸°ìµ ìì¤)ì ê°ììí¬ ì ìë¤. ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì§ë§, 경구 ë°/ëë ìë°©í í¬ì¬ì ì í©í ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì´ë¬í ì¹ë£ ë°©ë²ì ì ì íë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ê° ë°ëì§íë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is characterized by or otherwise associated with neuroinflammation. The compounds and compositions of the present disclosure may provide cognitive benefits to subjects suffering from neurological and neurodegenerative diseases, such as Alzheimer's disease and other dementia subtypes, Parkinson's disease, and other diseases in which neuroinflammation is a hallmark of the pathophysiology and progression of the disease. For example, emerging psychiatric research/clinical evidence indicates that psychostimulants, including tryptamine psychostimulants (e.g., psilocybin), may be useful as disease-modifying treatments in subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases, such as Alzheimer's disease and other forms of dementia. Vann Jones, SA and O'Kelly, A., "Psychedelics as a Treatment for Alzheimer's Disease Dementia" Front. Synaptic Neurosci., August 21, 2020; See Kozlowska, U., Nichols, C., Wiatr, K., and Figiel, M. [(2021) "From psychiatry to neurology: Psychedelics as prospective therapeutics for neurodegenerative disorders" Journal of Neurochemistry , 00, 1-20]; Garcia-Romeu, A., Darcy, S., Jackson, H., White, T., Rosenberg, P. [(2021), "Psychedelics as Novel Therapeutics in Alzheimer's Disease: Rationale and Potential Mechanisms" In: Current Topics in Behavioral Neurosciences. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg]. For example, psychostimulants are thought to stimulate neurogenesis, induce neuroplastic changes, and reduce neuroinflammation. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure (e.g., compounds of formulae (I)-(V)) are used for the treatment of neurological and neurodegenerative disorders in which neuroinflammation is associated with the pathogenesis of the disease, such as Alzheimer's disease, dementia subtypes, and Parkinson's disease. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are used for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are used for the treatment of dementia. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are used for the treatment of Parkinson's disease. As described above, such treatments may stimulate neurogenesis, induce neuroplastic changes, and/or provide neuroinflammatory benefits (e.g., reduced neuroinflammation compared to prior to treatment), which may result in slowing or preventing disease progression, slowing or reversing brain atrophy, and reducing symptoms associated therewith (e.g., memory loss in the case of Alzheimer's disease and related dementia disorders). Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for oral and/or sustained-release administration are suitable for such treatment methods, wherein sub-psychotropic administration is preferred.
ëí, ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ê³¼ ê°ì ì ê²½í´íì± ì¥ì 를 í¬í¨íì¬, ë§ì± ë°/ëë ìëª ì ìííë ì§íê³¼ ê´ë ¨ë ë§ì íë 문ì ë 본ìì ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©í ì¹ë£ë¡ë¶í° ì´ìµì ì»ì ì ìë¤. ì¤ì ë¡, ë§ì± ë°/ëë ìëª ì ìííë ì§í, ì컨ë ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³, ìê°ë©´ì ì§í(ì를 ë¤ì´ ì ì íë°ì± 루í¸ì¤, ë¥ë¨¸í°ì¤ì± ê´ì ì¼, ë° ê±´ì ), ì, ê´ìëë§¥ ì¬ì¥ ì§í, ë¹ë¨ë³, ê°ì§, HIV/AIDS, ê°ìì 기ë¥ì íì¦, ë¤ë°ì± ê²½íì¦, íí¨ì¨ë³, ë° ëì¡¸ì¤ ë±ì ê°ì§ íìë¤ ê°ìë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ê° íí ê²ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì°ì¸ì¦ì ì§íì ê²°ê³¼ë¡ì ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ìì íí ë¿ë§ ìëë¼, ì§í ìì²´ì ìí ì¸ìì´ë¤. ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ì ì¦ìì ì§í ëë ì§ë³ì¼ë¡ ì§ë¨ë íì ë°ìí ì ìë¤. ë ë¤ë¥¸ ìíì ì§í ëë ì§ë³ì ëë°íë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ë¥¼ ê°ì§ íìë ë ì§í 모ëì ë ì¬ê°í ì¦ìì ê°ì§ ì ìê³ , ì¬ì§ì´ íìì ì ì²´ì ê±´ê°ì´ ê°ì ëëë¼ë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ì ì¦ìì ì§ìë ì ìë¤. 본ìì 기ì ë íí©ë¬¼ì ë§ì± ì§í ëë ìëª ì ìííë ì§í ëë ì§ë³ê³¼ ì°ê´ë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ë°/ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ë¥¼ ì¹ë£íë ë° ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.In addition, many behavioral problems associated with chronic and/or life-threatening conditions, including neurodegenerative disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, may benefit from treatment with the compounds disclosed herein. Indeed, depression, anxiety, or stress may be common among patients with chronic and/or life-threatening conditions, such as Alzheimer's disease, autoimmune diseases (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, and psoriasis), cancer, coronary heart disease, diabetes, epilepsy, HIV/AIDS, hypothyroidism, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, and stroke. For example, depression is common in Alzheimer's disease not only as a consequence of the condition, but is also a risk factor for the condition itself. Symptoms of depression, anxiety, or stress may occur after a diagnosis of the condition or disorder. Patients with depression, anxiety, or stress that coexist with another medical condition or disorder may have more severe symptoms of both conditions, and symptoms of depression, anxiety, or stress may persist even when the patient's physical health improves. The compounds described herein may be used to treat depression, anxiety, and/or stress associated with chronic or life-threatening diseases or conditions.
ë°ë¼ì, ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì ë°©ë²ì ë§ì± ë°/ëë ìëª ì ìííë ì§í ëë ì¥ì ì ì°ê´ë ì¦ì, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ë°/ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ë¥¼ ì¹ë£íë ë° ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì ë°©ë²ì ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ê³¼ ì°ê´ë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì ë°/ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë íí¨ì¨ë³ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì ë°©ë²ì íí¨ì¨ë³ê³¼ ì°ê´ë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì ë°/ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì ê´ë ¨ ì°ì¸ì¦ ë° ë¶ìì¦ì´ë¤. ì ì í ë°ì ê°ì´, 경구 ë°/ëë ìë°©í í¬ì¬ë, ì´ë¬í ìì©, í¹í íì± ì±ë¶(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì íì¤ ëëê° ì ì ìê·¹ ìê³ê° 미ë§ì¼ë¡ ì ì§ëë ê²½ì°ì ì í©íë¤.Accordingly, in some embodiments, the methods herein are used to treat symptoms associated with a chronic and/or life-threatening disease or disorder, such as depression, anxiety, and/or stress. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is Alzheimer's disease. In some embodiments, the methods herein are used to treat depression, anxiety, and/or stress associated with Alzheimer's disease. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is Parkinson's disease. In some embodiments, the methods herein are used to treat depression, anxiety, and/or stress associated with Parkinson's disease. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is cancer-related depression and anxiety. As noted above, oral and/or sustained-release administration is suitable for such applications, particularly where blood concentrations of the active ingredient (e.g., a compound of formulae (I)-(V)) remain below the psychostimulatory threshold.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ìì¤í¼ê±°(Asperger) ì¦íêµ°ì í¬í¨íë ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì ê°ì ì ê²½ ë° ë°ë¬ ì¥ì ì´ë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì¤í¼ê±° ì¦íêµ°ì ë¶ìì¦ ì½ë¬¼ë¡ ì¹ë£ ê°ë¥í ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì ìíì´ë¤. ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì 를 ê°ì§ ëìì²´ë ë¹-ì¬íì ìê·¹ì ëí ì í¸ë, ë¹ì ìì ì¸ ë¹-ì¸ì´ì ì¬íì íë, ì¬íì ìê·¹ì ëí ê´ì¬ ê°ì, ì§ì¦, ë¶ì(ì를 ë¤ì´, í¹í ë²ë¶ì ë° ì¬íì ë¶ì), ë° ì°ì¸ì¦ì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ ìë ë¤ìí ì§í ë° ì¦ìì ëíë¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ë ì ì ì¥ì ì ì§ë¨ ë° íµê³ í¸ë, ì 5í(Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM-5)ì ê¸°ì¤ ë° ë¶ë¥ì 기ì´í ìíì ì§ë¨ì í¬í¨íë¤. íì¬ì ì¦ê±°ë ì¬íì íë ê°ì, ë¶ìì¦, ë° ì°ì¸ì¦ì í¬í¨íë ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì íë ë¹ì íì±ì ìíí기 ìí ì ì ìê·¹ì ì ì¬ì©ì ì§ì§íë¤(Markopoulos A, Inserra A, De Gregorio D, Gobbi G.ì 문í[Evaluating the Potential Use of Serotonergic Psychedelics in Autism Spectrum Disorder. Front Pharmacol. 2022;12:749068)] 참조). ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì ì§í ë° ì¦ìì 본ìì ë°©ë²ì¼ë¡ ì¹ë£ë ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is a neurological and developmental disorder, such as an autism spectrum disorder, including Asperger's syndrome. For example, Asperger's syndrome is a subtype of autism spectrum disorder that is treatable with anti-anxiety medications. Subjects with autism spectrum disorder may exhibit a variety of signs and symptoms, including but not limited to, preference for non-social stimuli, abnormal non-verbal social behavior, decreased interest in social stimuli, irritability, anxiety (e.g., generalized anxiety and social anxiety in particular), and depression. In some embodiments, autism spectrum disorder comprises a medical diagnosis based on the criteria and classification of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5). Current evidence supports the use of psychostimulants to alleviate behavioral atypicalities in autism spectrum disorder, including decreased social behavior, anxiety, and depression (see Markopoulos A, Inserra A, De Gregorio D, Gobbi G. [Evaluating the Potential Use of Serotonergic Psychedelics in Autism Spectrum Disorder. Front Pharmacol. 2022;12:749068]). Signs and symptoms of autism spectrum disorder can be treated with the methods herein.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë íìµ ì¥ì ë° ì¸ì§ ì¥ì 를 ì ë°íë ì ì ì ë³íì´ë¤. ì´ë¬í ì ì ì ë³íì ìë, ì·¨ì½í X ë©ì ì 리보íµë¨ë°±ì§ 1(FMR1) ì ì ìì ë³íë¡ ì¸í´ ë°ìíë ì·¨ì½ X ì¦íêµ°ì´ë©°, ì´ë ëë¶ë¶ì ë¨ì± ë° ìí¥ì ë°ì ì¬ì±ì ì½ 1/3ìì ê²½ì¦ ë´ì§ ì¤ë±ì¦ì ì§ì ì¥ì 를 ì¼ê¸°í ì ìë¤. ì·¨ì½ X ì¦íêµ°ê³¼ ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ë FMR1 ì ì ìê° ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì 주ì ì ì ì ìì¸ì´ê¸° ë문ì ìë¡ ë°ì íê² ì°ê´ëë¤(Markopoulos A, Inserra A, De Gregorio D, Gobbi G.ì 문í[Evaluating the Potential Use of Serotonergic Psychedelics in Autism Spectrum Disorder. Front Pharmacol. 2022;12:749068)] 참조). ì·¨ì½ X ì¦íêµ°ì ê°ì§ ëìì²´ë ë¶ì, ê³¼ìíë(ì를 ë¤ì´, ëë´ ë° ì¶©ëì íë), 주ìë ¥ ê²°í ì¥ì , ê¸°ë¶ ë° ê³µê²©ì± ì´ì, ì¸ì 기ìµë ¥ ì í, ë°/ëë ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì í¹ì§ì ëíë¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í´ë¹ ì§í ë° ì¦ìì 본ìì ë°©ë²ì¼ë¡ ì¹ë£ë ì ìë¤. ì·¨ì½ X ì¦íêµ° ë° ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì ì¹ë£ë¥¼ ìí ì ì ê³¼ ìììíì´ íì¬ ì§í ì¤ì´ë¤(ClinicalTrials.gov, ë²í¸ NCT04869930).In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is a genetic condition that causes learning disabilities and cognitive impairment. An example of such a genetic condition is Fragile X syndrome, which is caused by changes in the Fragile X messenger ribonucleoprotein 1 (FMR1) gene, which can cause mild to moderate intellectual disability in most males and about one-third of affected females. Fragile X syndrome and autism spectrum disorder are closely linked because the FMR1 gene is the major genetic cause of autism spectrum disorder (see Markopoulos A, Inserra A, De Gregorio D, Gobbi G. [Evaluating the Potential Use of Serotonergic Psychedelics in Autism Spectrum Disorder. Front Pharmacol. 2022;12:749068)]. Subjects with fragile X syndrome may exhibit features of anxiety, hyperactivity (e.g., irritability and impulsive behavior), attention deficit disorder, mood and aggression abnormalities, recognition memory deficits, and/or autism spectrum disorder, signs and symptoms that may be treated with the methods herein. A psychiatric clinical trial for the treatment of fragile X syndrome and autism spectrum disorder is currently ongoing (ClinicalTrials.gov, number NCT04869930).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì ì ì ê³ íµ, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¼ì ìë£ ì¢ ì¬ìì ì ì ì ê³ íµì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is mental distress, for example, mental distress in a frontline healthcare worker.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ìì¨ì ê²½ê³(ANS)ì ë³í를 í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder comprises a pathology of the autonomic nervous system (ANS).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì²ì ë° ë§ì± íìì± í ì¥ì (COPD)를 í¬í¨íë í ì¥ì 를 í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder comprises a pulmonary disorder including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë 죽ìê²½íì¦ì í¬í¨íë ì¬íê´ ì¥ì 를 í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder comprises a cardiovascular disorder including atherosclerosis.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìë 본ìì 기ì ë íí©ë¬¼ ì¤ ì´ë íëì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë ëìì²´ìê² ìê³¼ì ì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ í¬ëë§ì¼, ê°ë§ ì§í, íì±ì¼, íì±ì¬ëª¨ì²´ì¼, ë ¹ë´ì¥, ë° ë°±ë´ì¥ê³¼ ê°ì ì구 ì§íì ì¹ë£íë ë°©ë²ì ê´í ê²ì´ë¤. 본ìì ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì, ì©ì¡, ííì¡, ì°ê³ , ì íì¡, ê² íì± ì©ì¡, ì©ì¡ì© ë¶ë§, ê², ì구 ì½ì 물, ë° ìíëí¸ì ííë¡ ì구 í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì ì ìì¡ ì íì ííë¡ í¬ì¬ëë¤.In some embodiments, the present disclosure relates to methods of treating ocular diseases, such as uveitis, corneal diseases, iritis, iridocyclitis, glaucoma, and cataracts, by ophthalmically administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any one of the compounds described herein. The compounds described herein can be administered ophthalmically in the form of solutions, suspensions, ointments, emulsions, gel-forming solutions, powders for solution, gels, ocular inserts, and implants. In some embodiments, the compounds are administered in the form of an eye drop formulation.
í¬ì¬ ì 문ìë, ì¹ë£ ì¤ì¸ ì¥ì ëë ë³íì íë ì´ìì ì¦ìì ê´ì°°ì 기ì´íì¬ ë³¸ìì 기ì ë íí©ë¬¼/íí ì¤ ì´ë íëì ì ë° í¬ì¬ ì기를 ì¡°ì í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ìë°©ì ëë ì¹ë£ì ì¹ë£ ë°©ë²ì ì ê³µí ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëìì²´ë í¬ì ë물ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¬ì ë물ì ì¸ê°ì´ë¤.The dosing physician can provide preventive or therapeutic treatment methods by adjusting the amount and timing of administration of any of the compounds/forms described herein based on observation of one or more symptoms of the disorder or condition being treated. In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal. In some embodiments, the mammal is a human.
ëí, DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ë¹í´ 경구 ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ì ì¦ê°ìí¤ë ë°©ë²ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë©°, ì´ë 본ìì ê°ìë ë°ì ê°ì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼)ì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë íììê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (II)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì DMT ëë¹ ê²½êµ¬ ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, ííì (III)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì ì¤ë¡ì ëë¹ ê²½êµ¬ ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, ííì (IV)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì 5-MeO-DMT ëë¹ ê²½êµ¬ ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, ííì (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì ì¤ë¡ìë¹ ëë¹ ê²½êµ¬ ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤.Also disclosed herein are methods of increasing oral bioavailability relative to DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formulas (I)-(V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof). For example, use of a compound of Formula (II) can increase oral bioavailability relative to DMT. In another example, use of a compound of Formula (III) can increase oral bioavailability relative to psilocin. In another example, use of a compound of Formula (IV) can increase oral bioavailability relative to 5-MeO-DMT. In another example, use of a compound of Formula (V) can increase oral bioavailability relative to psilocybin.
ëí, DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ë¹í´ ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©ì ê°ììí¤ë ë°©ë²ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë©°, ì´ë 본ìì ê°ìë ë°ì ê°ì íí©ë¬¼(ì¦, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼)ì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë íììê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤.Also disclosed herein are methods for reducing psychoactive side effects compared to DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein (i.e., a compound of Formulae (I)-(V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof).
본 ê°ììì, ì©ì´ "íê° ì ë°ì± ë¶ìì©" ë° "ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©"ì, ê°ì²´ìê² ì½ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì¼ê¸°ëë, ì¼ìì ì¸ ììì ê²ê³¼ ì ì±ì ì¼ë¡ ìì´í 주ê´ì ê²½íì ì´ëíë ìì¹ ìë, ë°/ëë ìëíì§ ìì ì´ì°¨ í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ìí¸êµíì ì¼ë¡ ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì´ë¬í ê²½íì, íì¤ê° ìì¤, ì´ì¸í, íê°, ë°/ëë ìê°, ì²ê°, íê°, ì´ê°, ê³ ì ê°ê° ë°/ëë ë´ë¶ ê°ê° ììì ê°ê° ì곡 ë°/ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ì§ê° ë³í, ë°/ëë ì¸ì§, 기ìµ, ê°ì ë° ììì ë¤ë¥¸ ì¤ì§ì ì¸ ì£¼ê´ì ë³í를 í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.In this disclosure, the terms "hallucinogenic side effects" and "psychotropic side effects" are used interchangeably to refer to unwanted and/or unintended secondary effects resulting from administration of a drug to a subject that result in subjective experiences that are qualitatively different from those of ordinary consciousness. Such experiences may include loss of reality, depersonalization, hallucinations, and/or sensory distortions and/or other perceptual alterations in the visual, auditory, olfactory, tactile, proprioceptive and/or interoceptive domains, and/or other substantial subjective alterations in cognition, memory, emotion and consciousness.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ë¹í´ íê°ì± ë°/ëë ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©ì ì¼ê¸°íì§ ìê³ /ìê±°ë, íê°ì± ë°/ëë ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©ì ë³´ë¤ ì ê² ì¼ê¸°íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë, DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ìí´ ì¼ê¸°ëë íê°ì± ë°/ëë ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©ê³¼ ë¹êµ ì, íê°ì± ë°/ëë ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©ì ê²½ê°, ê°ì, ìì , ë°/ëë ì ê±°íë¤.In some embodiments, administration of a compound of the present disclosure does not cause hallucinogenic and/or psychoactive side effects and/or causes less hallucinogenic and/or psychoactive side effects compared to DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin. In some embodiments, administration of a compound of Formulas (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, reduces, diminishes, eliminates, and/or eliminates the hallucinogenic and/or psychoactive side effects compared to the hallucinogenic and/or psychoactive side effects caused by DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin.
ëí, DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ì¬ì©íë ì¹ë£ì ë¹í´ í¬ì¬ ê´ë ¨ ë¶ìì©, ì를 ë¤ì´, ë©ì¤êº¼ìì ê°ììí¤ë ë°©ë²ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë©°, ì´ë 본ìì ê°ìë ë°ì ê°ì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼)ì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì í¬ì¬ë¡ë¶í° ì»ì´ì§ë ê²ë³´ë¤ ë ìí¸í ë 침í¬(ì¦, ë³´ë¤ ëì ë:íì¥ ë¹ì¨)를 ì ê³µí ì ìë¤. ê²°ê³¼ì ì¼ë¡, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ì í¨ í¬ì¬ëì ì ê°ë ì ìì¼ë©°, ì´ì ë°ë¼ ë©ì¤êº¼ìê³¼ ê°ì í¬ì¬ ê´ë ¨ ë¶ìì©ì´ ê°ìë ì ìë¤.Also disclosed herein are methods for reducing administration-related side effects, such as nausea, as compared to treatment using DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formulas (I)-(V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof). The compounds of Formulas (I)-(V) can provide better brain penetration (i.e., higher brain:plasma ratio) than that obtained from administration of DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin. As a result, the effective dosage of the compounds of the present disclosure can be reduced, thereby reducing administration-related side effects, such as nausea.
ëí, DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ë¹í´ ì¹ë£ í¨ê³¼ì ì§ì기ê°ì ì¦ê°ìí¤ë ë°©ë²ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë©°, ì´ë 본ìì ê°ìë ë°ì ê°ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë íììê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (II)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì DMT ëë¹ ìì© ì§ì ìê°ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, ííì (III)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì ì¤ë¡ì ëë¹ ìì© ì§ì ìê°ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, ííì (IV)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì 5-MeO-DMT ëë¹ ìì© ì§ì ìê°ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤.Also disclosed herein are methods of increasing the duration of therapeutic effect compared to DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, and/or psilocin, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein. For example, use of a compound of formula (II) can increase the duration of action compared to DMT. In another example, use of a compound of formula (III) can increase the duration of action compared to psilocin. In yet another example, use of a compound of formula (IV) can increase the duration of action compared to 5-MeO-DMT.
ì¤ììExample
1. í©ì± ê²½ë¡ 1. Synthetic route
본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡ ë 1 ë´ì§ ë 21ì ëìë, ë¤ìì í©ì± ì ì°¨, ëë ì´ì ì ì¬í ì ì°¨ì ë°ë¼ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤.The compounds of the present disclosure can be prepared generally according to the following synthetic procedures, as illustrated in FIGS. 1 to 21 , or similar procedures.
ì¤ìì 1Example 1
N,N-ëë©í¸-2-(5-((í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ë©í¸)í°ì¤)-1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí-1-ì민(I-3)N,N-Dimethyl-2-(5-((trifluoromethyl)thio)-1H-indol-3-yl)ethan-1-amine (I-3)
N,N-ëë©í¸-2-(5-((í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ë©í¸)í°ì¤)-1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí-1-ì민(I-3)ì í©ì±ì ë 2ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 5-ìì¤ë-1H-ì¸ë(I-3a)ì BocsO(1.2ë¹ë) ë° ì´ë§¤ DMAPì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3b를 ì ëì ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. í¨ë£¨ì ì¤ XPhos(0.17ë¹ë) ë° íëí¸ë¦¬ìí¸ì모ë ìì¤ëí물(1.3ë¹ë)ì ì¡´ì¬ íì, (1,5-ìí´ë¡ì¥íëì)ë¹ì¤(í¸ë¦¬ë©í¸ì¤ë¦´ë©í¸)íë¼ë(II) ì´ë§¤(0.14ë¹ë)ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3b를 AgSCF3(1.3ë¹ë)ê³¼ 85~90°Cìì 1.5ìê° ëì ë°ììí´ì¼ë¡ì¨, ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3c를 55% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì¤ì¨ìì 2ìê° ëìì TFA/DCM(1/1)ì ì¬ì©íë Boc ì ê±°ì ì´ì´ì, ì¼ê¸°ì± ìì± ì¸ì²ì ìííì¬, ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3d를 ì ëì ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. 0°Cìì ì¤ì¨ê¹ì§ ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3d를 ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물(4 ë¹ë)ê³¼ ë°¤ì ë°ììí¨ ë¤ì, ëë©í¸ì민(10 ë¹ë)ì ì¤ì¨ìì 30ë¶ ëì 첨ê°íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3e를 71% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 85°Cìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(5ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 13% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; JH NMR, 19F-NMR, MS, ë° LCë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N,N-dimethyl-2-(5-((trifluoromethyl)thio)-1H-indol-3-yl)ethan-1-amine (I-3) was carried out according to Scheme 2. 5-Iodo-1H-indole (I-3a) was reacted with BocsO (1.2 equiv.) and the catalyst DMAP to give intermediate I-3b in quantitative yield. Intermediate I-3b was reacted with AgSCF 3 (1.3 equiv.) at 85â90 °C for 1.5 h using (1,5-cyclooctadiene)bis(trimethylsilylmethyl)palladium(II) catalyst (0.14 equiv.) in the presence of XPhos (0.17 equiv.) and phenyltriethylammonium iodide (1.3 equiv.) in toluene to give intermediate I-3c in 55% yield. Following Boc removal using TFA/DCM (1/1) at room temperature for 2 h, followed by a basic aqueous wash, intermediate I-3d was obtained in quantitative yield. Intermediate I-3d was reacted with oxalyl chloride (4 equiv.) overnight at 0 °C to room temperature, then dimethylamine (10 equiv.) was added at room temperature for 30 min to give intermediate I-3e in 71% yield. This was reduced with LAH (5 equiv.) in dioxane at 85 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 13% yield; the structure was confirmed by J H NMR, 19 F-NMR, MS, and LC.
ì¤ìì 2Example 2
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-N-(3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)-N-(2-(1H-Indol-3-yl)ethyl)-N-(3,3-difluoropropyl)-
3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í-1-ì민(II-2)3,3-Difluoropropan-1-amine (II-2)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-N-(3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)-3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í-1-ì민(II-2)ì í©ì±ì ë 3ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. DCM ì¤ í¸ë¦¬ìí¸ì민(2ë¹ë) ë° ì´ë§¤ DMAPì ì¡´ì¬ íì, 3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í-1-ì¬(II-2a)ì í ì¤ ì¼í물(1.5ë¹ë)ê³¼ ë°¤ì ë°ììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-2b를 63% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ì ì´ì´ì, 2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí-1-ì민(II-2c)ì 70~80°Cìì ìì¸í ëí¸ë¦´ ë° K2CO3(2.1ë¹ë) ì¤ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-2b(2.1ë¹ë)ì ë°ììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 7% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-N-(3,3-difluoropropyl)-3,3-difluoropropan-1-amine (II-2) was carried out according to Figure 3. 3,3-Difluoropropan-1-ol (II-2a) was reacted with tosyl chloride (1.5 equiv) overnight in the presence of triethylamine (2 equiv) and the catalyst DMAP in DCM to give the crude residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give intermediate II-2b in 63% yield. Subsequently, 2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethan-1-amine (II-2c) was reacted with intermediate II-2b (2.1 equiv.) in acetonitrile and K2CO3 (2.1 equiv.) at 70â80 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 7% yield.
ì¤ìì 3Example 3
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-
N-(3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)íë¡í-1-ì민(II-3)N-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)propan-1-amine (II-3)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)íë¡í-1-ì민(II-3)ì í©ì±ì ë 4ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. ì¸ë(II-3a)ì ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물(4ë¹ë)ì ì¤ì¨ìì 1.5ìê° ëì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-3b를 74% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì¤ê°ì²´ II-3b를 ë¹ì¤(3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)ì민(2ë¹ë)ê³¼ ì¤ì¨ìì 2ìê° ëì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-3c를 ì ëì ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 90°Cìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 50% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 'H NMR, MS, ë° LCë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-N-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)propan-1-amine (II-3) was carried out according to Figure 4. Indole (II-3a) was reacted with oxalyl chloride (4 equiv.) at room temperature for 1.5 h to give intermediate II-3b in 74% yield. Intermediate II-3b was reacted with bis(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)amine (2 equiv.) at room temperature for 2 h to give intermediate II-3c in quantitative yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv.) in dioxane at 90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 50% yield; the structure was confirmed by 'H NMR, MS, and LC.
ì¤ìì 4 Example 4
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸íë¡í-1-ì민(II-6)N-(2-(1H-Indol-3-yl)ethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-N-methylpropan-1-amine (II-6)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸íë¡í-1-ì민(II-6)ì í©ì±ì ë 5ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. DIPEA(6ë¹ë)ì ì¡´ì¬ íì, II-3b를 3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸íë¡í-1-ì민-HCl ì¼(3ë¹ë)ê³¼ ì¤ì¨ìì ë°¤ì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-6a를 85% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 85~90°Cìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 12% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMR ë° LCë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-N-methylpropan-1-amine (II-6) was carried out according to Figure 5. In the presence of DIPEA (6 equiv.), II-3b was reacted with 3,3,3-trifluoro-N-methylpropan-1-amine-HCl salt (3 equiv.) at room temperature overnight to give intermediate II-6a in 85% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv.) in dioxane at 85â90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 12% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR and LC.
ììì ì ì¡°ë II-6(ì 리 ì¼ê¸°)ì ë©íì¬ì ì©í´ìí¨ ë¤ì, ëìí¸ ìí 르 ì¤ HC1(4ë¹ë HC1)ë¡ ì²ë¦¬íì¬ II-6ì HC1 ì¼ì ì ì¡°íìë¤.The above-mentioned II-6 (free base) was dissolved in methanol and then treated with HC1 (4 equivalents of HC1) in diethyl ether to prepare the HC1 salt of II-6.
ììì ì ì¡°ë II-6(ì 리 ì¼ê¸°)ì ë©íì¬ì ì©í´ìí¨ ë¤ì í¸ë§ë¥´ì°(1ë¹ë)ì¼ë¡ ì²ë¦¬íì¬ II-6ì í¸ë§ë¥´ì°ì¼ì ì ì¡°íìë¤.The II-6 (free base) prepared above was dissolved in methanol and then treated with fumaric acid (1 equivalent) to prepare the fumarate salt of II-6.
ì¤ìì 5 Example 5
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-
N-(2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ìí-1-ì민(II-10)N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)ethan-1-amine (II-10)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ìí-1-ì민(II-10)ì í©ì±ì ë 6ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. II-3b를 THF ì¤ ë¹ì¤(2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ì민(3ë¹ë)ê³¼ 0°Cìì ì¤ì¨ê¹ì§ 2.5ìê°ì ê±¸ì³ ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-10a를 85% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 80°Cìì 90ë¶ ëì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6.4ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 19% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 'H NMR ë° MSë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)ethan-1-amine (II-10) was carried out according to Figure 6. II-3b was reacted with bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amine (3 equiv.) in THF from 0 °C to room temperature over 2.5 h to give intermediate II-10a in 85% yield. This was reduced with LAH (6.4 equiv.) in dioxane at 80 °C for 90 min to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 19% yield; the structure was confirmed by ' H NMR and MS.
ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡, ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ëì ì¹ë£ ê³¼ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, 1ê°ì) ëì ë§¤ì¼ ê²½êµ¬ í¬ì¬ëë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ììì í¬ì¬ íììë ì íì´ ìì¼ë©°, ì ì íë¤ê³ ì¬ê²¨ì§ë ê²½ì° í¬ì¬ë ë ë¹ë²íê±°ë ë ë¹ë²í ì ìë¤. ê³¼ì ì íìì ë°ë¼ í´ì½ì¼ì ì 무ì ìê´ìì´ ë°ë³µë ì ìë¤.Typically, sub-psychotropic doses are administered orally daily for a course of treatment (e.g., 1 month). However, there is no limit to the number of doses in sub-psychotropic doses, and doses may be administered less frequently or more frequently as deemed appropriate. The course may be repeated with or without a break in between doses as needed.
ëí, ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ë, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì íì ì¼ë¡ ì격 ì¡°ì ë ì ìë, ë°í¬ í¬ì¬ íí, ìíëí¸, í¨ì¹ ë° íí를 í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ ìë, ë³íëê±°ë, ì¡°ì ëê±°ë, ë리거ë, ì°ì¥ë ë°©ì¶ í¬ì¬ íí를 íµíë, ê²½í¼ ì ë¬, í¼í í¬ì¬ ë±ì ìí´ ìíë ì ìë¤. ì¬ê¸°ìì, í¬ì¬ëì ë®ì 경구 í¬ì¬ëê³¼ ì ì¬í íì¡ ë 벨ì ë¬ì±íê² ëì§ë§, ê·¸ë¼ìë ë¶êµ¬íê³ ì ì ìê·¹ 미ë§ì´ ë ê²ì´ë¤.Additionally, sub-psychoactive administration can be accomplished by transdermal delivery, subcutaneous administration, etc., via modified, controlled, slow or extended release dosage forms, including but not limited to, depot dosage forms, implants, patches and pumps, which may optionally be remotely controlled. Here, the dosage will achieve blood levels similar to a low oral dose, but will nonetheless be sub-psychoactive.
ì를 ë¤ì´, 본ìì ê°ìë ë¤ìí ì§í ëë ì¥ì (ì´ì ìë ì¼ì¦, íµì¦ ë° ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì í¬í¨íë, ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì)를 ë§ì±ì ì¼ë¡ ì¹ë£í기 ìí´, ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ëì´ ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.For example, sub-psychoactive doses may be used to chronically treat various diseases or disorders disclosed herein, including but not limited to inflammation, pain, and neuroinflammation.
본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì ì ì§ ìë²ì ìí´ í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. 본ììì ì¬ì©ëë ë°ì ê°ì´, "ì ì§ ìë²"ì ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡ 목í í¬ì¬ëì ë¬ì± íì, ì를 ë¤ì´ ìí¥ ì ì ìë²ì ìë£ í, ë°/ëë ìì± ìì ë°ì, ì를 ë¤ì´, ëì¼í ì½ë¬¼ ëë ìì´í ì½ë¬¼ì ëí íìì ë³íì ê°ì íì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì í¬ì¬ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íìë ì¹ë£ ìë²ì ìí ì 1 ì½ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë°ê³ ì ì§ ìë²ì ìí ì 2 ì½ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë°ì¼ë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ì 1 ë° ì 2 ì½ë¬¼ì ìì´íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, íìë 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì´ ìë ì 1 ì½ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì 1 ì½ë¬¼ì LSD, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, MDMA, ëë©í¸í¸ë¦½í민 ë±ê³¼ ê°ì ì¸ë¡í ëì± ì ì ìê·¹ì , ëë ë¹-ì ì ìê·¹ ì½ë¬¼ì)ì ì¹ë£ ìë²ì í¬ì¬ë°ì ë¤ì, ì ì§ ìë²ìì (ì 2 ì½ë¬¼ë¡ì) 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë°ì ì ìë¤. ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, 본 ê°ìì ìì´í íí©ë¬¼ì ì ì§ ìë²(ì 2 ì½ë¬¼)ì ì¬ì©ëë ê²ê³¼ ë¤ë¥¸ ì¹ë£ ìë²(ì 1 ì½ë¬¼)ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íìë ì¹ë£ ìë² ë° ì ì§ ìë² ë 모ëì ëí´ ë³¸ ê°ìì ëì¼í íí©ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë°ëë¤. ììì ê²½ì°, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ì ì§ í¬ì¬ëì ì¹ë£ ë°ìì 'ì ì§'íê³ /íê±°ë ì¬ë°ì ë°ìì ë°©ì§íë ë° ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤. 본 ê°ìì ëì¼í íí©ë¬¼ì´ ìëì ì¹ë£ ìë² ë° ì ì§ ìë² ë 모ëì ì¬ì©ë ê²½ì°, íí©ë¬¼ì ì ì§ í¬ì¬ëì ì¹ë£ í¬ì¬ë ì´íì¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì§ í¬ì¬ëì ì ì ìê·¹ í¬ì¬ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ì§ í¬ì¬ëì ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ëì´ë¤. ì¼ë°ì ì¼ë¡, í¬ì¬ë ì ì§ ìë²ì ìí´ ë§¤ì¼ ëë ê°íì ì¼ë¡ ìíëì§ë§, ì ì§ ìë²ì ëí, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì ì¼, ì 주, ì ê°ì ëë ìë ì ê±¸ì³ ì§ìì ì¼ë¡ ìíë ì ìë¤. ëí, ì ì§ í¬ì¬ëì ì¥ê¸°ê°ì 걸ì³, ì¬ì§ì´ ë§ì±ì ì¼ë¡ íììê² í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤.A compound of the present disclosure (e.g., a compound of Formulas (I)-(V)) can be administered for maintenance therapy. As used herein, "maintenance therapy" generally refers to administration of a compound of the present disclosure (e.g., a compound of Formulas (I)-(V)) following achievement of a target dosage, e.g., following completion of an upward titration regimen, and/or following a positive clinical response, e.g., improvement in the patient's condition to the same or a different drug. In some embodiments, a patient is administered a first drug for the treatment regimen and a second drug for the maintenance regimen, wherein the first and second drugs are different. For example, a patient can be administered a first drug other than a compound of the present disclosure (e.g., the first drug is a serotonergic psychostimulant, such as LSD, psilocybin, MDMA, dimethyltryptamine, or a non-psychoactive drug), followed by administration of a compound of the present disclosure (as the second drug) in the maintenance regimen. In another example, a different compound of the present disclosure is used in a different treatment regimen (the first drug) than is used in the maintenance regimen (the second drug). In some embodiments, the patient receives the same compound of the present disclosure for both the treatment regimen and the maintenance regimen. In any case, the maintenance dosage of the compound of the present disclosure can be used to 'maintain' the therapeutic response and/or prevent the occurrence of a relapse. When the same compound of the present disclosure is used in both the original treatment regimen and the maintenance regimen, the maintenance dosage of the compound can be subtherapeutic. In some embodiments, the maintenance dosage is a psychostimulant dosage. In some embodiments, the maintenance dosage is a subpsychostimulant dosage. Typically, administration is daily or intermittently for the maintenance regimen, but the maintenance regimen can also be administered continuously, for example, over several days, weeks, months, or years. In addition, the maintenance dosage can be administered to the patient over a long period of time, even chronically.
본ììì ì¹ë£ëë ëìì²´ë ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ì ì°ê´ë ì§í ëë ì¥ì 를 ê°ì§ ì ìë¤.Subjects treated at this hospital may have a disease or disorder associated with serotonin 5-HT2 receptors.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì ê²½ì ì ì§í ëë ì¥ì ì´ê±°ë ì¼ì¦ì± ì§í ëë ì¥ì ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì ê²½ì ì ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì ì ë¶ì´ì¦ ëë ì ì ë¶ì´ì¦ì ì¸ì§ ê²°íì´ ìëë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a neuropsychiatric disease or disorder or an inflammatory disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the neuropsychiatric disease or disorder is not schizophrenia or cognitive deficits of schizophrenia.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë, 주ì ì°ì¸ ì¥ì (MDD), ì¹ë£ ì íì± ì°ì¸ì¦(TRD), ì¸ì í ì¤í¸ë ì¤ ì¥ì (PTSD), ìê·¹ì± ì¥ì ë° ê´ë ¨ ì¥ì (Ií ìê·¹ì± ì¥ì , IIí ìê·¹ì± ì¥ì , ìíê¸°ë¶ ì¥ì 를 í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì), ê°ë° ì¥ì (OCD), ë²ë¶ìì¥ì (GAD), ì¬í ë¶ì ì¥ì , ë¬¼ì§ ì¬ì© ì¥ì (ìì½ì¬ ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ìí¸ì ì¬ì ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ìíí민 ì¬ì© ì¥ì , ëì½í´ ì¬ì© ì¥ì , í¡ì°, ë° ì½ì¹´ì¸ ì¬ì© ì¥ì 를 í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì), ìì ì¥ì (ì ê²½ì± ììë¶ì§, ì ê²½ì± íìì¦, íì ì¥ì ë±ì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ ìì). ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³, êµ°ë°ì± ëíµ ë° í¸ëíµ, 주ìë ¥ ê²°í ê³¼ì íëì¥ì (ADHD), íµì¦ ë° ì ê²½ë³ì± íµì¦, íìë¶ë¥ì¦, ìì기 ë°ë³ ì ì°½ì± ì¥ì , 주ì ì ê²½ì¸ì§ ì¥ì , ê²½ì¦ ì ê²½ì¸ì§ ì¥ì , ìì´ ìë, ìì´ íë, ìì´ ìë ëë ìì´ íëì ëë°í 주ì ì°ì¸ ì¥ì , ì íì , ë¹ì í ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¹ì í ì°ì¸ì¦, ê¸°ë¶ ë¶ì ì¦, ë¹-ìì´ ìí´ ì¥ì (NSSID), ë§ì± í¼ë¡ ì¦íêµ°, ë¼ìë³, ëë° ì¥ì , ì±ëì°© ì¥ì (ììì±ì ì¥ì , ë ¸ì¶ì¦ ì¥ì , ê´ìì¦ ì¥ì , íí°ì ì¥ì , ì±ì í¼íì¦ ëë ê°íì¦ ì¥ì , ë° ë³íì±ì ì¥ì ë±ì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì), ì±ê¸°ë¥ ì¥ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ì±ì ì í, ì íëì± ì±ìì¥ì (HSDD) ë±), ë§ì´ ì ê²½ì¦, ë° ë¹ë§ì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëë ìë ì¤ì¶ ì ê²½ê³(CNS) ì¥ì ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is major depressive disorder (MDD), treatment-resistant depression (TRD), post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), bipolar disorder and related disorders (including but not limited to bipolar I disorder, bipolar II disorder, cyclothymic disorder), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), social anxiety disorder, substance use disorders (including but not limited to alcohol use disorder, opioid use disorder, amphetamine use disorder, nicotine use disorder, smoking, and cocaine use disorder), eating disorders (including but not limited to anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, binge eating disorder, and the like). Central nervous system (CNS) disorders including but not limited to Alzheimer's disease, cluster headache and migraine, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain and neuropathic pain, alexithymia, childhood-onset fluency disorder, major neurocognitive disorder, mild neurocognitive disorder, suicidal intent, suicidal behavior, major depressive disorder with suicidal intent or behavior, typical, atypical depression, atypical depression, dysthymia, non-suicidal self-injurious disorder (NSSID), chronic fatigue syndrome, Lyme disease, gambling disorder, paraphilic disorders (including but not limited to pedophilic disorder, exhibitionist disorder, voyeuristic disorder, fetish disorder, sexual masochistic or sadistic disorder, and paraphilic disorder), sexual dysfunction (e.g., hypoactive sexual desire, hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD), etc.), peripheral neuropathy, and obesity.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë 주ì ì°ì¸ ì¥ì (MDD)ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is major depressive disorder (MDD).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì¹ë£ ì íì± ì°ì¸ì¦(TRD)ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is treatment-resistant depression (TRD).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ë¶ì ê´ë ¨ ì¥ì , ì컨ë ë²ë¶ì ì¥ì (GAD), ì¬í ë¶ì ì¥ì , ê³µí© ì¥ì , ê³µí¬ì¦ ê´ë ¨ ì¥ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ë¹í, ëì´, 거미/ê°/ë±ê³¼ ê°ì í¹ì ë물, ì£¼ì¬ í¬ì¬, íì¡ ë±, ê´ì¥ê³µí¬ì¦ê³¼ ê´ë ¨ë ê³µí¬ì¦), ë¶ë¦¬ ë¶ì ì¥ì , ì íì ëì°ë³ì´ì¦ ë±ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ë²ë¶ì ì¥ì (GAD)ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì¬í ë¶ì ì¥ì ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is an anxiety-related disorder, such as generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), social anxiety disorder, panic disorder, phobia-related disorders (e.g., phobias related to flying, heights, specific animals such as spiders/dogs/snakes, injections, blood, etc., agoraphobia), separation anxiety disorder, selective mutism, etc. In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is social anxiety disorder.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ê°ë° ì¥ì , ì컨ë ê°ë° ì¥ì (OCD), ì ì²´ì¤ì¬ ë°ë³µ íë, ì ì¥ ì¥ì , ëë° ì¥ì , ê°ë°ì 구매, ê°ë°ì ì¸í°ë· ì¬ì©, ê°ë°ì ë¹ëì¤ ê²ì, ê°ë°ì ì±ì íë, ê°ë°ì ìì¬, ê°ë°ì ì´ë ë±ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ê°ë° ì¥ì (OCD)ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is an obsessive compulsive disorder, such as obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), body-centered repetitive behaviors, hoarding disorder, gambling disorder, compulsive buying, compulsive Internet use, compulsive video gaming, compulsive sexual behavior, compulsive eating, compulsive exercise, etc. In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ëíµ(ì를 ë¤ì´, êµ°ë° ëíµ, í¸ëíµ ë±)ì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is headache (e.g., cluster headache, migraine, etc.).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ë¬¼ì§ ì¬ì© ì¥ì ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ìì½ì¬ ì¬ì© ì¥ì ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ëì½í´ ì¬ì©(ì를 ë¤ì´, í¡ì°) ì¥ì ì´ë©°, ì를 ë¤ì´, ê¸ì°ì ìí ìë²ì´ ì¬ì©ëë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a substance use disorder. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is an alcohol use disorder. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a nicotine use (e.g., smoking) disorder, for example, a therapy is used for smoking cessation.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì í¹ì§ì¼ë¡ íê±°ë, ê·¸ë ì§ ìì¼ë©´ ì´ì ì°ê´ë ì§í ëë ì¥ì ì´ë¤. 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ ë° ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ì¹ë§¤ ìí, íí¨ì¨ë³, ë° ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì´ ì§ë³ì ë³íì리í ë° ì§íì í¹ì§ì¸ ë¤ë¥¸ ì§íê³¼ ê°ì ì ê²½ ë° ì ê²½í´íì± ì§íì ìê³ ìë ëìì²´ìê² ì¸ì§ ì´ì ì ì ê³µí ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìë¡ì´ ì ì ìí ì°êµ¬/ìì ì¦ê±°ë, í¸ë¦½í민 ì ì ìê·¹ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¤ë¡ìë¹)를 í¬í¨íë ì ì ìê·¹ì ê° ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ííì ì¹ë§¤ì ê°ì ì ê²½í´íì± ì§íì ìê³ ìë ëìì²´ììì ì§í ì¡°ì ì¹ë£ì ë¡ì ì ì©í ì ììì ëíë¸ë¤. Vann Jones, S.A. ë° O'Kelly, A.ì 문í["Psychedelics as a Treatment for Alzheimer's Disease Dementia" Front. Synaptic Neurosci., 2020ë 8ì 21ì¼]; Kozlowska, U., Nichols, C., Wiatr, K., ë° Figiel, M.ì 문í[(2021) "From psychiatry to neurology: Psychedelics as prospective therapeutics for neurodegenerative disorders" Journal of Neurochemistry, 00, I- 20]; Garcia-Romeu, A., Darcy, S., Jackson, H., White, T., Rosenberg, P.ì 문í[(2021), "Psychedelics as Novel Therapeutics in Alzheimer's Disease: Rationale and Potential Mechanisms" In: Current Topics in Behavioral Neurosciences. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg]ì 참조íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì ì ìê·¹ì ë ì ê²½ë°ìì ìê·¹íê³ , ì ê²½íì± ë³í를 ì ë°íê³ , ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì ê°ììí¤ë ê²ì¼ë¡ ì¬ê²¨ì§ë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì´ ì§í ë°ë³ê³¼ ì°ê´ëë ì ê²½ ë° ì ê²½í´íì± ì¥ì , ì컨ë ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³, ì¹ë§¤ ìí, ë° íí¨ì¨ë³ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¹ë§¤ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì íí¨ì¨ë³ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì ì í ë°ì ê°ì´, ì´ë¬í ì¹ë£ë ì ê²½ë°ìì ìê·¹íê³ , ì ê²½íì± ë³í를 ì ë°íê³ /íê±°ë, ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ì± ì´ì (ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¹ë£ ìì ì ê³¼ ë¹êµíì¬ ì ê²½ì¼ì¦ ê°ì)ì ì ê³µí ì ìì¼ë©°, ê²°ê³¼ì ì¼ë¡ ì§í ì§íì ë¦ì¶ê±°ë ìë°©íê³ , ë ìì¶ì ë¦ì¶ê±°ë ìì ìí¤ê³ , ì´ì ê´ë ¨ë ì¦ì(ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ ë° ê´ë ¨ ì¹ë§¤ ì¥ì ì ê²½ì° ê¸°ìµ ìì¤)ì ê°ììí¬ ì ìë¤. ì´ì íì ëì§ë ìì§ë§, 경구 ë°/ëë ìë°©í í¬ì¬ì ì í©í ì½íì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì´ë¬í ì¹ë£ ë°©ë²ì ì ì íë©°, ì¬ê¸°ìì ì ì ìê·¹ ë¯¸ë§ í¬ì¬ê° ë°ëì§íë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is characterized by or otherwise associated with neuroinflammation. The compounds and compositions of the present disclosure may provide cognitive benefits to subjects suffering from neurological and neurodegenerative diseases, such as Alzheimer's disease and other dementia subtypes, Parkinson's disease, and other diseases in which neuroinflammation is a hallmark of the pathophysiology and progression of the disease. For example, emerging psychiatric research/clinical evidence indicates that psychostimulants, including tryptamine psychostimulants (e.g., psilocybin), may be useful as disease-modifying treatments in subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases, such as Alzheimer's disease and other forms of dementia. Vann Jones, SA and O'Kelly, A., "Psychedelics as a Treatment for Alzheimer's Disease Dementia" Front. Synaptic Neurosci., August 21, 2020; See Kozlowska, U., Nichols, C., Wiatr, K., and Figiel, M. [(2021) "From psychiatry to neurology: Psychedelics as prospective therapeutics for neurodegenerative disorders" Journal of Neurochemistry, 00, I- 20]; Garcia-Romeu, A., Darcy, S., Jackson, H., White, T., Rosenberg, P. [(2021), "Psychedelics as Novel Therapeutics in Alzheimer's Disease: Rationale and Potential Mechanisms" In: Current Topics in Behavioral Neurosciences. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg]. For example, psychostimulants are thought to stimulate neurogenesis, induce neuroplastic changes, and reduce neuroinflammation. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure (e.g., compounds of formulae (I)-(V)) are used for the treatment of neurological and neurodegenerative disorders in which neuroinflammation is associated with the pathogenesis of the disease, such as Alzheimer's disease, dementia subtypes, and Parkinson's disease. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are used for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are used for the treatment of dementia. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are used for the treatment of Parkinson's disease. As described above, such treatments may stimulate neurogenesis, induce neuroplastic changes, and/or provide neuroinflammatory benefits (e.g., reduced neuroinflammation compared to prior to treatment), which may result in slowing or preventing disease progression, slowing or reversing brain atrophy, and reducing symptoms associated therewith (e.g., memory loss in the case of Alzheimer's disease and related dementia disorders). Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for oral and/or sustained-release administration are suitable for such treatment methods, wherein sub-psychotropic administration is preferred.
ëí, ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ê³¼ ê°ì ì ê²½í´íì± ì¥ì 를 í¬í¨íì¬, ë§ì± ë°/ëë ìëª ì ìííë ì§íê³¼ ê´ë ¨ë ë§ì íë 문ì ë 본ìì ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©í ì¹ë£ë¡ë¶í° ì´ìµì ì»ì ì ìë¤. ì¤ì ë¡, ë§ì± ë°/ëë ìëª ì ìííë ì§í, ì컨ë ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³, ìê°ë©´ì ì§í(ì를 ë¤ì´ ì ì íë°ì± 루í¸ì¤, ë¥ë¨¸í°ì¤ì± ê´ì ì¼, ë° ê±´ì ), ì, ê´ìëë§¥ ì¬ì¥ ì§í, ë¹ë¨ë³, ê°ì§, HIV/AIDS, ê°ìì 기ë¥ì íì¦, ë¤ë°ì± ê²½íì¦, íí¨ì¨ë³, ë° ëì¡¸ì¤ ë±ì ê°ì§ íìë¤ ê°ìë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ê° íí ê²ì¼ ì ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ì°ì¸ì¦ì ì§íì ê²°ê³¼ë¡ì ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ìì íí ë¿ë§ ìëë¼, ì§í ìì²´ì ìí ì¸ìì´ë¤. ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ì ì¦ìì ì§í ëë ì§ë³ì¼ë¡ ì§ë¨ë íì ë°ìí ì ìë¤. ë ë¤ë¥¸ ìíì ì§í ëë ì§ë³ì ëë°íë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ë¥¼ ê°ì§ íìë ë ì§í 모ëì ë ì¬ê°í ì¦ìì ê°ì§ ì ìê³ , ì¬ì§ì´ íìì ì ì²´ì ê±´ê°ì´ ê°ì ëëë¼ë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ì ì¦ìì ì§ìë ì ìë¤. 본ìì 기ì ë íí©ë¬¼ì ë§ì± ì§í ëë ìëª ì ìííë ì§í ëë ì§ë³ê³¼ ì°ê´ë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ë°/ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ë¥¼ ì¹ë£íë ë° ì¬ì©ë ì ìë¤.In addition, many behavioral problems associated with chronic and/or life-threatening conditions, including neurodegenerative disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, may benefit from treatment with the compounds disclosed herein. Indeed, depression, anxiety, or stress may be common among patients with chronic and/or life-threatening conditions, such as Alzheimer's disease, autoimmune diseases (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, and psoriasis), cancer, coronary heart disease, diabetes, epilepsy, HIV/AIDS, hypothyroidism, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, and stroke. For example, depression is common in Alzheimer's disease not only as a consequence of the condition, but is also a risk factor for the condition itself. Symptoms of depression, anxiety, or stress may occur after a diagnosis of the condition or disorder. Patients with depression, anxiety, or stress that coexist with another medical condition or disorder may have more severe symptoms of both conditions, and symptoms of depression, anxiety, or stress may persist even when the patient's physical health improves. The compounds described herein may be used to treat depression, anxiety, and/or stress associated with chronic or life-threatening diseases or conditions.
ë°ë¼ì, ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì ë°©ë²ì ë§ì± ë°/ëë ìëª ì ìííë ì§í ëë ì¥ì ì ì°ê´ë ì¦ì, ì를 ë¤ì´ ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì, ë°/ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ë¥¼ ì¹ë£íë ë° ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì ë°©ë²ì ìì¸ íì´ë¨¸ë³ê³¼ ì°ê´ë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì ë°/ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë íí¨ì¨ë³ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본ìì ë°©ë²ì íí¨ì¨ë³ê³¼ ì°ê´ë ì°ì¸ì¦, ë¶ì ë°/ëë ì¤í¸ë ì¤ì ì¹ë£ì ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì ê´ë ¨ ì°ì¸ì¦ ë° ë¶ìì¦ì´ë¤. ì ì í ë°ì ê°ì´, 경구 ë°/ëë ìë°©í í¬ì¬ë, ì´ë¬í ìì©, í¹í íì± ì±ë¶(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼)ì íì¤ ëëê° ì ì ìê·¹ ìê³ê° 미ë§ì¼ë¡ ì ì§ëë ê²½ì°ì ì í©íë¤.Accordingly, in some embodiments, the methods herein are used to treat symptoms associated with a chronic and/or life-threatening disease or disorder, such as depression, anxiety, and/or stress. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is Alzheimer's disease. In some embodiments, the methods herein are used to treat depression, anxiety, and/or stress associated with Alzheimer's disease. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is Parkinson's disease. In some embodiments, the methods herein are used to treat depression, anxiety, and/or stress associated with Parkinson's disease. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is cancer-related depression and anxiety. As noted above, oral and/or sustained-release administration is suitable for such applications, particularly where blood concentrations of the active ingredient (e.g., a compound of formulae (I)-(V)) remain below the psychostimulatory threshold.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ìì¤í¼ê±°(Asperger) ì¦íêµ°ì í¬í¨íë ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì ê°ì ì ê²½ ë° ë°ë¬ ì¥ì ì´ë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ìì¤í¼ê±° ì¦íêµ°ì ë¶ìì¦ ì½ë¬¼ë¡ ì¹ë£ ê°ë¥í ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì ìíì´ë¤. ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì 를 ê°ì§ ëìì²´ë ë¹-ì¬íì ìê·¹ì ëí ì í¸ë, ë¹ì ìì ì¸ ë¹-ì¸ì´ì ì¬íì íë, ì¬íì ìê·¹ì ëí ê´ì¬ ê°ì, ì§ì¦, ë¶ì(ì를 ë¤ì´, í¹í ë²ë¶ì ë° ì¬íì ë¶ì), ë° ì°ì¸ì¦ì í¬í¨íë ì´ì íì ëì§ ìë ë¤ìí ì§í ë° ì¦ìì ëíë¼ ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ë ì ì ì¥ì ì ì§ë¨ ë° íµê³ í¸ë, ì 5í(Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM-5)ì ê¸°ì¤ ë° ë¶ë¥ì 기ì´í ìíì ì§ë¨ì í¬í¨íë¤. íì¬ì ì¦ê±°ë ì¬íì íë ê°ì, ë¶ìì¦, ë° ì°ì¸ì¦ì í¬í¨íë ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì íë ë¹ì íì±ì ìíí기 ìí ì ì ìê·¹ì ì ì¬ì©ì ì§ì§íë¤(Markopoulos A, Inserra A, De Gregorio D, Gobbi G.ì 문í[Evaluating the Potential Use of Serotonergic Psychedelics in Autism Spectrum Disorder. Front Pharmacol. 2022;12:749068)] 참조). ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì ì§í ë° ì¦ìì 본ìì ë°©ë²ì¼ë¡ ì¹ë£ë ì ìë¤.In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is a neurological and developmental disorder, such as an autism spectrum disorder, including Asperger's syndrome. For example, Asperger's syndrome is a subtype of autism spectrum disorder that is treatable with anti-anxiety medications. Subjects with autism spectrum disorder may exhibit a variety of signs and symptoms, including but not limited to, preference for non-social stimuli, abnormal non-verbal social behavior, decreased interest in social stimuli, irritability, anxiety (e.g., generalized anxiety and social anxiety in particular), and depression. In some embodiments, autism spectrum disorder comprises a medical diagnosis based on the criteria and classification of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5). Current evidence supports the use of psychostimulants to alleviate behavioral atypicalities in autism spectrum disorder, including decreased social behavior, anxiety, and depression (see Markopoulos A, Inserra A, De Gregorio D, Gobbi G. [Evaluating the Potential Use of Serotonergic Psychedelics in Autism Spectrum Disorder. Front Pharmacol. 2022;12:749068]). Signs and symptoms of autism spectrum disorder can be treated with the methods herein.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë íìµ ì¥ì ë° ì¸ì§ ì¥ì 를 ì ë°íë ì ì ì ë³íì´ë¤. ì´ë¬í ì ì ì ë³íì ìë, ì·¨ì½í X ë©ì ì 리보íµë¨ë°±ì§ 1(FMRI) ì ì ìì ë³íë¡ ì¸í´ ë°ìíë ì·¨ì½ X ì¦íêµ°ì´ë©°, ì´ë ëë¶ë¶ì ë¨ì± ë° ìí¥ì ë°ì ì¬ì±ì ì½ 1/3ìì ê²½ì¦ ë´ì§ ì¤ë±ì¦ì ì§ì ì¥ì 를 ì¼ê¸°í ì ìë¤. ì·¨ì½ X ì¦íêµ°ê³¼ ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ë FMRI ì ì ìê° ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì 주ì ì ì ì ìì¸ì´ê¸° ë문ì ìë¡ ë°ì íê² ì°ê´ëë¤(Markopoulos A, Inserra A, De Gregorio D, Gobbi G.ì 문í[Evaluating the Potential Use of Serotonergic Psychedelics in Autism Spectrum Disorder. Front Pharmacol. 2022;12:749068)] 참조). ì·¨ì½ X ì¦íêµ°ì ê°ì§ ëìì²´ë ë¶ì, ê³¼ìíë(ì를 ë¤ì´, ëë´ ë° ì¶©ëì íë), 주ìë ¥ ê²°í ì¥ì , ê¸°ë¶ ë° ê³µê²©ì± ì´ì, ì¸ì 기ìµë ¥ ì í, ë°/ëë ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì í¹ì§ì ëíë¼ ì ìì¼ë©°, í´ë¹ ì§í ë° ì¦ìì 본ìì ë°©ë²ì¼ë¡ ì¹ë£ë ì ìë¤. ì·¨ì½ X ì¦íêµ° ë° ìí ì¤íí¸ë¼ ì¥ì ì ì¹ë£ë¥¼ ìí ì ì ê³¼ ìììíì´ íì¬ ì§í ì¤ì´ë¤(ClinicalTrials.gov, ë²í¸ NCT04869930).In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is a genetic condition that causes learning disabilities and cognitive impairment. An example of such a genetic condition is Fragile X syndrome, which is caused by changes in the Fragile X messenger ribonucleoprotein 1 (FMRI) gene, which can cause mild to moderate intellectual disability in most males and about one-third of affected females. Fragile X syndrome and autism spectrum disorder are closely linked because the FMRI gene is a major genetic cause of autism spectrum disorder (see Markopoulos A, Inserra A, De Gregorio D, Gobbi G. [Evaluating the Potential Use of Serotonergic Psychedelics in Autism Spectrum Disorder. Front Pharmacol. 2022;12:749068)]. Subjects with fragile X syndrome may exhibit features of anxiety, hyperactivity (e.g., irritability and impulsive behavior), attention deficit disorder, mood and aggression abnormalities, recognition memory deficits, and/or autism spectrum disorder, signs and symptoms that may be treated with the methods herein. A psychiatric clinical trial for the treatment of fragile X syndrome and autism spectrum disorder is currently ongoing (ClinicalTrials.gov, number NCT04869930).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì ì ì ê³ íµ, ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¼ì ìë£ ì¢ ì¬ìì ì ì ì ê³ íµì´ë¤.In some embodiments, the condition or disorder is mental distress, for example, mental distress in a frontline healthcare worker.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ìì¨ì ê²½ê³(ANS)ì ë³í를 í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder comprises a pathology of the autonomic nervous system (ANS).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë ì²ì ë° ë§ì± íìì± í ì¥ì (COPD)를 í¬í¨íë í ì¥ì 를 í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder comprises a pulmonary disorder including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ì§í ëë ì¥ì ë 죽ìê²½íì¦ì í¬í¨íë ì¬íê´ ì¥ì 를 í¬í¨íë¤.In some embodiments, the disease or disorder comprises a cardiovascular disorder including atherosclerosis.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìë 본ìì 기ì ë íí©ë¬¼ ì¤ ì´ë íëì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë ëìì²´ìê² ìê³¼ì ì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ í¬ëë§ì¼, ê°ë§ ì§í, íì±ì¼, íì±ì¬ëª¨ì²´ì¼, ë ¹ë´ì¥, ë° ë°±ë´ì¥ê³¼ ê°ì ì구 ì§íì ì¹ë£íë ë°©ë²ì ê´í ê²ì´ë¤. 본ìì ê°ìë íí©ë¬¼ì, ì©ì¡, ííì¡, ì°ê³ , ì íì¡, ê² íì± ì©ì¡, ì©ì¡ì© ë¶ë§, ê², ì구 ì½ì 물, ë° ìíëí¸ì ííë¡ ì구 í¬ì¬ë ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, íí©ë¬¼ì ì ìì¡ ì íì ííë¡ í¬ì¬ëë¤.In some embodiments, the present disclosure relates to methods of treating ocular diseases, such as uveitis, corneal diseases, iritis, iridocyclitis, glaucoma, and cataracts, by ophthalmically administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any one of the compounds described herein. The compounds described herein can be administered ophthalmically in the form of solutions, suspensions, ointments, emulsions, gel-forming solutions, powders for solution, gels, ocular inserts, and implants. In some embodiments, the compounds are administered in the form of an eye drop formulation.
í¬ì¬ ì 문ìë, ì¹ë£ ì¤ì¸ ì¥ì ëë ë³íì íë ì´ìì ì¦ìì ê´ì°°ì 기ì´íì¬ ë³¸ìì 기ì ë íí©ë¬¼/íí ì¤ ì´ë íëì ì ë° í¬ì¬ ì기를 ì¡°ì í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ìë°©ì ëë ì¹ë£ì ì¹ë£ ë°©ë²ì ì ê³µí ì ìë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ëìì²´ë í¬ì ë물ì´ë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, í¬ì ë물ì ì¸ê°ì´ë¤.The dosing physician can provide preventive or therapeutic treatment methods by adjusting the amount and timing of administration of any of the compounds/forms described herein based on observation of one or more symptoms of the disorder or condition being treated. In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal. In some embodiments, the mammal is a human.
ëí, DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ë¹í´ 경구 ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ì ì¦ê°ìí¤ë ë°©ë²ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë©°, ì´ë 본ìì ê°ìë ë°ì ê°ì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼)ì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë íììê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (II)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì DMT ëë¹ ê²½êµ¬ ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, ííì (III)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì ì¤ë¡ì ëë¹ ê²½êµ¬ ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, ííì (IV)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì 5-MeO-DMT ëë¹ ê²½êµ¬ ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, ííì (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì ì¤ë¡ìë¹ ëë¹ ê²½êµ¬ ìì²´ì´ì©ë¥ ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤.Also disclosed herein are methods of increasing oral bioavailability relative to DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formulas (I)-(V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof). For example, use of a compound of Formula (II) can increase oral bioavailability relative to DMT. In another example, use of a compound of Formula (III) can increase oral bioavailability relative to psilocin. In another example, use of a compound of Formula (IV) can increase oral bioavailability relative to 5-MeO-DMT. In another example, use of a compound of Formula (V) can increase oral bioavailability relative to psilocybin.
ëí, DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ë¹í´ ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©ì ê°ììí¤ë ë°©ë²ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë©°, ì´ë 본ìì ê°ìë ë°ì ê°ì íí©ë¬¼(ì¦, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼)ì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë íììê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤.Also disclosed herein are methods for reducing psychoactive side effects compared to DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein (i.e., a compound of Formulae (I)-(V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof).
본 ê°ììì, ì©ì´ "íê° ì ë°ì± ë¶ìì©" ë° "ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©"ì, ê°ì²´ìê² ì½ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬í¨ì¼ë¡ì¨ ì¼ê¸°ëë, ì¼ìì ì¸ ììì ê²ê³¼ ì ì±ì ì¼ë¡ ìì´í 주ê´ì ê²½íì ì´ëíë ìì¹ ìë, ë°/ëë ìëíì§ ìì ì´ì°¨ í¨ê³¼ë¥¼ ì§ì¹íë ê²ì¼ë¡ ìí¸êµíì ì¼ë¡ ì¬ì©ëë¤. ì´ë¬í ê²½íì, íì¤ê° ìì¤, ì´ì¸í, íê°, ë°/ëë ìê°, ì²ê°, íê°, ì´ê°, ê³ ì ê°ê° ë°/ëë ë´ë¶ ê°ê° ììì ê°ê° ì곡 ë°/ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ì§ê° ë³í, ë°/ëë ì¸ì§, 기ìµ, ê°ì ë° ììì ë¤ë¥¸ ì¤ì§ì ì¸ ì£¼ê´ì ë³í를 í¬í¨í ì ìë¤.In this disclosure, the terms "hallucinogenic side effects" and "psychotropic side effects" are used interchangeably to refer to unwanted and/or unintended secondary effects resulting from administration of a drug to a subject that result in subjective experiences that are qualitatively different from those of ordinary consciousness. Such experiences may include loss of reality, depersonalization, hallucinations, and/or sensory distortions and/or other perceptual alterations in the visual, auditory, olfactory, tactile, proprioceptive and/or interoceptive domains, and/or other substantial subjective alterations in cognition, memory, emotion and consciousness.
ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ë¹í´ íê°ì± ë°/ëë ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©ì ì¼ê¸°íì§ ìê³ /ìê±°ë, íê°ì± ë°/ëë ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©ì ë³´ë¤ ì ê² ì¼ê¸°íë¤. ì¼ë¶ 구íììì, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ë, DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ìí´ ì¼ê¸°ëë íê°ì± ë°/ëë ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©ê³¼ ë¹êµ ì, íê°ì± ë°/ëë ì ì ìê·¹ ë¶ìì©ì ê²½ê°, ê°ì, ìì , ë°/ëë ì ê±°íë¤.In some embodiments, administration of a compound of the present disclosure does not cause hallucinogenic and/or psychoactive side effects and/or causes less hallucinogenic and/or psychoactive side effects compared to DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin. In some embodiments, administration of a compound of Formulas (I)-(V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof, reduces, diminishes, eliminates, and/or eliminates the hallucinogenic and/or psychoactive side effects compared to the hallucinogenic and/or psychoactive side effects caused by DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin.
ëí, DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ì¬ì©íë ì¹ë£ì ë¹í´ í¬ì¬ ê´ë ¨ ë¶ìì©, ì를 ë¤ì´, ë©ì¤êº¼ìì ê°ììí¤ë ë°©ë²ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë©°, ì´ë 본ìì ê°ìë ë°ì ê°ì íí©ë¬¼(ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼)ì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë ëìì²´ìê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ííì (I) ë´ì§ (V)ì íí©ë¬¼ì DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ì¤ë¡ìë¹, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì í¬ì¬ë¡ë¶í° ì»ì´ì§ë ê²ë³´ë¤ ë ìí¸í ë 침í¬(ì¦, ë³´ë¤ ëì ë:íì¥ ë¹ì¨)를 ì ê³µí ì ìë¤. ê²°ê³¼ì ì¼ë¡, 본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ì í¨ í¬ì¬ëì ì ê°ë ì ìì¼ë©°, ì´ì ë°ë¼ ë©ì¤êº¼ìê³¼ ê°ì í¬ì¬ ê´ë ¨ ë¶ìì©ì´ ê°ìë ì ìë¤.Also disclosed herein are methods for reducing administration-related side effects, such as nausea, as compared to treatment using DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formulas (I)-(V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, polymorph, or prodrug thereof). The compounds of Formulas (I)-(V) can provide better brain penetration (i.e., higher brain:plasma ratio) than that obtained from administration of DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, psilocybin, and/or psilocin. As a result, the effective dosage of the compounds of the present disclosure can be reduced, thereby reducing administration-related side effects, such as nausea.
ëí, DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, ë°/ëë ì¤ë¡ì ì ë¹í´ ì¹ë£ í¨ê³¼ì ì§ì기ê°ì ì¦ê°ìí¤ë ë°©ë²ì´ 본ìì ê°ìëë©°, ì´ë 본ìì ê°ìë ë°ì ê°ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¹ë£ì ì í¨ëì ì´ë¥¼ íìë¡ íë íììê² í¬ì¬íë ë¨ê³ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, ííì (II)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì DMT ëë¹ ìì© ì§ì ìê°ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, ííì (III)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì ì¤ë¡ì ëë¹ ìì© ì§ì ìê°ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤. ë ë¤ë¥¸ ììì, ííì (IV)ì íí©ë¬¼ì ì¬ì©ì 5-MeO-DMT ëë¹ ìì© ì§ì ìê°ì ì¦ê°ìí¬ ì ìë¤.Also disclosed herein are methods of increasing the duration of therapeutic effect compared to DMT, 5-MeO-DMT, and/or psilocin, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein. For example, use of a compound of formula (II) can increase the duration of action compared to DMT. In another example, use of a compound of formula (III) can increase the duration of action compared to psilocin. In yet another example, use of a compound of formula (IV) can increase the duration of action compared to 5-MeO-DMT.
ì¤ììExample
I. í©ì± ê²½ë¡ I. Synthetic Path
본 ê°ìì íí©ë¬¼ì ëì²´ì ì¼ë¡ ë 1 ë´ì§ ë 21ì ëìë, ë¤ìì í©ì± ì ì°¨, ëë ì´ì ì ì¬í ì ì°¨ì ë°ë¼ ì ì¡°ë ì ìë¤.The compounds of the present disclosure can be prepared generally according to the following synthetic procedures, as illustrated in FIGS. 1 to 21 , or similar procedures.
ì¤ìì 1Example 1
N,N-ëë©í¸-2-(5-((í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ë©í¸)í°ì¤)-1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí-1-ì민(I-3)N,N-Dimethyl-2-(5-((trifluoromethyl)thio)-1H-indol-3-yl)ethan-1-amine (I-3)
N,N-ëë©í¸-2-(5-((í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ë©í¸)í°ì¤)-1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí-1-ì민 (I-3)ì í©ì±ì ë 2ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 5-ìì¤ë-1H-ì¸ë(I-3a)ì Boc2O(1.2ë¹ë) ë° ì´ë§¤ DMAPì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3b를 ì ëì ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. í¨ë£¨ì ì¤ XPhos(0.17ë¹ë) ë° íëí¸ë¦¬ìí¸ì모ë ìì¤ëí물(1.3ë¹ë)ì ì¡´ì¬ íì, (1,5-ìí´ë¡ì¥íëì)ë¹ì¤(í¸ë¦¬ë©í¸ì¤ë¦´ë©í¸)íë¼ë(II) ì´ë§¤(0.14ë¹ë)ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3b를 AgSCF3(1.3ë¹ë)ê³¼ 85~90âìì 1.5ìê° ëì ë°ììí´ì¼ë¡ì¨, ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3c를 55% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì¤ì¨ìì 2ìê° ëìì TFA/DCM(1/1)ì ì¬ì©íë Boc ì ê±°ì ì´ì´ì, ì¼ê¸°ì± ìì± ì¸ì²ì ìííì¬, ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3d를 ì ëì ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. 0âìì ì¤ì¨ê¹ì§ ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3d를 ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물(4 ë¹ë)ê³¼ ë°¤ì ë°ììí¨ ë¤ì, ëë©í¸ì민(10 ë¹ë)ì ì¤ì¨ìì 30ë¶ ëì 첨ê°íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ I-3e를 71% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 85âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(5ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 13% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMR, 19F-NMR, MS, ë° LCë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N,N-dimethyl-2-(5-((trifluoromethyl)thio)-1H-indol-3-yl)ethan-1-amine (I-3) was carried out according to Scheme 2. 5-Iodo-1H-indole (I-3a) was reacted with Boc 2 O (1.2 equiv.) and the catalyst DMAP to give intermediate I-3b in a quantitative yield. Intermediate I-3b was reacted with AgSCF 3 (1.3 equiv.) at 85â90 °C for 1.5 h using a (1,5-cyclooctadiene)bis(trimethylsilylmethyl)palladium(II) catalyst (0.14 equiv.) in the presence of XPhos (0.17 equiv.) and phenyltriethylammonium iodide (1.3 equiv.) in toluene to give intermediate I-3c in a 55% yield. After Boc removal using TFA/DCM (1/1) at room temperature for 2 h, followed by a basic aqueous wash, intermediate I-3d was obtained in quantitative yield. Intermediate I-3d was reacted with oxalyl chloride (4 equiv.) overnight at 0 °C to room temperature, then dimethylamine (10 equiv.) was added at room temperature for 30 min to give intermediate I-3e in 71% yield. This was reduced with LAH (5 equiv.) in dioxane at 85 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 13% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR, 19 F-NMR, MS, and LC.
ì¤ìì 2Example 2
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-N-(3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)-N-(2-(1H-Indol-3-yl)ethyl)-N-(3,3-difluoropropyl)-
3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í-1-ì민(II-2)3,3-Difluoropropan-1-amine (II-2)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-N-(3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)-3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í-1-ì민(II-2)ì í©ì±ì ë 3ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. DCM ì¤ í¸ë¦¬ìí¸ì민(2 ë¹ë) ë° ì´ë§¤ DMAPì ì¡´ì¬ íì, 3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í-1-ì¬(II-2a)ì í ì¤ ì¼í물(1.5ë¹ë)ê³¼ ë°¤ì ë°ììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-2b를 63% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ì ì´ì´ì, 2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí-1-ì민(II-2c)ì 70~80âìì ìì¸í ëí¸ë¦´ ë° K2CO3(2.1ë¹ë) ì¤ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-2b(2.1ë¹ë)ì ë°ììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 7% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-N-(3,3-difluoropropyl)-3,3-difluoropropan-1-amine (II-2) was carried out according to Figure 3. 3,3-Difluoropropan-1-ol (II-2a) was reacted with tosyl chloride (1.5 equiv) overnight in the presence of triethylamine (2 equiv) and the catalyst DMAP in DCM to give the crude residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give intermediate II-2b in 63% yield. Subsequently, 2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethan-1-amine (II-2c) was reacted with intermediate II-2b (2.1 equivalents) in acetonitrile and K 2 CO 3 (2.1 equivalents) at 70â80 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 7% yield.
ì¤ìì 3Example 3
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-
N-(3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)íë¡í-1-ì민(II-3)N-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)propan-1-amine (II-3)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)íë¡í-1-ì민(II-3)ì í©ì±ì ë 4ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. ì¸ë(II-3a)ì ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물(4 ë¹ë)ì ì¤ì¨ìì 1.5ìê° ëì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-3b를 74% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì¤ê°ì²´ II-3b를 ë¹ì¤(3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)ì민(2ë¹ë)ê³¼ ì¤ì¨ìì 2ìê° ëì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-3c를 ì ëì ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 90âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 50% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMR, MS, ë° LCë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-N-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)propan-1-amine (II-3) was carried out according to Figure 4. Indole (II-3a) was reacted with oxalyl chloride (4 equiv.) at room temperature for 1.5 h to give intermediate II-3b in 74% yield. Intermediate II-3b was reacted with bis(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)amine (2 equiv.) at room temperature for 2 h to give intermediate II-3c in quantitative yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv.) in dioxane at 90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 50% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR, MS, and LC.
ì¤ìì 4Example 4
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸íë¡í-1-ì민(II-6)N-(2-(1H-Indol-3-yl)ethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-N-methylpropan-1-amine (II-6)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸íë¡í-1-ì민(II-6)ì í©ì±ì ë 5ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. DIPEA(6ë¹ë)ì ì¡´ì¬ íì, II-3b를 3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸íë¡í-1-ì민-HCl ì¼(3ë¹ë)ê³¼ ì¤ì¨ìì ë°¤ì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-6a를 85% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 85~90âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 12% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMR ë° LCë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-3,3,3-trifluoro-N-methylpropan-1-amine (II-6) was carried out according to Figure 5. In the presence of DIPEA (6 equiv.), II-3b was reacted with 3,3,3-trifluoro-N-methylpropan-1-amine-HCl salt (3 equiv.) at room temperature overnight to give intermediate II-6a in 85% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv.) in dioxane at 85-90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 12% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR and LC.
ììì ì ì¡°ë II-6(ì 리 ì¼ê¸°)ì ë©íì¬ì ì©í´ìí¨ ë¤ì, ëìí¸ ìí 르 ì¤ HCl(4ë¹ë HCl)ë¡ ì²ë¦¬íì¬ II-6ì HCl ì¼ì ì ì¡°íìë¤.The above-mentioned II-6 (free base) was dissolved in methanol and then treated with HCl in diethyl ether (4 equivalents of HCl) to prepare the HCl salt of II-6.
ììì ì ì¡°ë II-6(ì 리 ì¼ê¸°)ì ë©íì¬ì ì©í´ìí¨ ë¤ì í¸ë§ë¥´ì°(1ë¹ë)ì¼ë¡ ì²ë¦¬íì¬ II-6ì í¸ë§ë¥´ì°ì¼ì ì ì¡°íìë¤.The II-6 (free base) prepared above was dissolved in methanol and then treated with fumaric acid (1 equivalent) to prepare the fumarate salt of II-6.
ì¤ìì 5Example 5
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-
N-(2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ìí-1-ì민(II-10)N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)ethan-1-amine (II-10)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ìí-1-ì민(II-10)ì í©ì±ì ë 6ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. II-3b를 THF ì¤ ë¹ì¤(2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ì민(3ë¹ë)ê³¼ 0âìì ì¤ì¨ê¹ì§ 2.5ìê°ì ê±¸ì³ ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-10a를 85% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 80âìì 90ë¶ ëì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6.4ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 19% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMR ë° MSë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)ethan-1-amine (II-10) was carried out according to Figure 6. II-3b was reacted with bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amine (3 equiv.) in THF from 0 °C to room temperature over 2.5 h to give intermediate II-10a in 85% yield. This was reduced with LAH (6.4 equiv.) in dioxane at 80 °C for 90 min to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 19% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR and MS.
ì¤ìì 6Example 6
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-2,2-ëí루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸ìí-1-ì민(II-12)N-(2-(1H-Indol-3-yl)ethyl)-2,2-difluoro-N-methylethan-1-amine (II-12)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-2,2-ëí루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸ìí-1-ì민(II-12)ì í©ì±ì ë 7ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. DIPEA(6ë¹ë)ì ì¡´ì¬ íì, II-3b를 2,2-ëí루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸ìí-1-ì민-HCl ì¼(3ë¹ë)ê³¼ ì¤ì¨ìì ë°¤ì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-12a를 70% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 85~90âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 27% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMR ë° LCë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-2,2-difluoro-N-methylethan-1-amine (II-12) was carried out according to Figure 7. In the presence of DIPEA (6 equiv.), II-3b was reacted with 2,2-difluoro-N-methylethan-1-amine-HCl salt (3 equiv.) at room temperature overnight to give intermediate II-12a in 70% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv.) in dioxane at 85-90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 27% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR and LC.
ì¤ìì 7Example 7
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-1,1,1-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸ë©íì¤íì미ë(II-15)N-(2-(1H-Indol-3-yl)ethyl)-1,1,1-trifluoro-N-methylmethanesulfinamide (II-15)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-1,1,1-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸ë©íì¤íì미ë(II-15)ì í©ì±ì ë 8ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí-1-ì민(II-15a)ì ìí¸ í´ë¡ë¡í¬ë¥´ë©ì´í¸(1ë¹ë) ë° ìì°íëí¸ë¥¨(1ë¹ë)ê³¼ ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-15b를 87% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 70âìì 1ìê° ëì THF ì¤ LAH(3ë¹ë)ë¡ íììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-15c를 92% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ë¤ìì¼ë¡, í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ë©íì¤í¼ë ì¼í물ì ìì¸í¸ì°ìí¸ ì¤ í¸ë¦¬í리ë¤ì´í¸ ëí¸ë¥¨(2ë¹ë) ë° POCl3(1ë¹ë)ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ì¤ìê°ì¼ë¡ ì ì¡°íê³ , 5ë¶ í, DIPEA(1ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ì´ë¥¼ ìì¸í¸ì°ìí¸ ì¤ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-15cì ì¤ì¨ìì 60ë¶ ëì ë°ììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 63% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. 1H NMR, LC, ë° MSë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-1,1,1-trifluoro-N-methylmethanesulfinamide (II-15) was carried out according to Figure 8. 2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethan-1-amine (II-15a) was reacted with ethyl chloroformate (1 equiv.) and sodium hydroxide (1 equiv.) to give intermediate II-15b in 87% yield. This was reduced with LAH (3 equiv.) in THF at 70 °C for 1 h to give intermediate II-15c in 92% yield. Next, trifluoromethanesulfinyl chloride was prepared in real time from sodium trifluoride (2 equiv.) and POCl 3 (1 equiv.) in ethyl acetate, and after 5 min, it was reacted with intermediate II-15c in ethyl acetate using DIPEA (1 equiv.) at room temperature for 60 min to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 63% yield. The structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR, LC, and MS.
ì¤ìì 8Example 8
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸ìí-1-ì민(II-19)N-(2-(1H-Indol-3-yl)ethyl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-N-methylethan-1-amine (II-19)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸ìí-1-ì민(II-19)ì í©ì±ì ë 9ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. II-3b를 THF ì¤ 2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸ìí-1-ì민과 0âìì ì¤ì¨ê¹ì§ 2.5ìê°ì ê±¸ì³ ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-19a를 ì ëì ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 80âìì 1.5ìê° ëì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(8.5ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 53% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMR ë° MSë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-N-methylethan-1-amine (II-19) was carried out according to Figure 9. II-3b was reacted with 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-methylethan-1-amine in THF from 0 °C to room temperature over 2.5 h to give intermediate II-19a in quantitative yield. This was reduced with LAH (8.5 equiv) in dioxane at 80 °C for 1.5 h to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 53% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR and MS.
ì¤ìì 9Example 9
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí-1-ì민(II-20)N-(2-(1H-Indol-3-yl)ethyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethan-1-amine (II-20)
N-(2-(1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí-1-ì민(II-20)ì í©ì±ì ë 10ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. II-3b를 THF ì¤ DIPEAì ì¡´ì¬ íì, 2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí-1-ì민-HCl ì¼ê³¼ 0âìì ì¤ì¨ê¹ì§ 2.5ìê°ì ê±¸ì³ ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-20a를 ì ëì ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 80âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6.4ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 32% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMR ë° MSë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N-(2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethan-1-amine (II-20) was carried out according to Figure 10. II-3b was reacted with 2,2,2-trifluoroethan-1-amine-HCl salt in the presence of DIPEA in THF from 0 °C to room temperature over 2.5 h to give intermediate II-20a in quantitative yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6.4 equiv) in dioxane at 80 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 32% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR and MS.
ì¤ìì 10Example 10
3-(2-(4,4-ëí루ì¤ë¡í¼í리ë-1-ì¼)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë(II-21)3-(2-(4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)ethyl)-1H-indole (II-21)
3-(2-(4,4-ëí루ì¤ë¡í¼í리ë-1-ì¼)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë(II-21)ì í©ì±ì ë 11ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. II-3b를 DCM ì¤ 4,4-ëí루ì¤ë¡í¼í리ëê³¼ ì¤ì¨ìì 2.5ìê° ëì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ II-21a를 56% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 90âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 62% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMR, LC, ë° MSë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of 3-(2-(4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)ethyl)-1H-indole (II-21) was carried out according to Figure 11. II-3b was reacted with 4,4-difluoropiperidine in DCM at room temperature for 2.5 h to give intermediate II-21a in 56% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv.) in dioxane at 90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 62% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR, LC, and MS.
ì¤ìì 11Example 11
3-(2-(ë¹ì¤(3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-2)3-(2-(bis(3,3-difluoropropyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indole-4-ol(III-2)
3-(2-(ë¹ì¤(3,3-ëí루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-2)ì í©ì±ì ë 12ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 4-(벤ì§ì¥ì)-1H-ì¸ë-3-카르ë¸ìë°íë(III-2a)를 ìì¸í¸ì°ì모ë(1.1ë¹ë)ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ëí¸ë¡ë©í(ì©ë§¤ë)ê³¼ ë§ì´í¬ë¡í ì¡°ì¬ í 90âìì 45ë¶ ëì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ III-2b를 46% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 70âìì 2.5ìê° ëì THF ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)ë¡ ê³¼íììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ III-2c를 64% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 70~80âìì ë°¤ì ìì¸í ëí¸ë¦´ ë° K2CO3(2.1ë¹ë) ì¤ II-2b(2.1ë¹ë)ë¡ ìí¬íí ë¤ì, 70~80âìì ë°¤ì ê³ì êµë°íë©´ì II-2b(1.1ë¹ë) ë° K2CO3(1ë¹ë)ì ë ë²ì§¸ë¡ 첨ê°í ë¤ì, 70~80âìì ê³ì êµë°íë©´ì II-2b(1.8ë¹ë)를 ì¸ ë²ì§¸ë¡ 첨ê°íê³ , ì´ì ì´ì´ì ì¤ê°ì²´ III-2d를 75% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. 2ìê° ëìì Pd(OH)2/C ë° 1 기ì H2를 ì¬ì©íë ììí를 íµí´ 미ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 46% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤.The synthesis of 3-(2-(bis(3,3-difluoropropyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indole-4-ol (III-2) was carried out according to Figure 12. 4-(Benzyloxy)-1H-indole-3-carbaldehyde (III-2a) was reacted with nitromethane (solvent amount) using ammonium acetate (1.1 equiv.) under microwave irradiation at 90 °C for 45 min to obtain intermediate III-2b in 46% yield. This was overreduced with LAH (6 equiv.) in THF at 70 °C for 2.5 h to obtain intermediate III-2c in 64% yield. This was alkylated with II-2b (2.1 equiv.) in acetonitrile and K 2 CO 3 (2.1 equiv.) at 70â80 °C overnight, followed by a second addition of II-2b (1.1 equiv.) and K 2 CO 3 (1 equiv.) with continued stirring at 70â80 °C overnight, followed by a third addition of II-2b (1.8 equiv.) with continued stirring at 70â80 °C to afford the intermediate III-2d in 75% yield. Hydrogenation using Pd(OH) 2 /C and 1 atm H 2 for 2 h gave the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to afford the title compound in 46% yield.
ì¤ìì 12Example 12
3-(2-(ë¹ì¤(3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-3)3-(2-(bis(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indole-4-ol(III-3)
3-(2-(ë¹ì¤(3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-3)ì í©ì±ì ë 13ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¼ ìì¸í ì´í¸(III-3a)를 ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물(1.5ë¹ë)ê³¼ ë°ììí¨ ë¤ì, ë¹ì¤(3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)ì민(2.77ë¹ë)ì 첨ê°íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ III-3b를 65% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 90âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 37% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMR ë° LCë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of 3-(2-(bis(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indol-4-ol (III-3) was carried out according to Figure 13. 1H-Indol-4-yl acetate (III-3a) was reacted with oxalyl chloride (1.5 equiv.), followed by addition of bis(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)amine (2.77 equiv.) to give intermediate III-3b in 65% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv.) in dioxane at 90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 37% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR and LC.
ì¤ìì 13Example 13
3-(2-(ë©í¸(3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-6)3-(2-(methyl(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indole-4-ol (III-6)
3-(2-(ë©í¸(3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-6)ì í©ì±ì ë 14ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¼ ìì¸í ì´í¸(III-6a)를 ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물(1.5ë¹ë)ê³¼ ë°ììí¨ ë¤ì, 3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸íë¡í-1-ì민-HCl ì¼(2ë¹ë) ë° DIPEA(4ë¹ë)를 첨ê°íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ III-6b를 38% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 85~90âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 50% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; LCë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of 3-(2-(methyl(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indol-4-ol (III-6) was carried out according to Figure 14. 1H-Indol-4-yl acetate (III-6a) was reacted with oxalyl chloride (1.5 equiv.), followed by addition of 3,3,3-trifluoro-N-methylpropan-1-amine-HCl salt (2 equiv.) and DIPEA (4 equiv.) to give intermediate III-6b in 38% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv.) in dioxane at 85-90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 50% yield; the structure was confirmed by LC.
ììì ì ì¡°ë III-6(ì 리 ì¼ê¸°)ì ë©íì¬ì ì©í´ìí¨ ë¤ì í¸ë§ë¥´ì°(1ë¹ë)ì¼ë¡ ì²ë¦¬íì¬ III-6ì í¸ë§ë¥´ì°ì¼ì ì ì¡°íìë¤.The III-6 (free base) prepared above was dissolved in methanol and then treated with fumaric acid (1 equivalent) to prepare the fumarate salt of III-6.
ì¤ìì 14Example 14
3-(2-(ë¹ì¤(2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-10)3-(2-(bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indole-4-ol (III-10)
3-(2-(ë¹ì¤(2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-10)ì í©ì±ì ë 15ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¼ ìì¸í ì´í¸(III-10a)를 ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물과 ë°ììí¨ ë¤ì, 0âìì ì¤ì¨ê¹ì§ ë¹ì¤(2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ì민ì 첨ê°íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ III-10b를 46% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 85~90âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 21% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMRë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of 3-(2-(bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indol-4-ol (III-10) was carried out according to Figure 15. 1H-Indol-4-yl acetate (III-10a) was reacted with oxalyl chloride, followed by addition of bis(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amine from 0 °C to room temperature to give intermediate III-10b in 46% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv) in dioxane at 85-90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 21% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR.
ì¤ìì 15Example 15
3-(2-((2,2-ëí루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)(ë©í¸)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-12)3-(2-((2,2-difluoroethyl)(methyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indole-4-ol (III-12)
3-(2-((2,2-ëí루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)(ë©í¸)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-12)ì í©ì±ì ë 16ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¼ ìì¸í ì´í¸(III-12a)를 ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물(1.5ë¹ë)ê³¼ ë°ììí¨ ë¤ì, ì¤ì¨ìì ë°¤ì 2,2-ëí루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸ìí-1-ì민-HCl ì¼(2ë¹ë) ë° DIPEA(4ë¹ë)를 첨ê°íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ III-12b를 38% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 85~90âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 45% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; LCë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of 3-(2-((2,2-difluoroethyl)(methyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indol-4-ol (III-12) was carried out according to Figure 16. 1H-Indol-4-yl acetate (III-12a) was reacted with oxalyl chloride (1.5 equiv.), followed by addition of 2,2-difluoro-N-methylethan-1-amine-HCl salt (2 equiv.) and DIPEA (4 equiv.) at room temperature overnight to give intermediate III-12b in 38% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv.) in dioxane at 85-90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 45% yield; the structure was confirmed by LC.
ì¤ìì 16Example 16
3-(2-(ë©í¸(2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-13)3-(2-(methyl(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indole-4-ol (III-13)
3-(2-(ë©í¸(2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-13)ì í©ì±ì ë 17ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¼ ìì¸í ì´í¸(III-13a)를 ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물과 ë°ììí¨ ë¤ì, 0âìì ì¤ì¨ê¹ì§ 2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸ìí-1-ì민ì 첨ê°íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ III-13b를 66% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 85âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 50% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 1H NMR ë° 19F-NMRë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of 3-(2-(methyl(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indol-4-ol (III-13) was carried out according to Figure 17. 1H-Indol-4-yl acetate (III-13a) was reacted with oxalyl chloride, followed by addition of 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-methylethan-1-amine from 0 °C to room temperature to give intermediate III-13b in 66% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv) in dioxane at 85 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 50% yield; the structure was confirmed by 1 H NMR and 19 F-NMR.
ì¤ìì 17Example 17
3-(2-((2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-14)3-(2-((2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indole-4-ol (III-14)
3-(2-((2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí¸)ìë¯¸ë ¸)ìí¸)-1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¬(III-14)ì í©ì±ì ë 18ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 1H-ì¸ë-4-ì¼ ìì¸í ì´í¸(III-14a)를 ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물과 ë°ììí¨ ë¤ì, 0âìì ì¤ì¨ê¹ì§ 2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ìí-1-ì민-HCl ì¼ ë° DIPEA를 첨ê°íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ III-14b를 34% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 85~90âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 26% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤.The synthesis of 3-(2-((2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino)ethyl)-1H-indol-4-ol (III-14) was carried out according to Figure 18. 1H-Indol-4-yl acetate (III-14a) was reacted with oxalyl chloride, then 2,2,2-trifluoroethan-1-amine-HCl salt and DIPEA were added from 0 °C to room temperature to give intermediate III-14b in 34% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv) in dioxane at 85-90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 26% yield.
ì¤ìì 18Example 18
N,N-ëë©í¸-2-(5-(í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ë©í¡ì)-1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí-1-ì민(IV-3)N,N-Dimethyl-2-(5-(trifluoromethoxy)-1H-indol-3-yl)ethan-1-amine (IV-3)
N,N-ëë©í¸-2-(5-(í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ë©í¡ì)-1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí-1-ì민(IV-3)ì í©ì±ì ë 19ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 5-(í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡ë©í¡ì)-1H-ì¸ë(IV-3a)ì ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물과 ë°ììí¨ ë¤ì, 0âìì ì¤ì¨ê¹ì§ THF ì¤ 2M ì©ì¡ì¼ë¡ìì ëë©í¸ì민ì 첨ê°íì¬ ì¤ê°ì²´ IV-3b를 24% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 90âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 34% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 19F NMRë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of N,N-dimethyl-2-(5-(trifluoromethoxy)-1H-indol-3-yl)ethan-1-amine (IV-3) was carried out according to Scheme 19. 5-(Trifluoromethoxy)-1H-indole (IV-3a) was reacted with oxalyl chloride, followed by addition of dimethylamine as a 2 M solution in THF from 0 °C to room temperature to give intermediate IV-3b in 24% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equiv) in dioxane at 90 °C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 34% yield; the structure was confirmed by 19 F NMR.
ììì ì ì¡°ë IV-3(ì 리 ì¼ê¸°)ì ë©íì¬ì ì©í´ìí¨ ë¤ì, ëìí¸ ìí 르 ì¤ HClë¡ ì²ë¦¬íì¬ IV-3ì HCl ì¼ì ì ì¡°íìë¤.The IV-3 (free base) prepared above was dissolved in methanol and then treated with HCl in diethyl ether to prepare the HCl salt of IV-3.
ì¤ìì 19Example 19
3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(2-(5-ë©í¡ì-1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)3,3,3-Trifluoro-N-(2-(5-methoxy-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)
-N-ë©í¸íë¡í-1-ì민(IV-21)-N-Methylpropan-1-amine (IV-21)
3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(2-(5-ë©í¡ì-1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-N-ë©í¸íë¡í-1-ì민(IV-21)ì í©ì±ì ë 20ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 2-(5-ë©í¡ì-1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí-1-ì민(IV-21a)ì ì¤ì¨ìì 1ìê° ëì ìí¸ í´ë¡ë¡í¬ë¥´ë©ì´í¸(1.5ë¹ë) ë° TEA(6.8ë¹ë)ì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ IV-21b를 42% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 70âìì 2ìê° ëì THF ì¤ LAH(4ë¹ë)ë¡ íììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ IV-21c를 78% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ë¤ìì¼ë¡, ì´ë¥¼ DMF ì¤ 3-ë¸ë¡ëª¨-1,1,1-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í(1.9ë¹ë), NaI(1ë¹ë), K2CO3(2ë¹ë)ì¼ë¡ 80âìì ë°¤ì ìí¬íí ë¤ì, 80âìì ë°¤ì 3,3,3-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡íë¡í 4-ë©í¸ë²¤ì ì¤í¬ë¤ì´í¸(1.5ë¹ë) ë° K2CO3(3ë¹ë)ì 첨ê°íì¬ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 11% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤.The synthesis of 3,3,3-trifluoro-N-(2-(5-methoxy-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-N-methylpropan-1-amine (IV-21) was carried out according to Scheme 20. 2-(5-methoxy-1H-indol-3-yl)ethan-1-amine (IV-21a) was reacted with ethyl chloroformate (1.5 equiv.) and TEA (6.8 equiv.) at room temperature for 1 h to give intermediate IV-21b in 42% yield. This was reduced with LAH (4 equiv.) in THF at 70 °C for 2 h to give intermediate IV-21c in 78% yield. Next, it was alkylated with 3-bromo-1,1,1-trifluoropropane (1.9 equiv.), NaI (1 equiv.), K 2 CO 3 (2 equiv.) in DMF at 80 °C overnight, then 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.5 equiv.) and K 2 CO 3 (3 equiv.) were added at 80 °C overnight to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 11% yield.
ì¤ìì 20Example 20
2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(2-(5-ë©í¡ì-1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-N-ë©í¸ìí-1-ì민(IV-40)2,2,2-Trifluoro-N-(2-(5-methoxy-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-N-methylethan-1-amine (IV-40)
2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-(2-(5-ë©í¡ì-1H-ì¸ë-3-ì¼)ìí¸)-N-ë©í¸ìí-1-ì민(IV-40)ì í©ì±ì ë 21ì ë°ë¼ ìíëìë¤. 5-ë©í¡ì-1H-ì¸ë(IV-40a)ì ëìí¸ ìí 르 ì¤ ì¥ì´ë¦´ ì¼í물(1.5ë¹ë)ê³¼ 0âìì 30ë¶ ëì ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ IV-40b를 84% ìì¨ë¡ íì±íìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 2,2,2-í¸ë¦¬í루ì¤ë¡-N-ë©í¸ìí-1-ì민(3ë¹ë)ê³¼ 0âìì ì¤ì¨ê¹ì§ 90ë¶ì ê±¸ì³ ë°ììì¼ ì¤ê°ì²´ IV-40c를 86% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤. ì´ë¥¼ 85~90âìì ëì¥ì° ì¤ LAH(6ë¹ë)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°¤ì íììì¼ ë¯¸ì ì ìì±ë¬¼ ìë¥ë¬¼ì ìëíê³ , ì´ë¥¼ íëì¬ ì»¬ë¼ í¬ë¡ë§í ê·¸ëí¼ë¡ ì ì íì¬ íì íí©ë¬¼ì 69% ìì¨ë¡ ìëíìë¤; 19F NMRë¡ í´ë¹ 구조를 íì¸íìë¤.The synthesis of 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(2-(5-methoxy-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl)-N-methylethan-1-amine (IV-40) was carried out according to Figure 21. 5-Methoxy-1H-indole (IV-40a) was reacted with oxalyl chloride (1.5 equiv.) in diethyl ether at 0 °C for 30 min to form intermediate IV-40b in 84% yield. This was reacted with 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-methylethan-1-amine (3 equiv.) from 0 °C to room temperature over 90 min to obtain intermediate IV-40c in 86% yield. This was reduced overnight with LAH (6 equivalents) in dioxane at 85â90°C to give the crude product residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography to give the title compound in 69% yield; the structure was confirmed by 19 F NMR.
ììì ì ì¡°ë IV-40(ì 리 ì¼ê¸°)ì ë©íì¬ì ì©í´ìí¨ ë¤ì, ëìí¸ ìí 르 ì¤ HClë¡ ì²ë¦¬íì¬ IV-40ì HCl ì¼ì ì ì¡°íìë¤.The IV-40 (free base) prepared above was dissolved in methanol and then treated with HCl in diethyl ether to prepare the HCl salt of IV-40.
II. ìí II. Test
ë°©ë².method.
ì¸ë¡í ë(5-HT) ìì©ì²´ ì½ë ¥íPharmacodynamics of serotonin (5-HT) receptors
íí©ë¬¼ì ê²°í© ì¹íë(K i) ë° ê¸°ë¥ì í¨ë¥ ë° í¨ê³¼(EC50 ë° EMAX) ê°ì 측ì íìë¤. ìì©ì²´ ì¹íë ê²ì : 5-HT2(A,B,C) ìì©ì²´ ì¹íëë ì ì í ë°ì ê°ì ë°©ì¬ì± 리ê°ë ê²½ì ê²°í©ì¼ë¡ ê²°ì íìë¤(Canal, C. E., Cordova-Sintjago, T., Liu, Y., Kim, M. S., Morgan, D., ë° Booth, R. G.ì 문í(2013) [Molecular pharmacology and ligand docking studies reveal a single amino acid difference between mouse and human serotonin 5-HT2A receptors that impacts behavioral translation of novel 4-phenyl-2-dimethylaminotetralin ligands, J Pharmacol Exp Ther 347, 705-716]; Armstrong, J. L., Casey, A. B., Saraf, T. S., Mukherjee, M., Booth, R. G., ë° Canal, C. E.ì 문í(2020) [(S)-5-(2'-Fluorophenyl)-N,N-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-amine, a Serotonin Receptor Modulator, Possesses Anticonvulsant, Prosocial, and Anxiolytic-like Properties in an Fmr1 Knockout Mouse Model of Fragile X Syndrome and Autism Spectrum Disorder, ACS Pharmacol Transl Sci 3, 509-523]).The binding affinity ( K i ) and functional efficacy and effect (EC 50 and E MAX ) values of the compounds were measured. Receptor affinity assay: 5-HT 2 (A, B, C) receptor affinities were determined by radioligand competitive binding as described previously (Canal, CE, Cordova-Sintjago, T., Liu, Y., Kim, MS, Morgan, D., and Booth, RG (2013) [Molecular pharmacology and ligand docking studies reveal a single amino acid difference between mouse and human serotonin 5-HT2A receptors that impacts behavioral translation of novel 4-phenyl-2-dimethylaminotetralin ligands, J Pharmacol Exp Ther 347 , 705-716]; Armstrong, JL, Casey, AB, Saraf, TS, Mukherjee, M., Booth, RG, and Canal, CE (2020) [(S)-5-(2'-Fluorophenyl)-N,N-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-amine, a Serotonin Receptor Modulator, Possesses Anticonvulsant, Prosocial, and Anxiolytic-like Properties in an Fmr1 Knockout Mouse Model of Fragile X Syndrome and Autism Spectrum Disorder, ACS Pharmacol Transl Sci 3 , 509-523]).
ë°©ì¬ì±ë¦¬ê°ë ê²½ì ê²°í©Radioligand competitive binding
ë°©ì¬ì±ë¦¬ê°ë ê²½ì ê²°í©ì ì ì í ë°©ë²(Saraf, T. S., Felsing, D. E., Armstrong, J. L., Booth, R. G., ë° Canal, C. E.ì 문í(2021) [Evaluation of lorcaserin as an anticonvulsant in juvenile Fmr1 knockout mice, Epilepsy Res 175, 106677])ì ìí ë³ê²½íì¬, ì¸ê° í´ë¡ëë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íì¬ ìííìë¤. ì¸ê° ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ cDNA를 ìí¸ííë íë¼ì¤ë¯¸ë를 cDNA 리ìì¤ ì¼í°(cDNA Resource Center)ë¡ë¶í° ì¡°ë¬íìë¤. ì¸ê° ë°°ì ì ì¥ ì¸í¬(HEK293, ATCC CRL-1573)를 10% ìíì íì²ì í¨ì íë 무íìì Dulbecco ë³í ì´ê¸ ë°°ì§ì í¨ê» 100 mm ì ìì ì¸í¬ ì¸íë² ì´í°ìì ì±ì¥ìì¼°ë¤. ì¸í¬ë¥¼ TransIT-2020 ìì½(Mirus Bio, Madison, Wisconsin)ì ì¬ì©íì¬, 5~15 μg cDNAë¡ ì½ 85% 컨í루ì¸ìë¡ íì§ê°ì¼ìì¼°ë¤. ì½ 48ìê° í, ìì¬ë¶ë¦¬ ë¨ê³ë¥¼ íµí´ ì¸í¬ë§ì ìì§íìë¤. 모ë ì¤íì ëí´, ì¸ë¡í ë(5-HT) ì¼ì°ì¼ì ìì± ëì¡°êµ°ì¼ë¡ì ì¬ì©íìê³ , 미ìì¸ë¦° ì¼ì°ì¼(10 μM)ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ë¹í¹ì´ì ê²°í©ì ì ìíìë¤. 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ë¥¼ ë°ííë ê°ê°ì ì¸í¬ë§ ê· ì§ë¬¼ì, ìì¶©ì¡ ì¤ ìí íí©ë¬¼ì ë¶ì¬ ëë ì¡´ì¬ íì 0.5 ë´ì§ 1 nMì [3H]리ì¸ë¥´ê·¸ì° ëìí¸ì미ë([3H]LSD)ì í¨ê», 96-ì° íë ì´í¸ìì ì¤ì¨ìì 90ë¶ ëì ì¸íë² ì´ì íìë¤. ííí í, ê°ê°ì ìíì ìì¶©ì¡ ì¤ ì¬ì 침ì§ë ì 리ì¬ì íí°ë¥¼ íµí´ ì§ê³µ íìì ì ìíê² ì¬ê³¼íê³ , ì¼ì ëê° ìì¶©ì¡ì¼ë¡ ì§ê³µì¼ë¡ ì¬ë¬ ë² ì¸ì²íìë¤. íí°ë¥¼ ì¬ê´ ì ì²´ë¡ ì¹¨ì§ìí¤ê³ , ê´ê²ì¶ê¸°(Microbeta Scintillation Counter)를 ì¬ì©íì¬ ë¶ë¹ ê³ì를 ê²ì¶íìë¤. [3H]LSDì ëí Kd를 0.78ë¡ ì¤ì íê³ , ë¹ì í, ìµì ì ê³± íê· ë¶ìì ì¬ì©íì¬ IC50 ê°ì ì°ì°í ë¤ì, Cheng-Prusoff ì(GraphPad Prism 9.0, San Diego, California)ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ì´ë¥¼ Ki ê°ì¼ë¡ ë³ííìë¤. ëíë¸ ë°ì´í°ë 모ë ì¤íì 결과를 í©ì¹ ê²ì´ë¤. ê³µì§ë ë°ì ê°ì´, 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ë¥¼ í¬í¨íë G ë¨ë°±ì§ ê²°í© ìì©ì²´(GPCR)ë ë¤ìì ííë¡ ì¡´ì¬í ì ìê³ , 리ê°ë, íµìì ì¼ë¡ ìì©ì 리ê°ëë ì´ë¬í ìì©ì²´ì ííë¤ì ëí´ ê³ ì ì¹íë를 ê°ëë¤(Kenakin, T.ì 문í[Theoretical Aspects of GPCR-Ligand Complex Pharmacology, Chem. Rev. 2017, 117, 1, 4-20]). ìíë íí©ë¬¼ ì¤ ì¼ë¶ë¡ë¶í°ì ê²½ì ê²°í© ë°ì´í°ë 2-ë¶ì í¼í Ki 모ë¸ì ê°ì¥ ìí¸íê² í¼í ëë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, ê°ëµí를 ìí´, ì´ë¤ íí©ë¬¼ì ì¹íëë 본ììì ë¨ì¼ ë¶ì 모ë¸ì í¼í ë ê²ì¼ë¡ ë³´ê³ ëë¤. ìí-10ê°ì ëí ë°ì´í° í¬ì¸í¸ë ì´ í¹ì´ì ê²°í©(íí©ë¬¼ì´ ì¡´ì¬íì§ ìì)ì´ê³ , ìí-4를 ë³´ê°íì¬ 0ê°ì í¹ì´ì ê²°í©ì ëí ê²°í© ê³¡ì ì ìë£íìë¤.Radioligand competitive binding was performed using the human cloned 5-HT 2A receptor using a slightly modified method (Saraf, TS, Felsing, DE, Armstrong, JL, Booth, RG, & Canal, CE (2021) [Evaluation of lorcaserin as an anticonvulsant in juvenile Fmr1 knockout mice, Epilepsy Res 175, 106677]). The plasmid encoding the human serotonin 5-HT 2A receptor cDNA was obtained from the cDNA Resource Center. Human embryonic kidney cells (HEK293, ATCC CRL-1573) were grown in a cell incubator in 100 mm dishes with antibiotic-free Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum. Cells were transfected at approximately 85% confluency with 5â15 μg cDNA using TransIT-2020 reagent (Mirus Bio, Madison, Wisconsin). Approximately 48 h later, membranes were collected by a centrifugation step. For all experiments, serotonin (5-HT) hydrochloride was used as a positive control, and mianserin hydrochloride (10 μM) was used to define nonspecific binding. Each membrane homogenate expressing the 5-HT 2A receptor was incubated with 0.5â1 nM [ 3 H]lysergic acid diethylamide ([ 3 H]LSD) in the absence or presence of test compound in buffer for 90 min at room temperature in 96-well plates. After equilibration, each sample was rapidly filtered under vacuum through a glass-fiber filter pre-soaked in buffer and washed several times under vacuum with ice-cold buffer. Filters were immersed in scintillation fluid, and counts per minute were detected using a photodetector (Microbeta Scintillation Counter). The K d for [ 3 H]LSD was set to 0.78, and IC 50 values were calculated using nonlinear, least-squares regression analysis, which were then converted to K i values using the Cheng-Prusoff equation (GraphPad Prism 9.0, San Diego, California). The data presented are the combined results of all experiments. As is known, G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs), including the 5-HT 2A receptor, can exist in multiple conformations, and ligands, typically agonist ligands, have intrinsic affinities for these receptor conformations (Kenakin, T. [Theoretical Aspects of GPCR-Ligand Complex Pharmacology, Chem. Rev. 2017, 117, 1, 4-20]). Competitive binding data from some of the tested compounds are best fitted to a two-site fitting K i model. However, for simplicity, the affinities of these compounds are reported herein as fitted to a single-site model. Data points for sample-10 are total specific binding (no compound present), and binding curves for sample-4 were interpolated to complete the 0-specific binding.
ìì©ì²´ ê¸°ë¥ ê²ì Receptor function assay
5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ ë§¤ê° Gq ìê·¹[ì´ë ¸ìí¨ ì¸ì°ì¼ 1(IP1)ì ìì±ì ì´ëíë í¬ì¤í¬ì´ë ¸ìí°ë ê°ìë¶í´](ì ê· ì í¸ì ë¬ ê²½ë¡)ì, ì를 ë¤ì´, íê´ ê³µëª ìëì§ ì ì´(Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer, FRET) 기ì ì ì¬ì©íë, ìì ì ì¼ë¡ ì ì ê°ë¥í í¤í¸(ì를 ë¤ì´, IP-One HTRF (Cisbio) í¤í¸)를 ì¬ì©íë ê· ì§ ìê°-ë¶í´ íê´ë²(homogeneous time-resolved fluorescence, HTRF)ì ìíí ì ìë ë§ì´í¬ë¡íë ì´í¸ íë 기(ì를 ë¤ì´, Mithras LB 940, Berthold)를 ì¬ì©íì¬, ì ì í ë°ì ê°ì´ 측ì íìë¤(Canal, C. E., Cordova-Sintjago, T., Liu, Y., Kim, M. S., Morgan, D., ë° Booth, R. G.ì 문í(2013) [Molecular pharmacology and ligand docking studies reveal a single amino acid difference between mouse and human serotonin 5-HT2A receptors that impacts behavioral translation of novel 4-phenyl-2-dimethylaminotetralin ligands, J Pharmacol Exp Ther 347, 705-716]; Canal, C. E., Morgan, D., Felsing, D., Kondabolu, K., Rowland, N. E., Robertson, K. L., Sakhuja, R., ë° Booth, R. G.ì 문í(2014) [A Novel Aminotetralin-Type Serotonin (5-HT) (2C) Receptor-Specific Agonist and 5-HT2A Competitive Antagonist/5-HT2B Inverse Agonist with Preclinical Efficacy for Psychoses, J Pharm Exp Ther 349, 533)]. ìì½íë©´, ë¨ì¼ ì¸ë¡í ëì± 5-HT2 ìì©ì²´ ìíì ë°ííë CHO-K1 ëë HEK293 ì¸í¬ë¥¼, ìí íí©ë¬¼ ë° 5-HT ëë DOI(ìì± ëì¡°êµ°)ì í¨ê», LiClì í¨ì íë ìê·¹ ìì¶©ì¡ìì ì¸íë² ì´ì íìë¤. ííí í, ì©í´ ìì¶©ì¡ìì ê³µì¬ì ë° ìì©ì íê´ ì í©ì²´ë¡ ë°ìì ì¢ ë£ìí¤ê³ , ë§ì´í¬ë¡íë ì´í¸ íë 기(Berthold Mithras)ë¡ FRET를 측ì íìë¤. ë°ì´í°ë¥¼ ë¹ì í 곡ì ì í¼í ìì¼ ìì± ëì¡°êµ°(ì를 ë¤ì´, ì¸ë¡í ë) ëë¹ ê°ë(ì를 ë¤ì´, EC50) ë° í¨ë¥(ì를 ë¤ì´, EMAX)ì ê³ì°íìë¤.5-HT 2 receptor-mediated Gq stimulation [phosphoinositide hydrolysis resulting in the production of inositol phosphate 1 (IP1)] (canonical signaling pathway) was measured using a microplate reader (e.g., Mithras LB 940, Berthold) capable of performing homogeneous time-resolved fluorescence (HTRF) using commercially available kits (e.g., IP-One HTRF (Cisbio) kit) that utilize fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) technology as described previously (Canal, C.E., Cordova-Sintjago, T., Liu, Y., Kim, M.S., Morgan, D., and Booth, R.G. (2013) [Molecular pharmacology and ligand docking studies reveal a single amino acid difference between mouse and human serotonin 5-HT2A receptors that impacts behavioral translation of novel 4-phenyl-2-dimethylaminotetralin ligands, J Pharmacol Exp Ther 347 , 705-716]; Canal, C.E., Morgan, D., Felsing, D., Kondabolu, K., Rowland, NE, Robertson, KL, Sakhuja, R., and Booth, R.G. (2014) [A Novel Aminotetralin-Type Serotonin (5-HT) (2C) Receptor-Specific Agonist and 5-HT2A Competitive Antagonist/5-HT2B Inverse Agonist with Preclinical Efficacy for Psychoses, J Pharm Exp Ther 349 , 533)]. Briefly, CHO-K1 or HEK293 cells expressing a single serotonergic 5-HT 2 receptor subtype were incubated with test compounds and 5-HT or DOI (positive control) in stimulation buffer containing LiCl. After equilibration, the reaction was terminated with donor and acceptor fluorophores in lysis buffer, and FRET was measured with a microplate reader (Berthold Mithras). The data were fitted to a nonlinear curve to calculate the intensity (e.g., EC 50 ) and potency (e.g., E MAX ) relative to the positive control (e.g., serotonin).
ìíê´ ë´ ê° ëì¬(ë«í¸ ê° ë§ì´í¬ë¡ì, RLM)In vitro hepatic metabolism (rat liver microsomes, RLM)
ìì»· ì¤íëê·¸-ë¤ì¸ë¦¬(Sprague-Dawley) ë«í¸ ê° ë§ì´í¬ë¡ìì XenoTechë¡ë¶í° 구ì íìë¤. ë°ì í¼í©ë¬¼(NADPH ì ì¸)를 ìëì 기ì ë ë°ì ê°ì´ ì ì¡°íìë¤. ìí íí©ë¬¼ì 1 μMì ìµì¢ ëëë¡ ë°ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì 첨ê°íìë¤. ëì¡°êµ° íí©ë¬¼ì¸ í ì¤í ì¤í ë¡ ì ë³ëì ë°ìì¼ë¡ ìí íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ ëìì ì§ííìë¤. ë°ì í¼í©ë¬¼(ë³´ì¡°ì¸ì ìì)ì 37âì ì§í ìì¡°ìì 5ë¶ ëì íííìì¼°ë¤. ë³´ì¡°ì¸ì를 첨ê°íì¬ ë°ìì ê°ìíê³ , í¼í©ë¬¼ì 37âì ì§í ìì¡°ìì ì¸íë² ì´ì íìë¤. ë¶í(150 μL)ì 0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 60ë¶, ë° 120ë¶ì ì¸ì¶íìë¤. ìí íí©ë¬¼ ë° í ì¤í ì¤í ë¡ ìíì 0.1% í¬ë¦ì° ë° ìì²´ íì¤ë¬¼ì§ì í¨ì íë 150 μLì ì¼ì-ëê° ìì¸í ëí¸ë¦´(ACN)ê³¼ ì¦ì í©ì³ ë°ìì ì¢ ë£ìì¼°ë¤. ê·¸ë° ë¤ì, ìíì í¼í©íê³ ìì¬ë¶ë¦¬íì¬ ë¨ë°±ì§ì 침ì ìì¼°ë¤. 모ë ìíì ì 기ë¶ë¬´ ì´ì¨í를 ì¬ì©íì¬ LC-MS/MSë¡ ë¶ìíìë¤. ê° ìì ììì ìì²´ íì¤ë¬¼ì§ì ëí ë¶ì물ì í¼í¬ ìì ë°ì ë¹ì¨(PARR)ì 0ìê° ìì ì PARRê³¼ ë¹êµíì¬ ê° ìì ììì ìì¬ ë°±ë¶ì¨ì ê²°ì íìë¤. GraphPad ìíí¸ì¨ì´ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°ê°ê¸°ë¥¼ ê³ì°íê³ , ë¨ì ì§ì ê°ì ë°©ì ìì í¼í íìë¤. ë°ì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì í 1ì ì ê³µëë¤.Male Sprague-Dawley rat liver microsomes were purchased from XenoTech. Reaction mixtures (excluding NADPH) were prepared as described below. Test compounds were added to the reaction mixture at a final concentration of 1 μM. Control compound testosterone was run concurrently with the test compound in a separate reaction. The reaction mixture (without cofactor) was equilibrated in a shaking water bath at 37 °C for 5 min. The reaction was initiated by addition of cofactor and the mixture was incubated in a shaking water bath at 37 °C. Aliquots (150 μL) were withdrawn at 0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 60, and 120 min. The reaction was terminated by immediately combining the test compound and testosterone samples with 150 μL of ice-cold acetonitrile (ACN) containing 0.1% formic acid and in-house standards. The samples were then mixed and centrifuged to precipitate the proteins. All samples were analyzed by LC-MS/MS using electrospray ionization. The peak area response ratio (PARR) of the analyte for its own standard at each time point was compared to the PARR at time 0 to determine the percent residue at each time point. Half-lives were calculated using GraphPad software and fitted to a single-phase exponential decay equation. The reaction compositions are given in Table 1.
ì¬ì¡°í© ì¸ê° MAO-Aììì ìì ì±Stability in recombinant human MAO-A
hrMAO-A ë° MAO ëì¡°êµ°ì XenoTechë¡ë¶í° 구ì íìë¤. ë°ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì ìëì 기ì ë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì´ ì ì¡°íìë¤. ìí íí©ë¬¼ì 1 μMì ìµì¢ ëëë¡ ë°ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì 첨ê°íìë¤. ìì± ëì¡°êµ°ì¸ í¤ëë¼ë¯¼(25 μM)ì ë³ëì ë°ìì¼ë¡ ìí íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ ëìì ì§ííìë¤. ë°ì í¼í©ë¬¼(ìí íí©ë¬¼ ëë í¤ëë¼ë¯¼ ìì)ì 37âì ì§í ìì¡°ìì 5ë¶ ëì íííìì¼°ë¤. ìí íí©ë¬¼ ëë í¤ëë¼ë¯¼ì 첨ê°íì¬ ë°ìì ê°ìíê³ , í¼í©ë¬¼ì 37âì ì§í ìì¡°ìì ì¸íë² ì´ì íìë¤. ìí íí©ë¬¼ ë°ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì ë¶í(150 μL)ì 0, 5, 10, 20, 30,60, ë° 120ë¶ì ì¸ì¶íìë¤. ìì± ëì¡°êµ° ë°ì í¼í©ë¬¼ì ë¶í(150 μL)ì 0ë¶ ë° 30ë¶ì ì¸ì¶íìë¤. ìí íí©ë¬¼ ë° í¤ëë¼ë¯¼ ìíì 0.1% í¬ë¦ì° ë° ìì²´ íì¤ë¬¼ì§(0.2 μM ë©í íë¡ë¡¤)ì í¨ì íë 150 μLì ì¼ì-ëê° 100% ìì¸í ëí¸ë¦´ê³¼ ì¦ì í©ì³ ë°ìì ì¢ ë£ìì¼°ë¤. ê·¸ë° ë¤ì, ìíì í¼í©íê³ ìì¬ë¶ë¦¬íì¬ ë¨ë°±ì§ì 침ì ìì¼°ë¤. 모ë ìíì LC-MS/MSë¡ ë¶ìíìë¤. ê° ìì ììì ìì²´ íì¤ë¬¼ì§ì ëí ë¶ì물ì í¼í¬ ìì ë°ì ë¹ì¨(PARR)ì 0ìê° ìì ì PARRê³¼ ë¹êµíì¬ ê° ìì ììì ìì¬ ë°±ë¶ì¨ì ê²°ì íìë¤. GraphPad ìíí¸ì¨ì´ë¥¼ ì¬ì©íì¬ ë°ê°ê¸°ë¥¼ ê³ì°íê³ , ë¨ì ì§ì ê°ì ë°©ì ìì í¼í íìë¤. ë°ì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì í 2ì ì ê³µëë¤.hrMAO-A and MAO controls were purchased from XenoTech. The reaction mixtures were prepared as described below. Test compounds were added to the reaction mixture at a final concentration of 1 μM. The positive control kynuramine (25 μM) was run concurrently with the test compounds in a separate reaction. The reaction mixtures (without test compound or kynuramine) were equilibrated in a shaking water bath at 37 °C for 5 min. The reaction was initiated by addition of test compound or kynuramine and the mixtures were incubated in a shaking water bath at 37 °C. Aliquots (150 μL) of the test compound reaction mixture were withdrawn at 0, 5, 10, 20, 30,60, and 120 min. Aliquots (150 μL) of the positive control reaction mixture were withdrawn at 0 and 30 min. The test compound and kynuramine samples were immediately combined with 150 μL of ice-cold 100% acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid and in-house standard (0.2 μM metoprolol) to stop the reaction. The samples were then mixed and centrifuged to precipitate the protein. All samples were analyzed by LC-MS/MS. The peak area response ratio (PARR) of the analyte to the in-house standard at each time point was compared to the PARR at time 0 to determine the percent residual at each time point. Half-lives were calculated using GraphPad software and fitted to a single-phase exponential decay equation. The reaction compositions are provided in Table 2.
í¤ë-ê²½ë ¨ ë°ì(HTR)Head-Track Response (HTR)
HTR ê²ì ì Jackson Laboratory(Bar Harbor, Maine)ë¡ë¶í° 구매í ì±ì²´, ìì»· C57BL/6J ë§ì°ì¤ë¥¼ ëìì¼ë¡ ì ì í ë°ì ê°ì´ ìííìë¤(Canal, C. E., ë° Morgan, D.ì 문í(2012) [Head-twitch response in rodents induced by the hallucinogen 2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine: a comprehensive history, a re-evaluation of mechanisms, and its utility as a model, Drug Test Anal 4, 556-576]; Saraf, T. S., Felsing, D. E., Armstrong, J. L., Booth, R. G., ë° Canal, C. E.ì 문í(2021) [Evaluation of lorcaserin as an anticonvulsant in juvenile Fmr1 knockout mice, Epilepsy Res 175, 106677]). ë§ì°ì¤ë¥¼ ìì ë° ë¬¼ì ìì ë¡ê² ì ê·¼í ì ìë íì¤ ì¤íì¤ ì¼ì´ì§ì ìì©íê³ ì¤íì¤ììì ìí ì ì ì´ë 1ì£¼ì¼ ëì ë물 ì¬ì¡ì¥ì ìììì¼°ë¤. ìí ë¹ì¼, ìí íí©ë¬¼ì í¬ì¬ ì ë§ì°ì¤ë¥¼ ⥠60ë¶ ëì í ì¼ì´ì§ ë´ì ì¤íì¤ì ìììì¼°ë¤. ìí 물íì 경구 ìê´ì íµí´ 10 mg/kgì¼ë¡ í¬ì¬íê³ , ê·¸ ì§í ë§ì°ì¤ë¥¼ í¬ëª í í´ë¦¬ì¹´ë³´ë¤ì´í¸ ë°ì¤(46Ð¥20Ð¥20 cm)ì ë£ê³ , ì¹ë£ì ëí´ ë§¹ê²ë 2ëª ì íë ¨ë ê´ì°°ìì ìí´, í´ëì© ê¸°ë¡ ê³ì기를 ì¬ì©íì¬ HTRì ì°ìì ì¸ 30ë¶ ëì ê³ìíìë¤.HTR assays were performed as previously described (Canal, C. E., and Morgan, D. (2012) [Head-twitch response in rodents induced by the hallucinogen 2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine: a comprehensive history, a re-evaluation of mechanisms, and its utility as a model, Drug Test Anal 4, 556-576]; Saraf, T. S., Felsing, D. E., Armstrong, J. L., Booth, R. G., and Canal, C. E. (2021) [Evaluation of lorcaserin as an anticonvulsant in juvenile Fmr1 knockout mice, Epilepsy Res 175, 106677]) using adult, male C57BL/6J mice purchased from Jackson Laboratory (Bar Harbor, Maine). Mice were housed in standard laboratory cages with free access to food and water and were acclimated to the animal house for at least 1 week prior to laboratory testing. On the day of testing, mice were acclimated to the laboratory in their home cages for ⥠60 min prior to administration of the test compound. The test article was administered via oral gavage at 10 mg/kg, immediately after which the mice were placed in transparent polycarbonate boxes (46Ð¥20Ð¥20 cm), and HTR was counted for 30 consecutive min using a portable recording counter by two trained observers blinded to the treatment.
ë§ì°ì¤ë¥¼ ëìì¼ë¡ í ì½ëí(PK) ì°êµ¬Pharmacokinetic (PK) studies in mice
ì±ì²´, ìì»· C57BL/6J(Jackson Laboratories)ìì PK íë¡íì¼ì íì íìë¤. ë§ì°ì¤ë¥¼ ìì ë° ë¬¼ì ìì ë¡ê² ì ê·¼í ì ìë íì¤ ì¤íì¤ ì¼ì´ì§ì ìì©íê³ ì¤íì¤ììì ìí ì ì ì´ë 1ì£¼ì¼ ëì ë물 ì¬ì¡ì¥ì ìììì¼°ë¤. ì¼ë°ì ì¸ ì¤íìì, ë§ì°ì¤ìê² 10 mg/kgì ìí íí©ë¬¼ì 경구 ìê´ì íµí´ í¬ì¬íê³ , íì¥ ë° ë ìíì ê° ìì ì ëí´ n-3ì¼ë¡ 10, 30, ë° 120ë¶ì ì±ì·¨íìë¤. LC-MS/MS ë°©ë²(LLOQ, 0.9 nM)ì ì¬ì©íì¬ ë¶ëª¨ ë¶ìì ì ëí를 ìííìë¤.PK profiles were established in adult, male C57BL/6J (Jackson Laboratories). Mice were housed in standard laboratory cages with free access to food and water and were acclimated to the vivarium for at least 1 week prior to laboratory testing. In a typical experiment, mice were administered 10 mg/kg of test compound via oral gavage, and plasma and brain samples were collected at 10, 30, and 120 min with n-3 for each time point. Quantification of the parent molecule was performed using an LC-MS/MS method (LLOQ, 0.9 nM).
ê²°ê³¼result
ì¤ìì 1 ë´ì§ 13, 15 ë° 16, ê·¸ë¦¬ê³ 18 ë´ì§ 20ì ëí ìí ê²°ê³¼ì ìì½ì í 3 ë° í 4ì ì ìëì´ ìë¤.A summary of the test results for Examples 1 to 13, 15 and 16, and 18 to 20 is presented in Tables 3 and 4.
ì¸ê° ì¸ë¡í ë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ë°©ì¬ì±ë¦¬ê°ë([3H]LSD) ê²½ì ê²°í© ê²ì (ë 22 ë´ì§ 24), í¤ë-ê²½ë ¨ ë°ì(ë 25), 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ê¸°ë¥ ê²ì (ë 26 ë´ì§ 28), ë° 5-HT2B ìì©ì²´ ê¸°ë¥ ê²ì (ë 29)ì ê²°ê³¼ ëí ê·¸ëíë¡ ëìëì´ ìë¤.Results of human serotonin 5-HT 2A receptor radioligand ([ 3 H]LSD) competitive binding assays (Figures 22 to 24), head-twitch response (Figure 25), 5-HT 2A receptor function assays (Figures 26 to 28), and 5-HT 2B receptor function assays (Figure 29) are also graphically depicted.
ìíê´ ë´ 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ê²°í© ë° ê¸°ë¥, ê·¸ë¦¬ê³ ìì²´ ë´ 5-HT2A ìì¡´ì± HTR ì½ë¦¬í ê²°ê³¼ë ììì¹ ëª»í ë°ê²¬ì ì ê³µíìë¤. í¹í, íí©ë¬¼ II-10, II-19, ë° II-20ì, ë°©ì¬ì±ë¦¬ê°ë ê²½ì ê²°í© ê²ì ìì 10 μMì ëëê¹ì§ [3H]LSD-íì§ë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ì ëí ë¶ë¶ ê²½ìë§ì ëíëë¤. ì´ë¬í ë°ì´í°ë ì´ë¤ íí©ë¬¼ì´ LSDì ë¹í´ 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ì ê³ ì í íí ëë ì§ë¨ì ê²°í©íê±°ë ìì´í ë¶ììì, ì를 ë¤ì´ 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ìì ìë¡ì¤í ë¦ ë¶ììì 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ì ê²°í©íë¤ë ê²ì ìì¬íë¤(Kenakin, Terryì 문í[A pharmacology primer: techniques for more effective and strategic drug discovery. Academic Press, 2018]). ì´ë¬í ê²°ë¡ ì ë·ë°ì¹¨íì¬, ì´ì ëí´ êµ¬ì¡°ì ì¼ë¡ ê´ë ¨ë íí©ë¬¼ II-6 ë° III-6ì [3H]LSD-íì§ë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ì ëí ê³ ì¹íë를 ê°ì§ë©° ìì í ê²½ìì ëíëë¤; ê·¸ë¬ë, ê²½ì ê²°í© ê³¡ì ì ë¤ì¤ 기ì¸ê¸°ë¥¼ ëíëì¼ë©°, ì´ë íí©ë¬¼ì´ ìì´í ì¹íëë¡ ìì´í 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ííì ê²°í©íììì ìì¬íë¤.In vitro 5-HT 2A receptor binding and function, and in vivo 5-HT 2A -dependent HTR pharmacology results provided unexpected findings. In particular, compounds II-10, II-19, and II-20 showed only partial competition for [3H]LSD-labeled 5-HT 2A receptors at concentrations up to 10 μM in radioligand competition binding assays. These data suggest that these compounds bind to a unique conformation or population of 5-HT 2A receptors compared to LSD or bind to the 5-HT 2A receptor at different sites, e.g., an allosteric site on the 5-HT 2A receptor (Kenakin, Terry, et al. [ A pharmacology primer: techniques for more effective and strategic drug discovery . Academic Press, 2018]). In support of this conclusion, structurally related compounds II-6 and III-6 exhibited high affinity and complete competition for [3H]LSD-labeled 5-HT 2A receptors; however, the competition binding curves exhibited multiple slopes, suggesting that the compounds bound to different 5-HT 2A receptor conformations with different affinities.
ì´ë¬í ì¼ë ¨ì íí©ë¬¼ì 5-HT2A 기ë¥ì íì±ì ìí ê²°ê³¼ë, ê²½ì ê²°í© ê²ì ìì ê´ì°°ë ë¹ì ìì ì¸ ê²°ê³¼ì ë§¥ë½ìì ììì¹ ëª»í ê²ì´ìë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, III-12, III-6, II-2, II-3, III-2, III-3, ë° IV-21ì 50 μM ëëìì, 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ìì íê· ì ì¼ë¡ 50% ì´ê³¼ì ìì©ì í¨ë¥ì ëíëë¤. III-2 ë° IV-21ì ëí´, ì 2ì ë 립ì ì¸ ì¤íì¤ìì ìì í¬ì¬ë-ë°ì 5-HT2A ë° 5HT2B 기ë¥ì ê²ì (IP1 íì± ì¸¡ì )ì ìííìë¤. III-2ë 5-HT2A 기ë¥ì± ê²ì ìì ë®ì í¨ë¥ì ìì í ìì©ì ìì¼ë©°; ê³ì°ë EC50ì 383 nMì´ìë¤. ì´ë¬í ê²°ê³¼ë ë 립ì ì¸ ì¤í¬ë¦¬ë ìíìì ê´ì°°ë ìì©ì í¨ê³¼ì ì¼ì¹íë¤. III-2ë ëí 5HT2B ìì©ì²´ìì ë¶ë¶ ìì©ì ìì¼ë©°, EC50ì 96 nMì´ìë¤. IV-21ì ë®ì í¨ë¥, EC50 >3 μM, 5-HT2Aììì ìì©ì ìì§ë§, í¬ì¬ë-ë°ì 곡ì ì ìíë ìµê³ ëëì¸ 3 μMìì íííëì§ ììë¤. ì´ë¬í ê²°ê³¼ë ë 립ì ì¸ ì¤í¬ë¦¬ë ìíìì ê´ì°°ë ìì©ì í¨ê³¼ì ì¼ì¹íë¤. IV-21ì ëí 5HT2B ìì©ì²´ìì ë¶ë¶ ìì©ì ìì¼ë©°, EC50ì 394 nMì´ìë¤.The results of testing for 5-HT 2A functional activity of this series of compounds were unexpected in the context of the anomalous results observed in competitive binding assays. For example, III-12, III-6, II-2, II-3, III-2, III-3, and IV-21 exhibited agonistic potencies, on average, greater than 50% at the 5-HT 2A receptor at a concentration of 50 μM. Full dose-responsive 5-HT 2A and 5HT 2B functional assays (measured by IP1 formation) were performed in a second independent laboratory for III-2 and IV-21. III-2 was a low-potency full agonist in the 5-HT 2A functional assay; the calculated EC 50 was 383 nM. This result is consistent with the agonistic effects observed in the independent screening assay. III-2 was also a partial agonist at the 5HT 2B receptor, with an EC 50 of 96 nM. IV-21 was a low-potency, EC 50 >3 μM, agonist at 5-HT 2A , but the dose-response curve did not flatten at the highest concentration tested, 3 μM. These results are consistent with agonist effects observed in independent screening studies. IV-21 was also a partial agonist at the 5HT 2B receptor, with an EC 50 of 394 nM.
II-15ë 500 nM ë° 50 μM ëë ë 모ëìì 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ììì ì-ìì©ì í¨ë¥ì ëíëë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, II-15ë ë ë¤ë¥¸ 5-HT2A ìì©ì ë°©ì¬ì±ë¦¬ê°ëì¸ [125I]DOI를 ì¬ì©í ê²½ì ê²°í© ë¶ììì ë§¤ì° ë®ì(>3 μM) 5-HT2A ì¹íë를 ëíëì¼ë©°; ì´ë¬í ë°ì´í°ë, í´ë¹ ì리ì¦ì ë¤ë¥¸ íí©ë¬¼ê³¼ ë§ì°¬ê°ì§ë¡, II-15ê° ì íµì ì¸ ì ì ìê·¹ì± 5-HT2A ìì©ì ë¡ íì§ë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ì ë¹ì ìì ì¼ë¡ ê²°í©í¨ì ìì¬íë¤. II-15ì ì-ìì©ì íì±ì FDA ì¹ì¸ ìì½í Nuplazid®(í¼ë§ë°ì¸ë¦°(pimavanserin))ì ìí´ ì ì¦ë ë°ì ê°ì´, íì ì ì± ì ì¬ íì±ì¼ë¡ í´ìë ì ìë¤. ê²°ë¡ ì ì¼ë¡, ì´ë¤ íí©ë¬¼ì 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ìì 측ì ê°ë¥í íì±ì ê°ëë¤.II-15 exhibited inverse agonist potency at the 5-HT 2A receptor at both 500 nM and 50 μM concentrations. However, II-15 exhibited very low (>3 μM) 5-HT 2A affinity in competition binding assays using another 5-HT 2A agonist radioligand, [125I]DOI; these data suggest that II-15, like other compounds in the series, binds atypically to 5-HT 2A receptors labeled with traditional psychoactive 5-HT 2A agonists. The inverse agonist activity of II-15 can be interpreted as antipsychotic-like activity, as demonstrated by the FDA-approved drug Nuplazid® (pimavanserin). In conclusion, these compounds have measurable activity at the 5-HT 2A receptor.
ë§ì°ì¤ë¥¼ ëìì¼ë¡ í ìì²´ ë´ 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ ìì¡´ì± HTR ë¶ììì, II-6 ë° III-6ì mg/kg PO í¬ì¬ í HTRì ì ëíì§ ììë¤. III-6ì ìíê´ ë´ìì 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ìì ìì©ì íì±ì ëíëìë ë¶êµ¬íê³ , ì´ë¬í íìì´ ëíë¬ë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, ì¤íìë ì´ëì± ê°ì ë° "ë¸ê¾¹ì§(hiccup)" ë°ìì í¬í¨íë, í´ë¹ íí©ë¬¼ì ìí´ ì ëë ì ì±ì íë ë³í를 ì¸ê¸íìì¼ë©°, ì´ë í´ë¹ íí©ë¬¼ì´ 경구 íì±ì´ììì ìì¬íë¤. ì´ë¤ íí©ë¬¼ì 10 mg/kg PO í¬ì¬ í íì¥ ë° ë ëëì ì½ëí ìíì ì´ë¤ì´ ë 침í¬ì±ìì ì ì¦íìë¤. 5-HT2A ìì©ì ê° HTRì ì ëíì§ ìë ê²½ì°, ì´ë ì¢ ì¢ HTRì ìµì íë ì¶ê°ì ì¸ íì ììì í´ë¹ íí©ë¬¼ì íì±ì¼ë¡ ì¸í ê²ì´ë¤(Canal, C. E., ë° Morgan, D.ì 문í(2012) [Head-twitch response in rodents induced by the hallucinogen 2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine: a comprehensive history, a re-evaluation of mechanisms, and its utility as a model, Drug Test Anal 4, 556-576] 참조). ì¤ì ë¡, ì¸ë¡í ëì± ì ì ìê·¹ N,N-ëìí¸í¸ë¦½í민(DET)ì ì¸ê°ìì 경구 íì±ì´ì§ë§(Shulgin, Alexander Theodore, ë° Ann Shulginì 문í[TIHKAL: the continuation. Vol. 546. Berkeley: Transform press, 1997]; ëí, Erowidì 문í(2002ë 3ì 1ì¼) [DET Erowid.org. 2022ë 7ì 21ì¼ ê²ìë¨] 참조), 10 mg/kg PO í¬ì¬ í HTRì ì ëìë ë¹íì±ì´ìë¤. II-6 ë° III-6ê³¼ ì ì¬íê², ì¤íìë ë§ì°ì¤ì ëí DET POì í¬ì¬ í ì ì±ì ì¸ íë ë³í를 ê´ì°°íìë¤. ì¬ê¸°ìë ê¸í í¸í¡, ê³¼ëí ì´ë, ë¸ê¾¹ì§ ë°ì, ë° ì ì ì¹ë ìì§ìì´ í¬í¨ëìë¤.In an in vivo 5-HT 2A receptor-dependent HTR assay in mice, II-6 and III-6 did not induce HTR after mg/kg PO administration. This was despite the fact that III-6 exhibited agonistic activity at the 5-HT 2A receptor in vitro. However, the authors noted qualitative behavioral changes induced by the compounds, including decreased locomotion and a âhiccupâ response, suggesting that the compounds were orally active. Pharmacokinetic studies of plasma and brain concentrations after 10 mg/kg PO administration of these compounds demonstrated that they were brain penetrant. When 5-HT 2A agonists do not induce HTR, this is often due to the compound's activity at an additional target that inhibits HTR (see Canal, CE, & Morgan, D. (2012) [Head-twitch response in rodents induced by the hallucinogen 2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine: a comprehensive history, a re-evaluation of mechanisms, and its utility as a model, Drug Test Anal 4, 556-576]). Indeed, the serotonergic psychostimulant N,N-diethyltryptamine (DET) is orally active in humans (Shulgin, Alexander Theodore, and Ann Shulgin [ TIHKAL: the continuation . Vol. 546 . Berkeley: Transform press, 1997]; see also Erowid (March 1, 2002) [DET Erowid.org . Retrieved July 21, 2022]), but was inactive for induction of HTR after 10 mg/kg PO. Similar to II-6 and III-6, the authors observed qualitative behavioral changes in mice after administration of DET PO. These included rapid breathing, excessive locomotion, hiccup response, and chewing movements of the mouth.
ìì½íë©´, ìíë íí©ë¬¼ì ìíê´ ë´ ë° ìì²´ ë´ìì 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ìì ê³ ì í íì±ì ëíë¸ë¤. ì를 ë¤ì´, III-6ì ìì©ì ë¡ì ê±°ëíë 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ìì ê°ë ¥í ì¹íë를 ëíë¸ë¤. ê·¸ë¬ë, III-6ì 5-HT2A ìì©ì²´ë¥¼ ì ì íì¬ HTRì ì ëí ê²ì¼ë¡ ììëë ëëë¡ ëìì ê²ì¶ëìì§ë§, 10 mg/kgì¼ë¡ PO í¬ì¬ í 5-HT2A-ìì¡´ì HTRì ì ëíì§ ììë¤. ì ì±ì ê´ì°°ì III-6ì´ 10 mg/kg PO í¬ì¬ í "ë¸ê¾¹ì§" ì ì¬ ë°ìì ì ëíê³ ì ì´ëì¦ì ì¼ê¸°íììì 기ë¡íìë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ì´ë¬í íí©ë¬¼ì ë¹-ì ì ìê·¹ì± 5-HT2A ìì©ì ì¼ ì ìë¤.In summary, the tested compounds exhibited unique activity at the 5-HT 2A receptor both in vitro and in vivo. For example, III-6 exhibited potent affinity at the 5-HT 2A receptor, behaving as an agonist. However, III-6 was detected in the brain at concentrations expected to induce HTR by occupying 5-HT 2A receptors, but did not induce 5-HT 2A -dependent HTR after PO administration at 10 mg/kg. Qualitative observations noted that III-6 induced a "hiccup"-like response and caused hypokinesia after PO administration at 10 mg/kg. Therefore, this compound may be a non-psychoactive 5-HT 2A agonist.
본ìì 모ë ê³³ìì ì¸ê¸ë 모ë í¹í, í¹í ì¶ì, ë° ë¤ë¥¸ ê³¼íì ëë 기ì ì ì ì ì ê·¸ ì ì²´ê° ë³¸ìì 참조ë¡ì íµí©ëë¤. 본ìì ììì ì¼ë¡ ì¤ëª ë 구íìë 본ìì 구체ì ì¼ë¡ ê°ìëìê±°ë 구체ì ì¼ë¡ ê°ìëì§ ìì ììì ìì ëë ììë¤, ì í ëë ì íë¤ ìì´ë ì ì í ì¤ìë ì ìë¤. ë°ë¼ì, ì를 ë¤ì´, 본ìììì ê°ê°ì ê²½ì°, ì©ì´ "í¬í¨íë", "본ì§ì ì¼ë¡ 구ì±ëë", ë° "구ì±ëë" ì¤ ì´ë íëë ì´ë¤ì íµìì ì¸ ì미를 ì ì§íë©´ì ë¤ë¥¸ ë ì©ì´ ì¤ ì´ë íëë¡ ëì²´ë ì ìë¤. ì¬ì©ë ì©ì´ ë° ííì ì íì ì¸ ê²ì´ ìë ì¤ëª íë ì©ì´ë¡ì ì¬ì©ëìê³ , ì´ë¬í ì©ì´ ë° ííì ì¬ì©ì ìì´ì, ëìëê³ ê¸°ì ë í¹ì§ ëë ê·¸ ì¼ë¶ì ììì ê· ë±ë¬¼ì ë°°ì íë ¤ë ìëë ìì¼ë, 본 ì²êµ¬ë²ìì ë²ì£¼ ë´ìì ë¤ìí ë³íì´ ê°ë¥í ê²ì¼ë¡ ì¸ìëë¤. ë°ë¼ì, 본 ë°©ë² ë° ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì 구íì ë° ììì í¹ì§ì ìí´ êµ¬ì²´ì ì¼ë¡ ê°ìëìì§ë§, 본ìì ê°ìë ê°ë ì ë³í ë° ë³ê²½ì´ ë¹ì ììê² ëìì´ ë ì ìê³ , ì´ë¬í ë³í ë° ë³ê²½ì 본 ë°ëª ì ì¤ìí기 ìí 구체ì ì¸ ë´ì© ë° ë³¸ 첨ë¶ë ì²êµ¬ë²ìì ìí´ ì ìë ê²ê³¼ ê°ì ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ë° ë°©ë²ì ë²ì£¼ ë´ì ìíë ê²ì¼ë¡ ê°ì£¼ëë¤ë ê²ì ì´í´í´ì¼ íë¤.All patents, patent applications, and other scientific or technical publications mentioned in any part of this application are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. The embodiments exemplarily described herein may suitably be practiced without any element or elements, limitations, or restrictions, whether or not specifically disclosed herein. Thus, for example, in each instance herein, any one of the terms "comprising," "consisting essentially of," and "consisting of" may be replaced with either of the other two terms while maintaining their ordinary meaning. The terms and expressions used are used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention in the use of such terms and expressions to exclude any equivalents of the features shown and described or any portion thereof, but it is recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the claims. Accordingly, while the present methods and compositions have been specifically disclosed by the embodiments and certain features, it should be understood that modifications and variations of the concepts disclosed herein may be helpful to those skilled in the art, and that such modifications and variations are considered to be within the scope of the compositions and methods as defined by the detailed description and the appended claims.
본ìì 기ì ë ììì ë¨ì¼ ì©ì´, ë¨ì¼ ìì, ë¨ì¼ 문구, ì©ì´ êµ°, 문구 êµ°, ëë ìì êµ°ì ê°ê° ì²êµ¬ë²ìë¡ë¶í° 구체ì ì¼ë¡ ë°°ì ë ì ìë¤.Any single term, single element, single phrase, group of terms, group of phrases, or group of elements described herein may each be specifically excluded from the scope of the claims.
본 ëª ì¸ììì ì¨ë ë²ì, ìê° ë²ì, ì¡°ì±ë¬¼, ëë ëë ë²ìì ê°ì ë²ìê° ì£¼ì´ì§ ëë§ë¤, 모ë ì¤ê° ë²ì ë° íì ë²ìë¿ë§ ìëë¼ ì£¼ì´ì§ ë²ìì í¬í¨ë 모ë ê°ë³ ê°ë 본 ê°ìì í¬í¨ëë ê²ì¼ë¡ ìëëë¤. 본 ë°ëª ì ì¤ìí기 ìí 구체ì ì¸ ë´ì©ì í¬í¨ë ë²ì ëë íì ë²ì ë´ì ììì íì ë²ì ëë ê°ë³ ê°ì 본ìì ìíë¡ë¶í° ë°°ì ë ì ììì ì´í´í ê²ì´ë¤. 본ìì ì¤ëª ì í¬í¨ëë ììì ìì ëë ë¨ê³ë ì²êµ¬ë ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ëë ë°©ë²ì¼ë¡ë¶í° ë°°ì ë ì ììì ì´í´í ê²ì´ë¤.Whenever a range is given in this specification, such as a temperature range, a time range, a composition range, or a concentration range, it is intended that all intermediate ranges and sub-ranges, as well as all individual values included in the given range, are included in the present disclosure. It will be understood that any sub-range or individual value within the range or sub-range included in the specific description of the invention may be excluded from embodiments of the present disclosure. It will be understood that any element or step included in the description of the present disclosure may be excluded from a claimed composition or method.
ëí, ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ë° ë°©ë²ì í¹ì§ ëë ìíê° ë§ì¿ ì¬ ê·¸ë£¹ ëë ë¤ë¥¸ ëìì ì¸ ê·¸ë£¹íì ê´ì ìì 기ì ëë ê²½ì°, ë¹ì ìë ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ ë° ë°©ë²ì´ ëí ì´ì ë°ë¼ ë§ì¿ ì¬ ê·¸ë£¹ ëë ë¤ë¥¸ 그룹ì ììì ê°ë³ 구ì±ì ëë 구ì±ìì íì 그룹ì ê´ì ìì 기ì ëë¤ë ê²ì ì¸ì§í ê²ì´ë¤.Additionally, where features or aspects of the compositions and methods are described in terms of Markush groups or other alternative groupings, those skilled in the art will recognize that the compositions and methods are also described in terms of any individual members or subgroups of members of the Markush group or other group accordingly.
ë°ë¼ì, ì ì í ë´ì©ì ë¨ì§ ë°©ë² ë° ì¡°ì±ë¬¼ì ì리ë§ì ììí ê²ì´ë¤. ë¹ì ìë, 본ììì ëª ìì ì¼ë¡ ì¤ëª ëê±°ë ëìëì§ë ììì§ë§, 본 ê°ìì ì리를 구ííê³ ë³¸ ê°ìì ì¬ì ë° ë²ì£¼ ë´ì í¬í¨ëë ë¤ìí ë°°ì´ì ê³ ìí ì ìë¤ë ê²ì ì´í´í ê²ì´ë¤. ëí, 본ìì ì¸ì©ë 모ë ì¤ìì ë° ì¡°ê±´ë¶ ì¸ì´ë ìì¹ì ì¼ë¡ ë ìê° ë³¸ ê°ìì ì리 ë° ë°ëª ìê° ê¸°ì¬í ê°ë ì ì´í´íì¬ ë¹í´ 기ì ì ë°ì ìí¤ë ë° ëìì 주ëë¡ ìëë ê²ì´ë©°, 구체ì ì¼ë¡ ì¸ì©ë ì´ë¬í ì¤ìì ë° ì¡°ê±´ì íì ëì§ ìë ê²ì¼ë¡ í´ìëì´ì¼ íë¤. ëí, 본 ê°ìì ì리, ìí, ë° êµ¬íì를 ì¸ê¸íë 본 ê°ìì 모ë ì§ì ì ë¹ë¡¯íì¬ ë³¸ ê°ìì í¹ì ì¤ììë ì´ì 구조ì ë° ê¸°ë¥ì ë±ê°ë¬¼ 모ë를 í¬í¨íëë¡ ìëëë¤. ëí, ì´ë¬í ë±ê°ë¬¼ì íì¬ ìë ¤ì§ ë±ê°ë¬¼ ë° ë¯¸ëì ê°ë°ë ë±ê°ë¬¼, ì¦ êµ¬ì¡°ì ê´ê³ìì´ ëì¼í 기ë¥ì ìííëë¡ ê°ë°ë ììì ìì ë ë¤ë¥¼ í¬í¨íëë¡ ìëëë¤. ë°ë¼ì, 본 ê°ìì ë²ì£¼ë 본ììì ëìëê³ ê¸°ì ë ììì ì¸ êµ¬íìì íì ëëë¡ ìëëì§ ìëë¤. ì¤íë ¤, 본 ê°ìì ë²ì£¼ ë° ì¬ìì ë¤ì ì²êµ¬ë²ìì ìí´ êµ¬íëë¤.Accordingly, the foregoing is merely illustrative of the principles of the methods and compositions. It will be appreciated that those skilled in the art will be able to devise various arrangements that, although not explicitly described or illustrated herein, embody the principles of the present disclosure and are included within the spirit and scope of the present disclosure. Furthermore, all examples and conditional language recited herein are intended primarily to aid the reader in understanding the principles of the present disclosure and the concepts contributed by the inventors to advance the art, and should not be construed as limited to those specifically recited examples and conditions. Furthermore, all statements in this disclosure that recite principles, aspects, and embodiments of the present disclosure, as well as specific embodiments of the present disclosure, are intended to encompass both structural and functional equivalents thereof. Furthermore, such equivalents are intended to include both currently known equivalents and equivalents developed in the future, i.e., any elements developed to perform the same function, regardless of structure. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is not intended to be limited to the exemplary embodiments illustrated and described herein. Rather, the scope and spirit of the present disclosure is embodied by the following claims.
Claims (90) Translated from Korean ííì (I)ì íí©ë¬¼, ëë ì´ì ì½íì ì¼ë¡ íì©ê°ë¥í ì¼, ì ì²´ì´ì±ì§ì²´, í¸ë³ì´ì±ì§ì²´, ì©ë§¤í물, ë¤íì²´, ëë ì 구ì½ë¬¼ë¡ì,Patent event date: 20250305
Patent event code: PA01051R01D
Comment text: International Patent Application
2025-04-22 PG1501 Laying open of applicationRetroSearch is an open source project built by @garambo | Open a GitHub Issue
Search and Browse the WWW like it's 1997 | Search results from DuckDuckGo
HTML:
3.2
| Encoding:
UTF-8
| Version:
0.7.4